Descriptive Catalogue of Govt Collections of Manuscripts Part 3

Author(s): Hiralal R Kapadia
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018039/1

Page #1

GOVERNMENT
COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
POONA
FOUNDER
1917
Published by Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1940

Page #2

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE
GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY

PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF
THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
INSTITUTA
POONA
FOUNDED 1917
तेजस्वि
"नावधीतमस्तु॥
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute.
POONA
1940

Page #3

Copies can be had direct from the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 (India) Price: Rs. 5 per copy, exclusive of postage,
Printed and published by Dr. R. N. Dandekar, M.A., Ph.D.
at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4 (India)

Page #4

Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts
deposited at the
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY
HIRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M.A.
Volume XVII:
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY Part III: (a) Agamika Literature
Bhandarkar Oriental Besearch Institute
POONA
1940

Page #5

Page #6

PAGE
PREFACE
XV-XXVI
RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY XXVII-XXIX
LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
XXX-XXXIII
SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
XXXIV
CONTENTS
667
668
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
No.
644-649 Uttaradhyayanasūtra
PART III
VI. 4 Mulasūtras'
The First Mulasūtra
650 Asamskṛtādhyayana ( Uttarao IV ) 651 Namipravrajyadhyayana ( UttaraR IX)
652 Mokṣamargagatyadhyayana (Uttara XXVIII) 653-661 Uttaradhyayanasūtra with Sukhabodha 662,663 Sukhabodhā (Uttaradhyayanasūtravṛtti) 664 Uttaradhyayanasutra with avacuri
665
Do
Do vṛtti
666
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do

Do akṣarärha
Do akṣararthalavaleśa
Do
669
670
671
672 Uttaradhyayanasūtradipika
673
Do
Do
Do vṛtti
Do dipika
Do
Do
PAGE
1-14
14, IS
15,16
16,17
17-33
34-37
37,38
38-40

40,41
42,43
I Under this head are given six works and not four. See the Preface (p. xviii)
2 The works having the same title are here separately noted, when the identity of their authorship remains to be settled.
43,44
45,46
46-50
50-52
52,53
53,54

Page #7

Contents
No.
Page
54.56
675
DO
56-58 58-60 60,61
678
62,63
63,64
64,65 66,67
68,69
70-72
Uttaradhyayana sūtra with balavabodha Do
Do tabba 676
Do Do and katha 677 Do
Do aksarărthalavalesa Do
Do bālāvabodha and
kathā Do ( XVIII-XXI ) with tabba 680 Mahānirgranthīyādhyayana (Uttarão XX)
with tabbā 681 Uttarādhyayanasūtraniryukti 682
Do
with tikā 683 Śişyahita ( Uttarādhyayanasūtrabșhadvrtti) ... 684 Uttarādhyayanasútraběhadvịttigatakathā
pratisaṁsksta 685-687 Uttaradhyayanasūtrabịhadvrttiparyāya
anasūträvacūrni 689 Uttaradhyayanasūtrāvacūri 690
Do
Do 692 Citra-Sambhūtīyädhayana(Uttarão XIII)vyākhyā 693 Uttarādhyayanasútrakatha 694
Do 695,696 Uttarādhyayanasúirakathāsaṁksepa
697 Uttarādhyayanasútra (I-IX ) with kathās 698 Pratyekabuddhacatusțayacaritra 699
Do 700,701 Manusyabhavadurlabhatåsūcakadaśadrsţănta
72-74 74,75
76
77
69"
77,78 78,79 79,80 80,81 81,82 83,84 85,86 86,87 87,88 88-90
The Second Mülasutra 702 Daśavaikälikasūtra (I-IV) 703 Do (I)
... Do with Cülikäyugala ... 709
Do Do Do , niryukti
and ţikā 710,711 Daśavaikālikasútraniryukti 712 Daśavaikälikasūtrādibịhadvịttyavacūri
...
91,92 92,93 93-102
704-708
103-107 107-111 111, 112

Page #8

Contents
vii
No.
PAGE
713-715 Daśavaikālikasůtraběhadvșttiparyāya
113,114 716,717 Daśavaikälikasútra, Culikāyugala and ţiká ... 114-118 718,719 Daśavaikälikasūtraţikā
... 118, 119 720 Daśavaikälikasútra, Cúlikāyugala and
avacūri :
... 120, 121 721
, Culikāyugala and avacúri 2
121, 122 722
, Cülikāyugala and avacūris ... 122, 123 723
, Cülikāyugala and avacūri +
124, 125 724 Do
Cūlikāyugala and tabbā. 125-127 725 Dharmopadeša (?) with vyakhyā
127, 128 726 Daśavaikālikasútra-Cūlikāyugalävacůrņi s 128, 129 727
Do 6 728 Daśavaikālikasútra-Cülikäyugalāvacūri 7 729
131
Do
I 29 130
Do 8
Do Do
Do
The Third Mülasutra 730-733 Şadāvaśyakasútra
132-147 734-740 Namaskaramantra ( Navakärmantra )
148-164 741
with bālāvabodha ... 164, 165 742
Do
... 165, 166 743
Do Do Do
... 166 744, 745 Namaskaramantravivaraņa
... 166-168 746-748 Prabodhacaityavandana ( Jagacintāmaņiceiyavandaņa)
... 169, 170 749-752 Tirthavandanasútra ( Jarn kiñci)
... 171, 172 753-758 Sakrastava ( Namutthu nam)
173-175 759-762 Sarvacaityavandana ( Jāvanti ceiyain )
176, 177 763-766 Sarvasādhuvandana ( Jāvanta ke vi sähủ) ... 178, 179
1-4 The author of the avacūri seems to be different, in each case. 5-6 These avacürņis do not seem to have been written by one and the
same author. 7-8 These two differ so far as the author is is concerned. . . 9 This and the following works up to 883 are mostly arranged as on p. 134.

Page #9

viii
Contents
No.
Do
Do
782
Do
PAGE 767-774 Upasargaharastotra ( Uvasaggaharathotta ) ... 180-184 775 with laghuvstti
184,185 776–779 Do Do Arthakalpalatā
185-188 780 | Do vrtti
188, 189 781 Do Do ţikā
189, 190 Do Do vrtti
190, 191 783 Do avacúri
191, 192 784, 785 Upasargaharastotravștti
192, 193 786-789 Prarthanāsūtra ( Jaya riyarāya )
194-196 790-794 Tryāpathikisútra (Iriyāvahiyasutta )
197-199 795-799 Uttarikaraṇasütra ( Tassa uttari)
200-202 800-805 Käyotsargasútra ( Annattha )
203-205 806-813 Kayotsargasūtrapratika
206-208 814-818 Nāmastava ( Logassasutta )
209-211 819-825 Caityastava ( Arihantaceiyāņam)
212-214 826-829 Caityastava pratika
215, 216 830-834 Śrutastava (Pukkharavara )
216-218 835-839 Siddhastava ( Siddläņam buddhăņam )
219-221 840 Caityavandanasútra with tabbă
222, 223 841-844 Lalitavistarā ( Caityavandanasútravyākhyā) ... 224-228 845, 846 Lalitavistarāpañjikā
228-231 847, 848 Caityavandanasútravștti
232, 233 849-851 Samsāradāvānalastuti
234-236 - 852 Do with vyākhyā
236, 237 853-856 Vandanakasūtra (Vandanayasutta )
238, 239 857,858 Vandanakasūtravivarana
239, 240 859-864 Daivasikālocanāsūtra ( Devasiyāloyaņāsutta ) ... 241-243 865,866 Rātrisaṁstārakagāthā (Rāisanthäragagāhā) ... 244, 245 867-870. Gurukṣāmaņāsútra ( Abbhusțhio )
... 246, 247 871-874 Sāmāyikasūtra ( Karemi bhante)
248, 249 875, 876 Jaya mahāyaśaḥ ( Jaya mahāyasa ) ... 250 877-879 Ācāryādikṣāmaņaka (Āyariya uvajjhāye ) ... 251, 252 880, 881 Śri-Stambhanaka-Pārsvanathastuti ( SiriThambhasaya-Pāsanāhathui)
... 253, 254 882,883 Sāmāyika-pausadhapăraņagāthā ( Samăīyaposahapärañagaha)
... 255,256
:
:

Page #10

Contents
... 282, 283
... 284-289
Do
931
No.
PAGE 884-887 Pranipātasútra ( Kbamāsamaņasutta ) ... 257, 258 888 Bharateśvara-Bahubalisvādhyāya ( Bharahesara-Bahubalisajjhāya) with kathākośa
and tabba ... 259-265 889-894
Do with kathakośa
265-272 895,896 Mahāvirasvāmistuti ( Snātasyāstuti ) ... 273-275 897-900 Namorhat
... 276, 277 901-905 Śrutasya bhagavataḥ (Suyassa bhagavaö) 278, 279 906-910 Vaiyāvstyakarasútra ( Veyāvaccagarasutta ) ... 280, 281 911-915 Sarvasyāpisūtra (Savvassavisutta ) 916 Munivandanasūtra ( Addhàijjesusutta, .... 284 917-923 śramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasutra ( Samaño
vāsagapadikkamaņasutta ) 924, 925 with cürni
290-293 926-930 Do Do Arthadipikā
294-302 Do Do vivarana
302, 303 932 Śramañopāsaka pratikramaņasútravivaraṇa ... 303, 304 933 Śramaṇopăsakapratikramaņasůtrabālāvabodha ... 304
Trividhāhāropavāsapratyākhyāna ( Tivihārauvavāsapaccakkhāņa )
... 305 935 Granthisahita pratyākhyāna ( Ganthisahiya paccakkhāna )
... 305, Vikrtipratyākhyāna ( Vigaipaccakkhāņa ) ... 937 Ekašanādipratyākhyāna ( Egāsaņāipaccak
khāņa ) Dvivihāhāraikāśanapralyākhyāna ( Duvihāra egāsaņapaccakkhāņa )
... 307, 939 Dvividhāraikasthānapratyākhyāna ( Duvihara
egațshāņapaccakkhāņa) 940 Abhaktārthapratyākhyāna ( Abhattarthapaccakkhāņa )
.... 308, 309 Divasacarimapratyākhyāna ( Divasacariyapaccakkhāņa )
... 309, 310 Caturvidhāhāradivasacarimàdipratyākhyāna
( Caüvvihāradivasacariyāīpaccakkhăņa ) ...
934
936
306
...
306,
938
308
941
942
310

Page #11

X
No.
943
944
945
948
949
946, 947 Namaskarasahita pratyākhyāna (Namukkārasahiyapaccakkhāņa )
950
951
952
953-960
Contents
Sakarabhavacarimapratyākhyāna ( Sāgārabhavacariyapaccakkhāņa ) Sākārapratyakhyāna ( Sāgārapaccakkhāņa ) Anākārabhavacarimapratyakhyāna (Aṇagarabhavacariyapaccakkhaṇa )
986
987
988
989
990
Paurusipratyakhyāna (Porisipaccakkbāņa) Purimärdha pratyakhyāna (Purimaddha

paccakkhāņa) Acamlapratyakhyāna (Ayambilapaccakkhāņa) ...
Pratyakhyānasūtra with ṭabba Pratyakhyāna (?) Do Do
Pakṣikakṣāmaṇāsütra (Pakkhiyakhamaṇā
sutta)
Pākṣikakṣāmaṇāsūtrāvacurņi
969
970
971, 972 Yatipratikramaṇasūtravyākhyāna Yatipratikramaņasūtravṛtti
973
974
961
962
Pākṣikastuti
963
Namo'stu Varddhamānāya (Vardhamānastuti)... 964-968 Śramapasūtra (Samaņasutta)
Do with balavabodha
Do
975
976-983 Şaḍāvaśyakasutra with Anuṣṭhānavidhi 984, 985 Do Do Do
Şaḍāvaśyakasūtra ( Saḍavassayasutta) with laghuvitti Şaḍāvaśyakasútralaghuvṛtti
...
***
...

...
***
...
and tabbă ...
Anuṣṭhānavidhi ( Vandāruvṛtti) Şaḍāvaśyakasutra with Vandaruvṛttyavacurņi. Şaḍāvaśyakasútra with vṛtti
Do
Do avacuri
...
...
...
PAGE
...
310, 311
311
311
312, 313 313, 314
314
314, 315
315, 316
316,317
317-320
320-321 321
322, 323 323-328 328, 329
329
330, 331
331, 332
332-334 334 335-344
Şaḍāvasyakasūtrāvacuri
354, 355
1 Really speaking this ought to have been assigned a place prior to No. 969, and the latter after this.
344-347 347, 348
348, 349
349-352
352-354

Page #12

Contents
358
360 361
Do Do
...
30
... 386–388
Page Şaļāvaśyakasūtra with avacūrņi
356, 357 992
Do Do avacúri 993 Do Do do
359 994
Do (?) Do do 995
Do bālāvabodha 996 Do ţabbă
362, 393 997 Do Do bālāvabodha
... 363, 364 998 Do Do tabbã
... 365-367 999 Do (?) Do bālāvabodha
... 367, 368 1000 Şaļāvaśyakasūtravrtti (?)
368, 369 1001 Şaļāvaśyakasūtrabālāvabodha
- 370 1002-1010 Avaśyakasūtraniryukti (Avassaganijjutii) ... 371-384 1011 Sthavirāvali ( Therāvali )
384-386 1012, 1013 Pithikā (Pedhiya ) 1014,1015 Pithikābālāvabodha
388-390 1016 Prathamāvaravarikā ( Padhamavaravariya ) 390, 391 1017 Prathamävaravarikābālāvabodha
391 1018,1019 Dvitīyāvaravarikā ( Biiyāvaravariya) ... 392, 393 1020 Dvitīyāvaravarikādīpikā
394 1021,1022 Upasarga ( Uvasagga )
395 1023 Upasargavyākhyā
396 1024, 1025 Gaņadharāvali ( Ganaharävali)
396,397 1026 Gaņadharāvalyavacũri
397, 398 1027 Samavasaraņa ( Samosaraņa ) 1028 Do with avacūri
399 1029, 1030 Sāmācāri ( Sāmāyāri)
399,400 1031 Do with Dipikā
401 1032-1034 Upodghătaniryukti ( Uvagghäyanijjutti) 402-404 1035 Do with vyākhyā
404,405 1036-1038 Namaskāraniryukti ( Namokkäranijjutti ) 405,406 1039 Namaskāraniryuktivyākhyā.
406, 407 1040-1042 Sāmāyikaniryukti ( Sāmäiyanijjutti) 407, 408 1043 Sāmāyikaniryuktyavacūri
409 1044-1046 Caturvimśatistavaniryukti ( Caüvisatthayanijjutti)
... 409-411 1047 Caturviņśatistavaniryuktidipikā
398
411

Page #13

Contents
No.
PAGE 1048-1050 Vandananiryukti (Vandananijjutti ) ... 412,413 1051 Vandananiryuktidipikā
... 413 1052-1054 Pratikramananiryukti ( Paļikkamaņanijjutti )
... 414, 415 1055-1057 Dhyānašataka (. Jhāṇasayaga )
415-417 1058, 1059 Pārișthāpanikāniryukti ( Pārițihāvaņiyānijjutti )
... 417, 418 1060, 1061 Pratikramaṇasaṁgrahaņi ( Paļikkamaņasamgahani)
... 418,419 1062, 1063 Yogasamgraha ( Jogasamgaha) ... 419, 420 1064, 1065 Āśātanā ( Āsāyaņā )
... 421,422 1066, 1067 Asvādhyāyaniryukti ( Asajjhāyanijjutti) ... 422, 423 1068, 1069 Kāyotasarganiryukti ( Kāüssagganijjutti) ... 423,424 1070-1072 Pratyākhyānaniryukti (Paccakkhāṇanijjutti)... 424-429 1073, 1074 Āvaśyakasūtraniryukti ( Āvassaganijjutti) with Sișyahită
... 429-432 1075-1077 Śișyahitā ( Avaśyakasútraniryuktivivrti) ... 432-435
1078 Śișyahitāntargata-Kumāranandikatha ... 435,436 1079 Avaśyakasūtrabụhadvrttițippaņakagataśayyātarasvarūpa
... 436,437 1080 Avaśyakasūtraniryukti with vivsti 1081-1086
Do laghuvstti ... 439-446 Do Do tikā
... 446,447 1088 Do Do avacūri
... 447,448 1089-1091 Āvaśyakasůtraniryukticürņi
449-452 1092 Āvaśyakasútraniryuktyavacūri
452,453 1093 Āvaśyakasūtraniryuktyavacūrņi ... 453,454 1094 . Do
454,455 1095 Avaśyakasūtraniryuktibālāvabodha
455,456 1096 Avaśyakasūtraniryuktidipikā
... 456,457 1097 Avaśyakasūtraniryuktilaghuvstti 1098 Avaśyaksūtraniryuktyavacũrņi
459 1099, 1100 Āvasyakasūtravșttipradeśavyākhyāţippaņaka
460-462 1101, 1102 Āvaśyakasūtravșttivişamapadaparyāya ... 462,463
... 437,438
Do
1087
458

Page #14

No.
1106
1103-1105 Višeṣāvaśyakabhāṣya ( Visesavassayabhāsa) Do with vyäkhyāna Do vṛtti 1112 Śisyahita (Višeṣāvaśyakabhāṣyabṛhadvṛtti) ..
1107-IIII
Do
***
The Fourth Mulasutra1
1113, 1114 Pindaniryukti IJIS
1116
1117 Pindaniryuktyavacŭri
1118-1120 Pindaniryuktiviṣamapadaparyaya 1121-1123 Pindaniryuktiviṣamagāthāvivaraṇa
( II )
1124-1128 Oghaniryukti
1129-1132
Contents
1143-1149 Pākṣikasūtra
Do
with tikā
1133 Oghaniryuktițikā 1134 Oghaniryukti with avacūrṇi 1135-1137 Oghaniryuktyavacurņi 1138 Oghaniryuktyavacuri Do
1139
1140-1142 Oghaniryuktiparyaya
1157
1158
(I)
Do with Sisyahita (vṛtti )
Do Do vivecană
1159
1160

1150
1151-156 Pakṣikasūtravṛtti
Pākṣikasūtrāvacuri
(III)
Do with vṛtti
Pakṣikasutra with avacuri Pākṣikasūtrāvacurņi Pākṣikasūtravacúri
...

...
...
...
⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀
...
493-498 498-503 503,504
505,506 .. 506-508
...
⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀⠀
xiii
PAGE
464-467
467-469
470-476
476-480
...
481,482 483-485
485,486 489,490
490, 491
491, 492
509 509,510 510,511
512-518 518,519
520-527
527, 528 528,529
1 Under this head, three works are given as any one of them is looked upon as the 4th Mulasūtrą.
529
530

Page #15

Page #16

PREFACE
At the very outset it may be mentioned that since the publication of Part II of Volume XVII of Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts, it has been decided that my work on Jaina Mss. is to be issued in three Volumes XVII, XVIII and XIX instead of two (XVII and XVIII) as settled in 1930 by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, M.A., Ph.D., the then Hon. Superintendent of the Manuscript Department and the then Hon. Secretary of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute. This is due to the fact that the original idea of publishing in one volume, all the descriptive sheets dealing with the Mss. of both the Ägamika Literature and the Dārśanika Literature could no longer be entertained owing to the material pertaining to the Agamika Literature alone, requiring practically an entire Volume to be devoted to it. This means a further change viz. that No. XIX originally assigned to a section styled as "Prakrit and Vernacular " henceforth represents Vol. XIX of "Jaina Literature and Philosophy", and that Vol. XX will deal with "Prakrit and Vernacular ".
It is a matter of great pleasure to mention that the publication of this Part III enables me to place in the hands of the scholars a further section pertaining to the Agamika Literature, some of the Mss. of which were described by me as far back as 1930 and of which the press-copy was handed over in 1933. It is thus after about nine years and a half since I commenced the work and seven years after the press-copy of the Agamika Literature (Ritualism included) was handed over to the press, that this Part III of Volume XVII comprising 530 pages, gets published.
Now a word about the procedure adopted here. As already stated in the Preface (pp. xiii-xiv) of Part I of this Volume XVII, the headings of description, the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets having a bearing on the same text and the matter to be included in this Volume were decided by Dr. Belvalkar in 1933. I may note that the for bhale () was specially prepared when
type
1 Vide "Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute Poona Report of 1935-36" (p. 14).

Page #17

xvi
Preface
Part II of Vol. XVII was in press. As I then happened to be in Poona, I could include when required, the corresponding symbol, in my galley-proofs by consulting the necessary Ms. But this has not been throughout possible so far as this part is concerned; for, it has been printed during my stay mostly in Bombay and partly in Surat. Hence the discrepancy pertaining to this bhale may have remained unattended to, as I had no access to the required. Mss. I may therefore crave indulgence of the learned reader in this connection.
As regards the general outlines it may be mentioned that as in the case of Parts I and II, here, too, all textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets [ ], while additions and alterations are enclosed within paranthesis ( ). Furthermore, the system of transliteration followed here is identical with that adopted in Parts I and II as will be seen from page xxxiv. There is, however, one change introduced here, and it is in connection with the method of giving a Serial No. for the Ms. in rectangular bracket in the top-line of a page. As already suggested in the Preface (p. xiii) of Part II, the usual method is followed here.
With these remarks about the procedure I may now deal with the contents of this Part III.
To begin with, it may be mentioned that as adumbrated in the Preface of Part II (p. xiv), all the Mülasütras, miscellanea, some of the Śvetämbara works on Ritualism and nine Appendices were to be given in this Part III. But, on finding that it was not possible to include this entire material in this very part and waiting any longer till it is completely printed off, meant exhausting the patience of the persons interested in this work, I proposed to Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M.A., Ph.D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Bhandarkar O. R. Institute, to publish as much portion as given here. I am glad to say that he kindly agreed to my proposal, and the result is that this Pt. III gets published.
Herein are treated Mss. pertaining to Uttaradhyayanasutra and Dašavaikalikasutra along with those dealing with their exegetical literature in Präkrit, Sanskrit and Gujarati. Then follows the description of the Mss. of Sadavasyakasutra and its component factors along with that of the Mss. elucidating this literature. It
may

Page #18

Preface
xvii
be mentioned en passant that the main object of separately treating these component factors of Șadávašyakasutra and their explanatory literature has been to give due importance to these jactors--the sütras most of which constitute Avasyakasutra as visualized by Haribhadra Súri, who is well-known as Yåkini-mahattarădharmasūnu.
Thi Şadavašyaka literature is followed by Piņdanıryukti, Oghaniryuktı and Päksikasūtra' which are somehow looked upon as Mulasutras. This completes the treatment of all the Mnlasutras concerned. But before proceeding further, I may say a few words about the number and order of the Mülasútras. ..
As is well-known to the student of Jaina literature, the traditional number for the Malasutras is either three or four; but, on his going through this Part III, he will find that six works are dealt with under this heading. This is however due to the option an individual has as to which work out of Pindanijjutti, Ohanijjutri and Pakkhiyasutta should be looked upon as the fourth Mulasutra, the other three works being, of course, Ultarajjhayaņasutta, Dasaveyaliyasutta and Avassayasutta.
It may be mentioned in this connection that there seems to be no hard and fast rule laid down regarding the sequence of the Mulasūtras. For, different scholars have indicated different sequences. For instance Prof. A. Weber 2 in his Verzeiclmiss der Sanskrit-und Prakrit-handschriften der Königlichen Bibliothek zul. Berlin 3 ( Vol. II, pt. II, p. x) has mentioned Uttarajjhayanasutta, Avassayasutta and Dasaveyaliya as the first three Mülasutras. He appears to believe that these are the only works that deserve to be
As implied in the Preface (p. xiv ) of Part II, this was not to be included as a Mūlasūtra and was to be given in " Miscellanea". But, on finding that some look upon this as a Mülasatru, I thought it desirable to modify the original plan.
2 He has exhaustively discussed in Indischen Studien (vol. XVI, p. 211ff, and vol. XVII, p. IfT. ), the scriptures belonging to the canon of the Svelämbura Jáinas. For the English translation of these papers by Dr. H. W. Smyth sco "Indian Antiquary” (vols. XVII-XXI).
3 Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prākrit Mss. in the State Library at Berlin.
4. The list for the arrangement of the canonical scriptures adopted by Prof. Weber was originally drawn up by Dr. Georg Bühler. Vide Prof. Hermann Jacobi's Kalpasutra (p. 14, foot-note )..

Page #19

xviii
Preface
styled as Mulasatras, and that is probably the reason why he has referred to Onanijjutti and Pakkhiyasutta under the heading “Anderzum weit Siddhanta gerechnete Texte”. Prof. M. Winternitz, too, has followed the same order for the 3 Mulusütras, but he differs from Prof. Weber, when, in his Geschichte der Indischen Litteratur (vol. II, p. 292 ) he mentions four Malasutras instead of three, Fındanijjuttı being the fourth.' Dr. A. Guérinot agrees with Prof. Winternitz, both regarding the order and the number of the Miilasutras. This will be evident from La Religion Djaïna (p. 79) where he has mentioned four Malasutras as under :
L' Outtaraddj hayana (Outtaradhyayana ), L' Avaçyaka-soutra, Le Daça-vaikalik., and Pinda-nıryoukti.
In Prof. Arthur Berriedale Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office ( vol. II, pt. II, pp. 1262-1272 ), the Mss. of Ultarajjhayaņasutta are given the first place, those of Sadavassayasutta (Avassayasutta) the second, and those of Dasaveyaliyasutla, the third. This is in accordance with Dr. Georg Bühler's list of canonical treatisies given in this Prof. Keith's Catalogue on pp. 1274-1275 and designated as “Sarvasútrādhyayanoddeśanirņaya”. Prof. Walther Schubring in his Die Lehre der Jainas nach der alter Quellen dargestellt (p. 57 ) has noted Uttarajjhaya, Avassayanijjutti, Dasaveyaliya, Pindanijjutlı and Ohanijjntti as Malasūtras. Thus it will be seen that the line of procedure adopted by me differs from that followed by one and all of those occidental scholars, in two respects viz. (i) the number? of works to be included under Malasatra and (ii) their sequence. 3
I may add that it is possible to reduce the traditional number four for the Malasatras to three by bracketing Pindanijjuttt with Dasaveyaliyasutta and Ohanijjutii with Avassayasutta on the ground
1 Jarl Charpentier in his introduction (p. :o) to Uttarädhyayanasūtra has done the same. He has there given a list of the scriptures as adopted by Prof. Weber and has looked upon it as the most authoritative of all.
2 My number is six and not three, four or five. 3 I have arranged the six works as under :
(1) Uttarajjbayarasulla, ( 2 ) Dasaveyaliyasutta, (3) Āvassayasutta, (4) Pindanijjulli, (5) Obanijiulti and (6) Pakkhiyasutta.

Page #20

Preface
xix
that Pindanijjutti is after all a supplement to-an off-shoot of Dasaveyaliyasuttanijjutti, and that similar is the case with Ohanijjutti. On this understanding I had a desire to deal wihh PindanijjuttiMss. just after those for Dasaveyaliyasutta, and to deal with Ohanijjutli-Mss. after those for Avassayasutta; but, as it was considered rather inconvenient to follow this line of arrangement in this Catalogue, I have not acted up to it. The late Muni Catura vijayaji, a disciple of Pravartaka Śrimat Kantivijayaji had outlined this plan to some extent as can be seen from p. 25 of Appendix III of his Catalogue of Mss. of the Jaina jñāna-bhaņdāra of Limbdi (“fiaet जैन ज्ञानभंडारनी हस्तलिखित प्रतिओन सूचीपत्र”).
Consideration of space does not permit me to discuss why a particular sequence for the Malasätras, is more scientific than the rest. Consequently it thus gets reserved for being dealt with on some other occasion.' So I may now say a few words about the contents of Part IV. These will include ( 1 ) miscellanea, (2) ritualistic works and (3) appendices. Therein "miscellanea” will consist of works which can be, broadly speaking, divided into two categories as under :
(i) Appendages of the Avassayasutta.
(ii) Works, though not a part and parcel of any of the six well-known groups 2 of the Agamas, are more or less closely related to them.
These works will be followed by “ritualistic works”. This title is self-explanatory. Yet it seems necessary to point out that it will not include each and every work of the Svetambara School. much less any ritualistic work of the Digambara School. The works thus left out here will be separately treated in Vol. XIX, along with those of hymnology, narrative literature etc.
Under the third ( last ) head " Appendices” there will be given nine Appendices already referred to in the Preface (p. xv ) of Part
1 Some discussion in this connection is carried on by me in my work entitled A Comprehensive History of the Canonical Literature of the Jainas (pp. 45-48).
2 They are: (1) anga, ( 2 ) uvanga, ( 3 ) pažnyaga, ( 4 ) cheya, 15 ) mīla and (6) cūliva,

Page #21

XX
Preface
II. In this connection I may mention that Dr. Belvalkar had desired that I should give good many Appendices, over and above the three kinds of Appendices given by him in "Vol.I : Vedic Literature. Part I: Samhită and Brahmaņas”: As, in all other matters of detail I have, here, too, acted up to his desire and have been all along preparing during the course of printing of this part of Vol. XVII at least six Appendices, in addition to three pratically prepared in 1933. The complete list is as under:
(1) Index of Authors.' ( II ) Index of Works. (III) Classification of Works according to languages. (IV) List of Works according to the date of their composition. (V) Correspondence table of Manuscripts. 2 (VI) Chronological order of dated Mss. (VII) Names of places where Mss. were written and works
composed. (VIII) Names of scribes, presentees and others. (IX) Abbreviations occurring in Mss.
Out of these nine Appendices, the first two are features common to almost all catalogues, especially the Descriptive ones, though the method followed here will be found to be differing in details. As for example, Prof. H. D. Velankar, M.A., has treated both these Appendices under one head - Index of Jaina Authors and Works" in his " Descriptive Catalogue of Samsksta and Prākṣta Mss. in the Library of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society'. Therein he has only mentioned the titles of works without indicating the names of the authors against nominuous works. Furthermore, against the name of an author, he has indicated his works by the Serial Nos. noted in his Cata
1. It will not be too mach to hope that a similar index of authors when published at the end of each of the Volumes XVIII and XIX, with the necessary information supplemented from other sources will form a pretty “Onomasticon of the Jaina Writers” dealt with, in these Volumes.
2 In Prof. Keith's Catalogue the word " concordance " is used. And I, too would have done the same, had it not been obligatory to maintain uniformity with the other Catalogues published by this Institute.

Page #22

Preface
XXI
logue. Thus his method of treatment differs from that of mine and the one employed in Vol. I published in 1916 by the Government of Bombay. For the sake of readyreference, I have followed the very method adopted by the late Prof. Weber in his monumental Catalogue of the State Library at Berlin. I find that Prof. A. B. Keith, too, has done the same.
The third Appendix given thereafter will seem to be the special feature of Jaina Mss., if not, of Jaina works, dealing with compositions not only in Sanskrit and Prākrit but in several other languages. It is hoped that this Appendix will enable the reader to have at a glance, an idea of the works composed in different languages.
Appendices IV and VI have been then given on account of their historical value. For instance, the fourth Appendix prepares a back-ground for Jaina chronology, and the sixth is help. ful in fixing the terminus ad quem for undated works.
The fifth Appendix is what one generally meets with, in Descriptive Catalogues of Mss. belonging to big libraries like the State Library of Berlin, the Library of the India Office etc. In this connection I may mention that the letters and the numerical figures given in parenthesis after the (old ) Ms. No., when needed, do not belong to the original collections, but have been introduced by me in the case of composite codices. When a composite codex contained not more than 26 works, letters of the Roman alphabet have been used, whereas in the case of a composite codex having more than 26 works, numerical figures have been used instead of the Roman alphabet which could not have been of much help without suffixes or dashes—a process which would have unnecessarily become cumbrous, if followed.
It is perhaps needless to add that certain numbers such as 736 (1) of 1875-76 not giren under old Ms. No. are not discrepancies as a layman is likely to think. They will be given in due course as they refer to works to be dealt with, in one of the subsequent volumes. 2
II do not remember to have seen any Catalogue where a list of works classified according to languages is separately given.
2 Such a state of affairs is due to the variety of subjects treated in one and the same Ms., and seems to be a special property of at least the Jaina Mss.

Page #23

Preface
The seventh Appendix is given there with the hope that it will serve as a geographical index to some extent, useful for identifying old place-names. I may add that I do not remember to have come across any Catalogue where such an appendix is separately given.
xxii
The eighth Appendix is assigned a separate place by the late Prof. Weber, while Prof. Keith has dealt with it, under a general index wherein he has mentioned names of works and authors as well. Under the heading of this Appendix given there, I have mentioned presentees over and above the patrons of scribes with a view to bring into prominence, the speciality of the Jaina code of Ethics.
The ninth and the last Appendix is perhaps a unique feature of this Catalogue inasmuch as it appears to be found nowhere else. In this Appendix abbreviations are recorded for the first time they and not for as many times as they do. For, the main object in giving this Appendix is to facilitate the reading of Mss., and that is why the full form is given against the corresponding abbreviation.
occur,
This finishes a rough survey of the contents of Parts III and IV, which when taken into account with the corresponding survey of the contents of Parts I and II, will show that the completion of this Volume XVII will cover up the description of Mss. pertaining to all the six groups under which the Svetambaras classify their 45 canonical treatises known as the Agamas. This fact goes to prove the richness of the Government Manuscripts Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Institute, and it, when taken into account with its collection of Jaina Mss. of non-canonical treatises, can make any one endorse at least the first part of the following statement made in the Preface (p. xxxvii) of Vol. I, Pt. I :
I
"That no library of Oriental Mss. possesses as valuable and numerous a stock of Mss. of Jaina literature as our library has, has been acknowledged by scholars from the very beginning and in fact it could even be said that there is hardly any edition of an
I The II Angas, the 12 Upaugas and the 10 Prakirnakas along with 18 Supernumerary ones have been treated, together with their exegetical literature in Part I. The six Chedasutras and the two Culikāsutras have been similarly dealt with in Part II, and all the Mulasūtras, in this part,

Page #24

Preface
xxiii
important work brought in any part of the world which had not to use, in some way or other, Mss. of this library.”
In this connection I may add that I have already collected by this time data which can give a clue to the nature of the Jaina Mss.' at the Institute, regarding their material etc.; but I think it better to reserve this topic till the completion of the printing of Vol. XVII. In the meanwhile I may however draw the kind attention of the authorities concerned to the fact that it will immensely enhance the value of this magnificient library, if an attempt can be made to procure, if available, a Ms. or a transcription of each of the following works and the like forming the Āgamika class :
(1) Pañcakappasutta. (2) Mahanisihasuttacunni. ( 3 ) Lakşmikallola Gani's commentary on Āyarangasutta. (4) A commentary on Uttarajjhayaņasutta, by Vinayahỉsa. (5) Dānasekhara's commentary on Bhagavaisutta.
(6) Malayagiri Sūri's commentary on Piņdanijjuttı. Now a word about some of the discrepencies that have crept into this work. They are :
(i) On p. 154 Avagahanadvära and Gatidvära are mentioned as separate works but really speaking they form a part and parcel of Sangrahaniratna.
(ii) Nos. 954 and 959 deal with the same work, but even then this Ms. is somehow described twice ; so, one of the descriptions is to be discarded.
(iii) No. 969 ought to have been assigned a place after No. 970 as it fits in with the plan of the inter-arrangement of Mss. dealing with the same work laid down by the Institute. A similar remark holds good in the case of Nos. 1099 and 1100. Vide foot-note I of p. 460.
(iv) In some cases the subject-matter deserves to be reconsidered, and I may cite as an example the case of works having Serial Nos. 934 to 952 ; but this cannot be done now as it means rehandling the corresponding Mss. and carrying on a thorough investigation of the entire problem of the constituents of the
1 A general survey of the Jaina Manuscripts with casual references to these Mss. is made by me in my paper on The Jaina Manuscripts (pp. 98-127) published in “Journal of the University of Bombay" (vol. VII, pt. 2, September 1938).

Page #25

xxiv
Preface
Avaśyakasūtra--a problem not finally solved by any scholar up till now, so far as I know
As regards the Reviews of this Jaina Catalogue (Pts. I and II) that I have seen, I find that on the whole my work is appreciated on all hands so much so that the late Prof. Winternitz did not only not find any fault whatsoever but fully approved of the plan followed there.' Prof. H. D. Velankar has however sounded a different note in his review. 2 He seems to suggest that too much attention has been paid to the objective side of the Ms. rather than the subjective one, and thus the question of providing materials “useful for the historical reconstruction of Jaina literature " is not sufficiently attended to. He holds me responsible for this attitude but I think this is owing to his not having paid due attention to what I have specifically mentioned in my Prefaces. This is again the reason why he finds fault with me so far as the inter-arrangement of Mss. dealing with the same work is concerned. This is neither the place to answer his criticisms nor is it incumbent upon me to do so as, after all, I have tried to carry out the instructions of the Institute.
Prof. Walther Schubring has made the following suggestions by way of corrections in his Review published in Orientalalıstische Literaturzeitung 1937 No. 3, pp. 186-187. They are as under :
Pt. I, p. 373: Kavacadara = Ārahanapadagå, dāra 30 from V. 26.
398 : Divasågarapannattisamgahaņī to be connected with 199 foll., because the D. S. P. forms a part of Jiväjivabhigamasutra.
399 : Pajjantärahaņà printed in Payannāsamgrahm Bh. 1, Ahmedabad, Samvat 1962.
427 : See Peterson I, p. 53 and 91, Weber II, p. 919; a medical treatise appreciated by the Svetāmbars as well as by the Digambaras ; for, the latter see Puspadanta Bhūtabali (as must be read ) and Pujyapāda.
1 Vide his review published in Archiv Orientalni ( Prague ) VIII, 2, 1936. The pertinent lives are as under :
“The Catalogue offers every thing that can be desired by the student of Jaina literature, both as regards details about the Mss. described, extracts from them, and references to editions, or accounts of the works in question ". .
This has been published in “ Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society” (vol. XII, 1936, pp. 118-120).

Page #26

Preface
428 Yaśobhadra is not the author of Vaggaculiya (this is the correct name), but Jasabhadda, the man who is introduced as the teller of the story.
246 Not a commentary to Jambuddivapannatti, but a treatise dealing with calculations concerning the Jambudvipa continent. The true title is Jambuddviva-karanacunni (vide the Berlin Ms.) and some scribes have only been misled to write J. D.-pannatli (or pannattikarana) cunni. Cf. Str. 3 of the text.
587 must not be called Pañcakappasuttacunņi, since a P. K. sutta never existed nor have curni and bhāṣya the word satra. In other cases, though there was a sutta or sutra, still the authors did not use that word, e. g. they never wrote Ayärangasuttacunni, Acarangasitraṭika, but only Avaracunni, Acarațika. Similarly Vuddhakappasutta seems to be a fiction, since the true name is Kappa.
I do not intend to make here any comments on these suggestions. I shall therefore simply mention that on p. 58 we meet with Śri-Sthanängasúträrtha.
Now a word about the following entries printed in the Jaina Catalogue (pt. II, p. 299) :
(1) In line to we have: "composed (?)".
This should be replaced by "completed".
(2) "Author.-Not mentioned. According to the tradition Jinadasa Gani Mahattara."
The words "Not mentioned. According to the tradition" should be droped; for, the author has mentioned his name in a queer way in the verse noted on p. 299 and has probably given the clue, too. But before we can see it, the first carana requires an emendation as under :
णिरेणणागत्तमहा सदा जिना
These letters when properly re-arranged can be read as 'जिणदासगाणणा महान्तरेण. " Thus this supplies us with the author's
66
cc
XXV
""
name.
On p. 449 of this part III, the author is not mentioned, but he is said be Jinadasa Gani Mahattara.

Before I conclude this Preface, I may mention that I have tried to make this Part III as up to date as possible by making necessary additions while going through the proof-sheets. This will explain why there is anachronism at times.
1 I use this word as the pertinent verse is incorrect.
4

Page #27

xxvi
Preface In the end it remains for me to record gladly and respectfully, my indebtedness to Vidvadvallabha Muni Puņyavijayaji, a disciple of the late Munirāja Śri Caturavijaya and a grand-disciple of Pravartaka Srimat Kāntivijaya, who has for the third time quite willingly rendered to me valuable assistance by going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions up to 56 pages. I have also to thank Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, for having agreed to insert in this part, a photograph' of a fol. of Ms. No. 7123 of 1892-95 ( Serial No. 720 ), on my drawing his kind attention to the fact that this Ms. has been written in very small hand-writing, perhaps the smallest I remember to have seen at the Institute, and that this Ms. was selected for exhibit for that very reason and was very highly appreciated by the late His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Lord Brabourne, G.C.I.E. MC., the former Governor of Bengal when His Excellency paid a visit to the Institute as the Governor of Bombay on 22nd June 1935. Equally indebted I am to Dr. R. N. Dande kar, M.A., Ph.D., the Hon. Secretary - for his having complied with my request of inserting in this Part III a photograph” of the last fol. of the Ms. No. 286 of A. 1883-84 ( Serial No. 1139 ) on my drawing his kind attention that this is the oldest dated (Saṁvat 1333 ) paper Ms. in the Institute and perhaps elsewhere, too. 3
Dr. Sukthankar deserves to be once more thanked for having agreed to publish this part and thus given an early opportunity to the public in general and the Jaina community in particular, to know more about the Jaina Mss. dealt with in this part.
Sankdi Sheri, Gopipura,)
SURAT. 30th May, 1940
Hiralal R. Kapadia
1-2 These face pp. 120 and sto respectively.
3 The Ms. No. 57 of 1880-81 (Serial No. 1106 ) is the oldest dated palm-leaf Ms. I know of. Its date is Sarhvat 1138.

Page #28

REGULATIONS OF
THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT
1.
"The Government Manuscripts Library" formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shall take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India, the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be signed

Page #29

xxviii
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or essays published by the applicant.
N. B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscripts are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months.
10. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter.
II. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this receipt.

Page #30

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
xxix 12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the manuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, or to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.
w

Page #31

A LIST OF
PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS
The following is the list of works (Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the results of the search and preservation of Sanskrit and Präkrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated Catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M.A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference.
Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868-69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871–72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published at different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below) published in 1888.
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, 11 pages in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875.
Detailed Report of a Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay.

Page #32

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
xxxi
Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by. F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881.
A Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Viśrāmabāg collections ). Part I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884, 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882–83, by R. G, Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883-84, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887-91, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collections of Manuscripts deposited in the Deccan College (from 1868–1884) with an Index, by S. R. Bhandarkar.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891-1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901.
Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #33

xxxii
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884, Bombay.
A Third Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay.
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson. Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections :
(i) 1895–1902, (ii) 1899–1915, (iii) 1902-1907, (iv) 1907–1915, (v) 1916–1918, (vi) 1919–1924 and (vii) 1866-68.

Page #34

VOLUMES PUBLISHED
Vol. I, Part I-Vedic Literature, Samhitas and Brahmaņas pp. xlviii +420; Size:- 9 inches x 6 inches. 1916, Compiled by the Professors of Sanskrit, Deccan College, Poona. Price Rs. 4.
35
Vol. XVII. Part 1-Jaina Literature and Philosophy (Agamika Literature) pp. xxiv + 390; Size :--- 91 in. x 6 in. 1935. Compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A. Price Rs. 4. -(Agamika Literature contd.) pp. xxvi + 36324; Size:- 9 in. x 6 in. 1936. Compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A., Price Rs. 4.
91
Descriptive Catalogue of Manuscripts
IN THE
Government Manuscripts Library
19
-
Part II
Part III-(Agamika Literature contd.) pp. xxxv + 530; Size :- 9 in. x 6 in. 1940. Compiled by Prof. H. R. Kapadia, M.A. Price Rs. 5.
Vol. XII-Alamkara, Samgita and Natya Mss. pp. xx + 486 Compiled by P. K. Institute, Poona.
Size :- -91 in. × 6 in. 1936. Gode, M.A., Curator, B. O. R. Price Rs. 5.

Vol. XIV- Nataka Mss. pp. (xviii + 302); Size:-9 in. x 6 in. 1937. Compiled by P. K. Gode, M.A., Curator, B. O. R. Institute, Poona. Price Rs. 4.
Vol. II, Part 1-Grammar Mss (Vedic and Paniniya) 348; Size.-91 in. x 6 in. 1938. by S. K. Belvalkar, M.A. Ph.D.
Size.-9
Vol. XVI, Part I- Vaidyaka Mss. pp. xxi + 418. in. x 6 in. 1939. Compiled by H. D. Sharma, M.A., Ph.D. Price Rs. 4.
Other volumes in preparation.
For copies apply to:- The Secretary, B. O. R. Institute,
pp. xvi. + Compiled Price Rs. 4.

POONA 4, (INDIA).

Page #35

SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION

अ a
ऋ r
आइ i ई ī
ऋ ऌ ! ऍe
कू k
च् छू ch
ट्रं t ठूं th
त् t थ् th
पू p फूं ph
kh g
उ u ऊ
ऐ ai ओ o ओ au
य y र् r
घ् gh
ज् j झू jh ञ्
ddh
दूddh
ब b भ bh मू m
लू 1 व् v
बू 8 स् s b
visarga h, anusvara m.
ण् ņ
नू n
शू

Page #36

JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #37

Page #38

JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
V. 4 MULASUTRAS!
THE FIRST MULASUTRA
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र (377TYTUTETI)
Uttarādbyayanasūtra (Uttarajjhayaņasutta )
159. 1871-72.
No. 644
Size.-- 12 in. by 43 in.
Extent.— 73 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional Tanas; big, fairly legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; numbers for foll. written in the right-hand margin ; foll. ja and 736 blank ; fol. rb decorated with a beautiful illustration of a samavasarana with a Tirthamkara in the centre ; unnumbered sides have a square in
1 For the interpretation of this word mülasūtra and the question of the propriety of the word sütra according to Jarl Charpentier see his introduction (p. 32) to his edition of The Uttaràdhvayanasutra ".
2. That the meaning of the word ullam occurring in this title cannot meaa "best" though so suggested in the commentary on Nandisutra, but it should mean " latter", is the opinion expressed by Charpentier in his introduction (Þ. 33) to Utrayadhvavanasutta

Page #39

2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 644
yellow colour in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; all the foll. more or less worm-eaten ; but, fortunately the body is not affected to the same extent; condition tolerably fair; complete; the entire work is divided into 36 adhyayanas as under :
Adhyayana

دو
دو
""
رو
""
33
در
ور
در
دو
ور
رو
ود
در
35
دو
>>
39
ور
13
">
""
""
""
""
""
33
Verses
I-48
prose +,, 1-46
I-20
1-13
I-32
1-18+ prose,,
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
رو
XIX
XX
XXI
XXII
XXIII
XXIV
XXV
XXVI
XXVII
XXVIII
"
در
دو
""
دو
ور
"3
رو
""
دو
22
دو
XVI prose +,, 1-17
XVII
I-21
XVIII
""
ور
دو
ور
"3
22
در
دو
در
در
""
I-30
I-20
I-62
I-37
I-32
I-46
I-35
در
1-55
1-16
1-54
I-98
I-60
I-24
1-51
1-89
I-20
1-44
1-26
I-17
1-36

foll.
23
رو
""
دو
در
دو
37
ور
در
رو
33
در
دو
>>
دو
دو
༢་སྶ་བ
""
در
در
33
33
در
23
16 to 3a
3a 5°
6a
6a
60
7b
8b
gb
21a
21b
236
24b
266
30a
32b
""
39a
39b
ور
416
22
در
در
در
Iob 12b
12b
14a
15a
17a
18b
""
در
" Ioa
در
>> 14"
2
25 172
18b
>>
,, 21a
21b
66
S
toyma 45
,, 23h
246
در
7b
8b
"26h
در
دو
>> 308
32
33h 33b 356
35b
39a
39b
در
"
رو
ور
در
416
436
436
44°, 45
", 44a

Page #40

644.]
I. 4 Malasatras
Adhyayana XXIX prose+ Verses 1-73 foll. 45b XXX
, 1-37 , SI ,, 53* XXXI
, 1-20 , 53* ,, 530 XXXII , I-III ,, 53 ,, 59 XXXIII
, I-25 , 59 ,, 6ok XXXIV
1-62 , 60 XXXV
,, I-21 , 62 ,, 631 XXXVI
I-267 ,, 63 Age.-- Samvat 1651. Author.- Various authors are suggested by various persons. For
instance some ascribe the authorship to Lord Mahāvīra,
some to Bhadrabāhu ? and some to Kapila and other saints. Subject.-- This Jaina canonical treatise mostly in verses in Prakrit
is styled as “mülasútra”. On the whole, it depicts the life which a Jaina saint ought to lead. The details can be inferred from the significant titles 3 of the 36 adhyayanas which are as under:
( 1 ) विणयसुय (विनयश्रुत), ( 2 ) परीसह ( परीषह), (3) चाउरंगिज्ज ( चातुरङ्गीय ), ( 4 ) असंखय (असंस्कृत ) or पमायप्पमाय ( प्रमादाप्रमाद), (5) अकाममरणिज्ज (अकाममरणीय ) or अकाममरण, (6) खुड्डागणियंठिज्ज ( क्षुल्लकनियन्थीय ) or नियंठिज्ज (निर्ग्रन्थीय ), ( 7 ) एलय (एलक) or उरब्भ ( औरभ्रीय ), (8) काबिलीय ( कापिलीय ) or कविलिज्ज (कपिलीय), (9) नमिपन्वज्जा ( नमिप्रव्रज्या ), (10) दुमपत्तय (द्रुमपत्रक ), (II ) बहुस्सुयपूया ( बहुश्रुतपूजा ), ( 12 ) हरिएसिज्ज ( हरिकेशीय ) or हरिएस (हरिकेश), (I3) चित्तसंभूइज्ज (चित्तसम्भूतीय) or चित्तसंभूय ( चित्तसम्भूत), (14) उसुयारिज्ज ( इषुकारीय ), (15) सभिक्खु ( सभिक्षु ) or सभिक्खुय ( सभिक्षुक ), (16) बंभच्चेरसमाहिट्ठाण ( ब्रह्मचर्यसमाधिस्थान ) or समाहिट्ठाण ( समाधिस्थान), ( 17 ) पावसमाणिज्ज (पापश्रमणीय ), ( 18 ) संजइज्ज ( सञ्जयीय ), ( 19 ) मियापुत्तीय (मृगापुत्रीय ) or मियचरिया (मृगचर्या), ( 20 ) महा
I Verses 79 to 87 are wrongly numbered as 49 to 57. 2 Sce p. 7. 3 For a set of these titles see Nos. 659 and 681.

Page #41

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1644.
नियंठिज्ज ( महानिर्यन्थीय) or नियंठिज्ज (निबन्धीय), ( 21 ) समुद्दपा लिज्ज or समुहपालीय ( समुद्रपालीय ), ( 22 ) रहनेमिज्ज ( स्थनमीय), ( 23 ) केसिगोयमिज्ज (केशिगौतमीय ), ( 24 ) ममिईअ ( समितीक , (25) जइन्नेन or जन्न इज्ज (यज्ञीय), ( 26 ) सामायारी ( सामाचारी), ( 27 ) खलंकिज्ज ( खलङ्कीय ) or खलुक (खलुङ्क), ( 28) मोक्खमग्गगइ ( मोक्षमार्गगति) or मोक्खगइ (मोक्षगति), ( 29 ) संमत्तपरक्कम ( सामन्तपराक्रम ) or अप्पमाद (अप्रमाद), ( 30 ) तवमग्गइज्ज (तपोमार्गीय ) or तवमग्ग (तपोमार्ग), ( 31 ) चरणविहि ( चरणविधि ), ( 32 ) पमायट्ठाण (प्रमादस्थान ) or समाहिहाण ' ( समाधिस्थान ), (33) कम्मप्पयडि or कम्पप्पगडि (कर्मप्रकृति), (34 ) लेसा (लेश्या ), ( 35 ) अणगारमग्ग ( अनगारमार्ग) cr अणगार (अनगार) and (36) जीवाजीवविभत्ति (जीवाजीवविभक्ति
The names of the 36 adhyayanas inentionec in Samavāyāngasūtra ( sūtra 36, p. 64 ) and in the niryukti (1.1317') to Uttaradhyayanasutra differ at times from these. In this connection it may be added that the names of the adhyayanas 3, 4, 7, 10 and 26 can be mentioned as examples of a naman ( name ) by adanapada (one of the ten types ) noted in the 13oth sūtra of Anuyogadvärasütra.3
The ninth adhyayana of this text can be compared with the Mahābhārata ( XII, 178, 2 ) and the Buddhistic Jätaka No. 539 g. I25 ( Fausboll's edn). The 12th adhyayana
I This heading is due to a scribal error So says Charpentier in his introduction (p. 36, and foot-note) to Uttarādhyayanasutra.
2 These along with English translation are given by Charpentier in his introduction (pp 35-36 ) to Uttaradhyayanasútra, and they are given here, too. 3 C. Maladhārin Hemacandra Suri's following observation in this connection:
" आवंतीत्याचारस्य पञ्चमाध्ययनं......इत्यादानपदेनैतन्नाम, चाउरंगिज्नं ति एतदुत्तराध्ययनेषु तृतीयमध्ययनम्, तत्र चादौ चत्तारि परमंगाणि दुल्लहाणीह जंतुणो' इत्यादि विद्यते, असंखयं इदमप्युत्तराध्ययनेष्वेव चतुर्थमध्ययनम् , तत्र चादावेव 'असंखयं जीविय मा पमायए' इत्येतत् पदमस्ति, ततस्तेनेदं नाम, रवमन्यान्यपि कानिचिदुत्तराध्ययनान्तर्वीन्यध्ययनानि कानिचित् तु दशवकालिकसूयगडाद्यध्ययनानि स्वधिया भावनीयानि।"
--- Anuyogadvărasútravrtti, p. 1416

Page #42

644]
1.
Mülasůlras
has its counterpart in the Maianga-Jätaka No. 497, and the 13th cau be coinpared with the Jätaka No. 498. The 14th adhyayana can be compared with the Mahabharata (XII, 175, repeated XII, 277), Markandeya-Purana (X il.,) and
the Jätaka No. 509.' Begins... - fol. I" ५ ६ ७॥ ॐ नमः ॥
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स अणगारस्स भिक्खुणो
विणयं प(पा उकरिम्मामि आणुएन्धि सुणेह मे ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends,-- fol. 734
इइ पाउकरे बुद्धे नायए परिनिव्वुए । हनीम उत्तरज्झाए भवसिद्धी( य ) मम्मए ।।
ति बेमि २६७ छ जीवाजीवविभत्ती ॥ छ ३६ उत्तरज्झयणसयक्वंधो सम्मत्तो ॥
मंवत १६५१ वर्षे कार्तिकवदि २ रवौ ॥ 'बर्कपल्लीवास्तव्यश्री श्रीमाली'जातीयममंगलभार्या मंगयलादे तत्सुतसुश्रावकधर्मकारणीयकारकसाहगोंगाकेन ल(लि )षा( वा पितं । भट्टारकश्रीसंयमरत्नसूरितत्सि(च्छिय - पंडितश्री (7 times ) जयरत्नगणितत्शि च्छिष्यमुनिसिंघविमलस्य
पुण्याथै ज्ञानवृद्धयर्थ दनं श्रीरस्तु दीर्घायुः शुभं भवतु: ॥ Reference.-- Published along with Laksmivallabha's commentary
and 1 Hindi gloss of Vijaya Sādhu in the Agamasangraha of Rai Bahadur Dhanapatisimha, Calcutta, in Samvat I936. The text together with the commentary of Jayakirti is published by Pandit Hiralal Hamsaraj, Jamnagar in A. D. I909; the text with the nirvukti and the commentary of Vadivetala Santi Suri, in the D. L. I. P. F. Series in three parts in A. D. 1916-17 ; the text with the commentary of Kamalasaṁyama is published in the Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamālā, Bhavnagar in A. D. 1927; the text along with the commentary of Bhāvavijaya Gani, by the Jaina Atmānanda Sabha in Samvat 1974 and
I See Indian Culture" vol. I, No. 2, pp. 146-147. 2 In the Ms. य is written above मंगलादे,

Page #43

6
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1644.
the text along with Gujarati translation, by Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha, Bhavnagar. The text is edited by Jarl Charpentier ( Archives d'etudes orientales vol. 18), Upasala in A. D. 1921-22. Herein the introduction' contains in short a history of the canonical literature of the Jainas.
The text is translated into English by Hermann Jacobi and is published in the Sacred Books of the East as vol. XLV, in A. D. 1895.
For quotations etc. see Weber II ( Nos. 1901-1906), pp. 719-730, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 310 ff., Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292, 300, 312-315, 316, 318, 320322 and 367), La Religion Djaïna (pp. 27, 49, 79, 80, 86, 91, 92, 96, 211, 218, 238, 249, 263, 269 and 303), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 94n., 428n., 429, 431, 442, 446-471, 476n., 534f., 561 and 637) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 80 ).
For comparison of Uttaradhyayanasütra with Jivavicara see A. Guèrinot's "La doctrine des ètres vivants dans la religion jaina" (Revue de l'Histoire des Religions, vol. XLVII, pp. 34-50), Paris, 1903.
See A Barth's "Bulletin des Religions de l' Inde-Jainisme" (ibid.), vol. VII, 1902; H. Oldenburg's "Buddha, sein Leben, seine Lehre, seine Gemeinde", p.309, n.2 StuttgartBerlin, 1903; its translation in French by A. Foucher, p. 267, n. 1. Paris, 1903; A. Weber's "Ueber die heiligen schriften der Jaina" (Indische Studien, vol. XVI, Leipzig, 18831885); Indian Antiquary vol. XVII; and H. Jacobi's Ausgewählte Erzählungen in Maharashtri" (pp. 34-55), Leipzig, 1886, and his article " Ueber den çloka in Pali und Prakrit (Kuhn's Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung ( vol. XXIV, pp. 610-614), Berlin, 1879.
33
66
I Based upon the remark made by Weber (Indische Studien vol. XVI passin) Charpentier mentions on p. 34 that Uttaradhyayanasutra is identified with Isibhāsiya in many canonical and other passages. But as he further observes it is not so as Isibhasiya contains 50 or 54 chapters. Uttaradhyayanasūtra is also identified with Devendatthaya which was probably obsolete already in the time of Haribhadra Süri (Cf. Weber Ind. Stud XVII, 43).

Page #44

544.]
I. 4. Mülasutras
E. Leumann's "Die Lejende von Citta und Sambuta (Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, 5f.), Wien and "Weld in Bild und Wort " (Strassburg 1890) may be also consulted.
7
In Ardha-Magadhi Reader there are given as extracts from Uttaradhyayana, the 5th chapter on pp. 55-57 and the 13th and the 14th on pp. 63-67 and 67-74. The English translation of these chapters is therein reproduced from S. B. E. on pp. 142-146, 154-158 and 158-166 respectively. On P. LI Banarsi Das Jain remarks that this work "was composed by Bhadrabahu. "......" Several of the legends' given here " are common to Brahmanic and Buddhist literatures. Many verses are a mere translation of the Mahabharata slokas and a few others correspond in wording to those of the Dhammapada and Jātakas ".
"
In the collection of Manuscripts of Sarabhai Nawab there is an illustrated Ms. of Uttaradhyayanasūtra. It contains 46 illustrations. Out of them 8 are given in Jaina Citrakalpadruma in plates LXXXIV and LXXXV. Each of these plates contains 4 illustrations. The illustrations of the first plate respectively deal with the topics treated in adhyayana XI, verses 16 to 30; XII, 19-30; XIX; and XIX. The second plate has illustrations connected with XX, 19-31; XXI, 4-10; XXII, 33; and XXIII. All these 8 illustrations are preceded by one given from the collection of the late Muniraja Hamsavijayaji.

For additional Mss. of the text see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 382, Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7485, 74862 and 74915 and Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 275-278, 279 and 286. For a suvarnakṣari Ms. see the Jaina jñana bhandara of Devasã pādā, Ahmedabad.
I
This Reader is published by the "University of the Panjab ", Lahore, 1923. 2-3 These contain a fragment in chapters XXX and XXXI and one of chapter XXXVI respectively.
4 This Ms. is referred to on p. 75 (foot-note) of Jaina Citrakalpadruma.

Page #45

8
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र
No. 645
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age. Samvat 1332.
Begins. leaf roll
Ends: leaf 175"
Size. 143 in. by 17 in.
Extent. 175 10 = 165 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 45 to 55 letters to a line.

Uttaradhyayanasutra
Description. Palm-leaf; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्रा) quite bold, big, uniform, legible and very beautiful handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into two separate columns; but, really it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; numbers for leaves written in different margins but on one and the same side of the leaf; in the right-hand margin, as ?, R etc., as usual in numerical characters, whereas in the left-hand one, in letter-numerals such as a ) १ २ ) numbered sides decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; leaves 73 to 83 partly worm-caten; the body of the leaves 174 and 175 partly worn out; edges of almost all leaves worn out to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole very fair; leaves placed between two wooden boards; the Ms. well-preserved in the card-board box lined with oil cloth: extent 2300 slokas; leaves 127 to 136 missing; otherwise complete.
स्ति । श्री । etc.: red chalk used; un
2
>
A etc., as in No. 644.
[645.
(ड) (ड) पांउकर बुद्धे नायए परिनि । छती ) उत्तरज्झाए भवसिद्धीय संबुड
3.
1880-81.
त्ति बेमि ।। २६६

Page #46

646.]
1. 4 Mülasūtras
छत्तीसइम उत्तरज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥३६॥ छ ॥ उत्तरज्झयणUTETUT Final(#1) ll ll jua: sa ...ai sana aufástical(s)
पि शतानि ॥ २३०० संवत् १३३२ वर्षे वैशाखवदि ३ शनौ. Reference.-- Regarding this Ms. Charpentier says in his introduc
lion ( p. 63 ) to Uttarādhyayanasútra that this is “ wellwritten but lacks the last ten leaves”. F. Kielhorn has described it on pp. 3-4 of his “ Report on Ancient palm-leaf Mss. lately acquired for the Government of Bombay.
Bombay, 188r". See Indian Antiquary vol. X, p. 100. N. B. For other particulars see No. 614.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayauasūtra
No. 646
1880-81.
Size.-- 324 in. by 18 in. Extent. 64 leaves ; 4 to s lines to a leaf; 125 to 130 letters to a
line. Description.--Palm-leaf durable and brownish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ATES; big, legible, uniform and good handwriting; his Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns; but, really speaking, it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the remaing ones ; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as 3, 2, $ etc., and in the left-hand one as a tal soft l etc., i. e. to say in
letter-numerals ; complete; some leaves slightly wormeaten ; condition tolerably good ; leaves placed between two
I Letters are gone.

Page #47

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[646.
wooden boards; the Ms. well-preserved in a card-board box lined with oil cloth ; leaf 1. blank; so is the leaf 64b; red
chalk used. Age.-- Reported as Samvat 1340 (circa), on the ground that this
has been written by the same scribe who wrote work
No. 663 in Samvat 1342. Begins.- leaf ab illo 7:FAITTII
Ffair @cagare etc., as in No. 644. Ends. --- leaf 64" इति पाउकरे बुद्ध etc. up to भवसिद्धीय संवुडे ति बेमि as in
No. 644. This is followed by the lines as under:
छत्तीसं[स]इमं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥२५७ उत्तरज्झयणसुयक्वंधो सम्मनो॥
जोगविहीए विहित्ताए जो लिहइ सुत्त अत्थं । वा भासेई य भवियजणो सो पावइ णिज्जरा विउला जम्मो दत्ताए एकह वि ॥ समग्घंति विग्घरहियस्स । सो लक्खिज्जइ भन्यो पुवरिसी एव भासंति ॥
Reference. This Ms. was utilized by Charpentier for editing the
text of Uttarādhyayanasútra. In his introduction (p. 63) to this work he observes :
“I have made use for the text of the Ms. no. 2 of coll. 1880-81, which is from saņv. 1340 (= 1284 A. D.), and written apparently by the same hand which wrote no. 5 of the same collection mentioned above. It contains 64 leaves, is quite complete and is very well and clearly written. There are apparently very few mistakes in it, although the orthography is sometimes not quite correct. But this is a fault to be found frequently even in the most
excellent manuscripts”. N. B.- For other details see No. 644 and F. Kielhorn's Report
for 1880-81, p. 3.

Page #48

647.)
1. 4 Malasätras
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasūtra
86. No. 647
1872-73. Size.--- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 28 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with qualats; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders carefully and neatly ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; fol. 18 has marginal notes written on it; those in the right-hand margin have slightly faded; strips of paper are pasted to foll. 2 to 25, and the missing letters written on them ; condition very good;
complete; yellow pigment rarely used. Age. - Fairly old. Subject... The usual text plus the four verses of its niryukti
which point out the importance of this text. Begins.— fol. 10 & 011 FA: BfAl P aral:] Il spt 11
HTTPêragata etc., as in No. 644. Ends.--- fol. 286 2 413 g etc., up to guru as in No. 644.
This is followed by the lines as under :
ilgll far #KT GA-HTETETATE !311g Il eft ll still जे किर भवसिद्धीआ । परित्तसंसारिआ य जे भ(न)श(रा)
ते किर पढ़ति एए। छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झाए ।१।। This goes up to पुन्वरिसी एव भासंति ॥ ४॥ (the last line of the
160 4th verse which is the same as in No. Reference.-- This Ms. is referred to by Charpentier in his in
troduction (p. 63 ) to Uttarādhyayanasütra. There, while comparing this Ms. with No. 644 he observesi
“The first' is dated samv 1651 (= 1595 A. D.), the other has no date ; the first has been rather ill used
1871-72) sft.
1-2 By the first he means the Ms. here se rially numbered as 644, and by the orher, this very Ms.

Page #49

Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1647: and has numerous worm-holes, the other is well-preserved
and clearly written". N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 644.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasūtra No. 648
733.
1899-1915. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 77 - 1 = 76 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough and grey ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; sufficiently big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; most of the foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted :o fol. 77'; condition very good; fol. 77" blank; the Ist fol. is inissing; otherwise complete; extent 2100 ślokas; fol. 12 seems to have been kept blank ; for, fol. 2° starts with a portion of the 12th verse of the ist adhya
yana ; the last two lines seem to be laterly added. Age. Not later than Samvat 1686. Begins.-- fol. 2a
(CP09 A goiti gūTO OT)
* TEGAT qrasi(si) CITATAT I 38 etc. Ends. -- fol. 778 ge org* etc., up to staç as in No. 644.
This is followed by the lines as under:--
॥७० जीवाजीवविभत्ती सम्मत्ता ३६ छत्तीस उत्तरज्झयणाणि **Trêt ( 1 ) faristot vigastatizzatoriaIŞTST TÔJHTATO 7800 (1) Then in a later hand we have :---

Page #50

649.1
I. 4. Malasutras
संवत् १६८६ फागुणसुदि १४ श्री विक्रम'नगरे आ परति समारी है महं उरजइ । पंडितश्रीकमल(विज)यगणिवाचनार्थ । चुक मूल दुवा
तिहां पंडित समारज्योजी ॥ इति भद्रं । शुभं भवतु ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 644.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarădhyayanasūtra
No. 649
1880-81. Size.— 134 in. by 2ļ in. Extent.— 134 + 1 = 135 leaves ; s lines to a leaf ; 45 to 56 letters
to a line. Description. -- Palnı-leaf; Jaina Devanagari characters with EATITS;
small, quite legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into two separate columns; but, really speaking, it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red; leaf 1. blank ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as ?, ?, etc., and in the left-hand one as * )
1, 2, 3, GTFetc., i. e. to say in letter-numerals ; leaf 101 repeated ; leaves 47, 63, 75, 79, 83, 120(?) and 121(2) seem to be subsequently added; some portion of leaves 108 to 118 worn out; even the numbering and a part of the text gone ; several leaves more or less worm-eaten ; the last three leaves are awfully damaged; condition on the whole unsatisfactory ; the work is incomplete so far as the 36th
adhyayana is concerned; otherwise complete. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins — leaf i' & OI PÂTC#:) **ST 11
Hola facaga etc. as in No. 644.

Page #51

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(649.
Ends. --- leaf 134b at afbl......
Afort heart glagt at ...... Reference.-- Charpentier remarks in his introduction (p. 63) to
Uttarādhyayanasūtra that this Ms." has no date and is very incomplete". Kielhorn has described it on p. 4 of his Report
for 1880-81. N. B. - For further particulars see No. 644.
असंस्कृताध्ययन
Asaṁskrtādhyayana (seau)
(Asamkhayajjhayaņa ) No. 650
39 (b).
1877-78. Extent. ---- fol. 28* to fol. 28b i. c. to say i folio. Description.— Complete so far as it goes. For the title see p. 4.
39 (a). For additional particulars see Mrgāvatirāsa No. 2914
"1877–78. Age.- Samvat 1751; this is the date mentioned for No.-.
1877-78. • Subject.--- This is a work in Prākrit in 13 gäthäs and it forms the
4th adhyayana out of the 36 of the Uttarădhyayanasútra. It advises the aspirants for liberation to shake off carelessness and to see that anger, pride etc., are overcome
by them. Begins.- fol. 28a
असंखयं जीविय मा पमायए।
जरोवणीयस्स हुनस्थि ताणं। एवं वियाणाहि जणे पमत्ते।
77(-a) faith 999 a 3 etc.
1-2 These are respectively the 203th and 208th verses of the 36th (last) chapter of Uttaradhyayanasütrą.

Page #52

651.)
1. 4 Malasatras
IS
Ends.-a fol. 28h
जे( 5 )संखया तुच्छपरप्पवाई।
ते पिज्जदोसाणुगया परब्भा। एय(ए) अहम्मु त्ति दुगंछमाणो ।
कखे गुणे जाय सरीरभेउ
इति असंख्या(स्कृताध्ययनं चतुर्थे । Reference. - For description of an additional Ms. having this
adhyayana see Keith's Catalogue No. 7492. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 644.
नमिप्रव्रज्याध्ययन
Namipravrajyadhyayana (araza put)
(Namipavvajjajjhayana ) No. 651
579 (c).
1895-98. Extent.- fol. 122 Description.-- Incomplete as it contains 9 verses and a part of the
10th. All of them belong to the ninth adhyayana and are the opening verses of the same. For other details see No. 423 (D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. I, p. 380 ) where this
work is styled as Navasloki through oversight. Subject. --The ninth chapter deals with the life of king Nami. Char
pentier observes that it belongs to a vast cycle of legends concerning the four pratyekabuddhas, the four kingly saints very famous amongst the Jainas and the Bauddhas, and to some degree known even to the Vaidika Brahmaņas.' He looks upon this chapter as a legendary one.?
I See p. 44 of his introduction.
2 Chapters XII-XIV, XVIII-XXIII and XXV are placed in the same category by him. Ibid., p. 44

Page #53

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[6fi.
Begins.-- fol. 122
चई(इ)ऊण देवलोगा( ओ) उबवन्नो माणुसंमि लोयनि ।
उवसंतमोहणिज्जो सरई पोराणियं जाई ॥१॥ etc. Ends,-fol, 120
'मिहिलाए' चेइए पत्थे(च्छे ) सीयछा(च्छा) मणोरमे पत्तपुप्फफलोवेए बहणं बहुगुणे सया ॥९॥
बाएण हीरमाणंमि च(चे इयंमि म ॥ ॥ This work ends thus. N. B.---For other details see No. 644.
मोक्षमार्गगत्यध्ययन
Moksamārgagatyadhyayana (मोक्खमग्गगइअज्झयण)
(Mokkhamaggagaiajjhayana) No. 652
768 (6)
. 1892-95.. Size.- 98 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 29 folios ; [2 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari
characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well, there is some space kept blank so that it forms a design ; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; this Ms. contains the following additional works :
(1) आगमिकवस्तुविचारप्रकरण fol. 4 to 64 (2) बन्धशतक (3) भक्तप्रतिज्ञा (No. 301 )' , 10° , I7 (4) संस्तारक (, 314) (5) द्वादशभावना
, 22 , 27 (6) प्रत्याख्यानभाष्य
____, 27 , 29. 1-2 For description see D, C. J. M. vol. XVII. pt. I, pp. 283 and 289 respectively.

Page #54

653.1
Age.-- Old.
Subject.
Begins.-- fol. 1a ||
This forms the 28th chapter of Uttaradhyayanasūtra, and it deals with Jaina philosophy. This seems to have served as a basis for Tattvarthādhigamaśāstra. For, it deals with dogmatical questions or matters of doctrines and gives us philosophical information as is mostly the case with chapters XXIV, XXVI, XXIX--XXXI, XXXIII, XXXIV and XXXVI and with introductory portions to chapters II and XVI.
Ends. fol. 2a
I. 4 Mulasatras
मुक्खमग्गगइं तच्चं सुणेह जिणभासियं ।
चकारण संजुत्तं नाणदंसणलक्खणा ( णं ) ॥ १ ॥ etc.
खवित्ता कम्माई संजमेण तवेण य ।
सव्वदुक्ख पणत्या पक्कमंति महेसिणो ॥ ३६ ॥ इति मक्खमग्ग ( ग ) ई नामज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छु ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 644.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र सुखबोधासहित
No. 653

17
Uttaradhyayanasutra with Sukhabodha
Size.- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 329 folios; 15 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with years; bold, big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins; some foll. have stuck together probably due to the presence of gum in the ink used; some of them torn though slightly owing to

1098. 1887-91.

Page #55

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[653.
ignorant and careless attempts made by some one to separate them ; condition on the whole very fair ; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary ( vștti ) Sukhabodhā by name; both complete; extent of the commentary 14000 ślokas; Sukhabodhă composed in Samvat 1129 on the advice of the fellow-disciple, Municandra Suri; the text is divided into 36 adhyayanas; the extent of each of them together with the corresponding portion of the commentary
is as under: Adhyayana T w ith com. foll. pb to 14a II „ „
142 » 512 III „ „
51a , 719 IV „ „ „ 718 » 892 V „ „ „ 89a ,, 976
» » » 976 , 1024 VII
102a ,, 109h VIII » »
1178 , 1368
1362 , 1472 XI
1472 „ 1510 XII „ „ „ 1516 „ 1626 XIII » »
„ 1626 , 1816 XIV
1816 , 1906 XV
1906 , 1936 XVI
1936 „ 1976 XVII
1976 , 2001 XVIII
2002 „ 233a XIX , , , 2334 „ 228b XX
2386 „ 2422 XXI „ „ „ 2429 „ 244" XXII
2446 „ 2532 XXIII XXIV » » »
1096 „ 117
2689
» 2703

Page #56

653.)
1. 4 Mulasūtras
·
19
1, 2774
Adhyayana XXV with com. foll.
„ 2725 XXVI XXVII
„ 279 XXVIII
» : » 2796 „ 283b XXIX
2836 „ 2936 XXX
.., 2936 „ 298a XXXI
„ „ „ 298a .. 304a XXXII ,
304a „ 3115 XXXIII ,
3916 „ 3138 XXXIV
3134 „ 3166 XXXV „ „ „ 3166 „ 3180
XXXVI „ „ „ 3186 ., 329*. Ag.-- Samvat 1491 (?). Author of the commentary.- Devendra Gaņi', pupil of Amradeva?
Upadhyāya, pupil of Uddyotana Sūri of the BỊhad gaccha. It seems that this Devendra Gaņi was designated as Nemicandra Súri, on his being raised to the status of 'ācārya'. This is what can be inferred from Mss. Nos. 659-661. Probably this is the reason why he is referred to as “Devendra Gani, alias Nemicandra Sūri” in Keith's Catalogue in No. 7489. P. Peterson, too, is of the same opinion as can be seen from p. VII of his Report for 1884-86. But his entry viz. “By Nemichandra afterwards called Devandragaņi” is wrong; for, it should be rather just the reverse, 3 From p. 80% of the Appendix I to this third
He belongs to
Tapa' gaccha according to Klatt. See Indian Antiquary
vol. IX.
2 In B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 421, the name of the guru of Devendra Gani is mentioned as Amradeva, It ought to be Amradeva unless there is a variant like a 35 CET in v. to given on p. 21.
3. This mistake is corrected by him in his fourtl Report and there on pp. LIX-LX, he has given detailed information about him.
"श्रीनेमिचंद्रमरिय: कर्ना प्रस्तुतप्रकरणस्थ सर्वज्ञागमपरमार्थवदिनामग्रणीः कृतिना ॥९ अन्यां च सुखावगमां यः कृतवानुत्तराध्ययनवृत्तिं । gerigrafi a rta aha: 11 "

Page #57

20
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[653.
Report ( 1884-86), it follows that Nemicandra Suri, the author of Sukhāvagamā (Uttarădhyayanavrtti) is the author of Akhyayanamaņikośaprakaraṇa, Laguvīracarita and Ratnacüdacarita'.
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Thus
this Sukhabodha of Devendra Gani differs from Sişyahitā, the commentary by Vādivetāla śānti Sūri, who has explained the niryukti, too ; but it agrees with it so far as the n irratives are concerned. For, Devendra Gani, too, has given them in Prākrit as was done by śānti Sūri, his predecessor, just on the lines followed by Haribhadra Súri. This points out an instance which somewhat contradicts the remarks made by E. Leumann about the evolution of Jaina commentaries in Z. D. M. G. vol. XLVI, p. 581ff.
For an account of Sukhabodhā also known as laguvrtti see Charpentier's introduction (pp. 55-59) to
Uttarādhyayanasútra. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I' संयो(जोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc. as in No. 644. , - ( com. ) fol. I" ५ ६ ॥ ॥ नमः प्रवचनाय ।
प्रणम्य विघ्नसंघातघातिनस्तीर्थनायकान् । सिद्धांश्च सर्वसाधूंश्च स्तुत्वा च श्रुतदेवतां ॥ १॥ आत्मस्मृतये वक्ष्ये जडमतिसंक्षेपरुचिहितार्थ च । एकैकार्थानबद्धां वृत्तिं सूत्रस्य सुखबोधा(धां)॥२॥ बह्वर्थादृद्धकृतानंभीराद्विवरणात्समुद्धृत्य । अध्ययनानामुत्तरपूर्वाणामेकपाठगतं ॥३॥ अर्थातराणि पाठांतराणि सूत्रे च वृद्धटीकातः ।
बोद्धव्यानि यतो(5)यं प्रारंभो गमनिकामात्रं ॥ ४ ॥ etc. Ends.-~~ ( text ) fol. 3284 इइ पाउकरे etc., up to भवसिद्धीय स(सं)मए ॥७४ ॥ ,, - ( com.) fol. 328 योग उपधानादिव्यापारा( रस्तदनतिक्रमण
यथायोगमित्युत्तराध्ययनटीकायां सुखबोधायां षड्(द )त्रिंशमध्ययन
समाप्तं ।। छ॥ ॥ .. I This is the same work as Tilakamajari-Ritnacüsakatha noted in Peterson, Reports III.p.660
२ उत्तराध्ययनानाम् ' इत्यर्थः ।

Page #58

6533
I. 4 Mulasutras
इत्युत्तराध्ययनटीकायां षद्( ट्)त्रिंशमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ ३६॥
अस्ति विस्तारवानामुरुशाखासमन्वितः । आसेव्यो भव्यसार्थानां श्री कोटिक गणनुमः ॥१॥ तदुत्थ वैर'शाखायामभूदायतिशालिनी।।
विशाला प्रतिशाखेव श्री चंद्र'कुलसंततिः ॥२ तस्याश्चोत्पद्यमानच्छदनिचयसदृत्का(क्ला)चकर्णान्वयोत्थ
श्री थारापद्र'गच्छप्रसवभरल सद्धर्मकिंजल्कपानात् । श्रीशांत्याचार(र्य भंगप्रवरमधुसमामुत्तराध्यायत्तिं
विद्वल्लोकस्य दत्तप्रमुदमुदामुद]गिरयां गभीरार्थसारां ॥३॥ तस्या(:) समुद्धता वे( चैषा सूत्रमावस्य वृत्तिका । एकपाठगता मंदबुद्धीनां हितकाम्यया ॥ ४ ॥ आत्मसंस्मरणार्थाय तथा मंदधिया मया॥ अतो( 5 )पराधमेनं मे क्षमंतु श्रुतशालिनः ॥ ५ आसी'च्चंद्र कुलोद्भूतो विख्यातो जगतीतले । अक्षमाराजितोऽप्युच्चैर्यः क्षमाराजितः सदा ॥ ६' धर्मो नु मूर्तिमानेव सौम्यमूर्तिः शशांकवत् । वर्जितश्चाशुभैर्भावे(वै) रागद्वेषमदादिभिः ॥ ७ ॥ मुनिनिर्मलगुणैर्नित्यप्रशांतैः श्रुता(त)शालिभिः
प्रद्युम्नमानदेवादिसूरिभिः प्रविराजितः । ८ विश्रुतस्य महापीठे 'बृहद् गच्छस्य मंडनं । श्रीमान विहारुक : पृ(प्र)ष्टः(टः) मूरिस(रुद्रोद्योच(त)नाभिधः ॥ ९ तस्य शिष्योऽम्रदेवो( )भूदुपाध्यायः सतां मतः । यत्रैकांतगुणापूर्वे दोपैलेंभे पदं न तु ॥ १० ॥ देवेंद्रगणिश्चेवृत्तवान वृत्तिका तद्विनेयः । गुरुसौदर्यश्रीमन्मुनिचंद्राचार्यवचनेन ॥ (११) शोधयतु बृहदनुग्रहबुद्धिं मयि विधाय विज्ञजनः । तत्र च मिथ्यादुः(प)कृतमस्तु कृतमसंगतं यदिह ॥११ (१२
I This and the following one and a liali verses tre found in Sinvaliitit.
2. The substance of this and the verses 8-11 are given in English by Charpentier in his introduction (pp. 56-57) to Uttaradhyay:ithastitral

Page #59

22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[653.
'अणहिल्लाल पाटक नगरे दोहट्टिश्रेष्ठिसत्कवसतौ च । सतिष्ठता कृनेयं नवकरहर( ११२९ )वत्सरे चे(चै )व ॥ १२ (१३) ॥ पट्टिकामो(तोऽ)लिखञ्चेमा सर्वदेवाभिधो गणिः । आत्मकर्मक्षयायाथ परोपकातहेतवे ।। १३ (१४)॥ दोहाद्दश्रेष्ठिना चास्या लेखिता पथमा शतिः । जिनवाक्यानुरक्तेन (भक्तेन) गुणवजने ॥ (१५) अनुष्ट( ष्टु)पा( भां) सहस्राणि गणितप्रक्रिया भवेत् ।
चतुर्दश ग्रंथमानं तु वृत्तेरस्य(स्या) विनिश्चितं ॥ (१६) श्री ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु पं. १४९१६ (?) शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ।
छ । श्री॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 644. Reference.-- Sukhabodha is not published so far as I knows,
For extracts etc. from Sukhabodha see No. 5 (pp. 4-5) of F. Kielhorn's “ Report on the search for Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1880-81.Bombay, 1881". For a notice of Sukhabodhā and extracts from it see pp. 441-442 of R. G. Bhandarkar's “Report on the search for Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1883-84.-Bombay, 1887.”
For tales etc, see the appendix to Sthavirāvali--charitra or Parisistaparvan (pp. I-28 ) by Hemacandra Suri edited by H. Jacobi ( Bibliotheca Indica ), Calcutta, 1891.
See also his article “ Ausgewählte Erzählungen in Māhārāștri” 4 which contains ten of the longest and most interesting stories. This is translated into English by J. J. Meyer in his “ Hindu Tales", London, I909.
2. D. M. G. vol. LXIV, p. 397ff., vol. LXVI, p. 38ff., and vol. LXVII, p. 668ff., as well as “Paccekabuddhageschichten", Upsala, I908 may be also referred to as these contributions come from the learned pen of Charpentier.
1-3 These three verses are respectively quoted on pp. 105, 32 and 94 by Muni Punyavijavaji in liis article "Bharatiya Jaina Samskrti ane Lekhanakala" published in Jaina Citrakalpadruma. There he says on these pages that they belong to laghu výtti of Ncmicandra. Furthermore, in his quotations, there is mention of Dohadi and not of Dohati.
4 See p.6.

Page #60

6541)
1. 4 Mülasatras
23
R. Fick's “Eine jainistiche Bearbeitung der Sagara-Sage”, Kiel, 1888, H. Jacobi's "Die Jaina Legende von den Untergange Dväravati's und von dem Tode Kțishna's (2. D. M. G. vol. XLII, p. 493 ff.), Leipzig, 1888, P. E. Pavolini's La novella di Brahmadatta tradotta ed annotata” (Giornale della società asiatica italiana, vol. VI:), Roma, 1882, his article “Vicende del tipo di Müladeva "(G. S. A. I, vol. IX, ), Firenze, 1896, and H. Jacobi's article “Ueber die Entstehung der Cvetāmbara und Digambara Sekten (Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXVIII ), Leipzig, 1884 may be also consulted.
For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 290, and for description of a Ms. having only the ending portion of this Sukhabodhā see Keith's Catalogue No. 7489.
N. B.- Though Devendra Gaņi and Nemicandra are not different individuals, yet for the sake of convenience, references where Nemicandra Súri's name is specifically mentioned as the vrttikāra of Uttarādhyayanasūtra, are given in No. 659. The reader is therefore requested to refer for them to the “ Reference ” of this No. ( pp. 30-31).
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र सुखबोधासहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra
with Sukhabodha
3.
No. 654
1881-82.
Size.— 334 in. by 18 in. Extent.— 425 + 2 + 3 - 20 = 410 leaves; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf;
115 to 120 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and brownish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with qualas ; sufficiently big; legible, and good hand-writing; the first two leaves written in slightly

Page #61

24
""
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 654.
smaller hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns ; but, really speaking, it is not so; for, the lines of the first column extend to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; there are two extra blank leaves; leaves 79, 407 and 423 repeated; the following sets of leaves are numbered together:
Age.- Fairly old.
Begins.
93 +94 +95 + 96 + 97 +98; 342 + 343 + 344 + 345 ; 355 +356 + 357 + 358; 370 +371; 387 + 388; 399 + 400 + 401 +402 + 403; 409 + 410; and 415-416; both the text and the commentary complete; some leaves appear to be more modern than the rest; leaves mostly numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 2, R, etc., and in the left-hand one as after about 99 as in other cases, in letter-numerals; condition good; leaves placed between two wooden boards; the Ms. well preserved in a card-board box lined with oil cloth; the last leaf 425th wrongly strung together; extent 14200 ślokas.
स्व
}, and then
""
(text) leaf rb fag
etc., as in No. 644.
afIEGIE/
q faga etc., as in No. 653.
- (com.) & D leaf
Ends.- (text) fol. 425

3 etc., up to as in No. 653.
( com. ) fol. 4254 योग उपधानादिव्यापार etc, up to वृत्तेरस्थ विनिश्वितं as in No. 653 followed by ॥ १६ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं
१४२०० छ ।
N. B. For further particulars see No. 653.

Page #62

655.]
1. 4 Mülasūtras
25
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र सुखबोधासाहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra
with Sukhabodha
87.
No. 655
1872-73. Size.- 109 in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 272 - 1 = 271 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 55 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with quaTTIS; small, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; only in the case of foll. 81 to 85 ; borders are ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; in the case of the rest of the foll. they are unruled ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary styled as Sukhabodhā; foll. are numbered twice as usual ; fol. 112 appears to be missing ; but really speaking foll. 112 and 113 are numbered together ; (see the 54 gāthā of the 9th adhyayana); fol. 182 appears to be wrongly numbered as 183 ; if so, fol. 183 should be looked upon as repeated; practically edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; a small portion of fol. 272 gone; condition on the whole good; complete ; lacking in colophon;
extent 14000 ślokas. Age. - Pretty old. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1b
#ta faragata etc. as in No. 644. „ - (com. ) fol. rby & Q 11 347 ) TA: TEXT #A: 11 sat वीतरागाय नमः । श्रीसारदाइ(2) नमः ॥
STOFU faghu etc. as in No. 653. Ends. — ( text ) fol. 2725 ET 1997 etc., up to afh as in No. 644. „ - (com.), „ À IT etc. g(9) "TATTOTTAIraga:(7) fæxÀO
etc., up to सुखबोधायां पत्रिंशमध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No. 653.
This is followed by the lines as under :

Page #63

26
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
यदि अक्षरपद (दैः ) (भ्रष्टं स्वरव्यंजनवज्जितं तू सर्व क्षम (म्यतां देवि प्रसादः परमेस्व ( श्व) री
छः ॥ श्रीः ग्रंथा १४००० संपूर्णः ॥ शुभं भूयात् ॥ कल्याणं (ण) मस्तु (:, ॥ श्रीरस्तु [:] || अक्षर कूट आसातना हुई हूइ ते म (मिच्छामि दुक्कड: ( ७ ) शुभं भवतु |: ] || श्रीरस्तु [ ] ॥ छ ॥
॥ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 653.
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र gedurenka
No. 656
Age.-- Fairly old.
Begins.
[655.
Uttaradhyayanasutra with Sukhabodhā
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 262 + 2 = 264 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a
line.
Description. Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; strips of paper pasted to the edges of fol. 262b; condition on the whole very good; fol. 1 blank; foll. 51 and 78 repeated; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary Sukhabodha; both complete except that the latter is lacking in colophon; extent 14000 slokas,
(text) fol. Ib
fag
etc. as in No. 644.
- ( com. ) fol. 1 ९६० ॥ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ॥
Te fase
etc. as in No. 653.

260. 1833-84.

Page #64

637.1
Ends. --- ( text ) fol. 2620 इइ पाउकरे etc., up to भवसिद्धीय समए ॥ ७४ ॥
( com.) fol. 262° योग उपधानादि etc, up to सुष ( ख ) बोधायां षड् ( टू ) त्रिंशमध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No. 655.
""
""
-
Age.- Pretty old.
Begins.
N. B. For other details see No. 653.
1
I.
4
Malisatras
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र geaturaiza
No. 657
Size. 11 in. by 43 in.
I
Extent. 256 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment profusely used; a part of fol. 1 kept blank probably with a view to decorate it with an illustration of a Tirthamkara; fol. 1a blank; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; margins of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete but the latter is lacking in the colophon to be found in No. 653.
(text) fol. 1b

( com. ) fol. r॰ ए ६० ॥ ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
Uttaradhyayanasutra with Sukhabodhā
संजोगे (गा ) [ संयोगा ] विप्पमुक्कस्स etc. as in No. 653.
27
1186. 1886-92.
qa fara etc., as in No. 653.
Ends. (text) fol. 256b faq etc., up to a as in No. 655.

Page #65

Jaina Literature and philosophy
(657.
Ends. (com. ) fol. 2560 FIT Jurante etc., up to afætui as in
No. 653 followed by coloraríaardi gel fågated FATA I J 11 38 11 Then in a different hand we have :'राजलक्ष्मीगा(ग)णि श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूविजयराज्यप्र.. राजलक्ष्मीगणिन्या शिष्यण्या प्रपुण्यशोभागणिन्या श्रीउत्तराध्य
यनका पुण्यार्थ प्रदत्ता पूनाईपठनार्थ N. B.-- For additional information see No. 653.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र सुखबोधासहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra with Sukhabodhā
164.
No. 658
1871-72.
Size.—104 in. by 48 in. Extent.285 - 5 = 280 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to
a line.
Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional rahats; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; red chalk used ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; foll. 265 to 270 missing ; otherwise both complete.; of course, there is no colophon; extent 14452 ślokas; fol. 1a blank; a few foll. slightly worm-eaten ; the last fol. ( 285th ) partly worn out; condition very fair ; in the lefthand margins, the title is written as श्रीउत्त° ल° वृत्ति and
3FF TO Age. - Old. Begins. - ( text ) fol. 1b
HAITI acquif etc. as in No. 644. „ -- ( com. ) fol. roy & Oil qatar ##: 11
TORT FESTa etc., as in No. 653. Ends.- (text ) fol. 285 7 913FT etc., up to ath as in No. 655
followed by ६५

Page #66

659. 1
1. Mulasutras
End.-- (com. ) fol. 185" to geuraile etc., up io Fratari -
FESTAETTA FAIR as in No. 65; followed by gl J FATNE
!? TS T Torso ?8842 il sofrera (:) 113 ll TH HIL 11:11? N. B.- lor further particulars sce No. 653.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र सुखबोधासहित
Uttarādll ya yanasutra
with Sūkhabodha
88.
No. 659
1872-73. Size.--- 13. in. by sfin. Extent.-- 214 +1+2=217 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 70 letters to
a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured yellow ; numbers for foli, entered only once ; unnumbered sides have so to say it Square in the centre only and the numbered, in each of the two margins, tov; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both completo : names of the 36 adhyayanas along with the Nos. of the foll. where each ends, are given on fol. 2140; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; fol. 1* blank; fol. 82 repeated ; fol 86 repeated twice ; almost all foll. more or less worm
eaten ; condition very fair. Age.--- Pretty old. Author of the commentary, Nemicandra Suri alias Devendra (rani. Subject. -- 'The text in Prakrit along with its explanation in
Sanskrit. begnes -- ( text ) toi !"
in faqaat etc. as in No. 6.14 1 - (com. ) fol. 1 & 01 TA ETA 11
प्रणम्य विघ्नसंघात etc.
!
This is tuled
lah
ti too. S. N. 661.. 33.

Page #67

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[659.
Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 2144 इति पाउकरे बुद्धे etc., up to भवसिद्धीय संबुडे
as in No. 645.
30
"
- ( com. ) fol. 214 * योग उपधानादि etc., up to पदं न तु ॥ ६ ॥ This is, however, No. 1o according to No. 653; for, here the fifth verse is numbered as I ). This is followed by the lines as under :-.
श्रीनेमिचंद्रसूरिरुद्धृतवान् वृत्तिकां तद्विनेयः
गुरुसो (सौ)दर्यश्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रा (चा) वचनेन । ७
शोधयतु बृहदनुग्रहबुद्धिं मयि संविध्या (धा) य विज्ञजनः ।
तत्र च मिथ्यादुः कृतमस्तु कृतमसंगतं यदिह ॥ ८
शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणं (ण) मस्तु || || छ । श्री ॥ ॥ ३ ॥ This is followed by the following lines different hand :--
श्रीउत्तराध्ययनवृर्त्ति ( त्ति ) पुस्तिकं लिखितं । छ | परिपूर्णमिति ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ written in a
१ विनयाध्ययनं
२ परीषाध्ययन
३ चतुरिंगिया
४ असंखयं
५ अकाममरणं
६ क्षुल्लकन ( ७ उरभी (श्री) याध्य
८ कपिलीयं
९ नमिराजप्रत्येक
पत्र
९
(,,) ३१
४४
५६
६१

पत्र
पत्र
(",)
(,, )
(,, )
६४
६९
७३
८६
९३
९७
(,, )
(,,)
(,, )
(,,
पत्र
१०३
(,, ) ११५
१० गौतमचरित्रं ११ बहुश्रुतं (?) १२ हरिकेसिय
१३ चित्रसंभूति
१४ इणु (बु) कारं
पत्र
१२०
१५ सिद्ध ( ? ) अध्ययनं (,, ) १२२
१६ ब्रह्मचर्ये
१७ पापश्रमणं ।
१८ संयतराज ।
पत्र
१२४
(,, ) १२६
(,, ) १४६
१९ मृगापुत्रं ॥
२० महानिग्रं ( ) थं
२१ समुद्रपा
२२ रहने मि
२३ केशिगोतमं
२४ प्रवचनमाता
२५ विजयघोषं
२६ सामाचारी
२७ बु (प)लं (लं) की याध्य
२८ मोक्षमार्ग
२९ सम्यक्त्वप
३० तपोमार्ग |
३१ चरणविधि
३२ अप्रमाद
३३ कर्मप्रकृति
३४ लेशा (श्या)
३५ अनगारगुणं
३६ जीवाजीवं
पत्र १५०
(,, )
१५३
(,, ) १५५
(,, )
(,, )
(,, )
(,, )
(,, )

(,, )
(,, )
१६०
१७०
(,, )
(,, )
१७२
१७४
१७७
१७९
१८२
१८९
१९२
१९६
(,, ) २०२
(,, ) २०३
(,, ) २०५
(,, ) २०७
(,, ) २१४
Reference. For description of an additional Ms. having both the text and Sukhabodha see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV,

Page #68

660.
p. 383. Here it is said that the author may be Nemicandra". Moreover, there is a query as under:
1. 4 Malasatras
2)
"Is it an Avacuri extracted from Santi Sūri's Šisyahita?"
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र सुखबोधासहित
For description of a Ms. having the text and laghuvṛtti by Nemicandra Sūri, see Keith's Catalogue No. 7488.
No. 660
For description of a palm-leaf Ms. at Cambay, which contains the text and Subodha (this commentary) see Peterson, Reports III, p. 71 On pp. 71-72 extracts are given.
For an additional Ms. having the text and laghuvṛtti corrected by Tejoraja in Samvat 1550 see Limbdi Catalogue
No. 288.
N. B. For other details see No. 653 (p.
CC
31

#m faqat etc. as in No. 644.
- ( com. ) fol. 1 श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ To farenim etc. as in No. 653.
).
Uttaradhyayanasūtra with Sukhabodhā
Size.-97 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 345 folios; 15 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a part of the first fol. torn; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition unsatisfactory; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary; both complete. Age.- Fairly old.
Begins. (text) fol. 1b

690. 1899-1915.

Page #69

32
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 661.
clc., up to af as in No. 644. This is followed by || २६५ ॥ The माहात्म्य pointed out in verses by the nirvuktikara is also given here.
com.) fol. 1 3 ctc., up to as in No. 659. The number of the last verse is mentiond as 12. Then we find the following lines :--
अनुष्टुभ्यां (भां) सहस्राणि गणित (प्र) क्रियाभवन (तू) द्वादश ग्रंथमानं तु । वृत्तेरस्या विनिश्वितं ॥ १३ ॥ इति श्रउित्तराध्ययनवृत्ति ( : ) समाप्तः (ता) | श्री । चारुकीर्त्तिराः मणिनिधिभिः सकलवाचकोनसैः श्री... प्रतिरियं मुक्ता ॥ २ ॥ इति श्रेयः ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 659.
Ends.(text) fol. 345" afa m
Age.
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र goaìuraika
No. 661
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 360-2+1=359 folios: 13 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description.
1-2
ख्यात FEREST
Uttaradhyayanasutra with Sukhabodhā
635.
1892-95.

;
Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, clear and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in two to three lines in black ink red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered only once; fol. 58 repeated; foll. 1 and 360 blank; foll. 110 and III numbered as 1010 and 101; foll. 136 to. 359 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. in the same (right-hand) margin; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 360b; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; some even very badly: condition very fair; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both almost complete; for, only foll. 49 and 241 missing; extent 14427 slokas.
Samvat 1479.
These letters are illegible owing to their being blurred ont

Page #70

661.]
Begins. ( text ) fol.rb
""
"
1.
संजोगा विप्पमुक्करस etc. as in No. 644.
— ( com. ) fol. 1o u ¢ 0 11 3 (?) am̃ì fraqınıq ax: 11 प्रणम्य विघ्नसंघात etc., as in No. 653.
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 3594 इति पाउकरे up to संबुडे as in No. 644.
4
Mulasitras

- ( com.) fol. 359° योग उपधानादि etc., practically up to यदिह ॥ mas in No. 653. This is followed by the lines as under :-- सं (स)माप्ता ॥ संवत् १४७९ वर्षे ज्येष्ठरादि षष्टयां रवौ श्रीश्री ' उपकेशगच्छे श्रीसिद्धाचार्य संताने
कः पूज्यो विबुध बुधैः किमपरं धे (ध्येयं सभां (भा) संमत
कः सर्वत्र गति [ ] जैने वद परं कस्माच्च तत्त्वं भुवि कस्मिन शासति जायते गतभया पृथ्वी प्रकामोन्वता
विश्वं कस्तिमिरैः करोति रहितं श्रीभूपतेः केन वा ? ॥ १ ॥ एतेषां किल शब्दानामायंताक्षरलोपनात्
संजायते ( 5 ) भिधा यस्य सा ( सो ) ऽयं सूरिः श्रिये ( ७ ) स्तु वः ॥ २ ॥
S
प्रकाश (प्र) भाव प्रचंड प्रतापं
प्रशस्तं प्रणौमि प्रभातप्रवेशे
प्रभुं तं प्रकृष्टं प्रसिद्धं प्रधानं
33
प्ररूढग्रहपुण्यप्ररोहं प्रसूरिं ॥ ३ ॥
एवंविधगुणोपेत भट्टारकश्रीश्री देवगुप्तसूरीणामादेशेन शिष्याणुरू (रु)पाध्यायश्रीविनयप्रभेण आत्मपठनार्थ श्रीनेमिचंद्रसूरिविरचिता श्रीउत्तराध्ययन लघुवृत्ति (नि) निजसंच (?) पुस्तके निजगुर्वाज्ञया लिषापिता लेषकेन लिखिता श्री उत्तराध्ययनवृत्ति ( : ) संपूर्णा ॥ ग्रंथाग्र १४२२७ etc.
Reference.--- This Ms. appears to be the same as numbered 135 of 1892-95 and referred to by Charpentier in his introduction (p. 64 ) to Uttaradhyayanasūtra; for, in the Government Collections there is no Ms. numbered as 135 of coll. 1892-95 containing Sukhabodhā.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 653.

Page #71

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1.662,
सुखबोधा (37TETA
Sukhabodhā ( Uttarādhyayanasūtravrtti )
)
No. 662
1881-82.
Size.- 26 in. by 18 in.
Extent. 345 - I = 344 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 115 to 120
letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and brownish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TAIS; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns ; but, really it is not so ; for, the lines of the first column are continued to the rest; borders of each of the columns mostly ruled in two lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins : in the right-hand one as 2, etc., and in the left-hand one mostly in letter-numerals e. g. the ist as'}, the 2nd as, the 3rd as, the 4th as of etc., leaves
128 and 129 bracketted ; this Ms. contains gares of the text; complete ; condition good; well-preserved in a cardboard box lined with oil cloth; leaves placed between two wooden boards ; leaves 218, 269 and 345 have artistic
designs ; leaves 18 and 3455 blank. Age.-- Sauvat 1164 i. e. to say 35 years after its composition. Author.. Devendra Gaņi. Subject.- Urtarädhyayanasūtra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.-- Icaf 1 QATA: TITAN!
TOPFT Ê Empana etc., as in No. 653.
Ends.- leaf 34' ÌT G rate etc., up to faraisaa as in No. 653
This is followed by the lines as under :

Page #72

663. ]
1. 4 Malasutras
संवत् ११६४ मार्गशुदि १० बुधदिने अश्विनीनक्षत्रे परिघयोगे 'आमलेश्वर'ग्रामावस्थितेन पंडितमाधवेन उत्तराध्ययनवृत्तिपुस्तकं jarabara il 31
अक्षरमात्रपदस्वरहीन व्यंजनसंधिविवर्जितरफ ।
साधुभि'...म क्षमितव्यं को(s)त्र न मुह्यति शास्त्रसमुद्रे ॥?
T 11 ĀTS AETATÎ Il z 1 Reference. --- Amongst the 6 Mss. written on palm-leaf and 23 on
paper regarding Uttarādhyayanasūtra and its commentaries seen by Charpentier, he looks upon this as the best. See his introduction (p. 62 ) to Uttarādhyayanasūtra. See also Z. D. M. G. vol. LXVII, p. 665H., where it has been described by him. A facsimile is also given there. According to Jacobi, the date given at the end here corresponds to
Wednesday, November 27, 1107 A. D. N. B.- For other details see Nos. 644 and 653.
सुखबोधा
Sukhabodhā
No. 663
1880-81. Size - 324 in. by 21 in. Extent.-- 393 + 1 + 1 - 2 = 393 leaves ; 3 to 6 lines to a leaf;
125 to 130 letters to a line. Description.— Palm leaf durable and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with AFTS ; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns mostly ruled in three lines in black ink ; leaf ra blank; an extra
1 Letters are gone.
They ought to be TA.

Page #73

Jasna Literature and Philosophy
[663.
leaf at the end practically blank ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as १, २, ३ etc., and in the left-hand one as
श्री) श्री) श्री) -
। ,
१ २ .३६, पर्क, etc.; condition good ; well-preserved ' in a card-board box lined with oil cloth ; leaves placed between two wooden boards ; leaf 109 repeated; leaves 197, 198 and 199 numbered together, that is to say leaf 197 also numbered as 198 and 199 ; this Ms. contains gares of the text; it is lacking in prasasti ; otherwise complete'; bought in Samvat I40I and presented to a
Jaina saint Jinalabdhi by name; extent 12000 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat I342. Begins.-- fol. 1° ५ 0॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय।
प्रणम्य विघ्नसंघात etc. , as in No. 653. Ends.--- fol. 393 जो( यो )ग उपधानादि etc., up to सुखबोधायां पत्रिंशद
ध्ययन समातं and then from अनुष्टुभां सहस्राणि up to विनिश्चितं ।। as in No. 653. This is followed by the lines as under :
ग्रंथान १२०००॥छ ॥
सदनति........... उत्तराध्ययनटीकायां सुखबोधायां etc. up to विनिश्चितं as above repeated followed by ग्रंथानं १२००० छ संवत् १३४२ का वर्षे वैशाषवदि ७ मै(?) दिने उत्तराध्ययनपुस्त ............! लिखितं । .........'छ
Then we have on an additional leaf the following lines which are on the whole written in a different hand :
संवत् १४०१ वर्षे माघमासे शुक्लत्रयोदशीदिने सा० धींधासतसा०मोहणसुश्रावकेण स्वमातुर्धाधलदविसुश्राविकापुण्याथै श्रीउत्तराध्ययनसूत्ररतिपुस्तकं मूल्येन गृहीत्वा श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनपद्मसूरिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनलब्धिसूरिसुगुरुभ्यः प्रादायि । प्रतिदिनं च वाच्यमानं मुनिभिश्चिरं नंदतात् ॥ गोत्रा(?) कांकरिका भिधे भुवि बभूवोदाभिधानः शु( सु )धीः
श्राद्धं(द्धः) शुद्धनयस्तदीयतनयो धंधाभिधः श्रीलयः
1-2 Charpentier says the same thing in his introduction (p. 63 ) to Uttaradhyayanasūtra.
3-5 Letters are gone.

Page #74

664.]
1.4 Milasitras
37
कांता धांधलदेविका( 5 )स्य तनुजारतत्का जयंति त्रयः
पुण्यामोहणकृष्णकांक्षण इति ख्याताः सुता मुक्तिका ॥१॥ मोहणेन निजमातृसुपुण्यश्रीनिमित्तमिदमुत्तमपुस्तं
श्र(शु)च्युत्तराध्ययनसूत्रसुवृत्योः संप्रगृह्य घनमूल्यधणेन ॥ श्रीजिनलब्धियतीश्वरगुरवे प्रादायि वाचना( नां ) विधाय ।
यावज्जिनमतमेतन्दतु मुनिवाच्यमानामह ॥ ३ युग्मं ॥ छ । N. B.---- For other details see No. 662.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasutra अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
633. No. 664
1892-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 4; in. Extent.---- ( text) so folios ; 16 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. ,, -( com.) ,, , , 34 , ,, ,, ,; I4 ,, ,, ,, ,,
" ,. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms. , the text written in a bigger hand as compared with that of avacūri; small, legible and good hand-writing; ink faded at times ; the central portion as well the margins decorated with nice small pictures ; borders ruled ; numbers for foll. entered only once, and that too, in the right-hand margin ; edges of the foll. slightly worn out ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; fol. 1b decorated with mangalas like svastika, nandyavarta, etc.; condition very fair; com
plete. Age.- Samvat 1485. Author of the avacūri.— Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I अह ॥
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc.
1-2 These numbers refer to a column,

Page #75

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 664. Begins.- ( com. ) fol. 12 RETA:
संयोगान्मात्रादि कषायादि बाह्याभ्यंतरभेदात् विविधि:( ? धैः ) प्रकारैः
Tranraaiera: stanietūà laatque etc. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 5ob GIF etc., up to ata as in No 644.
This is followed by Il FV Il siatsiaIHTT HETTON HATI I ll far gifs FIT CASATEIFFTANTI I PET etc., up to gaafat ga urafa ( 8 ) 11 as in No. 675. Then we have: --
सं० १४८५ वर्ष आसा लिखितं » -- (com. ) fol. 5ob o gara... TIT Fifa una etc. This
portion is not sufficiently legible. Reference. For a Ms. having this text and notes see the “ Cata
logue of newly discovered, rare and old Mss. in the Lahore Division ", Lahore, 1881.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasutra वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
1187. No. 665
1886-92. Size.- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 284 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgarī
characters with ears; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered only once; fol. 1a blank except that the title of this work is written on it; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both complete ; condition excellent; extent 8260 ślokas; the com
mentary composed in Saṁvat 1525. Age.-- Not later than Samvat 1710. Author of the commentary.- Kirtivallabha Gani, pupil of Jaya
keśarin Sūri.

Page #76

665.]
Subject.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. r' नमः श्रीसर्व्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
संजोगा विमुक्कस्स etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 1 अहं भिक्षोर्विनयं प्रादुःकरिष्यामि प्रकटीकरिष्यामि आनुपूर्व्या क्रमेण मे मम etc.
"
"
I. 4 Mñlasutras
The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit.
"
Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 284 2 इति पाउकरे etc., up to बेमि as in No 646. समंतान इष्टान् भवसिद्धिकसंमतान् ॥ २७२ इति (:) समाप्तौ ब्रवीमि सुधर्मस्वामी जंबूस्वामिनं प्रति आह ॥ इति उके त्रिंशाध्ययनं जीवाजीवविभक्त्याख्यं ।। ३६ इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययन वृत्तिः संपूर्णा ॥
आसीत श्रीवरपट्टे प्रवरगणधर ( : ) श्रीसुधर्माभिधानस्तत्पट्टे स्वामिजंबूप्रभवमुख महासुरिराजो बभूवुः 1 सर्वेषा.... स्फुटपटुपदवी भारधर्त्ता महेंद्रः
सूरींद्राणामशेष क्षितितलावेदितो मेरुतुंगो मुनींद्रः ॥ १ तत्पट्टांबुजराजहंससद्र (दृ) शो विद्यावतामीश्वरः
श्रीमत्श्री जयकीर्तिमूरिप्रभुगुरुस्तत्पट्टचूडामणिः । सूरिश्रीजयकेसरिप्रभु (सु) गुरुस्तत्पट्टघस्रे ( ? )श्वरः
सिद्धांतानुसागरो विजयते सूरीश्वरः सांप्रतं ॥ २ च्छो ननु कीर्तिवल्लभगणिर्मुग्धाग्रमी ( ? णी ) महतो पृष्टव्याकरणोक्तिवृत्तिमालिख्य ( ख ) मुग्धप्रबोधप्रदां पूर्वैर्निर्मितदीपिकादिकमहाग्रंथानुसारात्स्वक
- ( com )

"
प्रज्ञावेदनश्व सवगुरुप्रौढप्रसक्तेः पुनः ॥ ३ संवत् पंचदशे द्विपंच (१५२५ ) गणित (ते) वर्षे च हर्षप्रदे 'वाद' नाम्न नगरे दीपोत्सवे निर्मिता यावच्छ्रीजिनशासनं विजयते सर्वोत्सवैः सर्वत
स्तावन्नंदतु वृत्तिका कविजनैर्वावच्यमाना सना ॥ ४ काक्यतया मया पुनरियं संशोधिता नास्ति भो
विद्वद्भिस्तु परोपकारनिरतैः शोध्या विसु ( शु ) द्धात्मभिः । बुद्धेस्तुच्छतया यदत्र किमपि न्यूनं तथा वा(s) धिकं तत्सर्व क्षमताम ( ब ) बद्धं विरुद्धं च यत् ॥ ५ ॥
39

Page #77

40
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र अक्षरार्थसहित
در
―――
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
अष्टौ सहस्रा दिशती च षष्टिः श्लोकास्ततश्वोपरि पंच वर्णाः ।
प्रत्येकवर्ण परिमाणमेतद्
get fa3⁄4¶¤Ã¶3⁄4ìàT: 11 & 11
ग्रंथाग्रं ८२६० ।। इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययनवृत्तिः संपूर्णा etc.
No. 666
Size. 101 in. by 4 in.
Extent.(text) 111 folios; 12 to 19 lines to a page; 70 letters
to a line.
(com.) III folios; 21' lines to a page; 192 letters to a line.
Age. Samvat 1701.
Author of the akṣarartha.
Subject.

[665.
Uttaradhyayanasitra with akṣarartha
1171. 1884-1887.
Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gas; this is a qq Ms.; the text written in the centre in a sufficiently big hand-writing; legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in one, 'in black ink; red chalk used; white pigment, too; unnumbered sides have in red colour a disc in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary as well; fol. 1a blank; numbers for foll. entered only once in the right-hand margin; corners of some of the last foll. slightly worn out; edges of the fol. 111th partly gone; condition on the whole very good; complete.
Not mentioned.
The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit containing narratives.
1-2 These numbers refer to a column.

Page #78

666.]
I. 4. Malasatras
Begins.- ( text ) fol. I" ए
संजोगा विष्पमुक्कस्स etc. ,, - (com. ) fol. 1 है नमो वीतरागाय ॥
अर्हत्सिद्धाचार्योपाध्यायमुनीन् प्रणम्य विवृणोमि
स्मृत्यर्थमुत्तराध्ययनानां गाथाक्षरार्थ( 2 ) कथं ॥१॥ संजो० संयोगान्मात्रादि बाह्याभ्यंतरभेदात् विविधैः प्रकारैर्ज्ञानभावनादिभिः । अविद्यमानं द्रव्यभावभेदभिन्नमऽगारमस्येत्यऽनगारस्तस्य । etc.
कूलवालकश्रमणवत् दृष्टांतो । यथा ॥ एकस्याचार्यस्य दुर्विनीतः शिष्यः etc. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. III इअ पाउकरे etc., up to बेमि as in No. 644.
This is followed by the lines as under :
जीवाजीवविभत्तिनाम अज्झयणं ३६ उत्तरज्झयणसुयक्वंधो सम्मत्तो नियुक्तिकारमाहात्म्य जे किर etc., up to पुवरिसी एव भासंति ॥ ७१ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ ३६ ॥ इति श्रीउत्तराध्यया(यना)नि लिखापितानि 'डीसावाल' ज्ञातीयसंगोइंदभार्यासुतसंजोगाकेन भार्याभ्रातृभोगादिकुटुंबयुगेन पंडितप्रकांडपं० मेरुराजगाणिशिष्यविबुधमंडलीस्पृहणीयशीलपं०ज्ञानशीलगणिवाचनार्थ संवत् १५२७ वर्षे ॥ ॥छ ॥ etc. संवत् १७०१० (?) वर्षे श्री कृष्णगढ नगरे प्रतिलाभिता प्रतिरियं भश्रीविजयदेवमूरिशिष्यपं०कपूरविजयगणीनां ॥ मुं० श्रीरायचंदकेन श्रीरूपसिंघजी
राज्ये -- ( com. ) fol. III गुरुप्रसादाद् गुरुचित्तप्रसन्नतारूपाद्धयेताः । अधीयेत पठेन्न तु प्रमादं कुर्यादिति भावः ॥ गुरुप्रसादादिति अध्ययनार्थिनाऽवश्यं गुरवस्तोष्यास्तदधीनत्वात्तस्येति ॥ ३ । ४ । ५ । शिवमस्तु नः ॥ छ । followed by the following lines in a very big hand:
लिषीतं पं०श्रीपं जयविजयगणिदि(दी)पविजे(ज)यगणीनि(नी) आ परत छे 'देवसु(सूरं गच्छे
-
6
| I. L. P.1

Page #79

42
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[667.
261.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasūtra अक्षरार्थलवलेशसहित
with akşarārthala valesa No.667
1883-84. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 143 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered only once ; fol. ra blank ; a bit of paper pasted to fol. 4"; condition very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as its explanation in Sanskrit which is further elucidated in Gujarāti; complete : extent
6598 ślokas. Agc.- Sainvat I592. Author of the akşarāthalavales'a.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit and its
explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ॐ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वाहा ॥
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc. , - (com.) fol. I अर्थः । भिक्षोविनयं प्रादुःकरिष्यामि । आनुपूर्त्या में
मम कथयत । शृणुत । आनुपूर्वी अनुक्रमई कहितां सांभलि etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 143" इय ( पाउ )करे बुद्धे etc., up to बेमि as in
No. 666. This is followed by ॥ ८२॥ --- ( com. ) fol. 143° इति एतान् षट्त्रिंशत् उत्तराध्येन येन उत्तराध्य
यनानि प्रादुस्कृत्य कांश्चित् अर्थतः । सूत्रतः प्रकाश्य बुद्धकेवली ज्ञातयो ज्ञातपुत्रः श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी परिनिदृत (:) निर्वाणं प्राप्तः। किंधिशिष्टान
उत्तराध्यायान भवसिद्धिका भव्यजीवास्तेषां समतान् इष्टान् ॥ ८२ इति षड्रोत्रिंशन(त्) श्रीउत्तराध्ययनाक्षरार्थलवलेश(ः) समाप्तः। संवत्१५९२० वर्षे आसौजमासे शुक्लपक्षे द्वादश्यां तिथौ शुक्रवासरे। श्री चैत्र'गच्छे गच्छनायकश्रीहर्षराजसूरीस्व(श्व)राणां । तत्श(च्छि)ज्यश( शिष्यानश(शि )ध्य

Page #80

668.]
I. 4 Malasatras
मुनिमुनिरत्नेन लिलिलिषितं ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ राणाश्रीविक्रमादित्यराज्ये 'कठाड'ग्राममध्ये लिषिता etc. कला यस्यैकैव विभुवनगुरोर्मेडनमभूत्
___ सुधा सर्वे यस्य त्रिदशवरवन्दान्यतिथयः । कृतोऽसौ येनेदुः सकलजनवस्त्रांचलदशा
[सो यं] प्रतिग्राही कालः सकलनहि किं किं न कुरुते ॥१ ग्रंथायं ६५९८
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र अक्षरार्थलवलेशसहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra with aksarārthalavalesa
No. 668
1320. 1891-95.
Size.-- IO! in. by 41 in.
Extent.— 138 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TAES ; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. num. bered in the right-hand margin only; small discs in red colour to be found in the centre and the margins as well, both in the case of the numbered and unnumbered sides; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to foll, ja and 138b; each of them decorated with designs in red colour ; this Ms. seems to be exposed to rain ; perhaps that is why a few foll. in the beginning are not quite legible; red chalk and yellow pigment used; some of the foll. somewhat torn; strips of paper pasted to fol. 138b; condition very fair ; both the text and the commentaries complete except that the Gujarati commentary does not seem to go up to the end

Page #81

44
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[668.
Age.-- Samvat 1621. Author of the akşarārthalavaleśa. — Not mentioned. Subject.- A Jaina agama with its explanation in Sanskrit and
Gujarātī as well. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. r° 0 नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc. ,, -- ( com. ) fol. I भिक्षोः विनयं प्रादुःकरिष्यामि । आनुपूर्व्या मे मम
कथयतः शृणुत। ,, -- (Guj. com.) fol. 1° भिक्षु महात्म्यनइ विनयमार्ग प्रकट करिसु आनु
__ पूर्व्या अनुक्रमिइं मुजनइ कहतां etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 137' इति पाउकरे etc., up to बेमि ॥ ās in No. 646. * -- (com.) ,, ,, इति एतान् षट्त्रिंशतं उत्तराध्यायान् etc. समतान
इष्टान् । २७० । इति जीवाजीवविभक्तिनामा पत्रिंशत् उत्तराध्ययनाक्षरार्थलवलेशः।
जे किर भवसिद्धिया etc., up to गुरुप्पसाया अहिजिज्जा । २ । Then we have as under :
संवत् १६२१ वर्षे वैशाषशुदि १५ रवौ श्री अंचलं गच्छे श्रीश्रीमरुतुंगमूरिशा( ? )ध्येय( ? )शिष्यउपाध्यायश्री३धमनंदनतत्स(च्छि)ष्यपं०श्रीधर्मवर्धनगणितत्स( च्छि व्यपं श्रीविनयशीलगणितत्स( च्छि )ष्यि( ष्य )पं श्रीविद्याशीलगणिश( शि )ध्यमुनिविवेकमेरुश(शिष्यसहिजा स्वयमेव वाच्यमानार्थ लिषापितं ।
यादृशं etc. ,, - ( Guj. com. ) fol. 84 केशकुमार गौतम प्रतिइ बोलिउं पाश केहा
कह्या etc.

Page #82

669. 1
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र अक्षरार्थलवलेशसहित
Begins. (text) fol. 1a: far
33
33
No. 669
Size. 11 in. by 47 in.
Extent. 132 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. ra blank; each of the foll. 1 and 2a has an illustration of a Jina in various colours; edges of of the first two foll. slightly damaged; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; some very badly; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 132b; condition on the whole fair; both the text and the commentaries complete.
Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the akṣarärthalavalesa.- Not mentioned.
Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its elucidation in Sanskrit and Gujarati as well.
Ends. (text) fol. 132
:)
1. 4 Mulasütras
faca etc., as in No. 644.
- ( com. ) fol. 1" भिक्षाः विनयं प्रादुः करिष्यामि etc.
-(Guj. com. ) fol. 1 fg
ag etc.

Uttaradhyayanasutra with akṣararthalavaleśa
ور
45
etc., up to a as in No. 668.
w
- (com.),, इति एतान् पत्रिंशतं up to संमतान् इष्टान ॥ ६९ etc., practically as in No. 667 followed by the lines as under :
847.
1895-1902.

Page #83

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1669. इति पत्रिंशतउत्तराध्ययनाक्षरार्थलवलेशः ॥ छ ॥ जे किर भवHITTAT etc., TECHITT EIGHFHT 11 11 as in No. 668. Then we have :
इति शुभं भवतु लेषकवाचकश्च । कल्याणमस्तु श्रीश्रमणसंघाय भद्रं ॥॥ Then some letters are not legible owing to the paper being pasted over them. देवगणित ( letters scratched ) व्यपं वाचक(?)मंदिरमुनि लेषयिता ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ -- (Guj. com.) fol. 113a Fiat FÅ AUT O (S ET TATO TAU TAA is ctc. This is just about the end of the 33rd chapter.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasutra वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
1097 No. 670
1887-91. Size.- 10. in. by 42 in. Extent.-- 346 - 1 + 1 - 14 = 332 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 42
letters to a line. Description. --- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; the ist fol. lacking ; foll. 2 to 20 more modern than the rest ; fol. 297 repeated ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; numbers for only foll. i to 20 entered twice as usual ; these foll. are followed by older foll. starting with the 15th number ; so that foll. I to 14 missing ; condition very good; the text and the commentary almost complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1689; extent of the text 2000
ślokas, that of the vștti 14255 and that of both 16255. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the commentary. Upadhyaya Bhavavijaya Gaņi, pupil
of Mahopadhyaya Munivimala Gani of the Tapa gaccha.

Page #84

670.]
1, 4 Malasutras
47
Subject.-- The text in Prakrit together with its elucidation in
Sanskrit. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 24
आणाणी(नि)दे( दे )सयरे गुरूणमुववायकारए
इंगिआगारसंपन्ने से विणीए त्ति वुच्चइ' ,, -- (com.) fol. 2" सकाशात् शणुत श्रवणं प्रति सावधाना भवंतु अनेन
वाक्येन धर्ममभिधातुकामेन धीधनेन पूर्व श्रोताऽभिमुखः कर्तव्य इति सूचितं
etc. ,, -- (com.) fol. IS4 श्रीविमलहर्षगणिमहोपाध्यायश्रीमुनिविमल[हर्ष]
गणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीभावविजयगणि etc. -- ( text ) fol. 345" इइ पाउकरे बुद्धे etc., up to बेमि as in
No. 644. -- (com. ) fol. 345° उत्तराः प्रधाना अध्याया अध्ययनानि उत्तराध्यायास्तान् भवसिद्धिकानां भन्यानां संमतानभिप्रेतान् इतिः परिसमाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति प्राग्वदिति सूत्रार्थः ॥ २६६ ॥ ____ इति श्री तपा'गच्छीयमहोपाध्यायश्रीविमलहर्षगणिमहोपाध्यायश्रीमुनिविमलगणिशिष्याश्रवो( ? )पाध्यायश्रीभावविजयगणिसमर्थितायां श्रीउत्तराध्ययनसूत्रवृत्तौ षट्त्रिंशमध्ययनं संपूर्णम् ॥३६ ॥ धर्मकल्पद्रुमस्कंधस्यास्य श्रुतस्कंधस्य नियुक्तिकारो( 5 )प्येवं माहात्म्यमाह जे किर भवसिद्धीआ etc. इति संपूर्णा श्रीउत्तराध्ययनसूत्रवृत्तिः ॥ छ । अर्ह ॥ अनंतकल्याणनिकेतनं तं
नमामि शंखेश्वरपार्श्वनाथं । यस्य प्रभावावरसिद्धिसौध
मध्यास्त निर्विघ्नमसौ प्रयत्नः ॥१॥ श्रिया जयांत द्युतमैंदवीं द्वार
मुदा( 5 )भिवंदे श्रुतदेवतां तां। प्रसादमासाद्य यदीयमेषा
वृत्तिर्मया मंदधिया(5)पि तेने ॥२॥ सत्कीर्तिलक्ष्मीपरिवर्द्धमानं
श्रीवर्द्धमानं जिनराजमीडे ।
I
This is the second verse.

Page #85

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 670.
पुनाति लोकं सुरसार्थशाली
यदागमो 'गांग' इव प्रवाहः ॥३॥ ताछ(न्छि)ष्यमुख्यः सकलद्धिपात्रं
श्रीगौतमो मे शिवतातिरस्तु । गणी सुधर्मा च सतां सुधर्मा
वहो(s)स्तु वीरप्रभुदत्तपट्टः॥४॥ 'जंबूद्वीपे 'सुरगिरि रिव 'चंद्र'कुलं विभाति तद्वंशे। 'मेरौं' 'नंदन'वनमिव तस्मिन्नंदति 'तपागच्छः॥ ५॥ सत्र मनोरमसुमनोराजिविराजी रराज मुनिराजः ॥ श्रीआणंदविमलगुरुरमरतरुनंदन' इवोच्चैः॥६॥ शुद्धां क्रियां दधौ यः सुधाव्रतव्रततिमिव मरुद्वक्षः। कल्पतरोः सौरभमिव यस्य यशो व्यानशे विश्वं ॥ ७ ॥ तत्पदृगगनदिनमणिरजनिष्ट जनेष्टदानदेवमाणिः । श्रीविजयदानमुनिमणिरनणुगुणाधरितरजानमाणः ॥ ८॥ श्रीमान जगद्गुरुरिति प्रथितस्तदीय.
पट्टे स हीरविजयाह्वयमूरिरासीत् । योऽष्टग(टा?)पि सिद्धिललनाः सममालिलिंग
तस्य(? स्प) येव दिगिभांश्च यदीयकीर्तिः ॥९।। श्रमिान(5)कब्बरनृपांबुधरो(s)धिगम्य
श्रीसूरिनिर्जरपतेरिह यस्य वाचं । जंतुव्रजानभयदानजलैरनल्यै
रपीणयत् पटहवादनगार्ज पूर्व ॥१०॥ तत्पदृभूषणमणिगणिलक्ष्मिकांतः
मूरिर्बभौ विजयसेन इति प्रतीतः योऽकब्बराधिपसभेद्विजपैर्यदीय
गोभिर्जितैर्गुरुरपि द्युतिमानमानि ॥ ११ ॥ विजयतिलकः सूरिः पढें तदीयमदीदिपद्
दिनकर इव व्योमस्तोमहरंस्तमसा क्षणात् । प्रसृमरमहाः पद्मोलासाघहो जडतापहो
विदालतमहादोष कप्तोदयः सुदिनश्रियां ॥१२ धिषणाधिषणादेश्याप्रेक्षा गिरः श्रवसोह) सुधा
अधरितधरं धैर्य यस्य क्षमा(s)नुकृतक्षमा।

Page #86

670.]
1.4Malasatras
जगति महिमा हेमक्षोणीधरद्वयसो यशः
शशिजयकर नाभूत्कस्याद्भ(द्भु)ताय मुनिप्रभोः ॥१३॥ तीये पट्टे सद्गुणगणमणिश्रेणिनिधयः
क्षमापीरांभो धी)निधय उचिताचारविधयः । स्वभक्तेच्छापूर्तित्रिदशतरवो बुद्धिगुरवो
जयंति श्रीमंतो विजयिविजयाणंदगुरवः ॥ १४ ॥ तेषां 'तपा'गणपयोनिधिशीतभासां
विश्वत्रयोजनमनोरमकीर्तिभासां वाग्वैभवाधरितसाधुसुधासवानां
राज्ये चिरं विजयिनि व्रतिवासवानां ॥१५॥ इतश्व। शिष्याः श्रीविजयादिदानसुगुरोः सिद्धांतवारानिधेः
श्रीकांताः परतीर्थिकव्रजरजःपुंजैकपाथोधराः । पूर्व श्रीविमलादिहर्षगुरवः श्रीवाचका जज्ञिरे
यैर्वैराग्यरति विर्ताय विरतिं चक्रे ममोपक्रिया ॥ १६ ॥ विनेयास्तेषां च प्रसृमरयशःपूरितादिशः
श्रुतं दत्त्वा मादृग्जडजनमहानुग्रहकृतः। महोपाध्यायश्रीमुनिविमलपादाः समभवन्
भवोदन्वन्मज्जज्जननिवहबोहित्थसदृशः ॥ १७॥ वैरंगिकाणामुपकारकाणां
वचास्वनां कीर्तिमतां कवीनां। अध्यापकानां सुधियां च मध्ये
दधुः सदा ये प्रथमत्वमेव ॥१८॥ तेषां शिष्याणुरिमां भावविजयवाचको(3)लिखद् वृत्ति स्वपराधबोधविधये स्वल्पधियामपि सुखावगमां ॥१९॥ निधिवसुरसवसुधा १६८९ मिते(त)वर्षे श्री रोहिणी'महापुर्यो । सोऽस्याः प्रथमादर्श स्वयमेव प्रापयत्सिद्धिं ॥ २० ॥ गुणगणसुरतरुसुरगिरिकल्पैस्तस्याग्रजः सती,यश्च । श्रीविजयहर्षकृतिभिर्विदधे साहाय्यमिह सम्यक् । २१॥ अनुसृत्य पूर्ववृत्ति(ती)लिखितायामपि यदत्र दुष्टं स्यात् । तच्छोध्यं मयि कृत्वा कृपां कृतींद्रेः प्रकृतिसरलैः ॥२२॥ श्रीशंखेश्वरपार्श्वप्रभुप्रभावात्प्रभूतशुभभावात् ।
आचंद्राके( क ) नंदतु वृत्तिरसौ मोदयंती ज्ञान ॥२३ ।। TA.S. NI

Page #87

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[670.
शांतिं तुष्टिं पुष्टिं श्रेयःसंतानसाख्यकमलाश्च ।
व्याख्यातृश्रोतॄणां वृत्तिरसौ दिशतु मंगलैकगृह ॥२४॥ प्रशस्तिः ॥
ससूत्रायामिह श्लोकसंख्या संख्याय निर्मिता
पंचपंचाँशे शते द्वे सहस्राणि च षोडश ॥२५॥ श्रीसूत्रग्रंथानं २००० ॥ वृत्तिग्रंथाग्रं १४२५५॥ उभयं १६२५५ ॥ श्रीरस्तु etc. __पंडिनश्रीश्रीश्रीभक्तिचंद्रगणी तशि(च्छि )व्यपंडितश्रीमयाचंदगणी
तताश( च्छि )ष्यपरंगचंदगणिलि. आत्मार्थ स्ववाचन ॥ Reference.-- Charpentier makes the following remark regarding
this Ms. in his introduction to Uttarādhyayanasūtra (p.64):--
___ " one of the best written Mss. I ever saw.”
For description of additional Mss. having both the text and this commentary see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 383 ( Nos. 1414-1415). From the first four introductary verses given here we learn that this commentary is styled as vyākhyā by Bhāvavijaya, and there were several commentaries composed prior to this.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttaradhyayanasūtra दीपिकासहित
with dipika
1095. No. 671
1887-91. Size.- To in. by 5 in. Extent. -- 389+2+10 I + I-I =492 folios; I3 lines to a page ; 44
letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters; big, quite legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; numbers for foll. I to 247 entered twice as usual; the rest numbered only once ; foll. 228 and 282 repeated

Page #88

671. 1
I. 4 Malasatras
separate foliation for adhyayanas 30 to 36; fol. 38th repeated ; fol. 72 missing; fol. 46th wrongly numbered as 45 ; red chalk used ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary; practically complete; condition excellent; a portion not required blurred out with black ink (vide fol. 58a); yellow pigment used at times (see fol. 2514 ) ; foll. 368 to 389 also numbered as 1, 2 etc.; foll. 1 and 389b blank.
Age. — Sarvat 1907.
Author of the commentary. dhyaya Lakṣmikirti Gani.
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit.
W
Begins.- ( text ) fol. r
"
संयो(जो )गा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc.
- (com) fol. 1 श्रीगुरुभ्यो (भ्यो ) नमः ॥ अर्हतो ज्ञानभाजः सुरवरमहिताः सिद्धिसौधस्थसिद्धाः
पंचाचारप्रवीणाः प्रगुणगणधराः पाठकाश्वागमानां लोके लोकेशवंद्याः सकलयतिवराः साधुधर्माभिलीनाः
पंचाप्येते सदा (ss) ताः विदधतु कुशलं विघ्ननाशं विधाय १ aari क्षीरसिंधुदकार्विमलगुणं मन्मथारिप्रघातं
श्रीपार्श्व विघ्नवल्ली वनदलनविधौ विस्फुरत्कांतिधारं सानंद चंद्रभूत्यादृतवचनरसं दत्तदृक्कर्णबोध

Laksmivallabha Gani, pupil of Upa
वंदे (S) भूरिभक्त्या त्रिभुवनमहितं वाङ्मनः काययोगैः २ उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रवृत्तयः
संति यद्यपि जगत्यनेकशः
मुग्धहृत्सदनबोधदीपिकां
दीपिकामिव तनोम्यहं पुनः ३
प्राप्तचारुविभवो गिरां गिरः
श्रीगुरोश्व विशदप्रभावतः
बक्ति लक्ष्म्युपपदस्तु वल्लभः
सज्जना मयि भवंतु सादराः ४
युग्मं etc.
श्रीसुधर्मा ( म ) स्वामी जंबूस्वामिनं वक्ति etc.
Sr

Page #89

sa
ود
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends. (text) fol. 100
etc., up to af as in No. 644.
- (com.),, भाग्यवतः पुरुषस्यैत (व) निर्विघ्नं एते अध्यायाः संपूर्णा váfa qa: “Àvifa agiâwanià xáfa #garmfq” zyà: 8
इति श्रीमदुत्तराध्ययन सूत्रार्थदीपिकायां उपाध्यायश्रीलक्ष्मीकीर्त्तिगणिशिष्यलक्ष्मीवल्लभगणिविरचितायां
जीवाजीवविभक्तिनाम
पदत्रिंशमध्ययनं संपूर्ण ॥ सं. १९०७ वर्षे ॥
وو
Reference. Charpentier says on p. 64 of his introduction to Uttaradhyayanasutra that "this is very recent Ms. dated saṁv. 1907 1851 A. D. ), but very well written ".
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रदीपिका
No. 672
[ 671.
For a notice of the Ms. having the text and this dipika see No. 1534 of Rajendralala Mitra's "A Catalogue of Sanskrit Mss. in the library of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner", Calcutta, 1880. P. E. Pavolini's Appunti di novellistica indiana (G. S. A. I. vol. XII), Firenze, may be also consulted.

Uttaradhyayanasutradipikā
Size. 10g in. by 3 in. Extent. 190 folios; 14 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. written twice, but in one and the same margin; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; strips of paper pasted to the corners of foll. 126 to 174; some of the last foll. seem to be new; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition good; complete; this Ms. contains only the fs of the Uttaradhyayanasūtra.

89.
1872-73.

Page #90

673.]
I. 4 Malasatras
Age.--. Fairly old. Author..- Not mentioned. Subject.— A commentary to Uttarādhyayanasūtra, containing kathas. Begins.--- fol. I ।। अहं ।।
श्रीउत्तराध्ययनस्य किंचिदर्थः कथाश्च लिख्यन्ते । इह 'उत्तराध्ययन'शब्दार्थः । उत्तराणि प्रधानानि पूर्व श्रीशव्यंभवं यावच्चतुर्दशपूवि(वि)कालो(ले) आचारांगादतु पठ्यमानत्वेन ततो दशकालिको पञ्यमानत्वेन
श्रेष्ठानि अध्ययनानि उत्तराध्ययनानि । etc. Ends.-- fol. I90 श्रुतजिनादिभिः प्रज्ञप्तान प्ररूपितान् अनंतैग(ग )मैरर्थभेदैः
पर्यवैः शब्दार्थपर्याये(यै): संयुक्तान अध्यायान् यथायोग( गं) उपधानायुचितक्रिया तदनतिक्रमेण उत्तराध्यायान् गुरूणां प्रसादा(त्)ध्यायेत उत्तराध्ययनयोग्यतायां पाठदः(१) प्रमत्तः । एतदध्ययनार्थिनाऽवश्यं गुरवः प्रसाद्या इत्यर्थः॥ छ ॥ इति समाप्ता श्रीउत्तराध्ययनदीपिका समाप्तमितिः etc.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रदीपिका
Uttarādhyayanasūtradīpika
634. No. 673
1892-95. Size.— 10 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 266 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description -- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा ; big, quite legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 1 to 152 numbered only once; most of the rest twice as usual ; fol. 104 to 114 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 8600 ślokas ; con
dition good. Age.— Saṁvat 1683. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A commentary to Uttaradhyayanasutra.

Page #91

$4
Begins. - fol. r" अहन (अर्हम)
Ends.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
श्रीउत्तराध्ययनस्य किंचिदर्थ (:) कथाश्र्व लिख्यंते (1) इह 'उत्तराध्यशब्दार्थः उत्तराणि प्रधानानि पूर्व श्रीशय्यंभवं यावच्चतुर्दशपूर्विकाले आचारांगादनु पठ्यमानत्वेन ततो दशकालिकोर्ध्व पटयमानत्वेन श्रेष्ठानि अध्ययनानि उत्तराध्ययना (नि) निर्वाणकाले etc.
fol. 2664 यथायोगं योग उपधानाद्युचितक्रिया तदनतिक्रमेण उत्तराध्ययान् गुरूणां प्रसादादधीयेत् (त) उत्तराध्ययनयोग्यतायां पठेदप्रमत्तो येनार्थिना ( 5 ) - वश्यं गुरव ( : ) प्रसाया इत्यर्थः । इति समाप्ता श्रीउत्तराध्ययनदीपिका ॥ छ ॥ जोगविहीए etc. and जस्सा दढ़ता etc, up to एवं भासति. This is followed by the lines as under :---
२ श्रीरस्तु ।
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र बालावबोधसहित
No. 674
संशयांधतमसो (S) पहारिणी सत्प्रकाशपरमोपकारिणी
उ ( त ) राध्ययनदीपिका चिरं

प्रयतां मुनिजनैनि (? श्वि )रं ॥ १ ।
गच्छाधिपश्री जयकीर्त्तिसूरी
श्वरोपदेशश्रवणेन दू(ह) ष्टा:
मलीलिखत पुस्तकरत्नमेतत् २
षडशीति शतान्या (न्य )त्रानुष्टुपां सप्ततिस्तथा
प्रत्यक्षरं निरीक्ष्यैवं ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं ॥ ३
ग्रंथाग्रं ८६७० ॥ श्री संवत् १६८३ वर्षे भाद्रपद्रवदि ४ दिने वृधे ॥
श्रीरस्तु etc.
सद्भावसाराः परमार्थहेतु
[673.
Size. -- 1o in. by 42 in.
Uttaradhyayanasūtra with balavabodha

259. 1883-84.

Page #92

674.
I. 4 Malasatras
55
Extent. - 233 - 3 = 230 folios ; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to
a line.
Description. Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; quite bold, big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. I, II and 212 missing; edges of the first and the last few foll. slightly damaged; dandas or vertical lines in red ink; numbers for the adhyayanas marked in the left-hand margin, whereas those for foll, as usual in the right-hand margin ; red chalk used; foll. 215 to 225 more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the woole good ; this Ms contains the text and its balavabodha as well; the text practically from the second hemistich of the fourth verse of the first chapter and the balavabodha from the 4th. Age. Samvat 1575.
Begins. -- ( text ) fol. 2
""
39
वसो ।
एवं दुस्सी पाडे (ड) णीए मुहरी निक्कासेज्जई | ४
कणकुंडगं चइत्ताणं विट्टं भुंजइ सूपरे ।
एवं सीलं चइत्ताणं दुस्सीले रमई मिए । ५ etc. ( balā ) fol 2a
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 233b

जिम...... जिहां जाइ तिहां थकी काढीइ । एण दृष्टांति इम दुसील अनाचारी ॥ etc.
इति (य) पाउकरे बुद्धे णायए पारिन । छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झाए भवसिद्धीय समए
त्ति बेमि । ७३ (२७३ ) ।
( bālão ) fol. 233° ए छत्रीस श्रीउत्तराध्ययन विमल निर्मल गुणि करी जयवंता । जे माहंत सकलशासन माहि आचार्य उपाध्याय कृत बालाविबोध | तेहनइ अनसारिंह ए बालाविबोध साधु साध्वी ए वाच्यमान हुँतु सुष श्रेय कल्याण हेति हुइ । छः ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ६२५० ॥ छः || || संवत (व) १५७५ वर्षे पौषवदि ९ रवौ लिखितं श्रीगंधासांदिरेसादसिंघ २ ।(? रा ) जसतपंचायणपठनार्थ[ ] ॥ ॥

Page #93

56
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
674.
Reference.- For Mss. having the text and anonymous balāvabodhas
see Limbdi Catalogue Nos, 276, 280 and 281. No. 280 records only one Ms., and that is dated as Sarivat 1792, where as No. 281, three, out of which two are dated as 1594 and 1764 respectively.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र टब्बासहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra
with tabbā
No. 675
160. 1871-72.
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text) 263 folios ; 4 to 17 lines to a page : 30 letters
to a line. „ - (tabbā ) 263 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a
line. Description. Country paper sufficiently thick and white ; Jaina
Devanägari characters with occasional gehiats ; bold, clear, and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti; four lines of the text written on each side in big hand: over each line, there is the corresponding explanation written comparatively in much smaller hand-writing: there is only text on foll. 6 to 65; the space left blank for the corresponding explanation; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. ja and 263b blank ; from the 66th fol. onwards the hand-writing for the text is still bigger than before and the paper grey; numbers for foll. entered in two different margins on one and the same side; over and the above the text, this Ms. contains 4 verses of the faglite wherein the importance of this work is pointed out; condition very good; both the text and the
explanation complete. Age.- Samyat 1695.

Page #94

675..
I. 4 Mulasatras
Author.-- A pupil of Parsvacandra and a devotee of Ajitacandra. Subject.-- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( tex1 ) fol. 1 ऐं नमः
___ संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc., as in No. 644. , - (com. ) fol. 10
वर्द्धमान जिनं नत्वा पार्श्वचंद्र च मद्गुरुं
आजितचंद्रमुनींद्रं च टबार्थो लिख्यते मया १ पूर्व संयोग मातादिकनो पश्चात् संयोग स्व(श्व)सुरादिकनो अथवा
बाह्य संयोग द्रव्यादिकनो अभ्यंतर संयोग विषयादिकनो etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 2620
इइ पाउकरे बुद्धे नायए परिनिव्वुए
छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झाए भवसिद्धीय स(सं)मए त्ति बेमि २७० ३६ इति जीवाजीवविभत्तिअज्झयणं ३६ अथ नियुक्तिकार एतबंथमाहात्म्यमाह
जे किर भवसिद्धीया परित्तसंसारिया य जे भव्वा ति(ते) किर पढंति एए छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झाए ? तम्हा जिपण्णते अणंतगमपज्जवेहिं संज(जुत्ते अज्झाए जह(हा)जोगं गुरुष्पसाया अहिज्जिज्जा २ जोगविहीइ व(वि)हित्ताए एहिं जो लहइ सुत्तं(त) अत्थं वा भासेइ भवियजणो सो पावइ निज्जरं विउलं ३ जस्साढत्ता एए कहा वि समपंति विधे(ग्घ)रहियस्स
सो लक्खिजइ भन्यो पुवारसी एव भासंति ४' चूलिया सम्मत्ता इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययन ३६ समाप्त
विणयपसिहचउरंगिज्झं संखअकामखुडनिग्गंथं उरब्भी कावलियं नमिपवज्जा दुमपत्तं १ बहुस्सुयहरिएसिज्जं चित्तसंभूइझ(ज्झ)यण उसुयारं सभिक्खू बंभगुत्ती पावसमणिज्ज संज्जइज्जं २ मियापुत्तं नियंठं समुद्दपालीयं नाम रहनेमी
केसीगोयमपवणसायर जनइज्जा समायारी ३ I See pp. 10 and 11:
8 IIPI

Page #95

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1675.
SP
खलुकियं सिवमंग्गंगइसम्मत्तपरक्कम सुगमं तं(त)वमग्गं चरणविही पमायठाणं च कमयपट्टी ४ लेसाणगारमग्गं जीवाजावाविभत्ति छत्तीसं ।
जिणगहहरमुणिवुत्ते उत्तरज्झयणे पणिवयामि ५॥
छ । संवत् १६९५ वर्षे मागसेरमासे कृष्णपक्षे ११ दिने लषितं. Ends.-- ( com. ) fol. 2624 छत्रीस उत्तर प्रधान विनयश्रुतादिक अध्ययन
भव्य जीव जेह छइ तेहनइ एह ३६ उत्तराध्ययन समत वाल्हा हुइ एह वचन सत्य जाणिछउ एहवउ सुधर्मस्वामी जंबू प्रतिइ कहइ २७० जीवाजीवविभत्ती अध्ययन अथ कह्यउ छइ मिइ लेशमात्र थकी etc., up to एह उत्तराध्ययननी चूलिकानउ अर्थ काउं मिई इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययन
सूत्रटबार्थ ३६ समाप्तः । छ । ग्रंथा० सर्वतो(5)पि ९००० शुभं भवतु. Reference.--- For Mss. having the text and an anonymous tabba see
Limbdi Catalogue No. 291. Its Nos. 292, 293 and 283 refer to Mss. having the text and the tabbās by Megharaja Vācaka, Ājicandra Sūri and Dharmamandira Upādhyāya respectively. The țabbà in the last case is styled as Makaranda.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र टब्बा तथा कथा सहित
Uttarādhyayanasūtra with tabbā and kathās
No.676
161. 1871-72.
Size.- 94 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 316 + I = 317 folios; I4 lines to a page ; 38 letters to
a line. ,, - (tabba ) 317 iolios ; 17 lines to a page; 48 letters to a
line.. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the tabbā ; legible and good

Page #96

676.]
Age.- Samvat 1761.
Author of the tabbā. - Pasacanda ( Sk. Parśvacandra ).
kathās.— Padmasāgara.
Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati and stories in Sanskrit.
Begins.— ( text ) fol. rb
"
"
Ends.
1. 4 Malasatras
59
hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 6th repeated; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 316b; yellow pigment used; condition very good; both the text and the tabbä complete ; extent of the text 2000 slokas, that of the tabbă 7000, that of the kathās 5000 and total extent 14000 slokas.
""
در
29
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc.
(tabba ) fol. rb नत्वा श्री अहं नमः ॥
प्रथम श्रीउत्तराध्ययन ग्रंथनुं शब्दार्थः कहीइ छि ॥ श्रीमहावारिनिं ठा ( ? ) प्रथम श्रीआचारांग भणीनिं पछि । उत्तराध्ययन भणता etc. संजोगनु विप्रमुक्त जे साधु ते संयोग बिहुं प्रकारे एक धन धान्यादिक बीजु रागादिक कषायादिक etc.
- ( kathãs ) fol. 24 श्रीसद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं नम्राखंडलमंडलं ।
आरम्यंते कथाः कर्तुमुत्तराध्ययनस्थिता ( : ) ॥ १ ॥ उत्तराध्ययनत्र (बृह (द्रव ) त्तिगता: कथा ( : ) संस्कृताः कर्तुमारभ्यते ॥ etc.

( text ) fol. 315b इइ पाउकरे etc., up to बेमि as in No. 644. This is followed by जीवाजीवविभत्ति अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ ३६ ॥ छ इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययनश्रुतस्कंध संपूर्ण ॥ छ ॥
यादृशं etc.
संवत् १७६१ वर्षे कार्तिक वदि १४ भोमे लषितं || लेखकपाठकयोः शुभं भवतु ॥ ग्रंथाग्र सूत्र २००० ॥ छ ॥ etc.
- ( kathas ) fol. 2240 पंचविंशाध्ययने विजयघोषचरितं लेशतो लिख्यते । ' वाणारस्यां ' नगर्या द्वौ विप्रौ भ्रातरौ जयघोषविजयघोषौ

Page #97

در
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
अभूतां etc. पंचविंशाध्ययने कथा ९८ समाप्ताः । एतावता उत्तराध्यबृहद्वृत्तिगताः प्राकृतकथाः सर्वा ( अ ) पि संस्कृता ( : ) कृताः पंडितश्री - पद्मसागरगणिना कृताः ॥
Size.
- ( tabba ) fol. 3162 एतली जीवाजीवविभत्ति नामा अध्ययन छत्रीसमानुं टबु इति श्री अर्थविवरण संपूर्ण हवइ ३६ ॥ इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययनश्रुतस्कंधः समाप्तः ॥ मूत्रसंख्यागाथासंध्या श्लोक २००० पासचंदसूरिकृत टबु तेन (नी) श्लोकसंख्या ७००० कथा पद्मसागरी श्लोक ५००० एवं मिलिने (ते) सर्वश्लोक संख्या १४००० जेहवुं पुस्तक etc.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र अक्षरार्थलवलेशसहित
No. 677
संवत १७६१ वर्षे शाके १६२६ प्रवर्त्तमाने मार्गशिष मासे शुकपक्षे चतुर्थी ४ रविवासरे लिपीकृतं । लषनारानि भणनारानि सांभलनारानि श्रेय कल्याण हयो || ज्ञानसागरजीनी परति छें सही ३
– 92 in. by 44 in.
676

Uttaradhyayanasutra with akṣarārthalavaleśa
Extent. - 192 folios; 12 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thin, smooth and white : Jaina Devanāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. 1a and 192b blank; every fol. numbered twice, on one and the same side but in different margins; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation mostly in Gujarāti; complete; a small strip of paper pasted to the first fol.; condition very good.
Age.— Not very old.
Author of the balavabodha. - Not mentioned.

1096. 1877-91.

Page #98

677:]
1.4 Malasatras
___
Subject.-- The text along with its explanation styled here as
bālāvabodha, too. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 1b
संजोगा विप्पमुक्कस्स etc., as in No. 644. ,, - ( balavabodha ) fol. I भिक्षोरहं विनयं प्रादुःकरिष्यामि । आनुपूर्व्या
मेव मे म(म) कथयतः शृणुत भिक्षु महात्मानइ विनयमा मार्ग प्रगट करिसुः
आनुपूर्वी अनुक्रमि मझनइ कहितां इंतां सांभलु etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 1924
इति(इ) (पा)उकरे बुधे(द्धे ) णायए परिनिचुडे(ए)
छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झाए । भवसिद्धि(द्धी )य संबु(बु)डे त्ति ८२ (२८२) बेमि ॥ - ( balan ) fol. 192" इति एतान् पद्वत्रिंशत् उत्तराध्यायान् । उत्तराध्यायनानि प्रादुस्क(क)त्य कांश्चित् अर्थतः कांश्चित् सूत्रतः प्रकाश्य बुधः केवली ज्ञातजो ज्ञातपुत्रः श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी परिनिर्वतः निर्वाणं प्राप्तः ॥ किंविशिष्टान उत्तराध्यायान् भविसिद्धिका भव्यजीवास्तेषां संमतान् इष्टान् ॥ ८२ ॥ इति पत्रिंशत । श्रीउत्तराध्ययनाक्षरार्थ(थ)लवलेशः ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययनबालाविबोध संपूर्णः ॥ छ ।
यादृशं पुस्तके etc.
This is followed by two verses, one in Gujaräti and one in Sanskrit as under :
रे प्राणी सुणि बप्पडा । जिम नारीनूं ध्यांन ।
तिम करि परमेश्वर तणूं। जिम लाभइ स्वर्गविमान ॥१॥ कल्याणमस्तुः ॥
गीतशास्त्रविनोदेन । कालो गछ( च्छ )ति धीमता(म्)।
विसन्नेनेह मूर्षाणां । नी(नि)द्राया कुलहेनि च ॥२॥ छ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रु॥ छ ।

Page #99

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 678.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasūtra बालावबोध तथा कथा सहित
with bālāvabodha and kathās No. 678
8.
1869-70. Size.- 1o, in. by 4; in. Extent.- 254-3=251 folios; Is lines to a page; 31 to 50 letters
to a line. Description. - Country paper rough, white and not very thin
Jaina Devanāgari characters; bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink, and edges, in two; this Ms. contains the text, its explanation in Gujarāti and narrations in Sanskrit illustrating the prescribed rules; this Ms. seems to be incomplete ; for, the text contains only 22 adhyayanas and the illustrations up to the 23rd ; the 24th adhyayana requires no illustrations and the 25th has only one small illustration needed ; later on, no stories are to be found so far as the remaining adhyayanas are concerned ; that may be the reason why this work ends here ; numbers for foll, written in two different margins on one and the same side ; foll. 113 to ris missing; fol. 1276 kept blank; fol. 6 slightly
torn; fol. 245 torn; condition fair. Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.— Stories illustrating the gāthas of Uttaradhyayanasútra
along with a Gujarātī explanation of these gāthas. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 24 THT atacante : 11
TTT Pacque as in No. 644. » - (bālāvabodha ) fol. 15 TEHT FA: 11
FORT stagrali etc., as in No. 684. This first verse is followed by the lines as under :
उत्तराध्ययन कहतां स्यो अर्थ श्रीमहावीरनइं धारइ ॥ आचारंग Hufe E TRTET Huat etc.

Page #100

679.]
I. 4 Malasutras
63
Begins-- ( kathās ) fol. 2h त्रीजी गाथायां कूलवालककथा ॥ १ ॥ यथा एकस्य आचार्यस्य क्षुल्लकोऽविनीतः । तस्य आचार्यः शिक्षार्थे ताडयति etc. ( text ) fol. 249b
Ends..
एवं करंति संबुद्धा । पंडिया परिपक्खगा ||
""
"
ति (ति) बेमि ॥ ५१ ॥
( ) ति भोगे || जहा से ( सो ) पुरिसोत्तमो
रहनेमिज्झं समत्तं ॥
- (bālāvabodha ) fol. 249° इति श्रीरहनेमिनामाध्ययन बावीसमानो अर्थ टबा मात्र ग्रंथप्रकारिं इहां लिख्यो संपूर्ण २२
fol. 254° ( kathas )
शक्रादिभिस्तत्रैव हित इति । एवं प्रसंगतः । श्रीपार्श्वचरित्रव(१म) भिधायतत्प्राशिष्यश्रीकेसिचरित्रसंबद्धमिदमध्ययनमिति । त्रयोविंशतितमध्ययनकथा
समाप्ताः ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र ( अध्ययन १८ - २१ )
carसहित
No. 679
"
Size.-10
in. by 4 in.
Extent.—- (text) 15 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
—(tabba),, ; 13 to 16 lines to a page ; 65 to 70
letters to a line.

Uttaradhyayanasutra ( Adhyayanas XVIII-XXI ) with ṭabba
"
463.
1882-83.
Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the tabba which is written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; this Ms. contains the text of chapters 18 to 21 and the corresponding tabba ; foll numbered in the left-hand margin only; red chalk used; both the text and

Page #101

Jaina Literature and Philosophy (679. the tabba. complete so far as I8 to 21 adhyayanas are con
cerned ; condition very good. Age. — Old. Author of the tabba.-- Not mentioned. Subject. The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. The
former deals with the life of Samjaya, that of Mrgāputra, characteristics of a true saint and the life of Samudrapāla.
Each of these topics occupies one adhyayana, Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I ऐं
'कंपिल्ले' नयरे राया उदिन्नबलवाहणे
नामेण संजए नाम मिगवं उवनिग्गए १ etc. , -(tabba ) fol. I 'कंपिल्य'नामा नगरनइ विषइ राजा देसाधिपति उदय
आव्यउ बल चतुरंग सैन्य अथवा शरीरनउ बल वाहन etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 15*
दुविह( हं ) खवेऊण य पुन्नपावं
निरंगणे सबओ विप्पमुक्के। तरित्ता समुदं च महाभवोहं
समुद्दपाले अपुणागमं गइ(?ए )॥ त्ति बेमि २४ इति श्रीसमुद्दपालियज्झयणं समत्तं २१ -(rabba ) fol. IF एह हु कहुं सुधर्मस्वामि जंबू प्रतइं इम कहइ २४॥
इति श्रीसमुद्रपालीय अध्ययननउ अर्थ लेशमात्र थको जाणिवउ
संपूर्ण काउं२१॥ Reference.-- See No. 644.
महानिर्ग्रन्थीयाध्ययन (महानियंठिज्जज्झयण)
टब्बासहित No. 680
Mahānirgranthīyādhyayana ( Mahaniyanthijjajjhayana ) with tabbā
676. 1899-1915.
Size.- 10. in. by 4
in.

Page #102

680.]
14 Malasntras
Extent.-- 9 folios; s lines to a page; 32 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters ; bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; cdges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good; yellow pig
ment used : fol. gb blank ; this Ms. contains the text and its
explanation in Gujarāti known as tabbä; both complete. Agc.-- Samvat 1761. Author of the tabba.--Not mentioned. Subject.-- This twentieth chapter of Uttarādhyayanasūtra along
with its explanation in Gujarāti deals with the life of Anāthi muni, with whom Sreņika discussed why he had renounced the world. This chapter throws much light on the rules and regulations meant for a Jaina saint. So it is
named as Mahaniyanthijja ( Mahānirgranthiya). Begins.-- (text) fol. Ib
सिद्धाणं नमो किच्चा संजयाणं च भावओ।
अत्थधम्मगइ(ई) तचं अणुसट्टि(ट्टि ) सुणेह मे । १॥ etc. ",, - ( tabba ) fol. I" सिय अरिहंत । सिद्धनइं न नमस्कार कि० करीनइं
सं० संयती आचार्य उपाध्याय सर्व साधुनइं भावथी etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 9a
इयरो वि गुणसमिद्धो तिगुत्तिगुत्तो तिदंडविरओ य । विहग इव विप्पमुक्को विहरइ वसुहं विगयमोहो ।
त्ति बेमि ॥६०॥ इति श्रीअनाथि । सं० १७६१ पौष शु० ५ बुध पं०श्रीज्ञानविजयतच्छिष्यपं०श्रीवृद्धिविजयशि माहिमाविजयभ्राता देवेंद्रविजय लिपीरुता।

Page #103

66
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रनिर्युक्ति (उत्तरज्झयणसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति )
No. 681
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
I
Uttaradhyayanasutraniryukti (Uttarajjha yanasuttanijjutti)
1094.
1887-91,
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 13 folios; 17 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines; yellow pigment and red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered only once, and that, too, in the right-hand margin; some of the foll. slightly wormeaten; condition good; complete; 600+4= 604 verses in all, Age. Pretty old.
Author.

[681.
Bhadrabahusvamin according to the vṛtti on Dharmaghosa's Rṣimandalastotra etc. Jarl Charpentier does not endorse this opinion especially because he says that in v. 110 Sthulabhadra, the successor of Bhadrabāhusvāmin is styled as bhagavam-Thulabhaddo and such a thing cannot have been said by his far older predecessor Bhadrabahusvamin. For other objections raised by him see pp. 48 and 49 of the introduction to Uttaradhyayanasutra.
Subject. A commentary in verses in Prakrit, elucidating Uttaradhyayanasútra. From the two verses of Avaśyakasūtraniryukti we learn that this is the 3rd niryukti out of ten.
1 For the meaning of the word nijjutti' see my article "The Jaina Commentaries" (pp. 295-296) published in the "Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute" (vol XVI, pts. III-IV).
2 See p. 67.
3 They are as under :--
66
आवस्यस्स दसकालियस्स तह उत्तरज्झमायारे । सूयगडे निज्जुत्तिं वोच्छामि तहा दसाणं च ॥ ८२ ॥ कप्परस य निज्जुत्तिं ववहारस्सेव परमनिउणस्स । सूरियपण्णत्ती व इसिभा सियाणं च ॥ ८३ ॥ "

Page #104

68t.]
Begins. fol. ra ँ नमः
ور
T
Ends.- fol. 13b
1.
aayaणपणामो बो( वो )च्छं धम्माणुओगसंगहिअं । उत्तरज्झयणणुओगं गुरुवएसानुसारेणं ॥ १। etc. विणयसुअं च परीसह । चउरंगिज्जं असंखयं चेत्र । अकाममरणं णिअंठिज्जं । उरब्भं काविलिज्जं च । १५ ।
4
मिपव्वज्जा दुमपत्तयं च । बहुसुअबु (पु) ज्जं तहेब हरिएसं । चित्तसंभूइ उसुआरिज्जं सभिक्खु समाहिठाणं च । १६ । पावसमणिज्ज तह संजइज्ज । मिअचारिआ निअंठिज्जं । समुद्दपालिअज्जं रहनेमियं । केसिगोअभिज्जं च । १७ । समिईओ जन्नइज्जं सामायारी तहा खलुंकिज्जं । मोखगइ (ई) अप्पमाओ तव चरण पमायठाणं च । १८ । कम्मपगडी लेसा बोध (ड) वे खलु अणगारमग्गे अ । जीवाजीवविहत्ती । छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झयणा । १९ । - fol. ra
Mulasūtras
भपि थूलभद्दो क्विं च कम्मिऊण पुण छिन्नो अग्गिसिहाए त्यो चाउमा से न पुण दट्टो (डो) । १२ etc.
भावमि विभत्ती खलु णायव्वा छव्विहंमि भावमि । अहिगारो एत्थं पुण वविभत्तीए अज्झयणे । १ (६०१ ) ।। जीवाजीवविभत्तीनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ ३६ ॥ etc.
तम्हा जिणपन्नत्ते अणतगमपज्जवेहिं संजुत्ते । अज्झाय जहाजोगं गुरुप्पसाया अहिज्जिज्जा ॥ ४ ॥ इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययनानिर्युक्तिः संपूर्णा ॥
See p. 57.

Reference. For a survey of the niryukti see Jail Charpentier's introduction to the Uttarādhyanasutra (p. 48 ) and the following.
In connection with this Ms. there it is said on p. 63 by him that "the hand-writing reminds me slightly of that in the Berlin Ms. No. 1341.
67

Page #105

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1682.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarāv nyayaljasūtra(अध्ययन ३).
(Adhyayana III )नियुक्ति
miryukti टीकासहित
with tīkā No. 682
1337.
1891-95. Size.- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 29 - I = 28 folios ; II lines to a page; 3 | 10 40 letters
_to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; sulliciently big, clear and good hand-witing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 29b blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 29b; condition on the whole good; fol. 19th
missing ; otherwise completc. Age.- Old Subject.- Ten typical narratives in verses in Sanskrit pointing out
the difficulty of attaining birth as a human being. These are based upon the 16th gåtha or the 19th of the 3rd
adhyayana of Uttarādhyayanasūtra. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I ए
चुल्लग १ पासग २ धन्ने ३ जुए ४ रयणे य ५ सुमिण ६ चके य ७
चम्म ८ जुगे ९ परिमाण १० दस दिटुंता मणुयलंभे ॥१॥ तत्र चुल्लगशब्देन देशभाषया भोजनमुच्यते ॥ तत्र दृष्टांते श्रीब्रह्मदत्तक्रिकथा । तथाहि ।
साकेतश्वामिचंद्रावतंसस्य तनयो व्रत ।
पुरा' 5 )दान्मुनिचंद्राख्यो मुनेः सागरचंद्रतः ॥ १ctc. - com.) fol. 14°
अपि नाम म जीयेत कदाचिदपरैर्नरैः । मनुष्यकात्परिभ्रष्टो मानुष्यं लभते ननु ॥ ८६
For this verse with variants sec D. C. J. M.; vol. XVII, pt. I, p. 102 (No. 108).

Page #106

682.1
1. 4 Malasatras
इति पाशकदृष्टांतः ॥ छ ।
अधुना धान्यदृष्टांत ॥ etc. Bagils -- fol. IFA राज्यं लभेत मानुष्यं न मानुषभवच्युतः ॥
इति तदृष्टांतः॥ छ । अथ रत्नदृष्टांतः ॥ etc.
रत्नानि न पुनः प्रापुः । प्राप्नुवंत्यपि तानितो देवतादिप्रसादेन मानुष्यं तु सुद(दुर्लभं ॥ ७ ॥
अथ स्वप्नदृष्टांतः ॥ etc. , - fol. 25
कदापि प्रेक्षते स्वप्नं सोऽपि देवनियोगतः ।
न तु जंतुर्मनुष्यत्वभ्रष्टो मानुष्यकं पुनः ॥ ५० इति स्वप्नदृष्टांतः ॥ छ॥ ॥
अथ चक्रदृष्टांत etc. , --- fol. 28b
यथा सुदुर्विधं चक्राष्टकंठव()स्तु दुर्लभं ।
नृजन्मनि व्य(?)तेप्याद्यमपरं तु न लभ्यते ॥ १८० इति चक्रदृष्टांत ॥छ ।। , --- fol. 29
प्रचंडवातवीचिभिः प्रेरिता सा कथं पुनः
युगेन लभते योग जंतुन तु जनु नृणां ॥३॥ छ अथ परि(र)माण(णु)दृष्टांतः ।। etc. Ends.- (com.) fol. 29a
दुष्कर्मवशतो भ्रष्टस्तथा मानुषजन्मनः । निस्तुषं मानुषं जन्म जन्मी न लभते पुनः ॥ ५ इति मनुष्यभवस्य दुरापता
बहनिदर्शनदर्शनतः कृताः। समधिगम्य च सम्यगिदं बुधाः
सफलताकलित कलयंतु तं ॥६ इति मनुष्यभवस्य दस(श)दृष्टांतकथानकं संपूर्ण समाप्तः ॥ छ ।

Page #107

20
Jaina Literature and Philosopliy
1683.
शिष्यहिता
Sisyahită (TITETUTTHET
( l'ttarădhyayanasūtraबृहवृत्ति)
Drhaulvrtti) No. 683
258.
1883-84. Size.- 11 in. by 42 in. Extent.— 392 + 3 -- 3 = 392 folios : 15 lines to a page ; 53 letters
to a line. Description.---Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nāgarī characters with yeahS; sufficiently big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered only once, and that, too in the right-hand margin ; foll. 1 to 8 numbered twice in the right-hand margin ; foll. 18, 26 and 29 repeated; foll. 53 to 56 bracketed together ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 18 ; fol. Ia blank; fol. 392 equally so, except that the title 3 TIETT(a)aaaqzia: and its extent written on it; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; almost half the portion of fol. 1 blank; it appears that the scribe wanted to decorate it with an illestration propably of a Tirthaikara ; complete ; extent 18000
ślokas; the entire work is divided into 36 sections. Age.-- Saṁvat 1667. Author.-- Sănti Sūti, pupil of Sarvadeva of the Thārapadra gaccha.
For his life see Prabhāvakacaritra (pp. 216-224) As stated therein (pp. 236-237 )2 he revised Tilakamañjarī. Hic attained svarga in Samvat 1096. See C. M. Duff's " The
Chronology of India” (p. 120), Westminster, 1899. Subject.- A very big commentary explaining Uttarādhyayanasutra
and its niryukti. The nihnava-vāda is very beautifully treated here. Its treatment seems to surpass even the ex
position given in the Višeşāvaşyaka-bbāsya. Prior to the I See the introduction (pp. 79-81 ) of the Gujarăti translation of Prablāvakacaritra.
2 Sec Prabhāvakacaritra (p. ) v. 201-202.

Page #108

683.]
1. 4 Mülasatras
composition of this Sişyalită also known as Paiya ţikā! there was already exegetical literature consisting of cūrņi and several vrttis. The colophon given at the end of Sisyahită is summarized by Charpentier in his introduction
(pp. 53-54) to Uttarādhyayanasūtra. Begins.-- fol. 1b
नमोऽहते। शिवदाः संतु तीर्थशा विघ्नसंघातघातिनः ।
भवकूपोद्धतौ येषां वाक् वस्त्रायते नृणां ॥ १ etc. अध्ययनानामेषां यदपि कृताश्चूर्णित्तयः कृतिमिः।
तदपि प्रवचनभक्तिस्त्वरयति मामत्र वृत्तिविधौ ॥५॥
इह खलु सकलकल्याणनिबंधनं जिनागममवाप्य विवेकिनैवं विवेचनीयं etc. Ends.-fol. 391° गुरुप्रसादादिति चाभिधानमध्ययनार्थिनाऽवश्यं गुरवः प्रसादनी
यास्तदधीनत्वात्तस्येति ख्यापनार्थमिति गाथार्थः ॥ छ ॥ इति (:) परिसमाप्ती ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् । उक्तो(5)नुगमः संपति नयास्ते(s)पि प्राग्वदेव ।। छ । इत्यु. त्तराध्ययनटीकायां शिष्यहितायां जीवाजीवविभक्तिनामक पत्रिंश. मध्ययन समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥ etc.
आस्ति विस्तारवानुन्या गुरुशाखासमन्वितः ॥ आसेव्या(न्यो) भव्यमार्थानां श्री कौटिक'गणद्रुमः ॥ १ तदुत्थ वैर 'शाखायामभूदायातिशालिनी । विशाला प्रतिशाखेव श्री चंद्र'कुलसंततिः ॥२॥ तस्याश्चोत्पद्यमानच्छदनिव( च )यसदृक्कवा(? का )थकर्णा(न्त्रयोत्थ
श्री थारापद्र'गच्छप्रसवत:भोरलसद्धमकिंजल्कपानात् । श्रीशांत्याचार्यभंगो यदिदमुदगिरत्सन्मधु श्रोत्रपेयं
तद्भो भव्यास्त्रिदोषप्रशमकरमतो गृह्यतां लिह्यतां च ॥३॥ श्री'भिल्लमाल'कुलशेखरशांत्यमात्य
निर्मापिता (5)णहिलपाटक'चैत्यगेहे। भ्रातृव्यभूपकमहत्तमकारितारु
सौवर्मे(? मीरम्यकलशान्धयमूर्तकीतौ ।। ५॥ श्रीशांतिसूरिरकरोद् गुणसेनमूरि
वाचोत्तराध्ययनशासनवृत्तिमेनां । प्रख्यापिता तदनु तद्गुणसर्वदेवः
....गुणगणकसुशिष्यवर्गः ॥६ I See Peterson III, p. 63. 2 See this very page r.and p. 72 (1.7).

Page #109

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
सिद्धांतस्वाध्यायव्यसनतया ( ७ ) न्यासु वृत्तिषु सतीषु । यद्विरचितेयमपरा तत्सद्भिर्मर्षणीयं मे ॥ ७ यस्याद् गुरुरागमे गुणनिधिः श्रीसर्वदेवाह्वया
सूरीशो ( 5 ) भयदेवसूरिरचितख्यात प्रमाणो (S) पित्र तस्येयं सुगुरुद्वयादधिगत ( ? ता ) दल्पात्मविद्यागुण
प्रत्याख्याय चिरं भुवि प्रचु (च ) रतु श्रीशांतिसूरेः कृतिः ॥ ८ ॥ श्री ॥ etc.
संवत १६६७ वर्षे महावदि १४ दिने 'तपा' गच्छालंकार भट्टारकपुरंदर'सवाईजगद्गुरु' बिरुदधारक श्रीविजय सेन सूरि ( री ) श्वरतात्स (च्छि )ध्यमहो पाध्याय श्रीनयविजय गणितत्सि (च्छि ) ष्यपंडितश्रीकीत्तिविजयगणिभिः श्री'अकबरपुरे' ||
Reference.— Published. See No. 644. For description of additional Mss. see Weber II, pp. 126 - 157, 311 - 466 ( Nos. 1907-1910). On p. 440 of R. G. Bhandarkar's “ Report on the search for Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1883-84, Bombay, 1887," an extract of the prasasti is given, whereas on p. 129 its substance is given. See also his Report for 1884-85, p. 277. Consult E. Leumann's "Die alten Berichte von den Schismen der Jaina" (Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 44 and 97, Leipzig, 1885. J. Kirste's Hamsākhyāyika (W.Z. K. M. vol. XVIII, PP. 130-131 ), Wien, 1904 may be consulted for ascertaining its bearing on this commentary.
72
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रवृहद्वृत्तिगतकथा
प्रतिसंस्कृत
No. 684

(683
Uttaradhyayanasutrabrhadvrttigatakathapratisamskṛta
Size.- 9 in. by 44 in. Extent.73 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 57 letters to a line. Description. Country paper somewhat thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gas; hand-writing neither too big nor too small, clear, uniform and good; ink faded at times; borders ruled in two lines in red ink;

245. A. 1882-83.

Page #110

73
684.]
I. 4*Malasutras red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered (twice on one and the same side but in different margins; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol. ; same is the case with the last fol.; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 159; the original 19th fol. missing; another in different hand and on a white paper is substituted in its place ; condition good ; complete ; composed in
Samvat 1657. Age.- Samvat 1799. Author.-- Padmasagara Gani, pupil of Vimalasagara Gani. Subject.- Sanskrit rendering of the narratives given in Präkrit in
Sisyahitã, the běhadvịtti on Uttaradhyayanasútra. Thus this work simply deals with stories required to illustrate some of the gāthäs of the different adhyayanas. After the 25th adhyayana, there is nothing which requires illu
strations by way of narratives. Begins.- fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं नम्राखंडलमंडलं
भारभ्यते त(क)था() कर्त्तमुत्तराध्ययनस्थिताः १ उत्तराध्ययनबृहद्वृत्तिगता कथाः संस्कृता(:) कर्तुमारभ्यंते आणाऽनिहेसकरे ३
गाथायां कूलवालककथा १ यथा एकस्य आचार्यस्य क्षुल्लकोऽविनीतः etc. Ends.-- fol. 73° इति चिंतयन्नेव प्रतिबुद्धः 'गंगा'मुत्तीर्य साधुसमीपे प्रव्रजितः अग्रगः
संबंधः मूत्र एव प्रोक्तो( 5)स्तीति पंचविंशाध्ययने कथा समाप्ता ॥ एतावता उत्तराध्ययनबृहद्वृत्तिगताः प्राकृतकथा(:) सर्वा (भोपि संस्कृता(:) कृता'स्तपागच्छे भट्टारकचक्रवर्ती(ति)श्रीविजयसेनमारराज्ये संवत् १६५७ वर्षे 'पीपाडपुरे' पंडितप्रकांडश्रीविमलसागरगणिशिष्यपण्डितपद्मसागरगणिना प्रबरप्रेमसागरवाक्येन
कथा (:) कृताः पण्डितपद्मसागरैः
स्वशिष्यवाक्यप्रणयेन संस्कृतार 'पीपाडि पुर्या जिनपार्श्वनायक
प्रसादतः सत्कुस(श)लाय संत्विमाः १ शोधयंतु सज्जना स्वरूपस्तु सज्जनेभ्यो
येषां हृदयानि दर्पणानिभानि दुर्वचनभस्मसंगाद
धिकतरं निर्मलानि स्युः ॥२॥

Page #111

74
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
ग्रंथाग्रंथ ४५०० लिखितं श्री' मेडता' नगरे ॥ संवत् afe aisi तिथौ । शुभं भूयात् । श्रीरस्तु . This is line as under in a different hand :
गुमनाबाई बेलसकरमेदीनी छे परत उत्तराधेनही. Reference. - See pp. 240-241 of Rajendralāla Mitra's “Notices of Sanskrit Mss. published under orders of the Government of Bengal" vol. VIII, Calcutta, 1885. Here 25 legends are given. For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 28. For a narrative of Harikesi-bala in Gujarati and some verses connected with the life of Jayaghosa and Vijayaghosa see "Prasthana" Vol. XV, No. 2, pp. 121-123.
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्र बृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
No. 685
Extent. fol. 28a to fol. 30a.
Description. Complete. For other details
paryāya No. 736 (1).
1875-76.
[684.
१७९९ वर्षे चैत्रfollowed by a
Uttaradhyayanasutrabrhadvrttiparyaya
736 (23). 1875-76.

Author.--- Not mentioned.
Subject.-- Explanation in Sanskrit regarding some difficult words etc. occurring in the bṛhadvṛtti of Uttaradhyayanasutra. Begins. fol. 282 नमोऽर्हते
see Pañcavastuka
ऊर्ध्वरथिका इति मकान मिति जिनागमनिधिं तदवाप्ताविति । etc. Ends.-- fol. 30 अव्यवहारिका नित्यं नित्यं निगोदा एव । उदाहरणमिति द्वद्रियादीनां । उत्तराध्ययनबृहद्वृत्तिपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।

Page #112

687.]
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रबृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
No. 686
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रबृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
No. 687
I. 4 Mulasutras
Exrent.- fol. 45 to fol. 49a.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
paryāya No.
789 (1). 1895-1902.
Begins. fol. 45 नमो (S) र्हते ॥ ऊर्ध्वरथिका इति etc., as in No. 685. Ends. -- fol. 492 अव्यवहारिका etc., as in No. 685.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 685.
-

Uttaradhyayanasutrabrhadvṛttiparyaya
Ends. fol. 33 अव्यवहारिका नित्यं etc.
N. B.--- For other details see No. 685.
789 (23). 1895-1902.
Extent.--" fol. 294 to fol. 342.
Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravisamapadaparyaya No. 623.
Begins. fol. 294
यावत्त्रैलोक्यशालः कमठपतिवपुर्मूलजालप्रतिष्ठा
75
Uttaradhyayanasutrabrhadvṛttiparyaya
नागेंद्र खंधबंधस्त्रिदशपतिनदी पल्लव 'चंद्र' गच्छः ।
आशाखाप्रशाखाशिवसदनशिलासत्फलोधिल्पपुष्पौ

332 (6).
A. 1882-83.
भातामेषो (S)पि तावद्दलितकालमलः पुस्तक ( : ) पठ्यमानः ॥ छ ॥ नमो अर्हते ।
उध्वरघेका इति etc., as in No. 685.

Page #113

76
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रावचूर्णि
No. 688
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins. – fol. 14 नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ॥
Size.- ro‡ in. by 4g in
Extent.-- 45 folios; 23 lines to a page ; 8 letters to a line.
Description.
Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with as; very small, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; diagrams about युग्मप्रदेशप्रतरवृत्त etc. given on fol. 24; condition very good ; complete; extent 5250 slokas; composed in Samvat 1441, Age.-- Fairly old.
-
Uttaradhyayanasūtrāvacūrṇi
Author.– Jñānasāgara, pupil of Devasundara of the Tapa gaccha. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Uttaradhyayanasutra and its niryukti as well. This is based upon the bṛhadvṛtti of Santi Sūri.
[688.
284.
A. 1883-84.
कय० ॥ एषा पूर्वाचार्यगाथा ॥ प्रकृतो ( 5 )यमुत्तराध्ययनानुयोगोऽस्य च नामनिक्षेपे उत्तराध्ययनश्रुतस्कंध इति नाम etc.
Ends. fol. 45 अनंताश्व ते गमाश्वाऽर्थपरिच्छित्तिप्रकाराः पर्यवाश्र्व शब्दपर्यवा अर्थपर्यवरूपास्तैः संयुक्तान अध्यायान् प्रक्रमादुत्तराध्यायान योग उपधानादि रु(र) चितव्यापारस्तदनतिक्रमेणे (ण) यथायोगं ॥। १२ जीव । जीवावभक्तिः।। छ। इति श्रीउत्तराध्ययन अवचूरिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ श्रीमत् 'तपा' गणन भोगणभास्करात् श्री

(? मद्र) देव सुंदरयुगोत्तमपादुकानां ।
शिष्यैर्जिनागमसुधांबुधिलीनचित्तैः श्रीज्ञानसागरगुरूत्तमनामधेयैः ॥ १
भूवार्धमनु १४४९ मितेऽब्दे कृतोत्तराध्ययनगा ( s) बचूर्णिरियं । श्रीशांत्याचार्यभुवस्तद्विवृतेः स्वपरहितकृताय ॥ २ ॥
ग्रंथाग्रं ५२५० अनुमिताः ॥ छ ॥ etc.
I
It is probably on this basis that Charpentier styled this commentary as ava
cūri in his introduction (p. 64 ) tg Uttaradhyayanasutra.

Page #114

690.]
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रावचूरि
No. 689
I. 4 Mulasatras
Uttaradhyayanasūtrāvacuri
77
Size.-- 10‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.-- 21 - 1 = 20 folios; 19 lines to a page; 78 letters to a line.
165.
1871-72.
Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs very small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; this Ms. contains the gates of the text ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the 20th fol. missing ; otherwise complete ; condition very good.
Age.-- Pretty old.
Author. -- Not mentioned.

Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Uttaradhyayanasutra. This is based upon the bṛhadvṛtti.
Begins. fol. 14 श्रीजिनागमाय नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य बृहद्वृत्त्यनुसारतः ।
श्री उत्तराध्ययनानामवचूरिं लिखाम्यहं ॥ १ ॥
संजोगा० ॥ संयोगान्मात्रादिविषयाद् बाह्यात् कषायादिविषयादभ्यंतराच्च
etc.
Ends. fol. 21 अध्यायान् प्रक्रमादुत्तराध्यायान । योग उपधानादिरु (र) चितव्यापारस्तदनतिक्रमेण यथायोगं गुरु ० ॥ तश्चित्तप्रसन्नतारूपाद्धेतोरधीयेत न तु प्रमादं कुर्यादिति भावः ॥ ३ ॥ छ etc.
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रावचूरि
No. 690
Size.-- 10‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent. 36 folios'; 11 lines to a page ; 8o letters to a line.

Uttaradhyayanasūtrāvacuri
579.
1884-86.

Page #115

78
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(690.
Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with geass; exceedingly small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing: borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; this Ms. contains only the gáles of the text; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a few foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good;
complete. Age.- Samvat 15102 (? 1512). Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.--- A small Sanskrit commentary on Urtarădhyayanasútra, Begins. — fol. 14 TIÀYTTAR:
संयोगान्मात्रादि कषायादि बाह्याभ्यंतरभेदात् विविधैः प्रकारानभावना
FAT TICA FOTETETT etc. Ends.-- fol. 366 SETITIA TEATEATTETTE ho gquangrie ITOTT:
तदनतिक्रमेण यथायोगं । छ । षट्त्रिंशदप्युत्तराध्ययनानि किंचिद् Pargana il 7 ll etc. ügaria li ll etc. ___ संवत् १५१०२(?) वर्षे ज्येष्टवहि १२ भौमे लिखितं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीसर्वTTY #: 11 Ultr: 11 etc.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रावचूरि
Uttarādhyayanasūtrāvacūri No. 691
1158.
1887-91. Size.- 101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 23 folios; 23 lines to a page ; 96 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Deva
nägari characters; very small, quite legible and fair handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains the gares of the text; complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good.

Page #116

692.]
Age.- Fairly old.
Author. Not mentioned.
I. 4 Malasūtras
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit to Uttaradhyayanasūtra.
Begins. - fol. 14 श्रीजिनागमाय नमः ॥
चित्रसम्भूतीयाध्ययन (चित्तसंभू इज्जज्झयण ) - व्याख्या
संजोगा • संयोगान्मात्रादि कषायादि बाह्याभ्यंतरभेदात् विविधैः
etc.
Ends. fol. 23 इइ० इत्येतान् सूत्रत्वात्प्रादुःकृत्य कांश्विदर्थतः कांश्वित्सूत्रतो(s) पि । बुद्धः केवली ज्ञातकः श्रीवीरः । उत्तराः प्रधाना अध्याया अध्ययनानि भवसिद्धिकानां समता अभिप्रेतास्तान || २६७ जीवाजीवावभक्तिः ॥ ३६ ॥ छ ॥
79
Age. Pretty old.
Author.

Citrasambūtiyadhyayana (Cittasambuijjajjhayana )
vyäkhyā
No. 692
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 16 folios; 12 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; big, legible and good hand-writing, borders ruled in three lines in black ink; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered only once, and that, too, the right-hand margin as usual; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition good; complete so far as it goes; the entire work is mostly in Prakrit.
in
162.
1871-72.
Not mentioned. He does not seem to be Santi Sūri; for, the opening lines etc. do not tally with Sisyahita. Subject. A narrative of Citra and Sambhūta. For a reference see
P. 7.

Page #117

80
Begins. -- fol. 1 ॐ नमः ।
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
व्याख्यातं द्वादशमध्ययनं अधुना त्रयोदशमारभ्यते । तेऽस्य चायमभिसंभंध इहानंत्तराध्ययने तपसि यत्नो विधेय इत्युव्या ( च्य ) ते तच्च कुर्वता निदानं परिहर्तव्यं ॥ इति दर्शयितुं यथा तन्महापापहेतुस्तथा चित्रसंभूतोदाहरणेन निर्दिश्यते etc.
Ends. - fol. 16b
चित्रसंभूतवक्तव्यता तावदुच्यते । सा चेयं 'सागेए' नगरे चंडवहिंससरणो पत्तो मुणिवं (चं ) दा नाम आसि सो य निव्विणकामभोगो सागरचंदस्स अंतिए पव्वति etc.
Reference.
एयस्स सिलोगस्स पच्छिमद्धं पूरेइ तस्स राया निययरज्ज सअद्धं देअत्ति । एवं च पतिदिणं पयत्तमा घोसणं लंबिउ बहुसु पएसेसु पाउ । अत्रावपूर्वविश्वित्राभिधानस्तत्सहोदरजीव: 'पुरिमताल'न । समाप्तः श्रीरस्तु ॥ लक्षितं ठकर बलराजसतसषीदासः ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
[ 692.
This Ms. is referred to by Jarl Charpentier in his introduction (p. 64 ) to Uttarādhyayanasutra.

उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रकथा
No. 693
Size.— rog in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 20 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari characters with very rare ears; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered only once; edges of some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition good; complete so far as it goes.
Uttaradhyayanasūtrakathā
Age. -- Sarvat 1520.
Author - A Jaina sadhu, a devotee of Munisundara Sari.

1295.
1887-91.

Page #118

694.]
I. 4 Malashtras
Subject.-Narratives in Sanskrit pertaining to laghuvṛtti of Uttara
dhyayanasūtra.
Begins. --- fol. 1 अहे ॥
etc.
अर्ह ( है )तः सर्वसिद्धाश्वा (चा) र्योपाध्याय साधवः । भवरदा म ( श्रु तारंभसिद्धये || श्रीउत्तराध्ययनानां लघुवृत्तिगया (ता.) स्वयं प्रायः कैश्विन्न बुध्यते याः काश्चित्प्राकृताः कथाः ॥ २ ॥ मुनिसुंदरसूरींद्रान सर्वागमविदो गुरून् ।
पृष्ट्वा पृष्ट्वा स्वबोधाय लिख्यते संस्कृतेन ताः ॥ ३ ॥ प्रथमं विनयाध्ययने । आणानिदेसकरे अत्र कूलवालकथा || तदाह
Ends--- fol. 200 विविक्तचर्या धृतिमताः कर्तुं शक्यात उत्पन्नविश्रोतकेनापि रघा - ( ? )नमिव चचरणे धृतिः कार्या ॥ २२ ॥ शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ छ । संवत् १५२० वर्षे भाद्रपदसुदि १२ दिने गुरुवारे श्री मंडपदुर्गे श्री'तपा' गच्छे पं० ज्ञानहर्षगणिना लिखापितं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ This is follow ed by the following lines in a bigger hand-writing :
संवत् १५२० श्रावण शुदि ३ दिने 'तपागच्छनायक श्रीलक्ष्मी सागरसूरिशिष्य पं ज्ञान हर्षगणीनां सा सा० सोनाभा सूडीप्रमुख कुटुंबयुतेन श्रीसिद्धांताराधनाय निजन्य योपार्जितवित्तव्ययेन श्रीउत्तराध्ययनकथा लिखापिता ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥
उत्तराध्ययन सूत्रकथा
No. 694
Size.— rog in. by 44
81
in.

७
Uttaradhyayanasūtrakatha
Extent.— 37 - 2 = 35 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
1319.
1891-95.
I Perhaps this is Nemicandra Suri's composition.
2 This word " अर्हम् " forms the very first sūtra of Siddhahaima. It is defined

as under :
" 'अर्हम ' इति सानुनासिकं मार्तं वाऽव्ययं सकलागमरहस्यभूतं योगिजनाङ्गीकृतं महाप्रभावक मन्त्राक्षरमिति । ”

Page #119

82
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy
[694.
Description. - Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters : big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to tol. 1'; same is the case with fol. 37"; foll. 1 and 37" blank; corners of some of the roll. torn; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 15"; condition on the whole very lair ; loll.
29 and 34 missing ; otherwise complete. Age.-- Samvat 1552. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- Narratives in Sanskrit pertaining to the laghuvrtti of
Uttarādhyayanasūtra. Begins.- fol. 19 नमो वीतरागाय नमः ॥
श्रीउत्तराध्ययनलधुवृत्ति etc.. up to सिद्धये as in No. 695. This is followed by प्रथमे विनयाध्ययने आणानिदेसाऽकारगुरूणम
अणुव° ऽत्र कूलवालककथा यथा एकस्य भूरेः etc. Ends.- fol. 37° श्रीधर्मप्रति प्रतिक्रमेण सुख ख( रा? )ज्यं च प्राप्त । पुण्याकरस्य
सर्वत्राज्ञा जाता बहुनि पुण्यकर्त्तव्यानि कृतानि ॥ छ ॥ श्रीउत्तराध्ययनाक्षरश्रवणमहिमाकथने पुण्याकरकथानकं श्रीउत्तराध्ययनप्रारंभनकसमर्थनं ।। छ । देवाधिदेवश्री
औत्सुक्याविपरीतार्थकथन्या( ? )त्पदविस्मृतेः यत्पापं मे( 5 स्तु तन्मिथ्या श्रुतोक्तो संघसाक्षिकं । ४ (१)। बह्वर्थमतिग(? गंभीर समीर पापपादपे । जिनोक्तं सूक्ष्मधीगम्यमुत्तराध्ययनश्रुतं ॥
वाचित पुण्यलाभाय दुष्टकर्मक्षयाय च । बोधाय बुधये दुःखप्रणाशाय जयाय च ॥२ श्रीमद्गुरो( : ) प्रसादात् श्रीसंघसांनिध्यतस्तथा ।
बालो( 5 )पि बिज्ञमान्यः स्यानया(?)व वाचयति श्रुतं ॥ छ ॥ etc.
संवत् १५५२ वर्षे महोपाध्याय'......श्रीलबधि(ब्धि)समुद्रगणिशिक्षपूज्यप संव( वे गे(गि)हमगणिना लषार्पिता । लेषक etc. Letters are illegible; for, yellow pigment is applied here.
I

Page #120

695.]
I.4Malasutras
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रकथासक्षेप
Uttarādhyayanasūtrakathāsarksepa
163. 1871-72.
No. 695
Size.--- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 29 folios ; 14 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; for ia blank ; almost all the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition very fair ; complete; composed not earlier than the date of Hemacandra Suri; for, his work विषष्टिशलाकापुरुषचरित्र is quoted on fol. 200.
Age.- Not modern.
Author.--- Not mentioned.
Subject.— Narratives illustrating some of the gāthâs of Uttară
dhyayanasútra, the Ist story being that of Kulavālaka. Begins.--- fol. I" श्रीउत्तराध्ययनलघुवृत्तिकथा लिख्यते ।
अर्हतः सर्वसिद्धाश्वाचाया( यो )पाध्यायसाधवः
भवंतु वरदा मह्यं सुश्रुतारंभसिद्धये । अगप्पभवा जिणभासिया य पत्तयबुद्धसंवाया।
बंधे मुक्वे य कया छत्तीस उत्तरज्झयणा ॥२॥ अंगप्रभवं यथा । परीषहाध्ययनं वक्ष्यति हि
कम्मपवायपुब्वे सत्तरस पाहुडंमि जं सुतं
त इह मोदाहरणं बद्धं तु परीसहज्झयणे ॥३॥ cc. --- fol. 298 सेंधुमौवार देशेशश्रीउदायनराजर्षिकथा त्रिषष्टीयश्रीवीर
चरिता(त् ) ज्ञेया etc. LEnds..-- fol. 29" जयघोषविजयघोषौ यमलभ्रातरौ । जयघोषः स्नातुं गंगां गतः ।
पेच्छइ मप्पेण मंडुक्को गमिजइ स्म(स)प्पा वि मजा( ज्जा )रेणऽकतो । तहावि म( म )प्पो मटुक्क चिनियंत म्याइ । मज्जागे वि सप्प तडफडत खाइ तं अण्णमणणधायं पामिना अहो ममारस्म असारया जो जस्स पभवइ सो तमिन्थ

Page #121

XA
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[695.
गसइ ! कयंतो पुण सव्वस्स पभवइ ति सव्वं गसइ । तो धम्मो चेवेत्थ साणं विचिंतिय 'गंग मुत्तरिय मा( साहुपासे पब्बइउ ति ॥ शेष सूत्रे ।।
इति श्रीश्रीउत्तराध्ययनकथासंक्षेपः समाप्तामति [:] etc.
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
Uttarādhyayanasūtraकथासक्षेप
kathāsamksepa
1321. No. 696
1891-95. Size.— 104 in. by 42 in. Fxtent.-- 54 folios; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional Alats; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a smail disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. ra blank; fol. 546 is practically so; for, the title viz. JATTETTHEAT etc. written on it; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; complete ;
condition very good. Age.--- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 1 STEJTaggar etc., as in No. 695. Ends.- fol. 536 Tata TETET TAHTAR etc., practically up to.
the end as in No. 695.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 695.

Page #122

673.]
1. 4 Malasutras
उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र ( अध्ययन १-९) कथासहित
Uttarādhyayanasutra ( Adhyayanas I-IX)
with kathās
No. 697
1324. 1887-91.
Size.- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.--77- I = 76 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough and white ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk used; the ist fol. lacking ; this Ms. contains some portion of the text (chapters I-IX) as well as its commentary most
ly in Sanskrit ; condition very good. Age.--- Old. Author of the kathas etc... . Not mentioned. Subject.-- This Ms. starts with the katha of Kulavalaka and ends
with those of the 4 Pratyekabuddhas (kingly saints).
At times there is given a portion in Gujarāti. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 20
जहा सुणी पइकण्णी निकासिजइ सब्बसो ।
एवं दुस्सीलपडिणीए मुहरी निकसिज्जड़ ॥ ४॥ - ( com. ) fol. 2* शापोऽस्मै क्षुलकाय दत्तः हे दुरात्मन् त्वं स्त्रीतो विनि(न क्ष्यसि अथ स क्षुल्लको आचार्यो(5)यं मिथ्यावादी भवतु इति विचित्य पृथभूततापसाश्रमे गत्वा तिष्ठति । etc. - fol. 21
समणे जह कूलवालए मागहिअं गणिअं रामस्सए ।
गयाय अलोगचदए 'वैवे)सालिं' नगरि गाहस्मए ॥ १॥ etc. -(com.) fol. 77 एवं चत्वारोऽपि परस्पर संबद्धाः सत्यवादिनः सर्वथा संयम माराधका केवलज्ञानमामाद्य शिव जग्मुः । इति प्रत्येकबुद्धचतुष्टयकथाः समाप्ताः । नवमाध्ययनकथा समाप्ता । अथ नवमाध्ययनसूत्र प्रारमः।

Page #123

86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 697.
Ends.--- (text ) fol. 770
चइऊण देवलोगाओ उववणो माणुसमी लोग('ग मि ।
उपसंतमोहणिज्जो सरति य पोराणियं जाति । १॥' ,, - ( com. ) fol. 77° नमिराजा देवलोकात् च्युत्वा मनुष्यलोके उत्पन्नः पौरा
णिकीयां जाति(तिं ) स्मरति नमि राजा देवलोकथी चवी मनुष्यलोकिं उत्पन्न भणीयै ऊ ग्नो पौराणिकीयां जाति भणइ गत जन्मांतर जाति स्मरै किंविशिष्टो नमिराजा उपशांतमोहनीयः
प्रत्येकबुद्धचतुष्टय
l'ratyekabudalacatustaya चरित्र
caritra
293 No.698
A. 1883-84. Size.---9 in. by 4: in. Extent.-- 18 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; big. legible but poor hand-writing ; borders ruled in red ink; foll. numbered as usual ; foll. I. and 18b blank ; every sidc is decorated with three small discs in red colour, one in the centre and two in the margins ; complete ; yellow pigment used ; con
dition good. Age. -- Fairly old. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- Narratives about 4 Pratvekabuddhas. For comparison ctc.
sec Charpentier's introduction (p. 44) to Uttaradhyayana
sutra. Begins.--- fol. rb उक्तमष्टममध्ययन सांप्रति नमिवक्तव्यताबद्ध नमित्रज्याख्यं
नवममारभ्य वा(चा)यमभिसंबांधानंतराध्ययने नित्वे(?)भित्वमुक्तामह तु तदनुष्ठित इहैव देवेंद्रादि प्रजायत इति दश्यते ctc.
This is the first verse of the niuth chapter kuown as Namipravrajya ).
amipavvajja

Page #124

.87
699.
1. 4. Mulasūtras
Ends. fol. 18* इमामनुशास्ति कर कंडुकृतां प्रतिपन्नाः कालेन च चत्वारोऽपि
मोक्षं गता इति । संप्रति सूत्रमनुश्रियते ।
-(text) fol. 18a
Reference.
See " Sulla leggenda dic quattro Pratyekabuddha" by P. E. Pavolini published in "Actes du XII congre's international des Orientalistes", vol. I, pp. 129-137, Firenze,
1901.
चइऊण देवलोगा उबवणो माणुसंमि लोगंमि । वसंतमोहणिज्जो सरइ पोराणेयं जायइं
No. 699
च्युत्वो ( ? )दे
इति प्रत्येक बुद्धचतुष्टयं ॥ समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc.
प्रत्येक बुद्ध चतुष्टय चरित्र

Pratyekabuddhacatustaya
caritra
Size.- -9 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 231 22 folios; II lines to a page; 31 letters to a
line.
296.
A. 1882-83.
Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and fair hand-writing; borders ruled indifferently; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the 1st fol. lacking; practically incomplete; fol. 5a blank; but the matter is continuous; condition good.
Agc. Not modern.
Author.--Not mentioned.
Subject. This Ms. starts with Karakandukatha which ends on
fol. 4".

Page #125

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 700.
Begins.- ( abruptly ) tol. 21
या दृढं। राज्ञा गृहीता दक्षेण तस्थौ राज्ञी तथैव हि ॥ ७॥ किंकर्तव्यतया मूढः सशोझोडगा गृहं नृपः ।। निर्मामु(नु)षां(पा)टवीं नीता तेनेभेन नृपप्रिया ॥ ८ ॥ etc. 'पंचाल देसअहियो पुयमयुप च इंदं केउस्स ।।
दटुं विरत्तकामो पब्वइओ दोमुहनरिंदो ॥ ६६ ॥ Ends..--- (text) fol. 23b
पुष्प(प्फ)त्तराउ चवणं पव्वज्जा तहय तेसि समकालं ।
पत्तेयबुद्धकेबलि सिद्धिगया एगसमय(येणं । ६२। ,, -- (com.)-- fol. 40
एतयोर्गाथयोरक्षरार्थ उक्त( :) कथानकांशादेवावसेयः नवर अकरिंसुमि त्ति अकार्षुः । तथा प्रव्रज्या तेषां समकालं युगपदेव प्रत्येकबुद्धत्वं च गता प्राप्ता एकेन समयेन परमनिकृष्टकालेनेति गाथार्थः । इति श्रीनिगत्तित्यं( ? ) चतुःप्रत्येकबुद्धचरित्रं ।
यादृशं etc.
पंडितश्रीसंजमविशालपठ( नार्थे ) । Reference. -See No. 698.
मनुष्यभवदुर्लभता.
Manusyabhavadurlabhatáसूचकदशदृष्टान्त
sūcakadasadrstānta
794. No. 700
1895-1902. Size.— 102 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 13 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; foll. numberd in the right-hand margin ; a corner of almost each of the foll. slightly worn out ; this seems to be a part of some other Ms. as its first fol. is numbered as 13 ; complete ; condition tolerably good.

Page #126

701.]
Age.- Sarvat for.
Author - Not mentioned.
Subject.
Ten typical illustrations' narrated in Sanskrit pointing out the difficulty of attaining birth as a human being.
Begins. fol. 14 || || ॐ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः |
संसारे चतसृषु गतिषु मानवगतिरेव श्लाघ्या । यतः ।
I. 4 Malasatras
सुरनारयाण दुन्न वितिरियाण गई य हुति चत्तारि । मणुयाणं पंच तथा तेणं चिय उत्तमा मणुया ॥ १ ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 25 अथ परि (र) माणुदृष्टांतो यथा । तथाहि कश्चित्त्रिदश आराशनषण्मयं स्तंभमुत्पाट्य सूर्य (?) दृष्टिनिक्षेपनिभं चूर्ण कृतवान् । तच्चूर्ण समादाय 'मेरु पर्वतं गत्वा etc. पुन: परि (र) माणुमेलनात स्तंभपुनर्नवीकरणाय चिंतितं । मेलयति परमाणून यावत्तावन्न मिलति ते । वाताहतास्ते परमाणवो गिरिनदी समुद्रेषु निपातिताः । स देवोऽपि न पुन स्तंभं चकार । तथा मानवं जन्म निरर्थकं गतं पुनः प्राप्तुं न शक्यते जीवेन । इति परमाणुदृष्टांतो दशमः । ९० ॥ छ ॥ etc.
संag ( तू ) १५०१ शाक्ये १३६६ समय प्रवर्तमाने वैशाषशुदि १५ तिथौ स ( श ) निवासरे लिषिता दश दिष्टांत श्री' योगिनीपुरे' 'ढिलिका'यां । श्रीमहंमदसाहिराज्ये | लि० मेघचंद काहस्थ कौलसीसुतः । शुभं etc.
मनुष्य भवदुर्लभता सूचकदशदृष्टान्त
No. 701
Size.- ro‡ in. by 44
in.

Manusyabhavadurlabhatasūcakadaśadrṣṭānta
Extent. - 19 folios; 15 lines to a page; 53 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Devanāgarī characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space
1307. 1887-91.
1 For a brief exposition of these narratives see my explanatory notes (pp. 12-15 ) on Vairagyarasamañjari.
12 IJ. L. P. I

Page #127

90
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 701,
between these pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre only, whereas the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; the 19th fol. partly torn; edges of several foll. partially worn out; condition
very fair ; complete. Age.-- Samvat 1558. Begins.-- fol. 14 FF maag stay etc., as in No. 700. Ends.-- fol. 1953727 FC TATUTETIHÌ Tor etc., practically as in No.
700 up to giã TANECIAFOTA: 801. This is followed by the lines as under :
Haa 2446 spalisada (a) CHATIH goE ETUTang iyi qura I etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 700.

Page #128

702.)
II. 4 Malasutras
91
THE SECOND MÜLASŪTRA
दशवैकालिकसूत्र (feaufuga) (3274a 8-8)
Daśavaikālikasūtra (Dasaveyaliyasutta ) ( Adhyayanas I-IV)
No. 702
723. 1899-1915.
Size.- 9 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 7 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin, rough and whitish ; Jaina Deva
năgari characters with frequent qualiTS; big, quite clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; the space between these pairs coloured yellowish; black ink and red ink as well used for writing the text; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 70 blank; yellow pigment rarely used; complete so far as the first four adhyayanas are concerned; condition
very good. Age.-- Old. Author.-- Sejjambhava ( Sayyambhava ) Sūri. For details see
No. 704. Subject.-- This forms a part of the second mulasútra which con
tains 10 adhyayanas. For detailed information sec No. 704. Begins.- fol. 18 sf F*T FA: 11
Áregląg etc. as in No. 704. Ends.-- fol. 7a
इच्चेयं छज्जीवणिय । सम्मट्टिी सया जए ।
दुलहं लहिउ सामन्नं । कम्मणा न विराहिज्जासि त्ति बेमि ॥ २९
छज्जीवणिया नाम चउत्थमज्झयण ममतं लिखित(त) हर्षचने (m) TFT Sari

Page #129

92
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[703.
Reference.--- Published. See No. 704. For additional Mss. having
only four adhyayanas of this text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. II SI and II52. The latter contains tabba, too.
Gujarāti anuvādana is published by Mahāvirasāhityaprakāsanamandira, Sabarmati, Gujarat in A. D. 1935.
-
दशवकालिकसूत्र (अध्ययन १)
Dasavaikālikasūtra ( Adhyayana I)
No. 703
1372(b). 1891-95.
Extent.--- fol. 7a to fol. 7b. Description. Only the five gåthås of the first chapter of Daśa
vaikālikasūtra are given here. For other details seę Tirtha
mala No. _1372 (a).
• 1891-95. . Age.--Samvat 1717. Begins.- fol. 7° धम्मो मंगलमुक्कटें etc. Ends.--- fol. 70
वी(व)यं च वित्तं लभा( ब्भा )मो। न य कोइ स(?उ)वहम(म्म)ई अहागडेस रीयंते पुष्के(प्फे )से भमरा जहा ॥ ४॥
महुकारसमा बुद्धा जे भवंति अणुसया ॥
नाणापंडरया दंता तेण वुच्चति साहूणो त्ति बेमि ॥५॥ ___ इति श्रीपुष्की(ष्पी)याअध्ययन संपूर्णः ॥ संवत् १७१७ वर्षे कातीमासे शुक्लपक्षे दशमीदिने शुक्ल(क)वारे लिखितं मुश्रीवैराग्यसागरेण ॥ श्री
'अकबरावाद'वास्तव्य ॥ साहपन्नजीभार्याश्राविकाजेटूपउनार्थ ॥ Reference.--- For Mss. having only one adhyayana sec Limbdi Cata
logue No. 1156. No. I IS5 of this Catalogue refers to a Ms. having the first 17 gāthas. For additional particulars see No. 704.

Page #130

704.
II. 4 Malasutras
93
The gagsate is mentioned in the svopajña laghuvstti (p. 25 ) of Siddhahaima ( V-2-25 ) as under :
धारयन् आचाराङ्गम्, अधीयन् दुमपुष्पीयम् ।" N. B.-- For author' and 'subject ' see Nos. 702 and 704.
दशवैकालिकसूत्र
तथा चूलिकायुगल (ground)
Dasavaikālikasutra
and Cālikyāugala (Cūliyājuyala )
36
No. 704
1869-70. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 19 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thick, durable and greyish; Jaina Deva
nägari characters ; clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, whereas edges, in two; fol. 1a blank; numbers for găthås etc., written in red ink; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. circumscribed by different figures; complete ; ink faded ; condition very
good. Age.-- Samvat 1785, Śáka 1650. Author of the text ( Daśvaikālikasútra ).-Sayyambhava Súri, father
of Maraga (Manaka) for whom he composed this work. He is praised by Muniratna Suri in his Amamasvâmicaritra as under:
"शय्यम्भवोऽस्तु वो भूत्यै चक्रे सर्वाङ्गभूतिभूत् ।
येनादुःप्रसभाचार्यकालिकं दशकालिकम् ॥ १४ ॥"
For other details see Indian Antiquary vol. XI, p. 246 and Peterson Reports IV, p. CXVIII, and V, pp. 4, 121 and 130.

Page #131

94
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 704.
Author of the two Cúlikās.- Sīmandharasvāmin according to the
Jaina tradition. See p. 96 as well as Haribhadra Sūri's com
mentary (p. 279 ) on Daśavaikālikasütra. Subject.-- The text which is styled as Dasakāliya and Dasaveyā
liya' as well, has ten chapters. Their significant titles are as under:
( 1 ) gar, ( 2 ) APSF, ( 3 ) HitEur, ( 4 ) Testaat, (5) QuS GOTT, ( 6 ) HERREUT, ( 7 ) TIPE, ( 8 ) Barefont, ( 9 ATHAT and ( 10 ) min.
Eulogy of dharma, firm faith in it, the code of discipline, ahimsā, rules and regulations pertaining to bhikṣā, rules of conduct in details, purity of speech, advertedness, discipline and the qualities of a good saint respectively form the main topics of these. chapters.
For a summary of the contents of these ten chapters in Sanskrit see Keith’s Catalogue No. 7503 which deals with a Ms. styled as“ apartea tu fãos:”.
In a Gujarāti article published in - Jaina prakāśa" (vol. XXII, No. 14, dated 17-2-35), we find the following information :
In the first chapter there is a detailed exposition of the twelve upamās given to a Jaina ascetic in Anuyogadvāra. The second chapter resembles the 22nd chapter of Uttaradhyayanasūtra, and that some of the gāthās are also common to both. The third chapter seems to be based upon Niśītha etc. The fourth agrees with the 24th chapter of Acäränga. The fifth appears to be a paraphrase of Pindaisaņā, the ist chapter of the 2nd part of Ācārānga. The sixth deals with the 18 siksās referred to in Samavāya (XVIII). The seventh is an exposition of bhāşă dealt with in the 13th chapter of the 2nd part of Acărānga. The eighth has several topics in common with the eighth chapter of Sthânănga. The ninth can be compared with the
1 Somc interpret this as "ten chapters preached at the time of evening". Compare “The.Daśavaikälikasútra, a study" (p. 91) Patwardhan, 1933.

Page #132

704.1
II. 4 Malasatras
95
first chapter of Uttarādhyayanasútra. The tenth resembles the 15th chapter of Uttarādhyayanasútra and has some gāthäs in common with it.
The ist Cūlikā deals with the problem of the stability of a Jaina saint shaken in faith while the second, with the question of secluded residence. Thus on the whole the entire work deals with the life a Jaina saint is expected
to lead. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
धम्मो मंगलमुक्क(क्कि)॥ अहिंसा संजमो तवो ॥
देवा वि तं नमसंति ।। जस्स धम्मे सया मणो ॥ १॥ etc. ., -- ( Ist Culika) fol. 18" इह खलु भो पव्वइएणं ॥ उप्पन्नदुक्रवणं ॥
संजमे अरइसमावन्नचित्तेणं etc. ,,--( 2nd Culika ) fol. 194
चूलियं तु पवक्खामि । सुयं केवलिभासियं ।
जं सुणेनु स(सु)पुन्नाणं धम्मे उप्पजई मई ॥१॥ Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 186
तं देहवासं असुई असासयं
सया चए ॥ निश्चहियट्टियप्पा ॥ छिंदित्तु जाई मरणस्स बंध(ण) ___उवेइ भिक्खू अपुणागमं गए(इं) त्ति बेमि ॥२१॥
सभिक्खुअज्झयणं दसमं समत्तं ॥१०॥ ,,-( Ist Calika )-fol. 19"
इच्चेव संपस्सिअ बुद्धिमं नरो॥
आयं उवायं विविहं वियाणिया ।। कारण वाय( या ) अदुमाणसेणं ॥
तिगुत्तिगुत्तो जिणवयणमहिट्टिज्जासि ते(त्ति ) बेमि ॥ छ।
रहवक्ता संमत्ता॥

Page #133

96
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [704. Ends.-- ( 2nd Culika ) fol. 19 अप्पा [६] खलु समयं रक्खियब्वो ॥ सबिदि
एहिं सुसमाहिएहिं ।। अरविवउज्जा( ओ जा )इपहं उवेइ ॥ सुरक्विउ(ओ) सव्वदुहाण मुच्चइ त्ति बेमि ।। दसवेयालियसुयक्खंधो सम्मत्तो ॥
मणगं पडुच्च सेज्जंभवेण निज्जूहिया दसज्झयणा ।। वेयालियाइ ठविया तम्हा वेयालियं नाम ॥१॥ सिज्जमवं गणहरं ॥ जिणपडिमादसणेण पडिबुद्धं म[ न ]णगपियरं दसकालियस्स ॥ निज्जूहगं वंदे ॥२॥' एयाओ दो चलाउ ॥ आणीय जक्खिणाइ अज्जाए ॥
सीमंधरपासाए ॥ भवियाण बोहणत्थाए ॥३॥ इति श्रीदशवकालिकसूत्रं समाप्तं ।। संवत् १७८५ वर्षे शाके १६५० प्रवर्तमाने ॥ कार्तिवदि २ दिने बुधवारे श्री. The subsequent letters are illegible as ink is applied here. Then we have:
लिषितं...पठनार्थ ॥ Reference.--- Edited with Bhadrabāhusvāmin's niryukti in Z. D. M.
G. (vol. 46, pp. 581-663 ) by E. Leumann, with introduction dealing with the different strata of Jaina commentaryliterature in general and the stories connected with the text, in special. The text along with two Cūlikäs, this niryukti and Haribhadra Suri's commentary is published in the D. L. J. P. F. Series in A. D. 1918 and that with Samayasundara Gani's commentary by Hiralal Hamsaraj, Jamanagar, in A. D. 1915.
Daśavaikälikasūtra along with two Culikas, their sabdaratha and bhāvārtha, too, is published in Samvat 1987, by Jaina-mahila-mandala, Santinātha Upasraya, Bombay.
Banārasī Das Jaina has given in his Ardha-Māgadhi. Reader the 8th chapter of the text on pp. 74-78, along with its English translation on pp. 167 172.
The text together with the Cúlikās has been edited and translated into English by K. V. Abhyankar. He has made
1-2 These are respectively the 15th and the 14th gāthas of Daśavaikäliksūtraniryukti.
3. With the help of this edition Jivraj Ghelābhāi Dosi has published an edition in Devanagari characters.

Page #134

704.)
II. 4 Malasatras
97
certain allegations against the Jainas and Jainism.'
W. Schubring, too, has edited the text with the iwo Cülikäs and has given the English translation of the same. This edition of his is published by Sheth Ānandji Kalyānji Pedhi. In this edition he has referred to the question of flesh-eating?
For description of a Ms. having the bare text see Keith's Catalogue No. 7498 and for other Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1150-1152, 1954-1157 and 1160–1168.
For description of additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 382 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 25.
for contents etc. see Weber II, pp. 807-813, Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 77-80, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. 339ff., Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, p. 315), La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 43, 79 & 81). A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 433n., 470 f., 474, 476n., 481, 484 and 509 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 80 ).
See also G. Bühler's “Two lists of Sanskrit Mss. together with some remarks on my connexion with the search for Sanskrit Mss.” (Z. D. M. G. vol. XLII, p. 553). Sec also Mitra, Notices vol. VIII, pp. 119-120.
I Sec 219 of my article “ TFF leasfa" published in "Citramayajagat" ( vol. 18, December 1932 ) and also another itticle of mind "BESTOFTFUET Ne ft seat” published in the issue of “ Jain", weekly dated 25th December 1932. For other articles of mine having the same title see the issues of this “Jain ” dated 21-5-33, 28-5-33, 4-6-33 and 23-7-33 res. pectively.
2 In this connection he informs me in his letter dated the 7th September 1936 as under:
“Through the kindness of Mr. Gode I received your article concerning fleshCating in Jainism, partly based upon Professor Jacobi's brilliant suggestions. I appreciate it very much and it is now on the part of the managers of Sheth Anandji Kalyanji. Ahmedabad, to make use of what I wrote then after having reconsidered certain places in my translation of the Dajavaikalikasuulid on the ground of those investigations."

Page #135

98
दशवैकालिक सूत्र चूलिकायुगलसहित
No. 705
Extent. - fol. 5 to fol. 21.
Description. Both the text and the
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.
other details see Pakşikasutra No.
Begins. - fol. 54 धम्मो मंगलमुक्कट्टे etc., as in No. 703. fol. 5 सामन्नपुव्वियं नामज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. 8h छज्जीवणिया सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥
fol. 11 पिंडेसणाए पढमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ fol. 12 पिंडेसणा ( ए ) बीओ उद्देसओ सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ fol. 13 धम्मत्थकामज्झयणं ( ं) छट्टु सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. IS वक्कसु (द्धि) अज्झयणं सत्तमं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. 16h विणयसमाहीए पढमउ उद्देसउ ॥ छ ॥ fol. 17 आयारपाण (हि) अट्टमं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. 17 विणय समाहीए पढमउ उद्देसउ ॥ छ ॥
[705.
Dasa vaikālikasūtra with Culikayugala
two Culikas complete. For
613 (a). 1884-86.
fol. 18 विणयसमाहीए बीउ उद्देसउ || छ | fol. 18th विणयसमाहीए तईउ उद्देसउ ॥ छ ॥ fol. 194 विणय समाहीए नवमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. 19° सभिक्खुअज्झयणं समं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ fol. 200 रइवक्का सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥
fol. 21 a
1
मणगं पडुञ्च सिज्जंभवेण निज्जूहिया दसज्झयणा । aroga तम्हा दसकालियं नाम ॥ १२ ॥ चूलिया सम्मत्ता दसवेयालियसुयक्खंधो सम्मतो ॥ छ ॥ N. B.——For other details see No. 704.

613 (b). 1884-86.
i Just as this work is composed by Sayyambhava Suri for his son so it is said Dharmadasa Gani has composed Upadeśamalaprakarana for his son Rapasimha, Sce Rāmavijaya's vivarana on this prakarana.
2 According to the printed edition this is the 1,th gatha of the Dašavaikalikasūtraniryukti.

Page #136

706.] II. 4 Malasutras
99 दशवैकालिकसूत्र
Daśavaikālikasutra चूलिकायुगलसाहित
with Clīlikāyugala No. 706
434 ( a ).
1882-83. Size.-- 11 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 14 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanāgarī charac
ters with occasional qalars; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides have one small disc in red ink in the centre; the numbered have two more such discs, one in each of the two margins; a piece of paper of almost the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol.; edges of some of the foll. worn out; condition very fair; red chalk used; at times letters have been made illegible by applying red and black ink, instead of applying the yellow pigment; this Ms. contains the Daśavaikālikasūtra and the two Cūlikās as well; all complete ; extent 700 ślokas ; this Ms. has an additional work viz. Päksikasutra beginning and ending on fol. 14thus having 7 complete
verses plus a part of the 8th, Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--( Daśavaikālika ) fol. 16 DE 11
YFÁZag etc., as in No. 704. » — (Ist Cülikā ) fol. 13" za 3 H etc., as in No. 704. , -(2nd „ , fol. 144 hi a ( )FEIA etc., as in
No. 704. Ends.-- ( Daśavaikälika ) fol. 136 SÀE 197&T SAGOTITÄ ITE IT AH 1188
सभिक्खुअज्झयणं दसमं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । » - ( ist Cülikā ) fol. 144 for TAUTAIETZSTIF IT T 1 PC
रई(इ)वक्का पढमा चला सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । » —(2nd » ) fol. 140 gram 31 Haagio ga II a II
१६ बीआ चूला सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ।

Page #137

100
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
सिज्जभवं गणहरं जिणपाडमादंसणेण पडिब (बु) द्धं । aratri दसकालियस्य निज्जूहगं वंदे ॥ १
( This is the 14th gāthā of दशवैकालिकानि युक्ति ) मग पडुच सिज्जंभवेण निज्जूहिय (या) दसज्झयणा । वेपालियाय ठविया तम्हा दसकालियं नाम ॥ २ (This is the 15th gatha of दश • नियुक्ति ) छम्मा सेण अहि (ही) यं अज्झयणमिणं तु अज्जमणगेण ( 1 ) छम्मासा परियाओ अह कालगओ समाहीए ॥ ३
( This is the 37oth gatha of दश निर्युक्ति ) आणंदयं सुपायं काही सेज्जंभवा तहि थेरा । जसभहस्स य पुच्छा कहणा य वियालणा संघे ॥ ४
(This is the 371th gatha of दश निर्युक्ति) (तु) म्हासि ( स ) रिसा वि मुणिवर मोहपिसाएण जइ छलिज्जति । ता साहु तुमं चि धीरमाकं समाल्लीयओ || ५ दसअज्झयणसमय सिज्जंभव सूरिविरइथं एवं । लहुयाओयं बनाउं अहाए मणगसीसस्स || ६ एया उ दो चूला आणीया जक्खिर्णाइ अज्जाए । सीमंधरपासाओ भवियणजणविबोहणट्टाए ॥ ७ खुल्लो सणदीहंम्मी अहियं काराविओ य अज्जा । taणी कालगओ अज्जा संवेगमावन्ना ॥ ८ कहमेयं संजायं रिसिहच्चा पाविया मए पावे । तो देवयाविनीया सीमंधरसामिणो पासे ॥ ९ सीमंधरेण भणिया अज्जे खुल्लो गओ महाकप्पो ।
मा ज्झरसु अप्पाणं धम्मंमि य निच्चला होसु ॥ १० इति दवैकालिकं समाप्तमिति ॥ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ७००
N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 704.

[ 706.
शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य ॥ १

Page #138

708.
II. 4 Malasatras
tor
दशवैकालिकसूत्र
Daśavaikálikasūtra चूलिकायुगलसहित
with Cūlikāyugala
1269 (e). No. 707
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 12s to fol. 244. Description.-- Both the text and the two Culikās complete. For other details see No. 1269 (a).
- 1889-91. Begins...- ( Dasavaikalika ) fol. 12 अहं नमः॥
धम्मो मंगलमुक्तटुं etc. as in No. 704. ,, - ( Ist Culika ) fol. 23° इह खलु etc. as in No. 704.
,, -- ( 2nd ,, ,, 23 चूलियं तु etc., as in No. 704. Ends.--- ( Dasavaikalika ) fol. 224 उवेइ etc. as in No. 704. ,, - ( Ist Culika) fol. 23 जिणवयणमहिट्रिज्जास(सि) त्ति बेमि १८॥
रइवक्काचूला सम्मत्ता ॥ ,, -- ( 2nd , ) fol. 23b सम्बदुहाण मुच्चई त्ति बेमि । १६ चूलिया
अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।। छ । श्रीः ।। This is followed by 10 verses beginning with सिजंभवं गणहर and ending with the line धम्ममि य निचला होसु ॥१० as in No. 706. Then we have:
इति श्रीदशवकालिक परमागम समाप्तमिति ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars sce No. 704.
दशवैकालिकसूत्र
Daśavaikālikasūtra (अध्ययन २-१०)
(Adhyayanas II-X) चूलिकायुगलसहित
with Culikāyugala
1171 (8). No. 708
1887-91. Size.- 55 in. by 3} in, Extent. --- 461=45 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.

Page #139

102
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[708.
Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and grey ; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्रा ; quite bold, legible, uniform and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; unnumbered sides have one circular disc in the centre ; the numbered have two more, one in each of the two margins ; red chalk used ; numbers for foll. twice entered on one and the same side in one and the same left-hand margin and also once in the right-hand margin as स्ति, श्री, क, t etc.; the 46th numbered as " है; condition very good ; the Ist fol. missing so this Ms. commences with the last word of the 6th gātha of the 2nd adhyayana ( see pp. 95-96 D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 47 ); otherwise complete. This Ms. contains two additional works as under :
(i) पाक्षिकसूत्र foll. 30 to 420
(ii) श्रमण पूत्र ,, 42 ,, 46. Age.- Old. Begins.- ( Dasavaikalika ) fol. 20
गंधणे ॥६ धिरत्थु ते जसोकामी जो तं जीवियकारणा।
वंतं इच्छसि आवेडे सेयं ते मरणं भवे ॥ ७ etc. ,, -( Ist Culiki ) fol. 27" इह खलु भो etc., as in No. 704.
,, --- ( 2nd ,, ),, 29 जूलियं तु पच(ब)क्खामि etc., as in No.703 Ends.-- ( Dasavaikālika ) fol. 27 अपुणागमं गइ त्ति बेमि ॥ २१ ॥छ ॥
सभिक्खुअज्झयणं दसमं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ,, -- (Ist Culika) fol. 29* जिणवयणमहिट्रिज्जासि त्ति बेमि ।। १८
रय(इ)वका नाम पढमा चला सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ।। ,, - (2nd ,, ) fol. 30° सव्वदुहाण मुच्चइ ति बेमि ( १६) ॥ छ ।
दसवेयालियसुयखंधो सम्मत्तो ।। छ ॥ This is followed by only one verse commencing with forti aga and going up to
टविया तम्हा वेयालियं नाम ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 704.

Page #140

709. 1
II. 4 Malasūtras
103
दशवकालिकसूत्र,
चूलिकायुगल, FAQ (avgía)
तथा टीका
Dasavaikālikasūtra,
Culikāyugala, piryukti (nijjutti) and tikā
721. 1875 -76.
No. 709
Size.-9} in. by 4į in. Extent.-- 160 + 1 = 161 folios; 15 lines to a page; 49 letters to
a line.
Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with qaras ; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; this Ms. contains Daśavaikālikasūtra, the Cülikās, the niryukti and the commentary ; edges of the first fol. somewhat worn out; all the same condition on the whole very good; fol.
36th repeated; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the niryukti.-Bhadrabihusvämin, twin pupil with Sambhúti.
vijaya of Yaśobhadra Suri. He is looked upon as the author of ten niryuktis. The texts corresponding to these ten niryuktis are as under :--
(1) Avaśyakasútra, (2) Daśavaikālikasütra, ( 3 ) Uttaradhyayanasutra", (4) Acărängasutra?, (5) Sūtrakstāngasutra", (6) Daśăsrutaskandhasütrat, (7) Kalpasútra, ( 8 ) Vyavahārasūtra, ( 9 ) Süryaprajiapti and (10) Rşibhāṣita.
Muniratna Súri in his Amamasvāmicaritra (v. 15) compares these niryuktis with the ten mandalas of the kgVeda.
1-4 For a niryukti for each of these works see Nos. 681-682, 6-8, 48-50 and 485-487.
5 Sec Peterson ), App. p.11 h Vide l'eterson II!, App. F. 30.

Page #141

104
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.709.
Devacandra mentions Bhadrabāhusvamin as the author of Vasudevacariya, in 125,000 ślokas."
Bhadrabāhu is referred to as one of the five śrutaparagas 2 and is looked upon as yugapradhāna, too. 3
Peterson in his Report IV, p. LXXXIV mentions Śatrunjayakalpa as one of his works with a cross-reference to 3, App. p. 306.
Malayagiri refers to him as the author of Pindaniryukti.1
Kșemakirti praises him as the uddhāraka of Brhatkalpasūtra.
Oghaniryukti has been composed by this Bhadrabāhusvāmin to whom the authorship of Upasargalarastotra is ascribed.
For other details about Bhadrabāhusvāmin see Klatt, Indian Antiquary vol. XI, p. 246, Weber II, p. 999 and my
Sanskrit introduction to Priyamkaranạpakathā. Author of the commentary.-- Haribhadra Súri. He has named
about 63 gäthās as bhāșyakrd-gäthäs which are usually included in the niryukti of Daśavaikälika.
As regards this Haribhadra Súri A. M, Gharage in his article “ Daśavaikālika Niryukti” observes :--
“The commentator is clearly far-fetched and twisting in interpreting udāharanas as the drstäntas of the logical syllogisms. (p. 637) ......... Haribhadra's opinion that a vāuliya is a reference to the school of the Nâstikas is not very accurate ( p. 638)."
This Haribhadra Sūri has composed a number of works, out of which the following are noted by Peterson in his Report IV, pp. CXXXVII-CXXXIX :
i See Peterson V, App. p. 73.
2-5 Vide Peterson III, App. p. 266 od 308 and V, p. 31 and V. p. 102 respectively.
6 This is published in The Indian llisturiul Quluttu vol. XI. No. 4. Ir. 627-639.

Page #142

709.]
II.
4 Mulasütras
(1) Anekāntajayapatākā (III, App. p. 191), (2) Avaṣyakatika called Sisyahitä ( III, App. p. 202), (3) Upadesapada (I, App. p. 34: III, App. p. 46), (4) Caityavandanavṛtti called Lalitavistară (III, App. p. 148), (5) Jambudvipasangrahani (I, App. p. 49; III, App. pp. 213, 253 and 276), (6) Jñānapañcakavivarana (III, App. p. 285 ), (7) Darśanasaptatika (III, App. p. 13), (8) Daśavaikālikaniryuktiṭikā, (9)1 Dharmabindu (I, App. p. 44; III, App. p. 53), (10) Nǎnācitrika (I, App. p. 48), (11) Pañcāśaka (I, App. p. 11), (12) Munipaticaritra, (13) Lagnakuṇḍalika (I, App. p. 88), (14) Vedabhyatanirākaraṇa, (15) Śravakadharmavidhiprakarana (I, App. p. 16), (16) Samaradityacaritra (III, App. p. 118), (17) Yogabinduprakaraṇavṛtti (III, App. p. 327 ) and ( 18 ) Pañcasútravṛtti ( IV. 104 ).
105
In his Report V, p. LXXXIV, he mentions the following additional works:
(1) Lokatattvanirnaya, (2) Yogadṛṣṭisamuccaya and its commentary.
For a detailed discussion about Haribhadra Suri's life, date, works etc., see my introduction to Anekantajayapatākā, which is being edited with its svopajña commentary and Municandra Suri's vivarana and which will be hereafter published in Gaekwad's Oriental Series.

Subject. The text as usual. It is accompanied by a Prakrit commentary known as niryukti several gathas of which are found in Mulacăra, a Digambara work. This niryukti is explained in the Sanskrit commentary which follows it. As stated in Gaṇadharasardhasataka (Weber II, p. 987) Haribhadra composed a bṛhadvṛtti and a laghuvṛtti to Dasavaikālikasutra. The commentary given here is a laghuvṛtti, it being an epitome of the bṛhadvṛtti.
The niryukti above referred to is a metrical composition in Prakrit, and it consists of 447 verses (gathas) or so2.
Out of them 62 gathas are styled by Haribhadra as 1 Dikṣavidhipañcasaka is here excluded by me; for, it forms only a part of Pañcäsaka.
2 Sec p. 108.

Page #143

I06
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1709.
bhäşyakst-gāthäs. They mostly occur in the niryukti of the fourth adhyayana and seem to supplement the original niyurkti-gāthās. Haribhadra has noted one gāthā as famo कर्तृकी. See the printed edition ( p. 844 ).
The niryukti explains the titles of the adhyayanas and some words from the body of the text. It deals with the subject-matter from various view-points wherein (1) niksepa, ( 2 ) nirukta, ( 3 ) ekārtha, (4) linga and (5) pañcăvayava hold a promiment place. Out of them niksepa is given full scope in verses 8, 9 and 178". Some of the words of which niksepa is given are दुम, धम्म, समण, काम, पय, आयार, जीव, काय, सयार, भिखु वक्क, सुद्धि, and पणिहि.
Nirukta is noticed in connection with ajjhayaņa, ajjhiņa, āya, kāma, jhavaņā etc., and ekārtha for vakka in
v. 270.2 Begins.- ( Dasavaikalika ) fol. 20 धम्मो etc., as in No. 704.
-- ( niryukti ) fol. I सिद्धिगइमुवगयाणं etc., as in No. 710. ,, - ( com. ) fol. I ॐ नमः श्रुतदेवतायै
जयति विर्जि(जि )तान्य etc., up to practically महार्थगोचरस्य STIETI requà ( see No. 716 ). This is followed by a प्रस्तुतार्थप्रचिकटयिषयेष्टदेवतानमस्कारद्वारेण शेषविघ्नविनायकापोहसमर्थी परममंगलालयामिमां गाथामाह नियुक्तिकार: etc.
व्याख्या सिद्धिगतिमुपगतेभ्यो etc. Ends.---- ( Dasavaikālika ) fol. I59 अप्पा खलु etc.
, - ( niryukti:) fol. I60° सम्वेसि पि नयाणं etc., up to साहू ॥ ,, - ( com.) fol. 160° शास्त्रमुपस(सं)हर(न्) उपदेशसर्वस्वमाह अप्पत्ति सूत्र
व्या । आत्मा खल्विति खलुशब्दो विशेषणार्थ(:) शक्तो(क्तौ) मत्यां परोपि etc.
निशम्य श्रुत्वा सर्वनयविशुद्ध सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं यच्चरण( गुण )स्थितः साधु( : ) यस्मात्सर्वनया एव भावनिक्षेपमिच्छंतीति गाथार्थः followed by
the following lines written perhaps by some one else :1 These numbers refer to D. L.J. P. F. Series No. 47.
2 For details sec Ghitage's article ( above relerred to ) p. 635 and ll. Here he has remarked that in many cases the interpretation is clearly wrong and much of it is based upon the mere similarity of sound or the possibility of a secondary
sense".

Page #144

710.) II. 4 Malasutras
107 नमो वर्द्धमानभगवते व्याख्यातं चूडाध्ययनं तद्व्याख्यानाच्न समाप्ता दशवकालिकटीका याकिनीधर्मसूनुश्रीहरिभद्राचार्यकृता
दशवकालिकटीको विधाय यत् पुण्यमर्जितं तेन ।
मात्सर्यदुक्ख( दुःख )विरहाद् गुणानुरागी भवतु लोकः ॥ Reference.- For a fragment of the ending portion of Haribhadra's
tīkā see Keith's Catalogue No. 7499. For a Ms. having the text and an anonymous commentary in Sanskrit see the same Catalogue No. 7501. No. 7502 of this Catalogue records a Ms. having an extract of the text with a Sanskrit commentary, on truth and falsity in the use of a language taken from Haribhadra's tikā. In " A History of Indian Literature "
vol. II, p. 479 n., Daśavaikålika-niryukti-ţika is mentioned, N. B.- For other details see No. 704.
दशवैकालिकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Dasavaikālikasutraniryukti (दसवेयालियसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति) ( Dasaveyāliyasuttanijjutti)
1261. No. 710
1886-92. Size.— 103 in. by 4} in. Extent.--- 10 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, durable and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with gears; quite bold, perfectly legible, singularly uniform and very beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; unnumbered sides have one circular disc in red ink, in the centre; the numbered have, over and above this, two more such discs, one in each of the two margins; red chalk used; foll. doubly numbered as I to 10 and also as 29 to 38 ; most probably this is done with a view to mark out a different work and at the same time not to disturb the continuity of the fol ation of the Ms. ; at least the few foll. prior to the 29th must be dealing with straight as can be seen from the last

Page #145

108
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[710.
lines written on this fol.: complete; this Ms. does not
contain Dasavaikalikasutra : condition very good. Age. -- Samvat 1492. Begins. -- ( Oghanirukti ) fol. 1a (or 29a )
घणियमाउत्तो। मरणाराहणजुत्तो चंदगविज्झ समाणेइ ॥ ६०
This is continued up to एसा अणुग्गहट्टा which goes up to संगहिया ॥११६४. Then we have : - श्रीओधनियुक्तिसूत्र नवमपूर्व तृतीयसामाचारीविंशतितमप्राभूतानि(नि)यूट
श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिना ॥ छ । Begins.---fol. Iनमो वीतरागाय ॥
सिद्धिगइमुवगयाणं कम्माविसुद्धाण सव्वसिद्धाणं।
नमिऊणं इसकालियनिज्जुत्तिं कित्तइस्सामि ॥१॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 100
दब्बे सरीरभविओ भावेण य संजओ इह तस्स । उग्गहिया पग्गहिया विहारचरिया मुणेयव्वा ।। ४३ (४४३) अणिएयं पइरिक्कं अन्नायं सामुदाणिय उर्छ । अप्पोवही अकलहो विहारचरिआ इसिपसत्था ॥ ४४ (४४४) छहिं मासेहिं अहि(ही)यं अज्झयणमिणं etc. as in No. 7II, आणंदअंसुपायं कासी सिज्जभवा etc. as in No. 71. नायमि गिण्हियत्वे अगिहियवंमि चेव अत्थंमि । जइयत्वमेव इह जो उवएसो सो नओ नाम ॥ ४७ (४४७ )
( See 285th page of D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 47 ). सव्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्वयं निसामित्ता।
तं सवनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणद्धि(ट्री)ओ साहू ॥ ४८ (४४८) दशवकालिकनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥
(See ibid., p. 286). ॥ छ ॥॥छ ॥॥ छ । एवं ग्रन्थानं गाथा ४४८ श्लोक ५५८ छ । संवत १४९२ वर्षे अ(आ) श्व(श्चि)नमासे कृष्णपक्षे एकादश्यायां तिथौ पं०देवरत्नगणिभिः दशवैकालिकनियुक्ति.

Page #146

711.)
II. 4 Mülasutras
109
Reference. - Published. See No. 704. In Peterson's Report for
1882-83 (p. 97 ), this niryukti is mentioned.
As regards the question of the date of this niryukti see Vidyabhusana's “ History of Indian Logic” II and A. M. Ghatage's article “The Daśavaikälika-Niryukti” (p. 631). Both of them agree in assigning to it a date nearer the 4th century A, D.
दशवैकालिकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Dasa vaikälikasūtraniryukti
76 (1). 1880-81.
No. 711
Size.-- 144 in. by 2 in.
40 to 45
Extent.-- 190 + a few leaves; 3 to 6 lines to a leaf ;
letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with AETS ; this Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is divided into two separate columns; but, really it is not so ; for, the lines of first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the left-hand one as far eft, etc.; several leaves worm
eaten ; some very badly ; leat 153 and the following have a
d leaves 191 etc., are in fragments; condition on the whole pretty fair; the ist leaf' missing; otherwise complete ; extent 5 so ślokas ; this work ends on leaf 42; two extra blank leaves at the end; ink spread out on leaves 494 and 910; red chalk used; there is one small leaf on which the table of contents is written. This Ms. contains the following additional works :

Page #147

iro
Jaina Literature and philosophy
[7II.
, 74*,, 760
(1) नवतत्त्वविचासारोद्धार (?)
वृत्तिसहित leaves 426 ( 2 ) परिग्रहण( ? परि )माण , 56",, 58b (3) महावीरकलश ,, 58 ,, 6r: (4) परिग्रहप्रमाण (श्रीसिद्धार्थ०),, 61* ,, 66" (5) जन्माभिषेक
, 66° ,, 68b (6) गुरुस्तुति
,, 68,, 700 (7) यतिस्तुति
,, 70° ,, 7I (8) पौषधविधि
,, 71° ,, 73b! (9) मन्ह जिणाणं सज्झाय (स्वाध्याय),, 73 ,, 74 ( 10 ) प्रश्नोत्तररत्नमालिका (II) धर्मलक्षण
,, 77* ,, 78 (12) चतुःशरण
" 78°,, 79b (13) अष्टादशपापस्थान ,, 79,, 80b (14) साकारप्रत्याख्यान , 80° ,, 8 (IS) जिनभवनादि
,, 8,, 82(16) राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रावतरण __, 82° ,, 83 (17) योगशास्त्र
,, 83°,, I220 (18) वीतरागस्तोत्र ,, 122' ,, 139 (19) भक्तामरस्तोत्र (4+ verses) ,, I39° ,, 145 (20) प्रशमरमपद्य leaf. 1456 ( 21 ) भयहर(नमिऊण)स्तोत्र (23 verses)
leaves 1456,, 1484 ( 22 ) वर्धमानस्तव
148. ,, ISO( 23 ) त्रिषष्टिध्यानकथानककुलक ,, I50" ,, IS4 (24) भयहरस्तोत्र ( I4 verses) ,, I54" ,, 1560 ( 25 ) चतुर्विंशबुद्धातिशयस्तोत्र ,, I56 ,, I58a (26) अजितशान्तिस्तव
(40 verses) ,1582 ,, 164 ( 27 ) क्षेत्रसमास
,, 164° ,, I74 (28) एकविंशतिस्थानक
(चषणविमाणा) , 174* ,, 181 (?)

Page #148

712.]
11. 4 Malasutras
III
(29) गौतमपृच्छा leaves 1814(2),, 1860 (30) अरिहंतविनति
186' ,, 1896 ( 31 ) केवलनाणसहाणं ., 189" ,, 191(?)
( 32 ) मिच्छत्तकुलय leaf I91(?) Begins.-leaf pa
( काल )ओ य णिद्देसो। दसकालियसयखधं अज्झयणुहेस णिक्खिविउ ॥७॥ णामं ठवणा दविए माउगपयसंगहेक्कए चेव ।
पज्जवभावे अतः(हा) सच्चे(ते)ए एक्कगा होति ॥८॥ Ends.---leaf 42a
छहिं मासेहिं अहीयं अज्झयणमिणं तु अज्जमणएणं । छम्मासा परियाओ अह कालगओ समाहीए ॥ आणंदअंसुपाय कासी सेज्जभवा तहिं थेरा।
जसभहस्स य पुत्था(च्छा) कहणा य वियालणा संघे॥ छ । वि(बि)ति(ती)यचूलाणिज्जुनी सम्मत्ता ॥ दसवेयालियणेज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । श्लोकानां शतानि पंचपंचाशत्यधिकानि ॥ अंको(?कतः) श्लोक ५५० ॥ छ ॥ मंगलमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ७४ ॥
N. B.-- For other details sce No. 710.
दशवैकालिकसूत्रादिवृहद्वृत्त्यवचूरि
Dasavaikālikasūtrādibrhadvrttyavacūri
No. 712
1169. 1887-91.
Size.--- Iot in. by all in.
Extent.-- 17 • 3 = 14 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 76 letters to a
line.

Page #149

II2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[712.
Description.- Country paper very thin, smooth and grey; Deva
nāgari characters with TEATATS ; clear though somewhat small, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment also used, but very rarely; lol. 13 to 15 missing ; otherwise the work is complete ; some foll. slightly worm-eaten;
condition tolerably good. Age.- Samvat 1510.
Author.-Not mentioned.
Subject..-- Explanatory notes to Haribhadra Suri's commentary on
Daśavaikälikasūtra and two Cülikās. Begins.-- fol. I सर्वज्ञाय नमः ।
इहार्थतः श्रीवीरकृतस्य सूत्रतो गणधरकृतस्य दशवकालिकस्य व्याख्या ॥ शास्त्राण्यादिमध्यांतमंगलभांजि भवति । इह चादिमंगलं दुमपुष्पिकाध्ययनादि धर्मप्रशंसाप्रतिपादकत्वात् । तत्स्वरूपादित्यर्थः । मध्यमंगलं तु धर्मार्थकामाध्ययनादि प्रपंचाचारकथाद्यभिधायिकत्वात् । चरममंगलं तु सभिश्वध्ययनादि भिक्षुगुणाद्यालंबनत्वात् । इत्येवमध्ययनविभागतो मंगल
त्रयविभाग उक्तः । अधुना मूत्रविभागतो दश्यते etc. Ends.--fol. I7° कथितं नात्र भवतां दोषः गुरुपरिस्थापन वा विचारणा संघे इति ।
शय्यंभवेन अल्पायुषमेनमवेत्य मयेदं शास्त्र निर्युटं । किं(कि)मत्र युक्तमिति निवेदितो विचारणा संघे कालहासदोषात् । प्रभूतसत्त्वानामिदमेवोपकारकमतस्तिष्ठत्वतादित्येवंभूता स्थापना चेति गाथार्थः ॥२० ॥ श्रीहरिभद्रसूरिकृतबृहद्वत्तेरवचूरिरियं कृतेति । छ ।। ॥ १॥ संवत् १५१० वर्षे ‘पत्तन'नगरे लिखितं त्रि विनायकेन भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिवचनात् ॥

Page #150

714.]
II. 4 Malasutras
I13
बृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
दशवकालिकसूत्र
Dasavaikālikasūtrabrhadvrttiparyāya
736 (19). No. 713
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 24 to 254. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryaya No. 736 (1).
- 1875-76. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject. - Dillicult words etc., occurring in the brhadvrtti of Dasa
vaikālikasūtra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--- fol. 24 दशवकालिकबहवृत्तेः पर्यायाः। बादीति तनुः गुणसत्यांतर
ज्ञानादिति गुणाः सत्त्वरजस्तमाख्या । etc. Ends.-fol. 25* अनुल्वणयुक्तति अबहुद्रव्यं । अरिष्टमिति तक्रं । परिसंस्थापनेति
साधुनामसंतोषनिवारणं । स्थापना । दशवकालिकपर्यायाः समाप्ताः।
-
-
दशवकालिकसूत्रबृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
Dasavaikälikasutrabrhudvrttiparyāya
789 (19). 1895-1902.
No. 714
Extent.--- fol. 38a to fol. 10'. Description.- Completc. For other
details see Pancavastuka
paryaya No. 79 ( 1 ).
No. 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 38* दशवैकालिकबृहद्वत्तेः पर्यायाः । । etc. as in No. 713. Ends.--- fol. 40 अनुल्बणयुक्तेति etc. as in No. 713.
N. B..--- For additional particulars see No. 713.

Page #151

114
दशवैकालिकसूत्रवृहद्वृत्तिपर्याय
No. 715
दशवैकालिकसूत्र,
चूलिकायुगल तथा टीका
No. 716
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. (?) to fol. 22.
Description. Since the folios have stuck together, it is not possible to mention where it begins. This work appears to be the same as Nos. 713 and 714. For other details see Nandisutraviṣamapadaparyaya No. 623.
Ends.
etc. as in No. 713.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 713.

23
29
در رو
Size. 9 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 62 folios; 6 lines to a page; 53 letters to a line.
--(com.),, ;9 ; 69 Description. Country paper thin and greyish: Devanagari characters with occasional ras; this is a fare Ms.; so the text containing Daśavaikälikasūtra and Culikäyugala is written as usual in the centre and the commentary above and below it; legible, bold, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains Daśavaikälikasutra, the two Culikas and their small commentary all complete; red chalk and yellow pigment used; condition very good.
>:
[-715
Daśavaikālikasutrabrhadvṛttiparyaya

332 (2).
A. 1882-83.
Dasavaikälikasutra,
Culikǎyugala and tikā
دو
104.
1872-73.
وو .. در

Page #152

716.]
Age. - Sarvat 1745
Author of the commentary. - Sumati Suri, pupil of Bodhaka. The text along with the two Culikās and their explanation in Sanskrit.
Subject.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ।
33
"
"
II. 42 Mulasutrast
धम्मो मंगलमुक्कट्टे etc. as in No. 704.
1st Cūlikā ) fol. 55 इह खलु भो etc.,
""
(2nd ) fol. 592 चूलियं तु पच ( ब ) क्खामि etc.

"
Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 55 उवेइ भिक्खु अपुणागमं गड ति बेमि २१ सभिक्खू नामज्झयणं सम्मत्तं १०
com. ) fol. r नमो जिनपतिभ्यः
जयति विजितान्यतेजाः सुरासुराधीशसेवितः श्रीमान् । विमलासविरहित स्त्रिलोकचिन्तामणिवर : १
(See P. 106. Cf. the 28th verse of Sakalarhat ) हार्थतस्तत्प्रणीतस्य सूत्रतो गणधरोपनिबद्धपूर्वगतादधृतस्य शारीरमानसातिकदुक दुःखसंतापविनाशहेतो देश वैकालिकाभिधानस्य शास्त्रस्यातिसूक्ष्ममहार्थगोचरस्य व्याख्या प्रसू (स्तू यते । तत्र etc.
~~( 1st Cülikā ) fol. 59 जिणवयणमहिट्टिज्जामि ति बेमि १८ रद्दचक्का पढमा चूला सम्मत्ता
115
as in
No. 704.
— ( 2nd Cülika ) fol. 62 सव्वदुहाण मु(पु) व (च्च) इ ति बेमि १६ विवक्कचरिया बीया तूला सम्मत्ता दसवेयालिय मं अकेंधी ( ? ) समत्तो . This is followed by the 4 verses which begin with सिज्जंभव and which are found in No. 706. Then we have या उदो चूला etc. as the sth verse and thereafter the lines as under:

इति नियुक्त गाथापंचकमौनेन समग्र श्रीदशैवकालिकगुणनं । संवत् १७४५ वर्षे शाके १६१० प्रवर्त्तमाने भाद्रपदशदि ५ भौमवासरे श्री ' पत्तन - नगरे मि (इ)दं पुस्तकं लिखितं इति मंगलं.

Page #153

116 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1716. Ends.-- ( com. ) fol. 62° विविधमनेकै प्रकारैरपुनर्ग्रहणपरमस्वास्थ्या(स्थ्या)प(पा)
दा(दोनलक्षणैर्विमुच्यते इति ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् समाप्ता दशवैकालिकटीका इति छ
महत्तराया जा(या)किन्या धर्मपुत्रेण चिंतिता आचार्यहरिभद्रेण टीकेय शिष्यबोधिनी १ दशवैकालिक(क)टीको विधाय यत्पुण्यमार्जितं तेन मात्सर्यदु(:)खांवरहाट् गुणानुरागी भवतु लोकः २ दशवैकालिकानुयोगात्सूत्रव्याख्यां पृथक कृता हरिभद्राचार्यकृतान्मोहाद्भक्त्या(5)थवा मया ३ श्रीमद्बोधकशिष्येण श्रीमत्सुमतिसूरिणा विद्वद्भिस्तत्र नो द्वेषो मयि कार्यों मनागपि ४ यस्माद्व्याख्यो क्रमः प्रोक्तः सूरिणा भद्रबाहना आवश्यकस्य नियुक्तौ व्याख्याक्रमविपश्चिता ५ मुत्रार्थः प्रथमो ज्ञेयो नियुक्त्या मिश्रितस्ततः सर्वैर्व्याख्याक्रमयुक्तो भाणितव्यस्तृतीयकः ६ प्रमोदकार्यविक्षेप(?)चेतसां तदायं मया क्रियाया अवबोधार्थ साधूनां तु पृथंकृतः ७ लब्ध्वा मानुष्यकं जन्म ज्ञात्वा सर्वावदां मतं प्रमोदमोहसंमूढा बैफल्य येन यांति हि ८ जन्ममृत्युजराव्याधिरोगशोकायुपद्रुते संसारसागरे रौद्रे ते भ्रमति विडंबिताः ९ . येन पुनर्ज्ञानसम्यक्त्वचारित्रविहितादराः
भवांबुधिं समुल्लंघ्य ते यांति पदमव्ययं १० इति प्रशस्तिः ग्रंथाग्रं २६५० श्रीरस्तु संवत् १७४५ वर्षे भाद्रपददि
५ भौमदिने मि(इ)दं पुस्तकं लिखितं शुभं. Reference.- For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 18.
For information as regards Sumati Süri's commentary see ibid., p. 22.

Page #154

717.1 II. 4 Malasutras
117 दशवकालिकासूत्र,
Daśavaikalikasūtra, चूलिकायुगल
Colikäyugala तथा टीका
and tikā No. 717
198.
1871-72. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--71- = 70 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with HATIS ; this is a grei Ms. ; but there is very little difference so far as the sizes of hand-writing for the text and the commentary are concerned ; bold, less legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; there is some space between these pairs ; this Ms. contains Daśavaikālikasútra, the two Culikās and their commentary which is the same as in No. 716; fol. 19 blank; red chalk used; fol. 12th missing hence the corresponding matter missing; fol. 11th ends where the 3rd sutra of the 4th adhyayana terminates, and fol. 13th commences practically with the beginning of the
8th sútra of the same adhyayana ; condition very good. Age.-- Petty old. Begins.-- ( Daśavaikālika ) fol. 1 STE I
FAT Angarang AT HFA etc. as in No. 704. , - (1st Cúlikā) fol. 64" z te H ,, -- (2nd , ), 686 ou a quart » » » » » : - (com. ) fol. 1b TA:
Ha aata etc. as in No. 716. Ends.-- ( Daśavaikālika ) fol. 64a at first COTTAH ATE A 28
सभिवू नामज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । - ( ist Cúlikā ) fol. 68a Fot( ago AFEC T for af PC
रइवक्का लियं ॥छ॥

Page #155

118
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[717.
Ends.-- ( 2nd Culikā ) fol. 71 सव्वदुहाण मुच्चइ न्न(त्ति) बेमि १६.
This is followed by सिज्जभवं गणहण(रे) जिण etc. up to वियालणा संघे i. e. to say the first four verses as in No. 706, which are here numbered as 17 to 20. Then we have the following lines:
इति श्रीदसवेयालिसुयक्खंध सम्मत्ते नो (१) छ ॥ ग्रंथानं २०००
मानं शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ । , -- (com.) fol. 7I विविधमनेकैः etc., up to यांति पदमव्ययं, the
last (the Ioth) verse as in No. 716. This is followed by an additional portion as under :
ये भव्या प्रतिच्छाधा जनवचने स्याद्वादसलपि न ने वाणीश्रित वतसो विदधि २ सत्तवमार्गयोग्या न स्नद साधूना विधिभानावसूरिषदवामारापयवन्निर
श्रा(श्री)मजि(जि)नद(दे)वसूरिचरणा रक्षतु संघं सदा ।। ११॥ समाप्ता ॥ छ दशवैकालिकटीकामिति छ ग्रंथाग्रसाधना ।३००० व(? च)
उद्दश(स?)॥छ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 716.
दशवकालिकसूत्रटीका
Dasavaikälika sutratikā
No. 718
1373. 1891-95.
Size.- II in. by 4g in. Extent.--- 50 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional Teas; small, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms. contains the states of the text; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; yellow pigment used; a margin of fol. 6th partly gone; condition tolerably good; the last two foll. seem to have been added to this Ms. by way of replacing the old ones.

Page #156

719.]
II. 4 Malasatras
119
Age.- Fairly old. Author:- Sumati Suri. Subject.—A commentary in Sanskrit, explaining Daśavaikalikasútra. Begins.-- fol. IG अर्ह
जयति विजित्यान्यतेजाः etc., as in No. 716. Ends.- fol. 49° विविधमनेकैः etc. up to पदमव्ययं १० as in No. 716.
___This is followed by शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.— See No. 716.
दशवैकालिकसूत्रटीका
Dasavaikälikasu tratīkā
710. No. 719
1892-95. Size.— 104 in. by 4d in. Extent.- 65 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. I blank ; numbers for foll. entered in the right-hand margin only; yellow pigment used ; red chalk, too; complete ; extent
2800 slokas; condition very good. Age.- Sarivat 1663. Begins.--- fol. 1 ॐ नमः
जयति etc. as in No. 716. Ends. - fol. 65 विविधमकैः etc. up to पदमव्ययं ।। १० ॥ as in No. 716.
This is followed by ग्रंथाj२८०० ॥ छ । इति श्रीदशवैकालिकटीका समाप्ता ॥ संबति १६६३ वैशाख वदि ७ दिने श्री बृहत्खरतरगच्छे श्रीसागरचंद्रसूरिशास्वायां श्रीवाचनाचार्यराजचंद्रगणिवराणां शिष्यवा..
जयानधानगणिभिरलेखि ॥ 'मादीपान'ग्रामांतः । शमस्तु । N, B.--- For others details see No. 718.

Page #157

120
दशवैकालिक सूत्र, चूलिकायुगल तथा अवचूरि
No. 720
""
22
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent. (text) 16 folios; 8 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line.
16
-- (com.),, ; 921 Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; this is a qara Ms. ; it contains the text, two Cūlikās and avacuri as well, the last in an extremely small hand; uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; mostly, unnumbered sides have a small disc in the centre and the numbered, in the margins, too; the text, the two Culikās and the commentary complete; condition very good; red chalk and yellow pigment used.
Age. Samvat 1515.
Author of the avacuri.-- Not mentioned.
رو
در
-
17
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
دو
در

"
Subject.
A Jaina agama with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. — ( text ) fol. 1* नमः श्रीसुधर्मस्वामिने ||
धम्मो भंगल etc.
(1st Cúlikā) fol. 15°
etc.
(2nd ) 16 चूलियं तु etc.
ور
21 21
27
: 720.
Daśavaikālikasutra, Culikāyugala and avacuri
در
713.
1892-95.

رو در
• ( com.) fol. 1 " इहार्थतः श्रोमहावीरप्रणीतस्य सूत्रतो गणधरोपनिष(ब)द्धपूर्वगतोद्धृतस्य शारीरमानसानेक कटुकदुःखसंतापविनाशहेतो' etc.
Ends. (text) fol. 15 agar etc. up to as in No. 704. This is followed by समाप्त ॥
(1st Culika) fol. 16
etc. up to as in No. 704. This is followed by चूलिका पढमा || श्री सीमंधरस्वामिना तीर्थकरेण गदिता ॥ छ ॥
1 This refers to a horizontal line.

Page #158

""
721.1
Ends.- ( 2nd Cülika ) fol. 16b अप्पा हु खलु etc. up to संघे ॥ ४ ॥ as in No. 706. This is followed by गाथाचतुष्कं निर्युक्तिगता ।। इति श्रीदशवैकालिकश्रुतस्कंध सूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ गाथासंख्या ॥ ७०० ।। श्लोकसंख्या
दशवैकालिकसूत्र, चूलिकायुगल तथा अवचूरि
No. 721
""
11.
॥ छ ॥
- ( com. ) fol. 16b तत्र तस्मिन्काले स्थविरा: यशोभद्रस्य च पृच्छा कथनाच विचारणा संघे ॥ ४ ॥ इति निर्युक्तिगतगाथावचूरिः ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीदशवैकालिकश्रुतस्कंधावचूरिः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं २१४३ । शुभं भवतु । संवत् १५१५ शके १३८ (१) 'बहुधान्य संवत्सरे श्रावणशुद्ध ७ सोमदिने लिखितं ॥ छ ॥
16 IP 1
4
Malasitras
Size.— ro‡ in. by 4g in Extent. - ( text ) 24 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
""

; 14
- ( com.) Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs ; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms. containing the text, the two Culikās and a commentary; hand-writing on the whole small, legible and good; borders ruled thickly in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small square in the centre, only; the number-. ed, in the margins, too; each of the foll. ra and 24b decorated with the same design in red and blue colours; both complete; condition very good.
""
"
" "
121
"
Daga vaikālikasūtra, Culikǎyugala and avacuri
435.
1882-83.
, 70

"
Age.- Pretty old.
Subject. A Jaina agama along with a small commentary in
Sanskrit.
"" ""

Page #159

122
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[721.
Begins.- (text) fol. I" अर्ह । श्रीगौतमस्वामिने नमः ॥
धम्मो मंगल etc. ...,, -- ( Ist Culika) fol. 21" इह खल भो etc.
, -- ( 2nd ,, ) fol. 23° चूलियं नु etc.
, -- (com. ) fol. I धर्मो मंगलमुत्कृष्टमित्यनेम(न) मंगलमुक्तं etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 21" तं देहवासं etc. up to अज्झयणं as in No. 704. ,, . -- ( Ist Culika) fol. 23* इच्चेव etc. up to बेमि ॥१८॥ as in No.
704. , -- ( 2nd , ) fol. 23 अप्पा खलु etc. up to संघे ॥४॥ as in No.
706. This is followed by इति श्रीदशवकालिकं संपूर्ण लिखितं 'बिडुर महानगरे । छ॥ - (com.) fol. 24 एतावतैव एति तेन श्रुतेन भा (?) युगप्रधानधरो
भविष्यति ततो(s)स्मादेव कारणायुष्माद्वचनाच्च शिष्यप्रशिष्यैः पष(व्य)मानमिदं सुमंगलाप भूयान्( त्) श्रीसंघाय ॥ ४॥ इति श्रीदशवैकालिकाव
चूरिः ।। ॥ छ । Reference.-- For a Ms. having the text and an anonymous avacũri
___ see Keith's Catalogue No. 7500.
दशवकालिकसूत्र,
Dasayaikalikasutra, चूलिकायुगल
Culikāyugala तथा अवचूरि
and avacuri
1170. No. 722
1887-91 Size:--- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 37 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and grey ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders of the text and those of the two Culikās ruled in four lines in black ink, whereas those of the commentary, in two lines; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms; so the text is in the middle and

Page #160

722.]
Age.- Samvat 1653
Author of the avacūri. - Not mentioned.
Subject. The text along with two Cülikās and a small commentary in Sanskrit.
Begins. — ( text ) fol. 1° धम्मो मंगलमुक्क ( क्कि ) etc. as in No. 704
>>
23
11. 4 Malasatras
123
the commentary on all its four sides, and that the commentary is written in a smaller hand than the text; complete; foll. It and 37b blank; corners of some of the foll. worn out; condition very fair; the text the two Culikas and the commentary complete.
"
"
"
23 "
(com.) जयति विजितान्य etc. as in No. 716. This is followed by धम्मो मंगलमित्यादि । अहिंसासंयमतपोरूपो धर्म उत्कृष्टं मंगलं ॥ etc.
( 1st Culika ) fol. 342 इह खलु भो etc. as in No. 704. } 34 चलिये तु etc. as in No. 704 .
- ( 2nd
Ends-- ( text ) fol. 342 तं देहवासं etc. up to सभिक्खूअज्झयणं as in No.
704.
( 1st Culika) fol. 35° इच्चेव संपत्ति etc. त्ति बेमि as in No. 704 This is followed by १८ रइवक्का नामं पढमं चूलज्झयणं १९.
33
33
( 2nd Cülikā ) fol. 360 अप्पा खलु etc., up to सुयक्खंधों सम्मत्तो as in No. 704. Then follows the couple of verses सिज्जंभवं etc. and मणगं पडुच्च etc. as in. No. 706. This is followed by the lines as under:
इमे नियुक्तिगाथे प्रथमाध्ययनगते. Then we have: छहिं मासेहिं etc. and आणंदयं etc., the two verses as in No. 706. Then run the lines as under:---
(s)
इमे नियुक्तिगाथे अत्ये ४ संवत् १६५३ वर्षे अश्वयुजमासे प्रथमपक्षेतिथौ माडवासरे श्री'वीरमपुर'मध्ये 'पल्लीवाल' गच्छे उपाध्यायश्री कनकशेखराणां शिष्यलेशेन सुमतिशे (ख) रेणालेखि प्रतिरियं सावचूरिः स्वशिष्यावलिभिर्वाच्यमाना चिरं नंयात् ॥

--
- (com) fol. 374 विचारणा चिरकालाविजयभावि ॥ २० ॥ इति विविक्त
चर्यानामद्वितीयन्नूडा(?ला ) ऽवचरिः ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीदशवेकालिकावचूरिः समाता[ : ] ॥ ॥ श्री
話
Reference. --- See No. 704.

Page #161

124
दशवैकालिक सूत्र, चूलिकायुगल तथा अवचूरि
No. 723
""
Begins. (text) fol. 1a
37
Size.- -11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 18 folios; 21 lines to a page; 74 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin, brittle and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small but clear, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; edges of some of the foll. worn out; condition very fair; this Ms. contains the text along with the two Culikas and the commentary; but on that account, it is neither a fe nor at Ms.; red chalk and yellow pigment as well, used; the peculiarity of this Ms. is that it does not give the complete verse all at once but it takes it up part by part and explains it.
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the avacüri- Not mentioned.
Subject.
22
19
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
33
-
Ends-(text) fol. 16
(1st Cülikā) fol. 16
(2nd Cūlikā) fol. 183
19
( com.) धर्म्म उत्कृष्टं अहिंसा जीवदया etc.
The text, two Culikās and a small commentary explaining them in Sanskrit.
[723.
Daśavaikālikasutra, Culikayugala and avacuri

274.
A. 1882-83.
(f) etc. as in No. 704
etc., as in No. 704.
etc., as in No. 704.
( 1st Culika ) fol. 17 इच्चेव संपरिसअ etc., up to त्ति बेमि as in No. 704.
तु
etc. as in No. 704.
मंगलं । अहिंसा संयमस्तपः । तत्र

(2nd Culika) fol. 18 etc., up to fa af as in No. 704.

Page #162

724.]
II. 4 Malasutras
125
Ends.-- (com.) fol. 18b istage surat lør afh ya para að 118811
इति द्वितीया चूला समाप्ता ।। इति श्रीदशवकालिकावचूरिं ॥ छं ॥ छ । Ti mad THI
TEST OF etc. Reference.- See No. 704.
दशवैकालिकसूत्र, चूलिकायुगल तथा टब्बा
Dasavaikālikasutra,
Cūlikāyugala and tabbā
No. 724
197. 1871-72.
Size.- 9} in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 44 folios ; 6 to 7 lines to a page ; 41 letters to a line.
» -(com.) „ „ ; 12 ,,13 » » » » ; 57 » » » » Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with arts; this is a ferrat Ms.; bold, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. ra blank; so is the fol. 44"; some of the foll. have their edges worn out; condition very fair; this Ms. contains Daśavaikālikasūtra, the two Cūlikās and
their explanation in Gujarāti; all complete. Age.-- Samvat 1666. Author of the tabbā — Upadhyāya Kanakasundara Gani, pupil of
Vidyaratna Gaņi. Subject.-- The text and the Cúlikās as before. The explanation is
almost throught in Gujarati ; only at times it is in Sanskrit;
for such cases, see " begins" and "ends”. Begins.- ( Daśavaikälikasůtra) fol. I FART AA: 1!
TFA A iz etc., as in No. 704. » - ( Ist Cülikā ) TT etc., as in No. 704.

Page #163

[ 724.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins.-- ( 2nd Culika) चूलियं तु पच (व) क्खामि etc., as in No. 704 .
-- ( tabba ) fol. b
126
35
"
"3
--
• ( tabba ) fol. 428 अनंतराध्ययने उत्प्रव्रजितस्य स्थिरीकरणमुक्तं । अधुना विच्चि (वित्त (क्त) चर्योच्यते । etc.
Ends. fol. 404 उबेइ भिक्खू अपुणागमं गइ त्ति बेमि ॥ छ ॥ सु (स) भिक्खू
अध्ययनं
"
93
"
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं । सुरासुरनमस्कृतं ।
alentertari | करोमि स्तबुकोपमं ।। १
प्रथम मंगलाचरणगाथा धर्मो मंगलमुत्कृष्टं || धर्म ते उत्कृष्ट मंगल जाणिवं । ते धर्मना त्रिणि भेद छइ ।। ते किम जीवदया संयम ते इंद्रीनुं गोपfai सप्तदशधा etc.
--
( tabba ) fol. 404 चूलाद्वयमारभ्यते । भिक्षुः कदाचित् कर्म्मवशात् सीदेत् । (अ) तस्तस्थिरीकरणं कर्तव्यं इत्याह । etc.
— ( 1st Culika ) fol. 424 जिणवयण महिट्टिज्जासि त्ति बेति (मि) (१८ ) इति वाक्या नाम प्रथमचूलिका ।
( 2nd Cūlikā ) fol. 442 सव्वदुहाण मुचइति बेमि ॥ १६ ॥ विव(वि)क्तचर्या नाम द्वितीया चूला सम्मत्ता ।।
— ( tabbā ) fol. 442 विशेषई व्यक्त प्रकट यतीनी चर्या चालवारूप द्वितीया बीजी चूला समाप्ता संपूर्णा जाता ग्रं. ८२ अ. १२ सर्व ग्रंथाग्र टब्बानुं १५०० श्लोक अ. १२ एवं सूत्र टब्बु मीलने ग्रं. २२०० अ. १२. श्रीवरजिनस्य पट्टाभरणश्रीगोतमगणपति तत्सहतीर्थी श्रीसुधर्म्मस्वामिन् तदंतेवासी श्रीजंबूपट्टे प्रभवस्वामी तदनुक्रमेण वज्रस्वामी तदंतेवासी श्रीचंद्रसूरि । तदनुक्रमेण 'चैत्र'गच्छागच्छे श्रीधनेश्वरसूरि येन श्रीशि (श) व (त्रु) जयम (मा)हात्म ( त्म्यं) कृतं । तत्पट्टे भुवनेंदुमरिरभवत् । तत्पट्टे श्रीदेवभद्रसूरि सुगुरु ( : ) येन 'तपा' बिरुदं कृतं । तथाहि ।
जिणदत्ताए 'खरयर' | 'पुण्णिम' मुणिचंदसूरिणो जाया । 'पल्लवीया' खाढारिए । 'तवो' मयं देवभद्दाउ ॥ १ ॥
इति वचनात् । तत्पट्टांबरभास्कर' वृध ( द ) तपे 'तिख्यातः श्रीविजयचंद्रसूरि (री) स्व(श्वरोऽभूत् । तत्पट्टे श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिगणः । येन कृता श्री वृ(a) हत्कल्पवृर्ति (त्तिः) अष्टचत्वारिंशत्सहस्रमिता श्लोकसंख्या । यः श्री.

Page #164

725.1
Reference. — See No. 704 .
-
क्षेम कीर्तिसूरिणा जावज्जीव षट् विगयस्य त्याग ( : ) कृतः । तदनुक्रमेण श्रीरत्नसिंहरिः येना (S)ह्मपातस्याह प्रतिबोधितः ॥ तस्यान्वये सांप्रतवर्त्तमाने श्रीदेवरत्नसूरी (श्व) रपट्टे श्रीजयरत्न सूरिविजयराज्ये महोपाध्यायस्यान्वये उपाध्यायश्रीविद्यारत्नग णिविनयैः उपाध्यायश्रीकनकसुंदरगणिभिः तो ( s) स्तकः संवत् विक्रमार्कात् रसरसरसेंदु ( १६६६ ) वामगतिगणनात् ज्ञेयः तत्संवत्सरे पोषमाससिते पक्षे अष्टमी रविवारे अस्व (श्वि) नीनक्षत्रे संपूर्णेष स्तबुकः श्रीदशवैकालिकलघुवृर्त्ति (त्ति) विलोकनात । किंचित गुरुपरंपरया कृतो(s) यं स्तबुकः । यदशुद्धकट अक्षरार्थ स्यात् । तद्विबुधैः शोधनीयो शं (सं) शोध्य शुद्ध क्रियतां ॥ सूत्रग्रंथ ७०० ॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥ ॥
1
धर्मोपदेश
( दशकालिक सूत्र ? ) व्याख्या सहित
No. 725
II. 4 Mulasutras
Age. - Not quite modern.
Author of the vyakhya. -- Not mentioned.
Subject.
127

Dharmopadeśa
( Daśavaikalikasūtra ? ) with vyakhyā
Size.-- 81 in. by 47 in.
Extent. --- 25 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-- Foreign paper with water marks Vigo etc.; thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too, but rarely; fol. 25b blank; complete; condition very good.
1269.
1886-92.
This Ms. starts with the first verse of Daśavaikālika and goes on elaborately explaining it. Several types of pūjā too, are described. The various types of dana are discussed.

Page #165

128
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 725.
Some stories are also narrated herein. But it is difficult to say exactly what this work is.
Begins. fol. ra ( text )
"
॥ प्रथम काव्यमंत्र ॥ ॐ ह्रीं ह्रीं हूँ श्रीँ ह्रीँ क्की ब्लू श्री ॐ ह्रीँ
नमः ।
अथ द्वितीय काव्य मंत्र: ॐ ह्रीँ क्लीँ ह्रीं नमः कुमतिनिवारणं २
म मंगलमुक अहिंसा संजमो तवो ।
देवा वितं नमसंति जस्स धम्मे सया मणो ॥ १ ॥
- ( com. ) fol. 1 धम्मो मंगलमित्याद्यपद्यं व्याख्यायते । इह जगति सर्वकार्यप्रसाधकं महामंगलं श्रीजिनधर्मो भवति etc.
fol. 24 सदनुष्टाने विशिष्टतरक्रियाकलापे यो (S) नुरागः परमा प्रीतिः स धर्मरागः इति गाथार्थः भावार्थस्त्वारोग्य द्विजनिदर्शनादवसेयः तच्चेदं etc.
Ends. -- fol. 25 निआमिकणं चरियं इमस्स आउगाविप्पस्स
दढव्वयस्स ठिहवं धनेरु इमायरेह जहा धुवं सिद्धसिरिं वरेह ३६ इति धर्मोपदेश ॥ पं मनसुषेन स्ववाचनार्थे ॥
दशवैकालिकसूत्रचूलिकायुगलावचूर्णि
No. 726
Size.— 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 12 folios; 26 lines to a page ; 8o letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Devanāgarī characters; very small, legible and good hand - writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; only the s of the text and those of the two Cūlikās are given ; complete : condition very good.

DaśavaikālikasutraCulikāyugalāvacurṇi
Age.- Samvat 1492.
Author.-- Not mentioned.
Subject. A small commentary explaining Daśavaikǎlikasutra, the Cülikās and a few gathas of the corresponding niryukti.
two
711.
1892-95.

Page #166

726.1
Begins. fol. 14 ॐ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ।
II.
दशवेकालिकसूत्रचूलिकायुगलावचूर्णि
No. 727
4
Malasatras
इहार्थतः श्रीवीरकृतस्य सूत्रतो गणधरकृतस्य दशवैकालिक र व्याख्या । तत्र शास्त्राण्यादिमध्यांतममंगलभांजि भवंति। etc.
Age.- Pretty old.
Author. --- Not mentioned.
Subject.
Ends.fol. 12° किमत्र युक्तमिति निवेदिते विचारणा संधे कालन्हा सदोषात्प्रभूतसत्वानामिदमेवोपकारकं । अतस्तिष्ठत्वेवं स्थापना | २० ॥ इति दशवैका - लिकावचूर्णिः । सं. १४९२. Then in a different hand we have : १७०० ग्रं०
129

Size.- ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 21 folios; 19 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.---- Country paper thin, smooth and grey ; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; bold, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; every side at least in the begining decorated with three small discs, one in the centre and one in each of the two margins; complete condition very good except that the edges of the first and the last foll. are slightly damaged.
DaśavaikālikasūtraCulikāyugalāvacurni
1262. 1886-92.
A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining the original text and the two Culikās.
Begins. - fol. 1 धम्मो धर्म उत्कृष्टं मंगलं भवति । स च अहं (हिं) सासंयमतपोरूपः । तत्र अहिंसा जीवदया etc.
Ends. fol. 21 विचारणा चिरकालविजयभावि । इदमऽध्ययनमिति ॥ ४ ॥ अत्र श्रीशय्यंभवसूरिकथानकं ज्ञेयं ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीदशवै कालिकाऽवचूर्णि रक्षरार्थगमनिका ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥

1 The second Culikā consists of 16 gathas. The gathas of the niryukti herein explained are numbered in continuation, hence we find this number here.

Page #167

130
दर्शवेकालिकसूत्रचूलिकायुगलावचूरि
No. 728
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1) पाक्षिकसूत्रावचूर्णि (2) क्षामणकावचूर्णि
Size.- 1og in. by 4g in.
Extent.-- 22 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 65 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; very small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. at times numbered in the right-hand margin; this Ms. contains the s of the text and those of Culikayugala; complete; condition on the whole tolerably good; for, only the right-hand corners and the edges of several foll. are worn out; this Ms. contains additional works as under :
"

DaśavaikalikasutraCulikayugalāvacuri
foll. 14b (?) to 224
22a
22b
[728.
1182 (a).
1884-87.
"
Author. Yasobhadra Suri, pupil of Śricandra seems to be the author. For, he has composed the last work mentioned here.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit on Daśavaikālikasūtra and its two Cūlikās.
Begins-- fol. ra ँ नमः सर्वविदे ॥

जयति विजितान्यतेजाः etc. up to चूडामणिवरः ॥ १ ॥ Then we have : संहितादिषडूविधा व्याख्या । दुर्गतौ प्रपततमात्मानं धारयतीति धर्मः etc.
Ends. fol. 14° इति शय्यं भवेनाल्पायुमेनमवेत्य मयेदं शास्त्रं निर्यूढं किमत्र युक्तमिति निवेदिते विचारणा संघो दुःख ( प ) माक ( का ) ल (द) -हासद (दो) षा (तू) प्रभूतसत्त्वानां (ना) मिदमेवोपकारकमतस्तिष्ठत्वेतदिति ॥ १३ ॥ इति श्रीदशवैकालिकावचूरिः समाप्ता ॥

Page #168

729.1
II. 4 Malasatras
131
दशवैकालिकसूत्रचूलिकायुगलावचूरि
DasavaikālikasutraCālikāyugalávacūri
712. 1892-95.
No. 729
Size.- 11 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 31 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper thin and whitish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with TAFIS; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used; this Ms. gives the gates of the text and those of the two Cúlikás ; the commentary complete; condition very good; for, only the last
fol. is slightly worm-eaten. Age. – Pretty old. Subject.--- Daśavaikälika surta, the two Cúlikās and the 4 gāthas of
the niryukti commented upon, in Sanskrit. Begins -- fol. 1° TFA ANSEH TE JET ANG AT HHATTTT
BIGAT ATAFT: 11 79 AT Haur etc. Ends. — fol. 315 FEE Gfrio fararpol FT SETT ATTİ TEATATA1
मिदमेवोपकारकं । अति(त)स्तिष्ठत्वेवंभूता स्थापना ॥२०॥ इति श्रीदशThe Ta Thig l etc.

Page #169

132
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1730.
THE THIRD MŪLASŪTRA
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasyakasutra ( ESTEFEUET )
( Sadávassayasutta ) No. 730
1174 (a).
1887-91. Size.- 99 in by 4 in. Extent.- 8 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tìrin, tough and greyish; Jaina Deva
någari characters; small, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines mostly in red ink ; edges, in one; fol. ra blank except that a table of measurements etc. is written on it in Gujarati; red chalk used; complete so far as it goes; condition good.
This Ms. contains the following additional works :
(1) 91155 foll. 45 to 56 (2) Julare Tuttaa , sb, 75 (3) TIGHURTITION
76., 8a (4) 1992aland fol. ge (5) अष्टमीतपस्तुति (6) agraatiaftarala , 8a, 86
(incomplete )
(7) G HIATE Age.- Old Author.- A Ganadhara according to some. Sukhlal does not hold
this view. He has explained his view in Hindi introduction to his edition of “ Pañcapratikramaņa” and its Hindi translation published by Atmānanda Jaina Pustaka-Pracăraka Mandala, Agra in A. D. 1921. This view is challenged by Rāmavijaya ( now styled as Rāmacandra Súri) in his Gujarāti work“ FANTA FEAT ATATEATT ” (pp. 1-67).
Rb
1
This is a titlc as recorded in some Mss, and works.

Page #170

730.)
II. 4 Malasdirds
133
The view that Gañadhara is the author of the Avaśyakasútra is expressed in Gujarāti in the introduction to “sfilarterasTEHTFAT" pt. I. This view is refuted by Sukhlal in a book-let " नवकारमंत्र या पंचपरमेष्ठी अने आवश्यक
HAUT TEFT (Tiga HC TIA )” published by Sri Jaina yuvaka sevāsamāja, Ahmedabad, in Samvat 1983.
Anandasāgara Súri, in his introduction to his edition of Avaśyakasútraniryukti and Malayagiri Sūri's commentary says that Gañadhara is the author of the Avašykasútra,
Subject. This is a mülasútra as stated in Keith's Catalogue.
It deals with several sútras which are associated with six āvaśyakas!. So Sadāvaśyakasūtra may be roughly defined as a collection of the sütras to be daily uttered twice, once in the morning and once in the evening, while performing the six essential duties (āvasyakas) viz. ( 1 ) sämāyika, ( 2 ) caturvimśatistava, ( 3 ) (guru )vandana, (4) pratikramaņa, (5) kāyotsarga and ( 6 ) pratyākhyāna. The propriety of this order is discussed in Siddhacakra ( vol. IV, No. 9, pp. 201-202.) In this issue, it is explained why pratikramaņa is used as a synonym for a collection of the six avaśyakas.
Şađávaśyakasútra given in this Ms. consists of a number of sútras. They are as under :
As regards the synonyms of Āvasyaka, its importance, its six divisions, and their explanation etc. in Gujarāti sce my " Arhatadarśanadipika "pp. 822-829.
2. H. D. Velankar strikes a different note in lis work "A Descriptive Catalogue of Sauskặta and Prāksta Mss. in the library of B, B. R. A.S." (vols, III-IV). For, there (p. 397), he mentions as one of the six ávaśyakas, caityavandaga instead of caturvimšatistava. Moreover he mentions the six avasyakas in the fol. lowing order:
Caityavandana, Kayotsarga, Guruvandana, Sämävika, Pratikramana and Pratyakhyāna.
He supports this statament on p. 397 by saying: "This is the order in which they are given in the Mss.” Furtlermore, on p. 399 he identifies Vandittu sutra with Pratikraniaņasutra.

Page #171

134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1730.
I) नवकारमंत्र (नमस्कारमन्त्र x or नमस्कारसूत्र*). 12) जगचिंतामणि (प्रबोधचैत्यवन्दन*) (3) जंकिंचि (तीर्थवन्दनमूत्र) (4) नमुत्थण (शक्रस्तव or प्रणिपातदण्डक'). (5) जावंति चेइयाइं (सर्वचैत्यवन्दन*). (6) जावंत के वि साहू (सर्वसाधुवन्दन* ). (7) उघसग्गहरथोत्त (उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र x or पार्श्वनाथस्तव). (8) जय वीयराय (प्रणिधानसूत्र* ).
इरियावहिय ( ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र x or ऐर्यापथिकीसूत्र'). (10) तस्स उत्तरी (उत्तरीकरणसूत्र* ). (11) अन्नाथ (कायोत्सर्गसूत्र). (12) लोगस्स (नामस्तव or चतुर्विंशतिस्तब ). (13) सवलोएं अरिहंतचेइयाणं (चैत्यस्तव). (14) पुकखरवर (श्रुतस्तव ). (15) सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं (सिद्धस्तव ). (16) संसारदावानलस्तुति ( वीरस्तुतिसूत्र*). (17) सुगुरुवंदनसूत्र (द्वादशावतर्वन्दनकसूत्र* or बन्दनकसूत्र ). (18) देवसिअ आलोउं (देवसिकालोचनासूत्र ). (19) संथारा ओट्टिणकी if same as रात्रिकातिचार*. (20) अब्भुट्रिओ (गुरुक्षामणासूत्र* or क्षामणासूत्र ). (21) करोमि भंते (सामायिकसूत्र). (22) जय महायस. (23) आयरिय उवज्झाए (आचार्यादिकक्षामणक* ). (24) श्रुतदेवतास्तुति. (25) क्षेत्रदेवतास्तुति. (26) सिरिथंभणयपासनाहथुइ.
(27) सामायिकपौषधपारणगाथा'. * This cross indicates a Sanskrit name ( equivalent) for the corresponding Prakrit one. ... This name as well as all other names marked with an asterisk, have been given from the edition of “साधुसाध्वीदेविसकरात्रिकपाक्षिकचातुर्मासिकमांवत्सरिक प्रतिक्रमणानि प्रकीर्णकविधिसंयुतानि षडावश्यकसूत्राण". These names have been used by the editor whose name though not mentioned, is Anandasagara Suri as can be surmised. This edition has been published by Sresthi Rşabhadevaji Kesa arimalaji Jaina Svetämbara Sarnsthä, in Samvat 1992.
This name is taken from Lalitavistarä. It is mentioned by Hemacandra Suri, too, in his commentary (p. 2164) on Yogasastra ( III, v. 124).
2 This name is given in the svopajna vrtti (p. 2134) ol Yogasastra (III, V. 124).
In the anukramanikā of this work we have this very name (कायोत्सर्गमूत्र). 3 Each of these 27 sutras cxcept the 19th is scparately treated, while describing certain Mss. Scc infra.

Page #172

730.]
III. 4 Mülasūtras
All these 27 sutras are not be found in the Avasyakasūtra (Avassayasutta ). Furthermore, some of the sutras occurring in the Avasyakasūtra are not given here. In order that this remark may be properly grasped, I give below a list of the sutras which appear to constitute the Avaśyakasūtra-the sutras as noted by Haribhadra Suri in his Sisyahita, a commentary on Avaśyakasutra and its niryukti :
(I) करोममंते P. 454.
(2)

( 3 )
( 4 )
(5)
( 8 )
( 9 )
PP. 4943, 501b, 507b and 510a.
( 6 ) चत्तारिसरणसूत्र P. 5714.
(7)
( 11 )
( 12 )
बन्दनकसूत्र p. 5464 and 546b.
(13)
( 14 )
( 15 )
( 16 )
चत्तारि मंगलं सूत्र p. 5690.
चत्तारिलोगुत्तमासूत्र p. 5702.
इच्छामि पडिक्कमिडं जो मे देवसिओ० (प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र ) p. 571. इरियावहियसूत्र ( गमनातिचारप्रतिक्रमण ) p. 5734.
इच्छामि पडिक्कमिउं पगाम० ( श्रमणसूत्र ) PP. 5742, 5754, 5766, 577a, 579a, 611b, 615b, 644, 655a, 725a, 7282, 731a, 760a, 7612, 761b, 762", 762 and 763". ( 10 ) इच्छामि ठाउं काउस्सग्गं जो मे देवसिओ अइआरो कओ ०
P. 778b.
तस्स उत्तरी p. 7792.
अन्नत्थ P. 7794.
सवलोए अरिहंत चेइआणं p. 786
पुखरवर p. 7884.
सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं p. 7898.
इच्छामि खमासमणो ! उवडिओमि अभितर पकिखअं खामेउं
पनरस दिवसाणं p. 7922.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र 2 p. 7932 and 793.
135
( 17 )
( 18 ) सम्यक्त्वालापक सातिचार p. 8112.
For their
1 These sutras constitute what are known as " Pratikramaņasūtras. name, style, source etc. see my article " प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रानुं पर्यालोचन " published in an issue of the “ Jain" dated 23rd February 1936.
2 This sūtra is counted as four sutras which are respectively referred to as चितियखामणामुत्त, तिइयखामणासुत्त, चउत्थखामणा सुत्त and पंचमखामणासुन as the previous sutra here numbered as 16 is there looked upon as पढमवाणासुत,

Page #173

136
Jaina Literature and Philosoply
1730.
( 19 ) प्रथम व्रत (स्थूलप्राणातिपातविरमण) सातिचार p. 818 and
818b. (20) द्वितीय ,, (स्थूलमृषावादविरमण) , p. 820". ( 21 ) तृतीय ,, (स्थूलादत्तादानविरमण) , p. 822.. ( 22 ) चतुर्थ ,, (स्थूलाब्रह्मविरमण) ,, p. 823° and 823. ( 23 ) पश्चम , (स्थूलपरिग्रहपरिमाण) p. 8250. (24) षष्ठ , (दिकपरिमाण)
, p. 8274. ( 25 ) सप्तम ,, (भोगोपभोगपरिमाण)
, p. 8284. (a) उपभोगादिपरिमाण सातिचार p. 8294. (b) कर्मादान
p. 8291. ( 26 ) अष्टम व्रत (अनर्थदण्डविरमण ) सातिचार p. 830. ( 27 ) नवम ,, (सामायिकत्रत) , p. 831". (28) दशम ,, (देशावकाशिक) ,
p. 834. (22) एकादश,, (पौषधोपवास) ,
p. 835". ( 30 ) द्वादश ,, (अतिथिसंविभाग) ,, p. 837'. (31) संलेखनाविचार pp. 838" and 839. (32) नमस्कारसहित प्रत्याख्यान P. 849". (33) पौरुषीप्रत्याख्यान p. 8520. (34) एकाशनप्रत्याख्यान p. 8530. (35) निर्विकृतिकप्रत्याख्यान p. 854".
Out of these Nos. 2, 14 and 15 are metrical compositions containing 7, 4 and 5 verses respectively. Nos. 9 and 27 have 2 and 3 verses respectively ; the remaining portion is in prose.
It may be mentioned en passant that the 35 sūtras noted above do not belong to one and the same adhyayana I Anandasagara Suri in his edition of "नन्द्यादिगाथाद्यकारी इयतो विषयानुकमः" (Āgarr.odaya Samiti Series, No. 55) has mentioned the sūtras noted by Haribhadra Súri. There he has given the serial number for these sūtras from 1 to 54. My number (2) is not counted by him. No. 2 is counted in sutragathi. He has numbered Sramanasūtra as Nos. 8 to 23. Nos. II and 12 of mine are considered as one by him. No. 17 is counted as four numbers ( 32 to 35). This will explain why my number comes to 35 and his as 54. It may added that it appears that really speaking he ouglit not to have given separate sutränkas for the paras of Sramaņasútra.

Page #174

730.]
III. 4 Malasatras
137
of Avaśyakasūtra'. That is to say ( 1 ) belongs to Sämāyikadhyayana, ( 2 ) to Caturvimsatistavadhyayana, (3) to Vandanadhyayana, (4) to (9) to Pratikramanadhyayana, ( 10 ) to ( 18 ) to Kāyotsargādhyayana and ( 19 ) to ( 35 ) to Pratyākhyānādhyayana.
Vācaka Umāsvāti in his bhāsya ( p. 90) on Tattvārthādhigamasútra (I. 20) has noted ( 1 ) Sāmāyika, ( 2 ) Caturvimsatistava, (3) Vandana, (4) Pratikramana, (5) Kayavyutsarga and (6) Pratyākhyāna as some of the varieties
of angabāhyaśrutajñāna. Begins.-- fol. I' नमो अरिहंताणं etc. up to हवड मंगलं. Then we have :
८ सं. ८ ५९ गुरु ७ लघु ६१ एवं ६८
जयउ सामी रिसह 'सेत्तुंजि' etc. Ends.---- fol. 4
यासां क्षेत्रगताः संतः साधवः श्रावकादय जिनाज्ञां साधयंतस्ता रक्षतु क्षेत्रदेवता सिरि थंभणय ट्टी(ट्टि )यपाससामिणो सेसतित्थसामीण
तित्थसु(स )म(मुन्नय( इ )कारणं सुरासुराणं च सवेसिं १ Then we have the 2nd verse'. Then again we have five verses, the last ( 5th ) being as under :-:
सामाइयपोसहसंठियस्स जीवस्स जाइ जउ( जो ) कालो।
सो सफलो बोधव्वो सेसो संसारफलहेऊ ५७ Reference.-- आवश्यक is mentioned in Hemacandra Suri's laghuvrtti
(p. 51 ) on his own work Siddhahaima (II. 1. 33 ) as under :___ “उद्दिष्टमेतदध्ययनमथो एनदनुजानीत, एतकं साधुमावश्यकमध्यापय अथो एनमेव सूत्राणि ।”
___ It is also mentioned in this lagbuurthi ( p. 73) on Siddhahaima ( II. 2. 43 ) in the following line :
"मासेन मासाभ्यां मासैर्वा आवश्यकमधीतम् ।" 1 This work consists of sis adhyayanas so it is called Adhvayanaşaçka and Adhyayanasatkavarga as well.
2 For this see p. 147.
3 This occurs on p. 8 of the Appendis to Sukhlat's edition ot Pancapratikran mana. referred to on p. 132.

Page #175

138
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 730.
I do not know if there is any printed work which contains nothing else but the sūtras given in this Ms. No. 730. Almost all the sūtras given here are printed with some more along with their explanation in Gujarati in the edition of Śri-Pratikarmaņasūtra published by Śrávaka Bhimasimha Māņaka in a. D. 1888. This edition contains additional matter such as Fakhruts and TrangHERT.
Practically all the sūtras given in this Ms. are also printed in the edition named as paraugaano and published by Śrī Jaina Śreyaskara Mandala, Mhesana, in Samvat 1971. This edition contains chāyā, śabdārtha, Gujarāti translation etc.
Sukhlal's edition noted on p. 132 may be also consulted.
The 27 sútras noted on p. 134 are mostly to be found in several other editions containing only two Pratikramanasūtras. They occur in Sadāvaśyakasūtrāņi noted on p. 134. Some of the sütras occur in Hemacandra Súri's commentary on his own work Yogaśästra, in Vardhamāna Súri's Äcāradinakara, in Månavijaya's svopajña commentary on Dharmasamgraha, in the edition containing Lalitavistara and in the edition containing Vandāruvstti.
Out of these, the sütras commented upon in Lalitavistară and Vandāruvstti are noted in the description of these very works which are included in this Part III. So, here I shall first of all mention the 23 sútras commented upon in Yogaśāstra and 29 in Dharmasamgraha, the two works in cluded in Vol. XVIII under “Dārśanika literature ", and then 31 noted and explained in Acāradinakara.
The commentary on Yogaśāstra ( Prakaśa III ) contains the following works :
Page-No'. (1) tufatearea with vyākhyå 2138 to 214* (2) A 39
»
2149 » 2146 (3) 3762*
> > 214 „, 215b
1 The page--number given here belongs to the edition of Yogaśāstra and its svopajña commentary, published by Sri Jaina dharma prasāraka Sabha, Bahvnagar,
* This sign is here used to point out that the sutra under question is split up into parts, while being commented upon

Page #176

730. ]
( 4 ) नमोत्थु णं * ( थयपाढ ) अरिहंतचेइयाणं *
III. 4 Malasutras
(5)
( 6 ) चतुर्विंशतिस्तव
(7) श्रुतस्तव * (8) सिद्धस्तव *
( 9 )
( 10 ) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र ( 11 ) दैवसिकालोचनासूत्र
( 12 ) सव्वस्स वि
जय बीयराय
with vyakhyā
(19) आचामाम्लप्रत्याख्यान ( 20 ) अभक्तार्थप्रत्याख्यान
(21) पानकाकारसूत्र ( 22 ) दिवसच्चरमभवचरम
प्रत्याख्यान
( 23 ) विकृतिप्रत्याख्यान
"
(1 ) ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र'
(2) तस्स उत्तरी
(3) अन्नत्थ *
93

""
21
(13) गुरुक्षामणासूत्र *
( 14 ) नमस्कारसहित प्रत्याख्यान,
( 15 ) पौरुषीप्रत्याख्यान
( 16 ) पूर्वार्धप्रत्याख्यान
""
31
"2
"9
( 17 ) एकाशनप्रत्याख्यान (18) एकस्थानप्रत्याख्यानप्रतीक,,
""
""
13
19
"
13
27
39
"
33
"
"
""
"
"
"2
39
12
12
""
""
""
39
"3
"
"
""
رد
Page-No. 216b to 2232
2232
224b
228b
2302
2332
2376
2442
245*
245b
252b
2526
253
2532
254a
2546
2552
255*
2556
2562

"
""
35
""
"1
29
"
""
"
19
17
23
"
See the corresponding foot-note on p. 138.
1 These are mostly given in parts, while being commented upon.
224"
228a
230
233
In Upadhyāya Mānavijaya's commentary ( pt. I. ) on his own work Dharmasamgraha, we have the following sutras 1 with their explanation in Sanskrit :--
Page-No. 142a to 143a 1442 1446 144b
145a
139
2342
2402
2452
2456
2460
253*
253b
2542
3
2 This page-number refers to the edition published in D. L. J. P. Fund Series
as No. 26, in A. D. 1915.
3 This is the name given by the author himself.
4 Some portion of this sūtra is not mentioned.

Page #177

140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1730.
Page-No. 1466 to 1530 153", I540 1558 , 1582 158 ,, 160 1603 ,, 163° 163
1626
" 164
1746
, 1800
174 181a 1813
, 1824
(4) नमुत्थु णं (5) अरिहंतचेइयाण (6) चतुर्विशतिस्तव (7) श्रुतस्तव (8) सिद्धस्तव (9) वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र (10) जय वीयराय (II) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र (12) सव्वस्स वि (13) गुरुक्षामणासूत्र (14) नमस्कारसहितप्रत्याख्यान
(नवकारसी) (15) पौरुषीप्रत्याख्यान (16) पूर्वार्द्धप्रत्याख्यान (17) एकाशनप्रत्याख्यान (18) आचामाम्लप्रत्याख्यान (19) अभक्तार्थप्रत्याख्यान (20) पानकाकारमूत्र (21) दिवसचरमभवचरमप्रत्याख्यान (22) विकृतिप्रत्याख्यान (23) वंदित्तुसूत्र (24) आयरिय उवज्झाए (25) श्रुतदेवतास्तुति (26) क्षेत्रदेवतास्तुति
184 186 1874 ,, 1870 1870 188
, 1880
1880
189 1894 ,, 189 189° 2232,, 234 234 , 235 235 235
1 "This is as under:
"पाणस्स लेवाडेण वा अलेवाडेण वा अच्छेण वा बहलेण वा ससित्थेण वा असित्येण वा
वोसिरइ." 2 It runs as under :
"सुयदेवया भगवई, नाणावरणीयकम्मसंघायं
तेसिं खवेउ सयय, जेसिं सुअसायरे भत्ती ॥१॥" 3 This is as follows :---
"जीसे खित्ते माह, दसणनाणेहिं चरणसहिएहिं ।
साहंति मुक्खमग्गं सा देवी हरउ दुरिआई॥ १॥"

Page #178

730.]
II 1.4 Mulasutras
141
___Pag: --No. (27) वर्धमानस्तुति'
255 ) 235" (28) विशाललोचन
235 (29) वरकनक
235 ,, 2360 __ In the 38th utiayn : chapter ) of Acāradinakara we have Avaśyakavidhi. This chapter begins with the enumeration of the six types of avaśyaka and the explanation of sāmāyika. The following 31 sutras alorig with their Sanskrit explanation are given in this work :
Page-No.
261
254
with com.
2674
2684
2670 268a 2680
2680
टट
2690
( 1 ) सर्वविरतिसामायिकनत्र (2) देशविरतिसामायिकत्र (3) नवकारमंत्र (4) शक्रस्तव (G) चतुर्विशतिस्तव (6) अर्हच्चैत्यस्तव (7) श्रुतस्तव (8) सिद्धस्तव* (9) वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र ( 10 ) जावंति चेइयाई (II) जावंति के वि साह ( 12 ) जय वीयराय (13) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र' (14) ऐर्यापथिकीसूत्र*
269b
,
271
,
2712
" " ,, ,,
" , , ,,
, 2710 271b 273 ,, 2773 2774 ,, 278.
1 This is the name given by the author. It is otherwise known as "नमोऽस्तु वर्धमानाय". the words with which it begins.
2 This page-number is given from the printed edition published by Pandit K. O. Khamgamwala, Bombay, in A. D. 1923.
This sūtra is styled here as Dandaka and is explained on pp. 261-263a. 4 This is explained on p. 2634. It is stvled as श्राद्धसामायिकदण्डक onp 3050
5 This sūtra is explained on pp. 2648 and 265" This very sutra is again given on p. 3750
* See the corresponding toot-note on p. 138.
6-9 These are respectively styled as Caitvasmarana, Sadhusmarana, Bhagavatprarthana and Vandanasūtra.

Page #179

142
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(15) तस्स उत्तरी
(16) अतीचारालोचन'
( 17 ) यतिरात्रिकातिचार
( 18 ) सयणासयण'
( 19 ) अतिचाराष्टक*
( 20 ) गुरुक्षामणा'
21 ) आयरिय उवज्झाये।
( 22 ) पाक्षिकादिक्षामण
*
( 23 ) श्रमणसूत्र'
(24) पाक्षिकसूत्र *
(25 ) बंदिसूत्र' *
with
""
31
""
""

""
""
93
37
""
""
( 26 ) अन्नत्थ
( 27 ) दशविधाद्धाप्रत्याख्यान (28) भयवं दसण्णभो (77 verses + a line in prose),,
""
""
ور
39
י,
I This slightly differs from दैवसिकालोचनसूत्र.
2 This is only one gäthä as under :
66
com. 278a
رو
""
39
12
""
""
33
""
""
""
""
دو
23
29
33
Page-No.
""
دو
279b
""

280a
28rb
""
282a
283b
294*
305b
311a
313a
to 2796
22
..
22
""
13
""
3195
( 29 ) वरकनक
3242
( 30 ) अतीचारगाथाष्टक
3256
( 31 ) दशविधप्रत्याख्यान
326a 331a 331b
The three sutras viz. Logassa, Suguruvandanasütra and Karemi bhante are printed in Roman characters along with the German translation in "Übersicht über die AvaśyakaLiteratur " 8 published by Walther Schubring in A. D.
1934.
3
""
..
در
1730.
""
सणारायण्णपणे वे ( चे ) इय जे (जड़) सि ( से )ज्न काय उच्चारे ।
समभावणगुत्ती वितहारकरणे अ अइआरा ||
This is almost the same as 1498th gatha of Avaśyakasútraniryukti. 3-4 These are styled as . and in
respectively.
280
281b
282a
282b
294
305b
For Mss. styled as Sadavasyaka see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 2660-2663 and 2666-2671. Out of them, Nos. 2661
311a
311b
3176
5-6 These are respectively styled as यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र and श्रद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र.
7 Out of these, the first four verses are practically the same as those given on pp. 7-8 of the ppendix to Pañcapratikramaṇa (Sukhlal's edition).
8 This is No. 4 of the series known as "Alt und Neu-Indische Studien ".

Page #180

730.)
III. 4 Malasatras
143
2663 contain anonymous bālāvabodha, too. Nos. 26662671 contain tabbā. Therein No. 2667 has a tabbă by Samaracandra and No. 2669, a țabbă by Jinavijaya.
For description of Mss. styled as Şaļāvaśyakasútra see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 397-399'. In this Catalogue Nos. 1535 and 1536 given on p. 400 contain over and above Şadávaśyakasútra, Merusundara's bālāvabodha and an earlier but anonymous bālāvabodha respectively.
In Keith's Catalogue, No. 7495 gives the description of a Ms. styled as Şadāvaśyakasútra and a bālāvabodha in bhāsā (Gujarāti).
For other details see Weber II, p. 739sn., Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 50-76, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, D. 329ff, Leumann's “Ueber die Avaçyaka-Literature" (Actes du X• Congress international des Orientalistes II° C, parte section I, p. 125, Leide, 1895, E. Leumann's “ Die Avaśyaka-Erzählungen", Leipzig, 1897, “ Essai de Bibliographie Jaina ” Nos. 58 and 374, G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 24, Winternitz, Geschichte Vol. II (p. 315), A History of Indian Literature vol. II, pp. 429, 470, 476n., 481, 485, 489n., 536, 575 and 589, Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV ( Jacobi's article on Kālakācārya-kathā) and vol. XXXVII ( Leumann's article on Kālikācārya-katha) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 81 ).
On pp. 397-399 we have in Devanagari characters the following sutras: -- (1) Navakāramantra, ( 2 ) Pranipātasūtra, (3) Iriyāvahi (this is not separated from the former, that is a slip), (4) Tassa uttari, 05 ) Anpattha (this, too is not, separated from the former ), (6) Sakrastava, ( 7) Arihantacaivaņam styled as Caityastavadandaka, (8) Caturvimšatistava, (9) Srutastva also stvled as Siddhantastava, (10) Siddhastava, ( 11 ) Java viyarāva, (12) Suguruvandanasūtra styled as Guruvandana, (13) Daivasikālocanāsútra without any specific name, (14) Savvassa vi, ( 15 ) Abbhuţthio (this is not separated from the former once more a slip ), (16) Samayikasutra styled as Samayika, (17) Vandittunutra also styled as Pratikramapasutra, and ( 18.28) eleven Pratyakhyanastras.

Page #181

144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 731.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasya kasūtra
1131.
No. 731
1891-95. Size.— 78 in. by 61 in. Extent.--- 17 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 17 letters to a line. Description.- Foreign paper with an elephant-brand as the water
mark : Jaina Devanāgari characters ; quite bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, whereas edges singly; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; foll. 19 and 170 blank; complete; the ending portion includes Snātasyāstuti, too, which is also treated
as a separate work in some Mss.; condition very good. Age. - Samvat 1946. Author.- More than one Jaina saint.. For instance, it is said that
Snātasyāstuti is a composition of Bälacandra, a pupil of
Kalikālasarvajña Hemacandra Súri. Subject. - This work mostly in Prākrit consists of sútras some of
which are not to be found in the previous work', and thus
it differs from it. Begins.— fol. 15 FA 1 STE PIATT AA: 1
नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सब्बसाहूणं ।
एसो पंचनमुक्कारों(रो) सव्वपावप्पणासणौं( णो)। मंगलाणं च सवेस(सिं) पढमं हवई(इ) मंगलं ॥
(TTTTTA CATHAUT etc. Ends.-fol. 162
इच्चाया? इ) महासईओ जयंतु अकलंकसीललिआओ । 3755 1a FAT(T) FF TOT)34(ET) fâ55(E)STÛ AISI zia frate ()
! For instance, the last sutras viz. Bharahesarasajjhāya ( styled as silavadādigunasmaranasutra in Sadāvasvakasutrani ) and Snätasvástui are not there.
2 This sutra is usually known as l'rapipātasútra. In the contents of “Sadāvasyakasutrani ". it is styled as "Sthobhavandanastia" and "Khamasamana" as well.

Page #182

732.1
Reference.
III. 4 Malasntras
All the sutras given here seem to be published in one or the other editions of Pañcapratikramaṇasūtras mentioned in No. 730.
षडावश्यक सूत्र
स्वातस्याप्रतिमस्य 'मेरु' शिखरे शच्या (च्या) विभो (:) शैशवे । रूपालोकनविस्मयाहृतरसभ्रांत्या भ्रमच्चक्षुषा । उन्मृष्टं नयनप्रभाधवलितं क्षीरोदकाशंकया ।
वक्त्रं यस्य पुनः पुनः स जयति श्रीवर्द्धमानो जिनः ॥ १ ॥ हंसाशा (सा) हतपद्मरेणुकपिशक्षीरार्णवांभोभृतैः ।
कुंभैरप्सरसां पयोधरभरप्रस्पर्द्धिभिः कांचनैः । येषां 'मंदर' रत्नशैलशिखरे जन्माभिषेकः कृतः ।
सर्वैः सर्वसुरासुरेश्वरगणैस्तेषां तं (न) तोऽहं क्रमान् ॥ २ ॥ अर्हकप्रसूतं गणधररचितं द्वादशांगं विशालं ।
चित्रं बह्वर्थयुक्तं मुनिगणवृषभैर्द्धारितं बुद्धिमद्भिः । मोक्षाग्रद्वार भूतं व्रतचरणफलं ज्ञेयभावप्रदीपं ।
भक्त्या नित्यं प्रपद्ये श्रुतमहमखिलं सर्वलोकैकसारं ॥ ३ ॥ निष्पंकव्योमनि (नील (द्युति) मलसदृशं बालचंद्राभदंष्ट्रं । मत्तं घंटारवेण प्रसृतमदजलं पूरतं समंतात् । आरूढो दिव्यनागं विचरति गगने कामदः कामरूपी ।
क्षं (क्षः) सर्वानुभूति (ति) दि (दि) शतु मम सदा सर्वकार्येषु सिद्धिं ॥ ४ ॥ इति श्रीषडावश्यकं संपूर्ण । संवत् १९४६ सुंदरलालका ।

145
No. 732
Size.— 8 in. by 42 in.
Extent.- 27 folios; 7 lines to a page ; 20 letters to a line.
Sa dāvaśyakasūtra
871.
1892-95.
Description. - Country paper somewhat thick, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; quite bold, very big, perfectly

Page #183

146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(732.
legible and elegant hand-writing: borders ruled in two lines in crimson ink, whereas edges, in one line; fol. 1* marked with diagrams; white paste used instead of the yellow pigment; complete so far as it goes; condition very
good. Age.- Samvat 183 ( 1835?). Begins.-- fol. 163 79: lo sfiatfeqraflorary TA: 1
TRT SPENUT etc. as in No. 731. Ends.-- 26* TIE HETTE 3 etc., up to sgoi ll as in No. 731. This
is followed by a line as under :
#863(?) a stref ara crear pafacer N. B.-- For further particulars see Nos. 730 and 731.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasyakasūtra
242. No. 733
1871-72. Size.- 95 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 6 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 31 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with quaTITS; bold, big, quite clear and good hand-writing ; foll. r* and 60 blank; borders as well as the edges ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of the last two foll. slightly damaged ; condition good;
complete so far as it goes. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.-Not mentioned. Subject.— A collection of sütras connected with the six āvaśyakas. Begins.- fol. 1 CAT steari etc. as in No. 731.

Page #184

733.]
III. 4 Malasutras
Ends. fol. 6© सिरि'थंभण' द्वियपाससामिणो । सेसतित्थसामीणं । तित्थसमुन्नकारणं सुरासुराणं च सव्वेसिं ॥ १ ॥ एसमहं सरणत्थं काउसग्गं करेमि सत्तीए ।
ती गुणस (सु) द्विय (स्स) संघस्य समुन्ननिमित्तं ॥ २ ॥ करोमि काउeri
इति श्रीषडावश्यक सूत्रं ।
Reference. - See No. 730-732.

These two verses are given on p. 11 (Appendix) of the edition of
11
* Pañcapratikramana published with Hindi translation from Agra, in A. D. 1921,
147

Page #185

148
नमस्कारमन्त्र ( नवकार मंत्र )
No. 734
a line.
Description.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.9 in. by 3 in.
Extent. 43-2-1-1-1-2-36 folios; 9 lines to a page; 35 letters to
(5) जावंति चेइयाई
(6) जावंत के वि साहू ( 7 )
( 8 ) उवसग्गहरथोत्त
( 9 ) जय वीयराय
(10) प्रणिपातसूत्र
Country paper somewhat thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, fairly legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered fn the right-hand margin just in a corner; each and every fol. worm-eaten in several places; so, in a few cases, the numbering is gone; condition fair; red chalk used: there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; yellew pigment used while making corrections fol. 1a blank; complete; this work ends on fol. 1; this Ms. contains in addition the following works:(1) जयउ सामिउ' ( 2 ) जं किंचि (3) वरकनक ( 4 )
:
fol. 16
नमुत्थु णं ( शक्रस्तव )
नमोऽर्हत् ( परमेष्ठिनमस्कार )
(11) ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र
(12) तस्स उत्तरी
( 13 ) अन्नत्थ

39
95
17
Namaskaramantra (Navakaramantra)
99
པཏྟཏྟཱ ;
fol.
#
39
23
2a
2222 222 2
foll. 2 to 3a

2a to 2b
2b
2b
2ம்
1270 (1).
1887-91.
[ 734.
3a
3b
3a to 3b
ვს ვა
1 This is practically same as
without the first.gäthä.
2 This is the name given by Sukhlal in his edition of Pancapratikramana re
ferred to on p. 132.

Page #186

734.]
( 14 ) लोगस्स (नामस्तव )
( 15 ) चैत्यस्तव
( 16 ) अन्नत्थ
( 17 ) पुक्खरवर ( श्रुतस्तव )
( 18 ) सुयस्स भगवओ
( 19 ) चैत्यस्तव
( 20 ) सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं (सिद्धस्तव )
( 21 ) वेयावञ्चगराणं ( वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र )
III. 4 Mulasutras
( 22 ) अन्नत्थ
( 23 ) पार्श्वस्त
( 24 ) पञ्चदेवस्तुति (कल्लाणकंदंस्तुति)
( 25 ) आदिनाथस्तुति
(26) नेमिनाथस्तुति ( 27 ) संसारदावानलस्तुति
(28) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र
( 29 ) देवसिय आलोउं (आलोचनसूत्र )
( 30 ) सव्वास्स वि ( सर्वस्यापि )
( 31 ) अब्भुट्टिओ (गुरुक्षामणा सूत्र )
( 32 ) अड्ढाइज्जे
( 33 ) वंदित सूत्र
(34) लूणपाणीविधि
( 35 ) आरात्रिक
( 36 ) मङ्गलप्रदीप
(37) कुसुमाञ्जलि
( 38 ) महावरिकलश
( 39 ) अभिषेक
( 40 ) महावीरवृद्धकलश
(41) धूमावली ( 42 ) देवकाब
(43) गुरुछप्पा
( 44 ) नमिऊण ( भयहरस्तोत्र )
( 45 ) तिजयपहुत्त ( सप्ततिशतस्तोत्र )
(46) बृहच्छान्तिस्तोत्र

foll. 30 to 44
fol. 4a
29
4b
4b
foll. 4b to 54
fol. 5a
5a
39
"
33
"1
"
37
foll. 5 to 6a
"
fol. 6a
27
79
foll. 6b fol. 7a
yb
7b
39
4a to 4b
4b
22
23
25
tion in
77
5a to 5b
23
5b
4%
foll. 12b
29
10a to 10b
foll. 11 (?),, 124
fol. 12a

64 to 6b
ryb
27
14a
13a fol. 14a 14b
foll. 14b ,, 16b
16b 17b
17b
19a
22b
19a
22b
?
26a
12a to 12b
13a
13
25
"1
33
"
22
22
33
"
29
7a
7b
99
23b
26a
28a
149

Page #187

150
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 734.
( 47 ) Fytalat
fol. 28a to 286 (48) TITEITEN
foll. 286 , 315 ( 49 ) H TARFAITE
fol. 316; foll. 342 to 35b (50) FATFART
foll. 35b to 39a (51 ) waar
„, 392 „ 406 ( 52 ) AFFITTO
„ 41 , 422 (53) Pratt
„ 422 ., 436 Out of these sūtras, 1-33 may be said to be constituting what is, roughly speaking, known as Şaļāvaśyakasūtra.
Foll. 8, 9, 11, 24, 25, 32 and 33 are missing ; so the
corresponding works are incomplete. Age.- Old. Aurhor.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- This entire work in Prākrit deals with obeisance to the
five Parameshins and its fruit. It is styled as Mahāśrutaskandha. Each of its first five padas such as FAT TEaroi etc. is looked upon as an adhyayana. The portion following these five adhyayanas" is called cūlikā, and it shows the importance of the five adhyayanas. Some look upon this cülikā as redundant. This view is refuted in "Siddhacak ra” ( vol. IV, No. 3, p. 67). There it is remarked that in that case, the first and the last verses of Logassa, and the verse beginning with ISHTT which forms a part and parcel of Pukkharavaradivaddhe should be discarded. It is further observed that the last pāda of this Mahāśrutaskandha occurs in Mahānisīthasūtra. So those who substitute er for at are not justified in doing so. An additional criticism is made as under :
| Just as there is in Āvaśyakasūtraniryukti nikşepa and sūtrasparšikaniryukti respectively in the beginning and end of every dhyayana, so we have beginning and end for these five pādas (adhyayanas). That is why this entire work (Pancamangala ) is designated as Mahäśrutaskandha. Vide Siddhacakra” vol. IV, No. 3, p. 67.

Page #188

735.)
III. 4. Malasatras
151
It is true that there are five padas in the beginning of Bhagavatisútra ; but, on that account, the rest cannot be said to be interpolated. For, those who look upon only the first five padas as genuine ought nou to have discarded FAT jate foaig as it is tantamount to a khandana of a
sútra. Begins.- fol. 10 & 11 AAT HOTTTT: 11
नमो अरहताणं। नमो सिद्धाणं। नमो आयरियाण। नमो उवज्झायाणं।
नमो लोए । सव्वसाहणं। Ends.-fol. 1" TheHari 17 (a)ma (CO)ATTEOTTI
मंगलाणं च । सव्वेसिं पढमो(मं) हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥ Reference.-- Published. It is also edited by me with Sanskrit
rendering and Gujarāti translation. See “The third Kiraṇāvali” ( Arhatajivanajyoti ) pp. 49-50.
Namaskaramantra is given by way of quotation in the svopajña commentary (p. 371 ) on Yogaśāstra ( VIII, 34).
For other details see No. 730.
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Namaskāramantra
No. 735
1269 (1)
1887–91. Size.-- 12 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 76 folios ; 14 to 15 lines to a page ; s2 to 58 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin, durable and grey ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with frequent qehETS ; bold, legible, uniform, neither too big nor too small and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; the interlinear space coloured red; foll. numbered in the right

Page #189

152
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 735.
to
20
hand margin ; fol. 1a blank; unnumbered sides are decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre, whereas the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used ; strips of white paper pasted to the edges of the first fol. ; condition on the whole good ; complete ; this work ends on fol. 1b; this Ms. contains in addition the following 67 works :(1) ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र
tol. 10 (2) तस्स उत्तरी (3) अन्नत्थ (4) लोगस्स.(नामस्तव) (5) नमत्थु णं (शक्रस्तव) (6) चैत्यस्तव (7) अन्नत्थ (8) चैत्यस्तव (9) श्रुतस्तव (10) सुयस्स भगवओ (11) चैत्यस्तव (12) सिद्धस्तव (13) वैयावश्यकरसूत्र (14) अन्नत्थ ( 15 ) जावंति चेइयाई (16) जावंत के वि साहू (17) चिरसंचिय (18) नमोऽर्हत् (19) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र ( 20 ) जय वीयराय (प्रार्थनासूत्र) (21) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र (22) आलोचनाभूत्र (23) सव्वस्स वि (24) गुरुक्षामणासूत्र (25) सामायिकसूत्र (26) आलोचनासूत्र
foll. , to 3. (27) श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र These three may be looked upon as only a portion of Vandittusütra.
to
26
1-3

Page #190

III. 4 Malasatras
I)
fol. 4
foll.
11b
5" .. fol.11h
(28) आयरिय उवज्झाए (29) जो को विहु पाणिगणो (30) उपवासप्रत्याख्यान (31) (32) (33) ग्रन्धिसहितप्रत्याख्यान (34) विकृतिप्रत्याख्यान (35) एकाशनप्रत्याख्यान (36) एकस्थानप्रत्याख्यान (37) अभक्तार्थप्रत्याख्यान ( 38 ) दिवसचरिमप्रत्याख्यान (39) साधु( यति )प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र ( 40 ) पाक्षिकसूत्र (41) पाक्षिकक्षामणक (42) दशवकालिकसूत्र नलिकाद्वयसहित ( 43 ) उपदेशमाला (44) पिण्डविशुद्धि ( 45 ) शीलोपदेशमाला (46) स्नातस्यास्तुति ( 47 ) जीवविचार (48) विवेकमारी (49) गुरुवन्दनकभाष्य (50) प्रत्याख्यान (51) भावनासन्धि (52) चैत्यवन्दनभाष्य (53) चउपइ (Guj.) (54) योगीवा० (Guj.) (55) सावधूपक्षेपलवणोत्तारणलूणविधि
आरतीमङ्गलप्रदीपोत्तारणविधि (56) आदिजिनेश्वरजन्माभिषेक
fol.40
"
"
41b
foll. 41b
fol.50a .. 504
foll. 50b , fol. 514 ,, 51
I This work is here described on p. 101. See No. 707. 2 This work is described in Pt. I opp. 369. See No. 412.

Page #191

154
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1735
, 540
, 69
(57) महावीरकलश
foll. 51 to 52b (58) बृहच्छान्तिस्तोत्र
,, 520 , 530 (59) लघुशान्तिस्तोत्र
fol. 530 (60) पञ्चपरमेष्ठिस्तवन (61) गौतमपृच्छा
foll. 544, 55 (62) योगशास्त्र (I-IV )
, 55 , 65 (63) वीतरागस्तोत्र
, 65 ,, 69 (64) अवगाहनाद्वार (65) गतिद्वार
fol. 71 (66) सङ्ग्रहणीरत्न
foll. , , 75" (67) भक्तामर स्तोत्र
,, 75 , 76 Out of these sutras. I to 28 may be said to be com
ponent factors of Saďävaśyakasutra. Age. - Old. Begins. -- fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ अहं ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं Ends.- fol. I" एसो पंचनमुकारो etc. up to हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥ as in
No. 734. N. B.--- For other details see No. 734.
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Namaskāramantra
1106 (1). No. 736
1891-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 58 - I = 57 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 35 to 40 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
någari characters ; big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges mostly in two, in red ink : red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll.

Page #192

736.]
III. 4 Mulasatras
155
fol. 22
, 20
numbered in both the margins ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 18; condition on the whole good : foll. I and 58b blank ; this work ends on fol. 1'; commplete; fol. 9th missing ; this Ms. contains the following additional works :-- (1) जयउ मामि (जगचिन्तामाण') fol.1b (2) जं किंचि (3) शक्रस्तव
foll. „ to 22 (4) जावंति चेइआई (5) जावंत के वि साह (6) नमोऽहत् (7) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र (8) जय वीयराय (9) प्रणिपातसूत्र ( 10 ) ईर्यापथिकीमत्र (11) तस्स उत्तरी (12) अन्नत्थ (13) नामस्तव
foll.,
, 34 (14) चैत्यस्तव
fol. 3a (15) श्रुतस्तव (16) सुअस्स भगवओ ( 17 ) चैत्यस्तव (18) सिद्धस्तव (19) वैयावृत्त्यकरमत्र (20) अन्नत्थ ( 21 ) संसारदावानलस्तुति (22) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र
foll. ,, (23) देवसिकालोचनासूत्र
fol. 4 (24) (25)- गुरुक्षामणासूत्र (26) सामायिकसूत्र (27) (28) पौषधसूत्र
I
See p. 148, ft. note 1.

Page #193

156
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[736.
fol. 5a
1.
"
, 64
foll. 6380
(29) आयरिय उवज्झाए (30) जय महायस (31) श्रुतदेवीस्तुति ( 32 ) भवनवासिनीदेवीस्तुति ( 33 ) क्षेत्रदेवतास्तुति ( 34 ) श्रुतदेवतास्तुति ( 35 ) पाक्षिकस्तुति ( 36 ) वर्धमानस्तुति ( 37 ) नमोऽस्तु वर्धमानाय ( 38 ) सामायिकपौषधपारणगाथा ( 39 ) अज्ञातनामधेय ( 40 ) साध्वतिचारगाथा ( 41 ) गोचरचर्यागाथा (42) आकारसङ्ख्यागाथा (43) दशविधप्रत्याख्यान (44) चउक्कसाय ( 45 ) साधु( यति )प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र (46) पाक्षिकक्षामणा (47) आलोचना (48) उपदेशमाला (49) वंदित्तुसूत्र ( 50 ) राईसंथारगाथा ( 51 ) जय तिहुयणस्तोत्र (52) अजितशान्तिस्तव ( 53 ) नमिऊणस्तोत्र (54) तं जयउ ( 55 ) गुरुपारतन्त्र्यस्मरण (56) सिग्घमवहर (57) उवसग्गहरथोत्त (58) लघुशान्तिस्तोत्र (59) भक्तामरस्तोत्र (60) कल्याणमन्दिरस्तोत्र (61) भावारिवारणस्तोत्र
fol. ४ foll. ,
,
" 11
, 120
fol. 122 , 12 foll. 12b , 14
,, 14 , 15 ,, 151 ,, 160 , 16 , 18
, 18 , 22 ,, 22 , 23,, 234 ,, 24 fol. 24 , 240 foll. 24 ,, 25 fol. 25
foll. 25* ,, 26
., 28 ,, 300 ,, 30° ,, 32*

Page #194

736.]
___ III. 4 Malasatras
157
',, 38
, 4
"
420
(62) दुरियरयस्तोत्र
foll. 32 to 34 (63) जीवविचार
,, 34* ,, 36 (64) नवतत्त्व (65) लघुसङ्ग्रहणी
,, 38,, 39 (66) तिजयपहुत्तस्तोत्र
,, 39" ,, 40 (67) नवग्रहगर्भितपार्श्वनाथस्तोत्र
fol. 40' ,, 40" (68) अष्टमीस्तुति (69) पञ्चमीस्तुति
foll. 40" ,, 41 (70) नवपदस्तुति
fol. 4I' ,, 4" (71) अजितजिनस्तुति (72) शीतलजिनस्तुति
foll. 41°,, 42 (73) पाजिनस्तुति
fol. 42* ,, 42 (74) नेमिजिनस्तुति (75) जिनकुशलमूरिकृतस्तुति foll. 42 ,, 43 (76) चतुर्विशतिजिनस्तुति
fol. 43 (77) जिनस्तुति
,, 43* ,, 43" (78) सीमन्धरस्वामिस्तुति
,, 43 (79) पार्श्वजिनस्तुति
foll. 43° ,, 44 (80) विंशतिविहरमाणजिनस्तुति fol. 44 (81) नेमिनाथस्तुति
, 44° ,, 44 (82) वीरस्तुति
,, 44 (83) पार्श्वजिनस्तुति
foll. 44" ,, 45 (84) शत्रअयस्तुति
fol. 45 (85) दीपावलीस्तुति
,, 45 (86) महावीरस्तुति
,, 45, 45" (87) मौनैकादशीस्तुति
,, 450 (88) पर्युषणास्तुति
foll. 45° ,, 46 (89) अष्टमीस्तुति
fol. 464 (90) सरस्वतीस्तोत्र
, 468., 460 (91) सग्रहणीसूत्र
foll. 46",, 58 ___ Out of these sutras, I to 38 seem to constitute Sada
vasyakasutra. Age.-- Sainvat 1840.

Page #195

158
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1736.
Begins.- fol. b नमो अरिहंताणं etc. Ends.-ol. 1" एसो पंचनमुक्कारो etc. up to हवै (वइ) मंगलं
N. B.---- For additional information see No. 731.
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Namaskaramantia
No. 737
575 (1) 1895-98.
Size.— 102 in. by 5 in.
Extent.- 39 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper sufficiently thick, tough and greyish
in colour; Devanagari characters; bold, legible and fairly good hand-writing; borders ruled regularly in two lines in red ink and margins singly in the same ink; red chalk used for marking the numbers and the titles of different works; white pigment used in place of the yellow pig
ment; the first fol. is little bit torn ; the last three are damaged, perhaps corroded by white ants; condition tolerably good; the last fol. written in a different and bigger hand by some one else ; fol. I blank ; complete ; this Ms. contains the following works in addition :(1) जीरिकापल्लिस्वामिश्रीपार्श्वजिनस्तुति fol. 16 (2) भयहर( नमिऊण स्तोत्र
foll. 1 to 25 (3) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र (4) जे किंचि (5) शक्रस्तव
foll. 20 ,, 3 (6) चिन्तामणिपार्श्वस्तुति
fol. 32,, 30 (7) पार्श्वजिनस्तोत्र (8) शलेश्वरपार्श्वजिनछन्द
foll. 3° ,, 5" (9) गौडीपार्श्वनाथछन्दमोतीदामस्तुति ,,5°,,7
fol. 20

Page #196

737.)
II. 4
( 10 ) पद्मावतीपूजनविधि
(II) पद्मावतीकवच
( 12 ) पद्मावतीसहस्रनामस्तोत्र
Malasatras
(13) पद्मावतीस्तोत्र ( ? कल्प )
( 14 ) पद्मावतीछन्द
( 15 )
पद्मावतीविधि
( 16 ) पद्मावतीपूजामन्त्रविधि
( 17 ) पद्मावती पूजाऽऽहूति सर्वविधि चक्रेश्वरीस्तोत्र
( 18 )
( 19 )
क्षेत्रपालछन्द (स्तुति)
( 20 )
अन्नपूर्णास्तुति
( 21 )
अन्नपूर्णास्तोत्र
( 22 )
सारदास्तोत्र
( 23 )
ज्वालामुखी स्तोत्र
( 24 ) सरस्वतीस्तोत्र ( अनुभूतिसिद्धि )
(25)
सरस्वतीद्वादशमासछन्द
( 26 ) अडयलनाम सरस्वतीछन्द
( 27 ) सरस्वतीछन्द
(28)
सरस्वत्यष्टक सरस्वतीस्तोत्र
( 29 )
( 30 ) पठितसिद्ध सारस्वतस्तोत्र
( 31 ) भारतीस्तोत्र
(32) लक्ष्मीदेवीस्तोत्र
(33) सरस्वत्यष्टक (34) सरस्वती देवी स्तोत्र
(35) बालत्रिपुराछन्द
( 36 ) अम्बिकाछन्द
(37) पञ्चाङ्गुलीछन्द
( 38 ) गणपतिपाहाडगतिछन्द
( 39 )
गणेशछन्द
( 40 ) गौरक्षेत्रपालनीसाणी ( 2 )

( 41 ) लघुस्तवस्तोत्रन्यास
( 42 ) त्रिपुरास्तोत्र

fol. 72,, 7b foll. 7th
ga
"
39
""
fol. 14 b
ga 12a
""
33
12a 13b
13b,, 14b
"
fol. 24* 24h
33
foll. 24b , 2)* fol. 25 *,,
25h
foll. 25, 261
fol. 264 26b
"" ""
33
33
foll. 26b,, 272
fol. 27a 27b
foll.
""
23
27h,, 286
28b,, 29b
296
13
პის
fol. 3ob foll.
fol. 31a
›› 31a 3rb foll. 31b,, 324
fol. 32a
"
-15h
-23h
د.
""
fol. 37b foll.
159
"
"
foll. 326,,
"
fol. 354,”
foll. 35b
კ2
33, 34a
fol. 342, 34b
foll. 34b,, 35a
35h
"
""
33b
372
38h

Page #197

160
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
737
(43) बालात्रिपुरास्तोत्र
foll. 38h to 39 (44) बालत्रिपुरापद्धत्यादि (?)
fol. 39* ,, 39" (45) जिनस्तुति (?)
,, 390 Age.-- Not older than the nineteenth century ; see the 23rd folio.
On fol. 26b there is the date viz. Samvat 1889. See
Saradastotra. Begins.-.foi. 1h
श्रीपाश्चजिनाय नमः ॥
नमो अरिहताणं । etc. Ends.. fol. 1"
मंगलाणं च सम्वेसि पढम होड मंगलं ॥१॥ N. B.... For other detals sce No. 734.
-
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Nauaskāramantra
No. 738
640(8). 1895-98.
Size..-114 in. by 64 in. Extent.-- 11 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari
characters; bold, legible, uniform and elegant handwriting ; borders carefully ruled in three lines in red ink, and the margins singly in the same ink; condition very good ; complete ; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :(1) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
fol. I b (2) भयहरस्तोत्र
____1 to 23 (3) जय तिहुयणस्तोत्र
___2* ,, 4. (4) अजितशान्तिम्तव
4°,, 5" (5) चिन्तामणिपार्श्वस्तोत्र
5, 62 (6) भक्तामरस्तोत्र
6 ,, 8

Page #198

739.]
(7) कल्याणमन्दिरस्तोत्र
( 8 ) वृद्धनमस्कार
( 9 ) लघुशान्तिस्तोत्र
Age. Samvat 1940.
Begins. fol. 1
Ends. fol. 1
III. 4
नमस्कारमन्त्र
No. 739
Malasatras

foll.
17
aftari etc., as in No. 737.
etc., as in No. 737.
Reference. This sutra is given as an avatarana in the svopajña commentary of Yogaśästra (VIII, 34). For further particulars see No. 734.
भक्तामर स्तोत्र ( Incomplete )
"2
""
( 1 ) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
( 2 ) तिजयपहुत्त ( सप्ततिशत जिनस्तोत्र ) शान्तिकरस्तव
(3)
( 4 )
नमिऊणस्तोत्र
( 5 )
( 6 ) अजितशान्तिस्तव
(7) लघुशान्तिस्तोत्र
( 8 ) बृहच्छान्तिस्तोत्र
Size.- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 11-110 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper sufficiently thick, tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, legible, uniform, neither very big nor very small and elegant handwriting; borders ruled carefully in two pairs of lines in black ink; there is some space left between these pairs; red chalk used; complete; condition good; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :
8a to 9b
9b,, Iob
Iob Ilb

Namaskaramantra
350 ( a ). A. 1882-83,
fol. Ib
foll.
fol. 2a
foll.
رو
fol.
foll.
22
161
Ib to 2a
2b
1 2 2 w N
در
6b
2b 3a
""
ཨས༩༨
3a 4a
92
6b ,, 7a
72 22
118
8a

Page #199

162
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 739.
(9) Freiherra
foll. 8a to 10 (10) FT fagaueala
, 104, 1Tb The fifth folio is missing, so the corresponding works are
affected. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. 1 TH ATT I GETTI( atat aquestefaaliga Git
गुरुभ्यो नमः।
RAT POTATO I etc. Ends.- fol. 12 Angrai T HELT GÅ ETE ANO 1171181
N. B.-- For additional information sce No. 734.
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Namaskāramantra No. 740
885 (a).
1892-95. Size.— 104 in. by 4.1 in. Extent.-- (text) 13 tolios ; I to 2 lines to a page ; so letters to a
line. , - (com.) , , ; , , , , ; 55 „ to a
line. Description.-- Country paper somewhat thick, tough and white ;
Jaina Devanāgari characters with occasional quara; this is a garat Ms.; the text written in big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; practically same is the case with the commentary except that it is written in a slightly smaller hand-writing; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. ra originally blank has been later on utilised by some one for writing some items connected with the Dikpālas ; condition very good; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter ends on fol. 24; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :

Page #200

740.]
III. 4. Malasatras
163
(1) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र टीकासहित foll. 24 to 3b (2) सप्ततिशतस्तोत्र , , 3 , 72
(3) भयहस्तोत्र , , 74 ,, I3b Age.- Samvat I792. Author of the commentary.-- Vácaka Siddhicandra, pupil of
Bhānucandra. For his life and works see my Sanskrit bhủ. mika ( pp. 72-84 ) of Stuticaturvimsatika published in A. D. 1930, and for information in Gujarāti see “TTT प्रभावक गुरु-शिष्य भानुचंद्र अने सिद्धिचंद्र" published in " Jainacharya Shri Atmanand Centenary Commemoration Volume"
(“जैनाचार्य श्री आत्मानंद जन्म शताब्दि स्मारक ग्रंथ"), pp. 225-245. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text ) tol. I" ए६० ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ।।
नमो अरिहंताणं etc. as in No. 734. ,, -(com.) fol. 11
:॥श्रीगणेशाय नमः॥ श्रीनाभयः श्रियं दद्यात्सुरासुरनमस्कृतः । विघ्नानेकपपंचास्यो दधद्विश्वजनीनतां ।१। अकब्बरसुरवाणहृदयांबुजषट्पदः । भानुचंद्रश्चिरं जीयाद् गुरुमें वाचकाग्रणी ।२। अष्टोत्तरशतानां योऽवधानानां विधायकः । दधानः 'पुस्फहमें ति बिरुदं शाहिना(s)र्पितं । ३ . तेन वाव(च)कचंद्रेण सिद्धिचंद्रेण सर्वदा । बुद्धिवृद्ध्यै वि(वि)तंद्रेण बालानामल्पमेधसां । ४। शश्वत्सप्तस्मरणानां वृत्तिरेषा विधीयते । तत्र तावन्नमस्कार एव व्याख्यायते मया ।५।
त्रिभिर्विशेष नमो अरिहंताणमिति । नमो नमस्कार केभ्यः । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 2* सब्वपावप्पणासणो etc. up to मंगलं ।१। as in
No. 734.

Page #201

164
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(740. Ends.- (com.) fol. 24 SET TITTI TUTTO I TE TET I spent = HTET
विश्रामस्थानानि तत्र सप्त एकैकपदा । अत्या तु द्विपदेति नमस्कारार्थः । Reference.-- Both the text and the commentary are included in
Anekārtharatnamanjūşā (pp. 1-6 ) edited by me and published in Sheth D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 81 in A. D. 1933. For other details see No. 734.
नमस्कारमन्त्र बालावबोधसहित No. 741
Namaskāramantra with bālāvabodha
742. 1892-95.
Size.--- 9 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 4 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and grey ; Devanagari chara
cters; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; edges of all the foll. are slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good : both the text and its explanation complete so far as they go, that is to say the
cúlikā and its explanation are not to be found here. Age.--- Old. Author of the bālāvabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Obeisance to the five Paramesphins in Prakrit and its
explanation in detail in Gujarātī, with quotations in
Prakrit. Begins.- (text ) fol. 14 TÆT SENTUT 1 1 - (com.) fol. 1° HIETU TAFETT Benia Háaat ganti faktor
33 à fuftea etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 36 FAT DIE TAIZOI

Page #202

742.)
III. 4 Malasätras
165
Ends. — (com.) fol. 4" HEIÉ ETT ATË FT TE r a Are WE THE
माहरउ नमस्कार पंचांग प्रणाम त्रिकालबंदना सदा सर्वदा हवउ ।
इति श्रीपंचपरमष्टि(ष्ठि)नमस्कार समाप्त ॥ Reference.— See No. 734.
नमस्कारमन्त्र बालावबोधसहित
Namaskāramantra with bālāvabodha
No. 742
1365, 1891-95.
Size.- 104 in. by 4s in. Extent.-- s folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with frequent TERETS; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 55 blank ; both the text and the commentary complete so far as the first five padas are concerned; condition tolerab
ly good. Age.- Old. Author of the bālāvabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject.— The text in Prākrit together with its explanation in
Gujarāti. Begins.- (text ) fol. 16 FHÌ SIENTOT II etc. , - (com. ) fol. 16 TERAZ ATETE FAAIT T PARET y À
अरिहंत । रागद्वेषरुपिआ अरि वयरी हण्या छइ जेणे । ते अरिहंत वली किस्या
5 11 etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. Så AHT JIG HETTICO

Page #203

166
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[742.
Ends. - ( com. ) fol. 5 निरहंकारी । निप( प )रिग्रही निरारंभी । शांत दांत
रतनत्रयसाधक अढाई द्वीप माहि जिके छई साधु ते सवि हुं साधु प्रतिई माहरु नमस्कार पंचांगप्रणाम त्रिकालवंदना सदा सर्वदा हु॥५॥
__ इति श्रीचैत्यवंदन पंचपदनमस्कारसार्थ संपूर्ण ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु
कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 734.
नमस्कारमन्त्र
Namaskāramantra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
593 (c). No. 743
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 42° to fol. 43". Description. The text up to five padas; the commentary ends abruptly. For other details sce No. -571
- 1875-76. Author of the bālāvabodha.-- Not mentioned. Subject. — The text and its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-~- ( text ) fol. 42* णमो अरहंताणं । etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 42° श्रीअरिहंतनि माहारु सदा काल नमो(s)स्तु । ते श्रीअर.
हंत केहवा छि । श्रीसमोसरण विराजमान | etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 43 णमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं , -- (com.) fol. 43 श्रीसाधुनि महारु सदा काल ममो(s)स्तु ॥ ते श्रीसाध
केहवा छि ॥ पंचमहाव्रत धारे ॥पंच.
नमस्कारमन्त्रव्याख्या
Namaskāramantravyākhyā
1241 (a). No.744
1884-87. Size.-9 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 26+1=27 folios ; 19 lines to a page; 60 letters to 1
line.

Page #204

167
Description.--- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari characters; small, fairly legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders not ruled; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 19th repeated; red chalk used; fol. 26b blank ; condition very good; complete; this Ms. contains the s of the text; this Ms. contains in addi
744.1
tion the following works :
(1) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्रवृत्ति
( 2 )
शान्तिकरस्तवार्थाणु
भयहरस्तोत्रविवृति
( 3 )
( 4 )
(5)
( 6 )
III. 4 Malasutras
लघुशान्तिस्तवव्याख्या
सप्ततिशतस्तोत्रव्याख्या
अजितशान्तिस्तवविवरण
भक्तामरस्तोत्रटीका बृहच्छान्तिस्तवविवरण
Begins.-- fol. r ॥ अहे ॥
foll. Ia to 2b
2b

"3
23
"
""
33
39
(7)
( 8 ) Age. - Samvat 1873.
Author.-- Harşakirti Suri.
Subject.-- Commentary on Namaskaramantra which is looked upon as the first smarana out of seven.
"
22
5a
Sa
8
10a
12a
16b
,, 23a
23a 26a
8
"Toa >> 12a
, 166
"

प्रणिपत्य जिनं वक्ष्ये सप्तस्मरणेषु विवरणं किंचित् यस्मान्मंदमतीनामपि भवति सुखेन तद्बोधः १
यतः पर्वदिनेषु सकलश्रेयो (S) क्षुद्रोपद्रवादिदोषनिवारणार्थं च कारणादौ सुखं शांत्यर्थं च सप्त मिलिता (नि) एव स्मर्यते गुण्यंते इति सप्त स्मरणानि उच्यते तथादौ चतुर्दश पूर्वाणामादिभूतं अनायनंतं च पंचपरमेष्ठिनमस्कारं (र)रूपं प्रथमस्मरणं आदी व्याख्यायते नमो अरिहंताणं इत्यादि etc.
Ends. fol. 14 इदं च स्मरणमनादिभूतं यतो जिनाः चतुर्विंश ( त ) योऽनंता: संजाताः अनंताश्व भविष्यति तदा सदैवाऽयमेवातोऽनायनंतमित्यर्थः अत्र पदानि नव संपदोऽष्टौ अक्षराणि अष्टषष्टिः लध्यक्षराणि एकषष्टिः गुर्वक्षराणि सप्त ज्ञेयानि इति प्रथमस्मरणस्य टीका १
Reference. Edited by me and published in Anekärtharatnamañjūṣā (pp. 2-6) which forms No. 81 of Sheth D. L. J. P. F. Series, published in A. D. 1933.

Page #205

168
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[745.
नमस्कारमन्त्रव्याख्या
Namaskāramantravyākhyā
42 (8). 1874-75.
No. 745
Size.-- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 27 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough, tough and white; Jaina
Devanāgari characters; small, fairly legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; lines here and there written in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 270 blank ; there is some space kept blank in the centre, in the case of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well ; in a few cases, this central place is decorated with a small disc in red colour; in the left-hand margin, the title is written as सप्तस्मरणटी.; condition very good ; the extent of the commentary to each of the seven smaraņas is as under :-- (1) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्रत्ति
foll. h to 3 (2) नमिऊण(भयहर)स्तोत्रवृत्ति (3) लघुशान्तिस्तववृत्ति (4) तिजयपटुत्तवृत्ति ( सप्ततिशतस्तोत्रत्ति),, (5) आजितशान्तिस्तवत्ति (6) भक्तामरस्तोत्रत्ति (7) बृहच्छान्तिस्तोत्र
, 23 , 27 Begins.-fol. I* ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः॥
प्रणिपत्य जिनं वक्ष्ये etc. as in No. 744. Ends.-- fol. rb इदं च स्मरणमनादिभूतं etc. up to ज्ञेयानि as is No. 744.
This is followed by the lines as under :
'नागपुरीयतपो गणराजः। श्रीहर्षकीत्तिमूरिवरः प्रथमस्मरणे व्याख्यां संक्षेपाद्विहितवान् सम्यक् ॥१
इति प्रथमस्मरणव्याख्या ॥ ॥ N. B.--- For additional information see No. 744.

Page #206

746.] III. 4 Malasatras
169 प्रबोधचैत्यवन्दन *
Prabodhacaityavandana [ जगचिंतामणि
[ Jagacintamaniचेइयवंदण]
ceiyavandaņa ] No. 746
1220 (13).
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1894 to fol. 1890. Description.-- This work may seem to begin abruptly as it does
not contain some of the gathas occurring in Jagacintămaņiceiyavandaņa. But it may noted that this sūtra begins in this very way so far as Vidhipaksa is concernted. See p.7 of “Vidhipakşagacchiyapratikramaņasútra” published by Bhimasi Manaka in A. D. 1934. For other details see
No 1220(I).
1884-87.. Author.-- Gautama Indrabhūti Gañadhara ( according to the Jaina
tradition ). Subject.- Salutation to the Jinavaras and the caityas. Begins.--- fol. 189* कम्मभूमिहिं ( कम्मभूमिहिं ) पढमसंघयाण । उक्नोसर
___सत्तरसउ । जिणवराण विहरंतु(त) लभइ । नव कोडिहिं केवलिहिं etc. Ends.- fol. 189
सत्ताणवइ सहस्सा | लक्खा छप्पन्न अट्टकोडीओ। चउसइ बासिया तेणे(लु के चेइए वंदे ॥२॥ वंदे नव कोडिसए पणवीस कोडिलक्ख तेवन्ना
अट्ठावीस सहस्सा चउसइ अट्टासिया पडिमा ॥३॥ Reference.-- Published in some of the printed editions of the Prati
kramaņasútras. It is edited by me, along with Sanskrit rendering and Gujarāti translation, and is published by Babu Bhagvanlal Panalal and Babu Mohanlal Panalal in
“ The Fifth Kiranāvali" (Arhatajivanajyoti) on pp. 81-84 ir A. D. 1937. Of course, this partly differs from what we have here in the Ms.
* See p. 134.
This sort of brackets indicates that instead of the Präkrit rendering, an independent Prākrit title is given.

Page #207

170
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
प्रबोधचैत्यन्दन
No. 747
Extent. fol. rb.
Description. Complete so far as it goes. For other details see Namaskāramantra No. 736.
प्रबोधचैत्यवन्दन
No. 748
Subject. This caityavandana begins according to the Kharatara gaccha. See Sukhlal's edition ( App. 15 ) noted on p. 132.
Begins. fol. rb जयड सामिहि २ रिसह 'सेतंज' etc.
Ends. fol. 1' कम्मभूमिहिं etc up to चेइए पडिमा practically as in No. 746.
N. B.- For additional information see No. 746.
Prabodhacaityavandana
1106 (2).
1891-95.

1747
Extent. fol. rb
Description. Complete so far as it goes. No. 734.
Begins. fol. ra
Prabodhacaityavandana
1270 (2). 1887-91.
For other details see
जयउ सामिउ रिसहु 'सेत्तु (तुं) जि' । 'उज्जित हुनेमिजिए ।
•
जयउ वीसं (?) मोहेरमंडणू ।
८
'भरवट्टि ' मुणिसुव्वर महरपासु दुहदंडषंडण
अवर' विदेह' वि तित्थ य सुबह दिसि विदिसि जि के वि
ति ( ती )अणगय संपयइ । वंदिउ जिण सव्वे वि १
Ends. fol. rb कम्मभूमिहि etc. up to चेइए वंदे ॥ ३ ॥ as in No. 746.
N. B. — For further particulars see Nos. 746 and 747

Page #208

750. ]
III. 4 Malasutras
171
तीर्थवन्दनसूत्र
Tirthavandanasūtra [ Firear )
[ Jarn kiñci ] No. 749
575 (5).
1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 26. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 737. Age.-- Saṁvat 1889 ( vide fol. 26 ). Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.- This sūtra composed in a verse in Präkrit deals with
salutation to the tirthas in svarga, påtāla and manuşyaloka. Begins and Ends. fol. 26
जं किंच(चि) नाम तित्थं । सगो(ग्गे) पायाले तिरियलोगंमि ॥
जाइं जिणबिंबाइ ॥ ताई सव्वाइं वंदामि ॥१॥
As it consists of one verse, there is no separate end. Reference.- Published with some difference in any of the editions
of Pratikramaņasūtra noted on p. 138 and in “The Fifth Kiraṇāvali” (Ārhatajivanajyoti) on p. 85 edited by me, along with Sanskrit rendering and Gujarāti translation.
तीर्थवन्दनसूत्र
Tirthavandanasutra
1220 (16). No 750
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1896
1220 (1). Description.-- Complete. For other details see No.
NO. 1884-87. Author.-- A Jaina Saint. Begins and Ends.--fol. 1896
जं किंचि नाम तित्थं । सग्गे पायाल(लि) माणुसे लोए
जाई जिणबिंबाइं ताई सघा(वा)ई बंदामि । छ । N. B.--- For other details see No. 749.

Page #209

172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1751.
तीर्थवन्दनसूत्र
Tirthavandanasutra
1106( 3 ). No. 751
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 16. Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends.-fol. 16 ___ जं किंचि नाम तिथं etc. up to सव्वाइं वंदामि ३ as in
No. 750. N. B.- For additional information see No. 749.
तीर्थवन्दनसूत्र
Tirthavandanasūtra No. 752
1270 (3).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 1 to fol. 2*. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins and Ends.-fol. 2to fol. 24
Gif (F) and etc. up to Forg GETIÀ 11 8 11 as in No.750, N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 749.

Page #210

753.]
शकस्तव
[ नमुत्थु णं ]
No. 753
Extent. fol. 1896.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Author.- Śakra according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.- Eulogy of the Tirthamkaras.
IlI. 4 Malasatras
Begins. fol. 1896 mg of actor etc. as in No. 758.
Ends. fol. 189
॥ छ ॥
followed by the lines as under :
जियभयाण
11
Sakrastava [Namutthu nam]
1220 (17). 1884-87.

173
etc. up to for as in No. 758. This is
ज अइया सिद्धा जे भविस्संतिअणागए काले संपई | माणा सव्वे तिविहेण वंदामि ||
1220 ( I ). 1884-87.
Reference. Published. See any of the printed editions of the Pratikramaṇasutras noted on p. 138.
This work is edited by me with Sanskrit rendering and Gujarati translation and is published in "The Fifth Kiranavali (Arhatajivanajyoti) on pp. 86-88 where the due posture is also shown by way of an illustration.

Kalpasūtra (sutra 16), Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 494ff.) to Avaśyakasūtra and Vandāruvṛtti (pp. 29-36) may be consulted. For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV. p. 398. For Sanskrit rendering and English translation see Trişaşṭisalakāpuruşacaritra vol. I, pp. 127-128 (Gaekwad's Oriental Series, No. LI). For a parallel work in Sanskrit see my edition of भक्तामर कल्याणमन्दिरनमिऊणस्तोत्र
(PP. 242-245).
For other details see my article "ago" published in Śrī Jaina Satya Prakāśa vol. II, No. 12, pp.
66
599-602.

Page #211

174
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(754
शकस्तव
Sakrastava
1106 (4). No. 754
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. a to fol. 22. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736. Begins.--tol. 1 TATT UT Spearoj etc. as in No. 753. Ends.--fol. 2a Hau etc. up to facagu Erh as in No. 753. This
is followed by 8. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 753.
शकस्तव
Sakrastava
1270 (5) No. 755
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 2* to fol. 26. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins.- fol. 2a FÀTYTTRE) OT I SPEATOT I etc. as in No. 753, Ends.--- fol. 2* सबनणं । etc. up to सन्चे तिविहेण बंदामि ।। ७ ।' as in
No. 753. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 753.
शकस्तव
Sakrastava
1269 ( 6 ). No 756
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 1 to fol. 2". Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskāramautra
No. 735. Begins. - fol. 1 JARSU O TEAU etc. as in No. 753. Ends.- fol. 2a Fermo etc. up to factèUT PETIA 11313 ll as in
No. 753. : N. B.- For additional information see No. 753.

Page #212

758.1
III. 4 Malasutras
175
शकस्तव
Sakrastava
77 ( ). 1880-81.
No. 757
Exent.---- leaf 120b to leaf 1216.
Description.- Complete. For other details see No.77
the any 77 ( 1 ). Begins.-- leaf 120 नमोत्थु णं अरिहंताणं ॥ भयवंताणं आइगराणं etc. Ends.--- leaf I21° संपइय.वटमाणा । सत्वे तिविहेण बंदामि ।
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 753.
Sakrastava
No. 758
575 (6). 1895-98.
Extent.-- fol. 26 to fol. 3*. Description.- Almost complete in case the following lines may be
said to be lacking :“जिअभयाणं।
जेअ अइआ सिद्धा जे अ भविस्संतिणागएकाले
संपइ वट्टमाणा सव्वे तिविहेण वंदामि"
For other details see No. 737. Begins.- fol. 2' नमोत्यु णं ॥ अरिहंताणं ॥ भगवंताणं ॥ आयगि(ग )राणं ॥ _ तित्थयराणं etc. Ends.- fol. 3* सत्वनणं सव्वदंसीणं ॥ सिवमयलमरुयमणंतमक्खयमन्याबाह.. मपुणरावत्ति ॥ सिद्धिगइनामधेयं ॥ ठाणं संपत्ताणं ॥ नमो जिणाणं ॥१॥ .... इति श्रीशक्रस्तवः ॥ ___N. B.- For other details see No. 753.
-

Page #213

176
सर्वचैत्यवन्दन [ जावंति चेइयाई ]
No. 759
Extent. fol. 190o.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.
Begins and Ends.- fol. 190a
Sarvacaityavandana [Javanti ceiyaïm ]
1220 (26). 1884-87.
Salutation to the caityas of all the three lokas, in one verse in Prakrit.
No. 735.
Begins and Ends. fol. 2a
[759.
जावंति चेइयाइं । ( उड्ने य ) [ अहेय ] अहे य तिरियलोए य । सवाई ताई वंदे [अ] इह संतो तत्थ संताई ॥ ५
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikramaņasutras. This work has been recently edited by me, along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarati translation, and it is published in "The Fifth Kiraṇāvali" (Árhatajivanajyoti) on p. 89.
This sutra occurs in Śrāddhapratikramaṇasūtra as verse No. 44. So this and Vandāruvṛtti (p. 157) may be consulted.

सर्वचैत्यवन्दन
No. 760
Extent. fol. 2a.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
1220 ( I ). 1884-87.
N. B. For additional information see No. 759.
Sarvacaityavandana
1269 (16).
1887-91.
जावंति चेइयाइं etc. up to तत्थ संताई ॥ १as in No. 759.

Page #214

762.)
Ill. 4 Mulasätras
177
सर्वचैत्यवन्दन
Sarvacaityavandana
No. 761
1106 (5). 1891-35.
Extent,- fol. 22. Description. Complete. For other details sec Namaskaramantra
No. 736.
Begins and Ends.-fol. 2a
जावंति चेइआई etc. up to इह संतो तत्थ संताई as in No. 759.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 759.
सर्वचैत्यवन्दन
Sarvacaityávandana
1270 (6). 1887-91.
No. 762
Extent.— fol. 26. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins and Ends.--fol. 2a Fraia agung etc., up to ze sa faca per fare 3 ll as in
No. 759.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 759.

Page #215

178
Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 763. सर्वसाधुवन्दन
Sarvasādhuvandana ( ata o la Fle]
[ Jávanta ke vi sāhū ]
1220 ( 27). No. 763
1884-87.
Extent.- fol. 1909.
1220 (1). Description.- Complete. For other details see No. -
1884-87. : Author.— A Jaina saint. Subject.-- Salutation to all the saints, in one verse in Prākrit, Begins and Ends.- fol. 1904
strafala ) (?Ê ) HIE ITETET HEIRATETI
सब्बेस तेस पण तिविहेण तिदंडविरयाणं ॥२ Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Prati
kramaņasútras. This work is recently edited by me, along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarăti translation, and is published in “The Fifth Kiraṇāvali” (Arhatajīvanajyoti ) on p. 90.
This work occurs in Śrāddhapratikramaņasútra as verse No. 45. Vandāruvịtti (p. 157) may be consulted.
सर्वसाधुवन्दन
Sarvasādhuvandana
1269 (17). No. 764
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 2". Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 735. Begins and Ends.- fol. 2* Arafal alfa hiz etc. up to facaratu etc., as in
No. 763. N. B.- For additional information see No. 763.
WURDE

Page #216

766. ] Ul. 4 Malasutras
179 सर्वसाधुवन्दन
Sarvasādhuvandana
1270 (7). No. 765
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 26. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins and Ends.--fol. 26 strafala) @ FIE I etc., up to a largo 18 as in
No. 7630 N. B.-- For additional information see No. 763.
सर्वसाधुवन्दन
Sarvasādhuvandana
No. 766
1106 (6). 1891-95.
Extent.- fol. 2. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends. - fol. 2a paa Arial a ) for HT etc. up to farerea face facului 2 as in
No. 763. N. B.- For additional information see No. 763.

Page #217

180
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1767
- उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
Upasargaharastotra (STATTET217)
( Uvasaggabarathotta ) No. 767
350 (b).
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 16. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 739. Author.- Bhadrabāhusvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. - This work consisting of five gāthảs in Präkrit as usual
deals with a hymn in honour of Lord Pārsvanātha, the 23rd Tirthamkara of the Jainas. This work is variously designated by scribes such as starIQUITET, fiqrealtorage.
an and startetaan. Begins.- fol. 1 5 AIIER etc. as in. No. 777. Ends. fol. ib got fryrat etc, up to the end as in No. 777. Reference. Published along with Pārśvacandra's commentary in
the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 80 on pp. 97-112, where Priyankaranspakatha is also included. Also published with the commentary of Jinaprabha Sūri and that of Siddhicandra Gaņi as well, in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 81.
This work is recently edited by me, along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarātī translation, and is published in “The Fifth Kiraņāvali” (Arhatajīvanajyoti) on pp. 92-93.
1 Herein on pp. 41-44 (App. ) is given the text containing 20 verses, and on pp. 45-48 we have pädapūrti of all the carapas of the first five usual verses.

Page #218

III. Malasetrus
181
770.1 . उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र No. 768
Upasargaharastotra
640 (b). 1895-98.
Extent.-- fol. xb. Description.— Complete. For other details see No. 738. Begins.-- fol. 1° 39#7Ęi etc. as in No. 767. Ends.-- fol. 15 531 ÁYHT etc. as in No. 767.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 767.
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
Upasargaharastotra No. 769
1220 ( 29 ).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 1904. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. Pend.
1220 (1) Begins.-- fol. 190* a* etc. as in No. 767.
Ends.---fol. 1902 st Årgait etc. up to wà nè grafa
Y11 711 as in No. 767.
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 767.
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र No. 770
Upasargabarastotra
1269 ( 20 ). 1887-91.
Extent.- fol. 2° to fol. 2b. Description.— Complete ; 5 verses in all.
Namaskaramantra No. 735.
For other details see

Page #219

182
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[770.
Begins.--- fol. 2* उवसग्गहरंपासं etc. as in No. 767. Ends.- fol. 2 इय संधुओ etc. up to पासजिणचंद ॥५॥ छ as
in No. 767. N. B.- For additional information see No. 767.
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
Upasargaharastotra
672(g). No. 771
1899-1915. Extent.--- fol. 86. Description.- Complete ; five verses in all. For other details see
Ajitaśāntistava No.
672 (a).
— 1899-1915. Begins.-fol. 8 उवसग्गहरंपासं etc. Ends.-- fol. 8• इय संधुओ etc. up to ता देव दिसह बोहिं भवे भवे पासजिण
चंद ॥ ५ as in No. 767. This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीउपसर्गहरणस्तोत्रं ॥ सप्तमं स्मरणं ॥७॥ इति सप्तमस्मरण(णं) समाप्तं(प्त)म् ॥ च्छ ॥लि° जीवनवीजय ॥ 'रणारश'। 'रामघाट 'मध्ये ॥ कुसल्लाजीमहाराज्यकी पोशालमे ॥ मिति वैखास मुदि १० दशमी शुक्ल(क्र)वासरे । संवत् १९३२ का शाके १७९७ ॥ पंनिवीवीबाचनार्थ ॥ च्छ

Page #220

774]
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र
No. 772
Extent. fol. 2b to fol. 3a.
Description.
398rięczała
III. 4
No. 734
Begins. fol. 2 Ends-fol. 3gen etc. up to
No. 773
Malasatras
This is followed by श्रीपार्श्वनाथस्तवनं ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 767.
Extent. fol. 2o.
Description. Complete.
No. 737.
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र
No. 774
Complete; five verses in all. For other details see
g etc. as in No. 767.

Upasargaharastotra
1270 (9). 1987-91.
183
(?) as in No. 767.
Begins. fol. 2
etc. as in No. 767.
Ends. fol. 25 एह संधुय etc. up to जिणचंद ॥ ५ ॥ practically as in No.
767. This is followed by a
ÏET "
N. B. For additional information see No. 767.
Upasargaharastotra
575 (4). 1895-98.
For other details see Namaskaramantra

Extent. fol. 2a.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736.
Upasargaharastotra
1106 (8).
1891-95.

Page #221

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins. fol. 24 नमो ( 5 ) ईत्सिद्धाचार्योपाध्याय सर्वसाधुभ्यः । '
उवसग्गहरंपासं पासं वंदामि कम्मघणमुक्कं etc.
184
Ends. fol. 24 इअ संओ etc. up to भवे भवे पासजिणचंद ॥ as in No.
767. This is followed by the line as under :इति श्रीपार्श्वजिनल घुस्तवनं ॥
N. B. For additional details see No. 767.
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र लघुवृत्तिसहित
No. 775
ور
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 5 folios; 13 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tolerably thick and whitish in colour; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional
legible, bold, big, uniform and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; the lower edges of the numbered sides slightly eaten away by white ants; condition very fair; this Ms. contains both(?) the text and the commentary; both complete; the latter ends on fol. 5b; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. af along with its commentary which commences on fol. 5b and ends on the same fol. Author of the commentary.- Purṇacandra Suri.
Subject.
Begins. (text) fol. 1a ger
-(com.) fol. ra
1775
A hymn in honour of Lord Parsvanatha, consisting of five gathas. The commentary deals with the yantras and tantras pertaining to them. It is styled as लघुवृत्ति.
Upasargaharastotra with laghuvṛtti
272 (a).
1871-72.
नमस्कृत्य परं पार्श्वे सर्वयोगिनमस्कृतं ।
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्रं विवृणोमि समासतः ॥ १ ॥
1 This line may be looked upon as a separate work by itself.

Page #222

776.] III. 4. Malasatras
185 उपसर्गहरं पार्श्व पार्श्व यक्षं पार्श्वनाथं च भगवंतं किंविशिष्टं कर्मघनमुक्तं मंगलकल्याणआवासं विषधरविषनिर्नाशनं चेत्यक्षरार्थः वंदामीति
क्रियापदं । etc. Ends.---- ( text) fol. 4 इय संथुओ(?) etc. ,, – ( com. ) fol. 5 इदानीं स्तुतेरुपसंहारमाह । इति संस्तुतो महायश भक्ति
भरनिर्भरेण etc. up to तथा ॐ नमो भगवते पार्श्वनाथाय क्षेमकराय ही नमः क्षेमंकरो मंत्रः।
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्रं विवृतं मंक्षेपतो गुरुमुखेन।
विज्ञाय किमपि तत्त्वं विद्यावादाभिधग्रंथात् ॥१॥
इत्युपसर्गहरस्तोत्रलघुवृत्तिः पूर्णचंद्राचार्यकृतिरियं समाप्ता। Reference.--- Published in Šaradāvijaya Jaina Granthamålā, Bhav
nagar,
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
Upasargabarastotra अर्थकल्पलतासहित
with Arthakalpalatā No. 776
2232 (g).
A. 1882-83.. Extent.- fol. 18a to fol. 196. Description. -- Both the text and the commentary practically com plete. For other details see No. +
_232(a). .
talls see NO. A. 1882-83.. Author of the commentary.--- Jinaprabha Súri, pupil of Jinasii ha
Suri of the Kharatara gaccha. Subject.— The text in Prākrit together with the explanation in
Sanskrit ; the latter is styled as Arthakalpalata and is com
posed in Samvat 1365 (see No. 777). Begins.- ( text ) fol. 184
उवसग्गहरंपासं पासं वदामि कम्मघणमुक ।
विसहरविसनिन्नासं मंगलकल्लाणआवासं ॥१॥ ( com. ) fol. 18 प्रतिबोध विधानो etc.

Page #223

186
Ends. - ( text ) fol. rgb
ई (इ) संधुओ महायस । भत्तिब्भरनिम्भरेण हिअयेण । ता देव दिज्ज बोहिं भवे भवे पासजिणचंद ॥ ५॥ -(com.) fol. 19b
">
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
श्रीजिन ॥
Reference. Both the text and the commentary published. Sec
No. 767.
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र अर्थकल्पलतासहित
संवविक्रमभूपते ( : ) शरऋतूदाचमृगांक (मि ते । पौषस्यासितपक्षभाजि शनिना युक्ते नवम्यां तिथौ ।
Ends.-
""
No. 777
Extent. -- fol. 53b to fol. 6rb.
Description. Both the text and the commentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1365. For other details see 1241 ( a ). 1891-95.
No.
Age. -- Samvat 1868.

Begins. - ( text ) fol. 53 उवसग्गहरंपासं (?) etc.
Begins.— ( com. ) fol. 53 प्रतिबोधं विदध्यातो ( ? ) स च वराहमिह (हि) रस्तथाविधज्ञानावरणीय कर्मक्षयोपशमाभावात्किंचिदेव
चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिसूर्य
प्रज्ञप्त्यादिकं शास्त्रमधीतवान् । etc.
(text ) fol. 61 इय संधुओ etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 61 प्राकृते पासजिणाय etc. up to इति सिद्धं । practically as in No. 784. This is followed by the lines as under:--
[ 776.
संवद्विक्रमभूपते (:) शरऋतूद चिमृगांक मिले
Upasargaharastotra with Arthakalpalata
1241 ( g ). 1891-95.

पौषस्यासितपक्षभाजि शनिना युक्ते नवम्यां तिथौ ।
शिष्य (1) श्रीजिनसिंहसूरसुगुरोर्वृतिं व्यदर्भीदिमां । श्री ' साकेत पुरे' जिनप्रभ इति ख्यातो मुनीनां प्रभुः । ३ ॥

Page #224

TIT. 4 Mūlasatras
187
ग्रं. २७१ । सं. १८६८ मार्ग० कृष्ण १३. वासरे । श्री वृद्धआचार्य गच्छे | श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरजीशिष्यपाठकवाचनार्थं । श्रीरत्नलक्ष्मीजी तत्शिष्यणी रूपi over 'टपर' मध्ये |
N. B.-- For other details sec No. 776.
779.]
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र अर्थकल्पलतासहित
Begins. - ( text ) fol. 30
---( com. ) fol. 28th
No. 798
Extent. - fol. 28b to fol. 33b.
Description. Both the text and the commentary complete; the former contains five verses. For other details see
No.
851 (a). 1895-1902.
उवसग्गहरंपालं etc. as in No. 767. प्रतिबोधं विदधानो etc. as in No. 776.
( text ) fol. 32 b
इह संधुओ ctc. up to भवे भवे पासजिणचंद ॥ ५ as in No. 767. (com) fol. 332 प्राकृते पासजिणा । पद्मावती तां चंदयति आइलादयते etc. up to मुनीनां प्रभुः ॥ ३ as in No. 777. This is followed by the lines as under :
इति श्रीसप्त (मं) स्मरणं समाप्तं ॥
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वित्तं ।
अनुष्टुभां च द्विशत्येकसप्ततिसमन्विता ॥ १ शुभं भवतु [ : ] ॥ श्रीरस्तु [ : ] | ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं २७१ ॥
N. B. — For additional information see No. 777.
""
Ends.
22
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र अर्थकल्पलतासहित
No. 779
Extent. --- fol. 34b to fol. 41b.
Upasargaharastotra with Arthakalpalatā

851 (g).
1895-1902.

Upasargaharastotra with Arthakalpalatá
1229 (g). 1891-95.

Page #225

188
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 779.
Description.--- In the centre of the 35th solio there is a square with
vertical diagonals. Both the text and the commentary complete. For other details see No.
ila o N 1229 (a).
!, 1891-95. Begins.-- (text) fol. 346 ( ? ) JahrEITIET etc.
„ -- ( com. ) fol. 34' tratate la aurait etc. as in No. 776. Ends.- (text ) fol. 400 SU Hysi etc. up to CIFITOTTE „ --- (com.) fol. 41a presa Tiago etc. up to threagi'
aga sa Barat gatai gy: 113 ll as in No. 777. This is
followed by HATAT II SFECEIT: 1 N. B. - For further particulars see No.777.
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र वृत्तिसहित
Upasarga!arastotra
with vrtti
No. 780
1205. 1886-92.
Size.-101 in. by 4: in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very brittle, not very thin and quite
grey in colour ; Jaina Devanagari characters; bold, legible, big, uniform and elegant hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink; all the four edges of almost every fol. more or less worn out; condition not satisfactory; this Ms, contains both the text and the commentary ; both
complete ; fol. ra blank. Age.-- Samvat 1697. Author of the commentary.- Dvija Pārsvadeva Gami. Subject. The text consists of s gāthås only. The Sanskrit con
mentary throws light on the yantras and mantras pertaining to them.

Page #226

781.}
III. 4 Mulasutras
Begins -- ( text ) fol. 1" उवसग्गहरं etc. as in No. 767.
-- (com) fol. 1h
35
धरणेंद्र नमस्कृत्य । श्रीपार्श्व मुनिपुंगवं । उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्रवृत्तिं वक्ष्ये समासतः ॥ १ ॥ प्रणतसुरासुरललाटविन्यस्तमुकुटश्रेणिसमाश्रितमेव च । etc.
Ends.~~~( text ) fol. 63 इय संधुओ etc. up to पास जिणचंद as in No. 767.
-( com.) fol. 66 सर्वकल्याणं संपकरी यंत्रं भवति ॥ छ ॥ द्विजपार्श्वदेव गणिविरचिते यत्किमपि धरणेंद्रपार्श्वयक्षः पद्मावतीप्रमुखानि स्वदेवताभिम क्षमितव्यमिति ॥ यञ्च किंचिद्विरु (ड) यंत्र मंसित ( ) सर्वस्य मिथ्या दुष्कृतमिति ॥ छ ॥
इति श्रीउवसग्गहरस्तोत्रस्य वृत्ति समाप्तं ॥ संवत्सरे श्रीविक्रमनृपतौ सप्तनंदकायभू (१६९३ ) युते । वर्षे आश्विनमासे शुकपक्षे दुग्र्गा ( ग ) ष्टम्यां तिथौ || लिषितं जगजीवनर्षिणा स्वात्महेतवे ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । भाव्यं भवतु । अक्खरमत्ताहीणं । जं मय (या) लिहियं अयाणमाणेणं ।
तं ष (ख)महमुज्ज सामी । जिणंदमुहानेग्गया वाणी ॥
'शालदुर्गे' स्थिते सति । लेषकपाठकयोर्जयः ॥ छ ॥
6
189
Reference.-- Edited by me and published in the D. L. J.P.F. Series as No. 80, along with Priyankaranrpakatha etc. This Ms. is there designated as kha.
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र टीकासहित
No. 781
Extent. - fol. 23 to fol. 3b.
Description. Both the text and the commentary complete; the For other details see Namas
former contains five verses. kāramantra with vrtti No. 740.

Upasargaharastotra with tikā
Author of the commentary.-- • Siddhicandra Gani, pupil of Bhanu
candra. For details see p. 163.
885 (b).
1892-95.

Page #227

190 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1781. Subject.-- The text and its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. 2" उधसग्गहरंपासं etc. as in No. 779. , --(com.) fol. 24 अथ पंचाशीत्यधिकशताक्षरमानस्य । उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
स्येयमाद्यां गाथामाह । उवसग्गेति । अहं श्रीपाच पार्श्वनाथं वदामि अभि
टौमि वदुङ अभिवादनस्तुत्योरिति धातो रूप etc. Ends.-- ( text) fol. 3* इय संथुओ etc. up to पासजिणचंद । ५ । as in
No. 780. This is followed by इत्युपस[व]गहरस्तोत्र । ,, -( com. ) fol. 3° सामान्यकेवलिनस्तेषु चंद्र इव चंद्रस्तस्य संबोधनं हे
जिनचंद्र तत्पुरुषः । त्वं अर्थान्मह्यं बोधि रत्नत्रयप्राप्तिं प्रेत्य जिनधर्मावाप्तिं वा देहि प्रवितरेत्यर्थः । कस्मिन् भवे भवे जन्मनि जन्मनि । यावन्मोक्ष न प्राप्नोमीति भावः । इदं स्तोत्रं धरणेद्रपद्मावतीपार्श्वयक्षैरधिष्ठितमिति पक्षे तेषां व्याख्यानं तु वृहद्वत्तितो द्रष्टव्यं । ५।
इति पादशाहश्रीअकबरजल्लालदीनश्रीसूर्यसहस्रनामाध्यायकश्री शत्रंजय' तीर्थकरमोचनसर्वत्रगोवधनिवर्तनाद्यनेक सुकृतविनिर्मापकमहोपाध्यायश्री भानुचंद्रगणिशिष्ययुगपदष्टोत्तरशतावधानचमत्कृतपादशाहश्रीअकबरजल्लालदीनपादशाहश्रीनूरद्दीनजिहांगीरप्रदत्त षुश्फहम नादिरज्जमां द्वितीयाभिधान महोपाध्यायश्रीसिद्धिचंद्रगणिविरचितायां सप्तस्मरणटीकायां उपसर्गहर
स्तोत्रटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ । Reference.--- Published see No. 767.
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
Upasargaharastotis वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 782
384 (d).
1871-72. Size.- Iot in. by 4g in. Extent.- fol. 63* to fol. 654. Description.--- Complete. For other particulars see सदयवत्ससावलिङ्गी
N _384 (a).
कथा No. 1871-72.
Author of the commentary.— Not mentioned. Subject.- The text is here looked upon as the 2nd smarana. Iti
explained in Sanskrit.

Page #228

783.1
III. 4 Mūlasutras
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 634 उवसग्गहरंपासं etc. as is No. 767.
( com. ) fol. 63 अथेति स्मरणं पदार्थों ली (लि )खितानी(नि) अहं पार्श्व पार्श्वनाथं वंदे नमस्कारोमि ( मी ) ति etc.
Ends. — ( text ) 65 इय संथुओ etc, up to भवे भवे पास जिणचंद as in
כי
23
---
No. 767.
( com. ) fol. 65© चतुर्दशधरप्रणीतत्वात् सूत्रवत् ज्ञेयमिति द्वितीय
स्मरणम् ५
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्र अवचूरिसहित
"
इति श्रीउपसर्ग हर स्तोत्रवृत्ति समाप्तम् ग्रंथाग्रंथ समस्त १२७५ छे
या पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लिखितं मया
यदि सु (शु) द्धमसु (शु) द्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते १
सं. १९११ ना वर्षे श्रावणसूद १ वार बुद्धे लिखितं पं. राजविजयगणी पं. उत्तमसत्कतशीष्य मुनीनीत विजयपं राजसत्कपठनार्थ परोपगाराय श्रीधर्मनाथजी प्रशादात् श्रेयं
No. 783
Size. 10 in. by 43 in. Extent-- ( text ) 3 folios — ( com. ),,

""
; 10
Description.- Country paper thick, rough and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, whereas edges at a distance of one inch from them in three lines in the same ink; the text occupies the central place, and the commentary, the space all around; this is a पचपाटी Ms. ; red chalk used; edges of the foll very slightly damaged; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good.
Age.- Old.
Author of the commentary. - Not mentioned.
Subject. The text as before. The Sanskrit commentary though small is lucid and throws light on the mantras and yantras connected with the five gathas forming the text.
"
191
7
lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
[[" "
"
Upasargaharastotra with avacuri
; 50

643. 1892-95.
>>
"" "" 33

Page #229

192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1783.
Begins.--( text ) fol. I' उवसग्गहरं etc. as in No. 767. ,, -(com.) fol. 11
स्तोत्रस्याष्टातिरिक्तं शतं यः
कुर्याजापं पंचगाथात्मकस्य । तस्यावश्यं मंच नश्यति विघ्ना
___ स्तं निःशेषा वृण्वते सिद्धयश्च ।।"
(अत्र हि प्रथमगाथायां जगद्वाल्लभ्यकर etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 3° इय संथुओ etc. as in No. 767. ,, ---- ( com. ) fol. 3' प्राकृते पासजिणाय पद्मावती तां चंदन्याह्लादयतीति __ तस्यामंत्रण दीर्घहस्वौ मिथो वृत(त्तौ) इति हस्वत्रे पासजिणचंदेति सिद्धं ।।
इति उपसर्ग( हर )स्तवावचूरिः।
उपसर्गहरस्तोत्रवृत्ति
Upasargaharastotravrtti
1241 (b). No. 784
1884-87. Extent.- fol. Is to fol. 20. Description.- Complete; only the gates of the text are given.
For other details see Namaskāramantravyākhyā No. 744. Author.-- Harsakirti Suri. Subject.--- Sanskrit commentary on Upasargaharastotra, the 2nd
smarana. Begins.- fol. 1 अथ द्वितीयस्मरणं व्याख्यायते उपसर्गहरमिति इदं च स्मरणं
वराहमिह( हि )रकृतश्रीसंघोपद्वनिवारणार्थ श्रीभद्रबाहुभिः कृतं य० श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिनो भ्राता वराहमिह(हि)रः स च दीक्षां गृहीत्वा
चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिसूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिप्रमुखादिकं शास्त्रमधीतवान् etc. Ends.- fol. 20 इहान्येऽप्यर्थाः संति तथा पार्श्वयक्षपक्षेऽप्यन्योऽर्थोऽस्ति पर
विस्तरभिया नोक्ताः किंतु मूलार्थ एव व्याख्यातोऽस्ति
n
This verse occurs by way of it juotation in Tarsukorti Suri's Upasanga stotravrtti on p. 14.

Page #230

785.1
उपसर्ग हर स्तोत्रवृत्ति
No. 785
इति श्री द्वितीयस्मरणं समाप्तं २
Reference. This work is edited with this commentary by me, and it is published in Anekartharatnamañjūṣā (pp. 13-24) which is published in Sheth D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. Si in A. D. 1933.
III. 4 Malasūtras
उपसर्गह (र) स्तोत्रे वृत्तिं श्रीहर्षकीत्तिरिरिमां कृतवान् सुखावबोध (धां) मंदमतीनां हितार्थाय
Begins. fol. 14 अथ द्वितीयं स्मरणं व्याख्यायते ।
Extent. fol. 1a to fol. 32.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantravyākhyā No. 745.
Ends.

193
Upasargaharastotravṛtti
42 (b).
1874-75.
gaumgciafa z¿ a etc., as in No. 784.
fol. 3 seान्येऽप्यर्था: etc. up to हितार्थाय practically as in No. 784. This is followed by fa fareĦIngía: 12 || N. B. For other details see No. 784.
11

Page #231

194
प्रार्थनासूत्र [ जय वीयराय ]
No. 786
T
Extent. fol. 190a.
Description. Complete though it may appear to end abruptly.
For other details see No.
1220 (I). 1884-87.
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
This small work in Prakrit is a prayer to one who is free from attachment and aversion. It contains only two
verses.
Begins. fol. 190a
Ends. fol. 190a
I
[786.
Prarthanās tra [ Jaya viyaraya]
1220 (30). 1884-87.
जय बीयराय जगगुरु होऊ ( उ ) मम । तुहम्पभावओ भयवं भवनिओ मग्गाणुसार ( रि ) या इफलसिद्धी ।
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of Pratikramanasutras where an additional portion containing two gathäs and a Sanskrit verse is generally given.

लोगविरुद्धचा (चा) ओ | गुरुजणवूया परत्थकरणं च । सुगुर (रु) जोगो तन्त्रयणसेवणा आभत्रमखंडा । इति चैत्यवंदनं ॥ छ ॥
For an extract containing these two gathas and the interpolated matter see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 398-399.
This work is recently edited by me along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarati translation, and is publi shed together with an illustration indicating the posture to be taken up while reciting it, in "The Fifth Kiraṇāvalī" (Arhatajivanajyoti) on p. 94.
Sec pp. 134 and 152.

Page #232

787.1
195
There are only two gathās (just given here in Pancasaka (IV, v. 33-34) in Caityavandanasatra (p. 114) commented upon by Haribhadra Suri, in Yogasastrd (III, p. 233 ), and in Acaradinakara (p. 271b). In the edition of Śrävakanuṣthanavidhi (p. 31) containing Vandāruvṛtti, we have these two gathās plus two other gathas and one verse in Sanskrit. In Santi Suri's Ceiyavandanamahabhasa (v. 846-849) we have, however, 4 gathas, the first commenc ing with grade and the last with वारिज्जइ and the middle ones being those which are given here (i. e. in No. 786).
For vivarana see Lalitavistara (pp. 114-1152), the svopajia vṛtti (p. 233b) of Yogašastra, Abhayadeva Suri's vṛtti (pp. 81 and 82) on Pañcasaka, Acaradinakara ( p. 271 ), Vandaruvṛtti (p. 32) and the svopajña vṛtti (p. 164a ) on Dharmasamgraha.
प्रार्थनासूत्र
Ill. 4
"Übersicht über die Avasyaka-Literatur" (p. 2) may be consulted.
No. 787
Malasūtras
Extent. fol. 3a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734.
Begins and Ends.-fol. 3a

Prarthanasutra
1270 (10).
1887-91.
जय बfers (r) ctc. up to आभवमखंडा ॥ छ ॥ as in No. 786 This is followed by इति शक्रस्तव ॥ छ ॥
N. B.- -For additonal information see No. 786.
I It is rather a strange thing that in the landarelli we have explanation of the first two gathas only.
2
This is a wrong nomenclature for this sutra.

Page #233

196
laina Literature and Philosophy
1788.
Prarthanāsutra
प्रार्थनासूत्र No. 788
1106 ( 9). 1891-95.
Extent.- fol. 2a to fol. 2b.
Description.-- Complete ; 2 verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 736. Begins and Ends. - fol. 20 AT a Thig etc. , up to Hard as in
No. 786. This is followed by a line as below:
२ इति प्रणिधानदंडक' N. B.- For additional information sec No. 786.
प्रार्थनासूत्र
l'rarthanasutra
No. 789
1269 ( 21 ). 1887-91.
Extent.-- fol. 26. Description. Complete. Herein we have one additional verse.
For other details see Namaskāra mantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.- fol. 26
Hu aturar etc. up to 34THÄTT ll as in No. 786.. This is followed by the verse as under :--
वारिजइ जइ वि नियमेण बंधणं । वीयराय तुह समए ।
TE LE HA ESTAT Hà Palarg agro 113 11 N. B.--- For additional information sec No. 786.
I Sec p. 134 where it is styled as Pranidhänasutra.

Page #234

790.1 III. 4 Malasätras
197 ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र
Iryāpathikisutra (TriTTIETET)
(Iriyāvabiyasutta ) No. 790
1220 (8).
1884-87 Extent.--- fol. 1894.
1220 ( 1 ). Description. - Complete. For other details see No.
1884-87. Author.-- A Jaina saint. Subject. -- A Präkrit composition dealing with alocană. Begins. — fol. 1892 ZECIFITT HERE inaa TITTEN TÍCH ATTAI
इच्छं । इच्छामि पडिक्कमिडं । इरियाबहियाए । विराहणाए : गमणागमणे ।
TESTTEHU I ERUWHU I etc. Ends.--fol. 1892 STPÊHTI up to ao PNEET A CHI Il etc. as in
No. 794. Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of Pratikramaņa
sūtras. This work is edited by me, along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarāti translation, and is published by Jivanalal Panalal in “The Fourth Kiraṇāvali (Arhatajivanajyoti) on pp. 71-72.
Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 573a) on Avaśvakasútra, Yogaśāstra (III) and its svopajña commentary (pp. 2139-214a ), Acāradinakara (pp. 277-278a) and Vandāruvịtti (p. 24 ) may be consuted.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 398.
For the gates of this work and its explanation etc. in verses in Präkrit see Ceïyavandanamahābhāsa ( v. 366-381 ).
The svopajña commentary on Dharamasamyraha (pp. 1428-143) may be also consulted. See also“ Übersicht über die Avasyaka-Literatur” (p. 2).

Page #235

198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1791.
ईयर्यापाथकीसूत्र
Irvāpathikisütra
1106 (11). No. 791
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 2". Description.- Complete. Tor other details sce Namaskaramantra
No. 736. Begins.--fol. 20 galardo Ferhe ctc. as in No. 790. Ends.---fol. 25 FEH241 etc. up to a practically as in No.794.
This is followed by g
N. B.- For additional information see No. 790.
ईर्यापथिकीसूत्र
Irvapathikisutra
1269 (2). No. 792
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 16. Description.- Completc. For other details sec Namaskāramantra
No. 735. Begins.-- fol. 1" ESTA TÍChi ctc. as in No. 790. Ends.--fol. 1"
S T alt etc. up to JIH ÀSTÀ E !!! !! 3 practically as in No. 790. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 790.
ईयापथिकीसूत्र
lryāpathikisitra No. 793
1270 (12)
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. za to fol. 3o. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins.-fol. 3a Fazl Tio etc. as in:No. 790. Ends - fol. 3a. SIA(? )ar ctc, up to ata ZiH GET ! Z is in
No. 794, N. B.-- lor additional iníormation sec No. 790.

Page #236

794.
III. 4 Malasutras
199
ईपिथिकीसूत्र
Tryäpathikisutra
77 ( ). No. 794
1880-81. Extent.--- leaf 124* to leaf 1246. Description.- Complete. For additional particulars see Aganiikn
77 (I). vastuvicărasåra N
'' 1880-81.. Begins. -lcat 124* इच्छामि पडिक्कमिउ इग्यिावहियाए । विराहणाए । गमणा
___ गमणे । पाणक्कमणे । बीयकमणे । etc. Ends. --- laet 124 अन्त्रि(भिहया वत्तिया (लेसिया) संघाइया संघट्टिया ठाणाओ
ठाणं संकामिया जीवियाओ ववरोविया तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं

Page #237

200
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 796.
उत्तरीकरणसूत्र [ af TI ] No. 795
Uttarikaraṇasītra [Tassa uttari )
77 ( ). 1880-81.
Extent.— leaf 124a.
77(1). Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 1
! 1880-81.. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject. --A formula in Präkrit for further preparation to purify the
defiled soul. This is styled as “Ummaggakaranasutta” (Unmargakaranasūtra ) in Ceïyavandanamaljabhāsa
(v. 382'). Begins and Ends.--leaf 124a
तस्सुत्तरीकरणेणं । पायछि(चिट )त्तीकरणेणं । विसोहीकरणेणं । बिसली
Frotai grarut I FFATUT I PAJETTUTEIS E ETA FISFIUTI Reference.--- Published in any of the editions of Pratikramaņasūtras
noted on p. 138. This work is edited by me, along with the Sanskrit rendering and Gujarati translation, and is published in “The Fourth Kiranāvali ( Arbatajivanajyoti ) on p. 73.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. vols. III-IV, p. 398.
Haribhadra Sūri's commentary ( p. 779") on Avaśyaka - sūtra, Yogaśāstra and its svopajña vitti (p. 2149-2140), Acāra linakara (p. 2782 ) and Devendra Súri's Vandāruvrtti (p. 27) are worth consulting.
For vivarana in verses in Prakrit see Ceiyavandanamahâbhāsa ( v. 383–387). The svopajña comme:itary (p. 1440-144") on Dharmasamgraba may be also consulted.
1
This runs as under :
"इरियावहियासुत्तं एत्तियमेत्तं अओ पर सेसं । SFATTETUT SUR# 11 307 11

Page #238

1998. ] 111. 4 Malasatras
200 उत्तरीकरणसूत्र
Uttarikara ņasūtra
1220 ( 9 ). No. 796
1884-87. Extent. — fol. 189a.
1220 ( 1 ). Description.- Complete. For other details see No.
CC NO. 1884-87. Begins and Ends.- fol. 1892 grupet etc. up to' JIH 515FATA I
practically as in No. 795. N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 795. .
उत्तरीकरणसूत्र
Uttarikaraṇasūtra No. 797
1106 (12).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 2b. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends.- fol. 2' तत)स्सुत्तरीकरणेणं etc. up to ठामि
EFTE#( FR )si as in No. 795. This is followed by : N. B.-- For additional information see No. 795.
उत्तरीकरणसूत्र
Uttarikaraṇasūtra
1269 (3). 1887-91.
No. 1798
Extent.- fol. 16. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskārainantra
No. 735 Begins.-fol. 16 Apa ŪTU etc. up to JIA #13F I as in No. 795.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 795.

Page #239

202 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 799. उत्तरीकरणसूत्र
Uttarikaraṇasutra No. 799
1270 (13)
1887-91. Extent.— fol. 36. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins and Ends.- fol. 3b Gratatuto etc. up to ah #13# # ]ooi!
as in No. 795. N. B.- For other details see No. 795.

Page #240

800.1
III. 4 Malasatras
203
कायोत्सर्गसूत्र
Kāyotsargasūtra ( 37773]
[ Annattha ] No. 800
1220 (10).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 1892. Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1815.
1220 (1). Author. - A Jaina saint. Subject.— This small work composed in Präkrit explains how one
is going to act-what allowances he will make-during the
kāyotsarga posture. Begins.fol. 1899 sayaĀGOT IS THAT GOT I FTATUT I GO AHEGOTI
gyvu i arafaremoto I HATEST TETT I etc. Ends.-- fol. 1898 ET À 415#()FTTT I Fra SE aru aid FANATO
न प्प(पा)रेमि ताय कायं । ठाणेणं ।। मा(मो)जेणं । झाणेणं । अप्पाणं वोसिरामि
11 711 Reference.— Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
maņasūtras. For the text, its chāyā, Gujarāti translation and the posture see my fourth Kiraṇāvali (pp. 74-75).
Haribhadra Süri's commentary (p. 7798 ) to Āvaśyakasútra, Yogaśāstra (III) and its svopajña commentary (pp. 2146-2156), Acaradinakara (p. 311-3110 ) and Vandäruvstti (pp. 155 to 166 ) may be consulted.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 398, and for explanation in verses in Prākrit see Ceiyavandanamahābhāsa ( v. 427-497). The svopajña commentary (pp. 144-1459) on Dharmasamgraha may be also consulted.
! See p. 134.

Page #241

204
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्र
No. 801
Begins. fol. 2 Ends. fol. 2b
--
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. 2b.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736.
fag etc. as in No. 800.
हुज्ज 'मे काउस (स्स) ग्गो etc. up to अप्पाणं वोसिरामि छः practically as in No. 800.
[ 801.
Kayotsargasūtra
1106 (13).
1891-95.
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 800.
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्र
No. 802
Extent. fol. 3b.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734.
Begins. fol. 3 fg etc. as in No. 800. Ends. fol. 30 हज्ज मे काउस ( स )ग्गं । etc. up to

N. B. For additional particulars see No. 800.
अव्वाणं वोसिरामि ॥ छ ॥ as in No. 800.
Kayotsargasūtra
1270 (14).
1887-91.
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्र
No. 803
Extent. fol. rb.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 735.

Kayotsargasūtra
1269 (4).
1887-91.

Page #242

8os.]
III. 4 Mülasätras
205
Begins.-fol. I' अन्नत्थ (ऊ)ससिएणं etc. as in No. 801. Ends.-fol. I" होज मे काउस(स्स )ग्गो etc. up to अप्पाणं वोसिरामि ॥ ॥
practically as in No. 801 N. B.- For additional information see No. 800.
कायोत्सर्गसूत्र
Kāyotsargasūtra No. 804
1269 (8)
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 2'. Description.- Complete but mostly abbreviations are given. For
other details see Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.-fol. 2 अन्नत्थूससिएणं नी खा. छी० जं. उ० वा. भ.
पित्तमुच्छाए ४ सु सु सु एव ५ काउस्सग्गो ६ जाव न पारोमि । ७
ताव वोसिरामि ॥छ। ___N. B.-- For additional information see No. 800.
कायोत्सर्गसूत्र No. 805
Kāyotsargasūtra
17 ( ). 1880-81.
Extent.--- leaf 1216 to leaf 1228.
Description.- Complete. For other details see Agamikavastuvicāra
_sara No. ___77 ( 1 ).
Sara No. 1880-81.. Begins.- fol. I21' अन्नत्थुससिएणं etc. Ends.-fol. 122 अभग्गो अविराहिओ होज मे काउस( स्स )गो । जाव अरहंताणं।
भगवंताणं । नमोक्कारेणं न पारेमि ताव काय ठा(ठाणेणं । मोणेणं । झाणेणं
अप्पाणं वोसिरामि ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 800.

Page #243

206
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्रप्रतीक
No. 8061
Extent. fol. 4" to fol. 4b.
Description.
Kayotsargasūtrapratika
1270 (17). 1887-91.
Only a off is given. For other details see No. 734.
Subject.
Begins and Ends.-fol. 4a to fol. 4b
अन्नत्थूससिणमित्यादि ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 800.
[ 806.
The Kayotsargasūtra is referred to by its opening words.

कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
No. 807
Extent. fol. 190".
Description. Only a at is given. For other details
No.
1220 (1). 1886-87. '
Begins and Ends.-- fol. 1901 अन्नन्भूससिएणमित्यादि ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 806.
Kayotsargasūtrapratika
1220 (24).
1884-87.
1 This and the following numbers up to 813 do not deserve to be counted as separate works; but, even then, a separate serial number is given to them to point out the nature and continuity of works treated in the corresponding Mss.

see

Page #244

810.)
111. 4 Malasätras
207
कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
Kāyotsargasūtrapratika No. 808
1270 ( 23 )
1887–91. Extent.— fol. 5a. Description.- Only cares are given. For other details see
No. 734. Begins and Ends.- fol. 5* BERTOTI ACUACAT
N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 806.
कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
Kấyotsargasūtrapratika
771 ). No. 809
1880-81. Extent.--- leaf 124". Description.— Only a state is given. For other details see
NO. 1880-81.. Begins and Ends.-- FHÖR TATT EFTIR I I I
N. B. For further details see No. 806.
No.
77 (1).
कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
Kāyotsargasūtrapratika No. 810
1269 ( 15).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 22. Description.- Only a gata is given. For other details see Namas
kāramantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.-fol. 20 part gronie II
N. B.- For additional information see No. 806.

Page #245

208
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्रप्रतीक
No. 811
-
Extent. fol. 3a.
Description.
Begins and Ends. fol. 34 अन्नत्थ ऊससिएणं इत्यादि
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 806.
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्रप्रतीक
No. 812
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
कायोत्सर्ग सूत्रप्रतीक
Only a чa is given. For other details see No. 736.
―
Kayotsargasūtrapratika
1106 (16). 1891-95.
Extent. fol. 3.
Description. Only as are given. For other details see Namaskāramantra No. 736.
Begins and Ends.-- fol. 30 अन्नत्थ ऊस इत्यादि ०
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 806.
No. 813
Extent. fol. 189b.
Description.
No.

[ 811.
Kayotsargasūtrapratika
1106 ( 22 ).
1891-95.
Kayotsargasūtrapratika
1220 (19). 1884-87.
Begins and Ends.-- fol. 189 अन्नत्थूससिणमित्यादि ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 806.
Only a res is given. For other details see 1220 ( I ). 1880-87.

Page #246

814]
III.4Malasalras
209
नामस्तव
Nāmastava [ लोगस्ससुत्त]
[ Loyassasutta]
1220 (11). No. 814
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 1894.
1220(I). Description.- Complete. For other details sce No. -
1884-87.. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject. -- This sútra composed in 7 verses in Prākrit culogizes the
24 Tirthainkaras of this avasarpini cycle of time. It is hence styled as Caüvvisattho (Sk. Caturvimsatistava ).
This sútra forms a part of the Avasyakasutra. Begins. --fol. 189a
लोगस्सुजो(ज्जो यगरे । धम्मतित्थयरे जिणे । अरहते कित्तइस्सं । चउवीस पि केवली ॥१ उसभमजियं च वंदे । संभवमभिनंदणं च सुमई च
पउमप्पु(प्प)हं सुप्पा(पा)सं जिणं चय(च)दप्पहं वंदे ॥२॥etc Ends. -- fol. 1892
चंदेसु निम्मलयरा । आइच्चेसु अहियं पयास(य)रा ।
सागरवरगंभीरा । सिद्धा सिद्धिं मम दिसंतु ॥७ Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
maņasūtras and my third Kiranāvali (pp. 54-56). For a learned discussion in German see “ Übersicht über die Avasyaka-Literatur" (pp. 6-7). Herein the text is given in Roman characters. An edition containing Haribhadra Sūri's commentary (p. 786a ) to Avaśyakasútra, an cdition having
Malayagiri Suri's commentary (pp. 591-599 ) to the same, Yogaśāstrā (pp. 224-228a ), Acăradinakara (pp. 2674-268a) and Vandaruvrtti (pp.40-13) may be consulted. Fo: an extract see B. B. R. A. S. rol. III-IV, p. 398. For explanation Ceïyavandanamahābhāsa ( v. 515-638) may be referred to. See also Mülācāra v. 539 and No. 818.
-

Page #247

210
नामस्तव
No. 815
No. 734.
Begins. fol. 3b
Ends. fol. 4a
Extent. fol. 3b to fol. 4a.
Description. Complete; 7 verses in all. For other details see
नामस्तव
No. 816
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
gs etc. as in No. 814.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 814.
Ends. fol. 1b
चंदेस (सु) निम्मलगरा । etc. up to मम दिसंतु ॥ ७ ॥

[815.
Namastava
1270 (15). 1887-91.
नामस्तव
No. 817
Extent. fol. 2b to fol. 32.
as in No. 814.
Extent. fol. 1.
Description. Complete; 7 verses in all. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 735.
Begins.-tol. 1b
N. B. For additional information see No. 814.

gian etc. as in No. 814.
चंदे निम्मलयरा etc. up to सिद्धिं मम दिसंतु ॥ ७
Nāmastava
1269 (5).
1987-91.
as in No. 814.
Namasts va
1106 (14). 1891-95.

Page #248

818. ]
III. 4 Malasutras
211
Description.- Complete ; 7 verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 736. Begins.- fol. 2b
TRUTH FFATTO etc. as in No. 814. Ends.-- fol. 3a
etc. up to IFTI AR PERTU
as in No. 814. N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 814.
नामस्तव
Nāmastava
No. 818
77( ). 1880-81.
Extent.--- leaf 122° to leaf 1234. Description -- Complete. For other details see Agamikavastuvicāra
sāra No. 77 (1).
0. 1880-81. Begins.-leaf 122a
FINEP G ANT etc. as in No. 814. Ends.--leaf, 1234 fãFagurt etc. up to FFI AH 10!
. as in No. 814 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 814 and an edition con
taining Caityavandanasūtra and Lalitavistară (pp. 895–966) and Dharmasamgraha ( pp. 1551--198a).

Page #249

212
चैत्यस्तव
[ अरिहंत चेइयाणं ]
No. 819
Extent. leaf 121b to leaf 122a.
Description. Complete. For further particulars see Agamika77 ( I ). 1880-81.
vastuvicărasāra No.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.
This work is included in the Avasyakasutra. It is one of the Pratikramanasutras in Prakrit and constitutes the Caityastavadandaka. It is connected with the aradhana of Sthapanajina. This work mentions the reasons of doing so. Begins. - leaf 121 अरहंतचेइयाणं | करेमि काउस्सग्गं । वंदणवत्तियाए । झ(पू) पणवत्तियाए । सक्कारवत्तियाए । सम्माणवत्तियाए । etc.
arataa
Fnds.-- leaf 1222 सि ( स ) द्धाए । मेहाए । धीइए । धारणाए । अणुप्पेहाए । बढमाणीए । डामि काउसग्गं
No. 820
[819.
Crityastava
[Arihantaceiyāṇain]
77 ( ).
1880-81.
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikramaņasutras. For chaya and Gujarati translation along with the text see my fourth Kiraṇāvalī (p. 76). Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 786a) to Avaśyakasūtra, Vandāruvṛtti (pp. 36-37), Yogaśăstra and its commentary (pp. 223-2242), Ceyïavandanamahābhāsa (v. 642-652) and an edition having Lalitavistara (pp. 76b-84b) may be consulted. For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, P. 398. Übersicht über die Avaŝyaka-Literatur (p. 2) may be also referred to.

Extent. fol. 42.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins. fol. 4 się scgnàguoi etc. as in No. 819.

Caityastava 1270 (16).
1887-91.

Page #250

823.]
Mülasūtras
Ends. fol. 44 सद्धाए मेहाए etc. up to ठामि काउस (रस)ग्गं as in No. 819. N. B. For additional information see No. 819.
चैत्यस्तव
No. 821
Extent. fol. 1896.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
â¿ataa
No. 822
III.
4
#rama
No. 823
Extent. fol. 2a.

Begins. fol. 18ybar
etc. as in No. 819.
Ends. fol. 1896 साए मेहाए । धी (इ) ए धारणाए । अणुपे ( प्पे ) हाए । वद्धमाणीए ।
ठामि काउस (रस)ग्गं ।
N. B. For other details see No. 819.
Caityastava
1220 (18). 1884-87.

1220 ( I ). 1884-87.
213
Extent. fol. 3a.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736.
Begins. fol. 3a ediç aftenen etc. as in No. 819.
Ends. -- fol. 3 सद्धाए मेहाए etc. up to ठामि काउस ( स ) गं as in No. 819. N. B. For additional particulars see No. 819.
Caityastava
1106 (15).
1891-35.
Caityastava
1269 (7). 1887-91.

Page #251

214
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 823.
Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735. Begins.- fol.2a stea àgului etc. as in No. 819. Ends.-- fol. 2a FEIT ÀTIC etc. up to JIÀ FISH as in No. 819.
This is followed by 2. N. B. - For additional information see No. 819.
चैत्यस्तव
Caityastava
1269 (9). No, 824
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 2a. Description. Only the opening line is given. For other de:ails
sec Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 2a
सव्वलोए अरिहंतचेइयाणं करोमि काउस्सग्गं वंदणवत्तियाए इत्यादि छ N. B.- For additional information see No. 819.
चैत्यस्तव
Caityastava
1270 ( 20 ). No. 825
1887-91. Estent.-- fol. 46. Description --- Only a portion is actually mentioned. For other
details see No. 734. Begins and Ends.--- corallarg i gorra Torg i Graf 113 11
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 819.

Page #252

829. ]
#razaagai
No. 826
Extent. fol. 189".
Description.
चैत्यस्तवप्रतीक
No. 827
चैत्यस्तवप्रतीक
No 828
I
Only the as of this sutra are given. For details 1220 ( I ).
see Pratyakhyananiryukti No.
1884-87.
Begins and Ends. - fol. 1894 सबलोए अरहंतचेइयाणमित्यादि ॥ It ends thus.
acutagaia
No. 829
III. 4 Malasatras
Extent. leaf 123.
Description. Only a ч is given.
Begins and Ends. - leaf 1236 वंदणवत्तियाए इत्यादि ॥ छ ॥ N. B. For additional information see No. 819.
Extent. fol. 3b.
Description.
215
Caityasta vapratika
1220 (12). 1884-87.

Extent. fol. 2a.
Description. Only a t is given. For other details see Namaskāramantra No. 735.
Begins and Ends. fol. 24 वंदणवत्तीत्यादि ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 819.
Caityastavapratika 77 ( ).
1880-81.

Caityastavapratika
1269 (12).
1887-91.
Only a T is given. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
Caityastavapratika
1105 (19). 1891-95.
I The remark made (on p. 205) in connection with Käyotsargasütrap.atīka holds good in the case of this and the willgnoof works 827
$29.

Page #253

216
[829.
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy Begins and Ends. -- fol. maT FROITE.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 819.
श्रुतस्तव [ gata] No. 830
Srutastava [ Pukkbaravara ]
771 ). 1880-81.
Extent.- leaf 123a to leaf 1236. Description. - Complete. For further particulars see No.
1880-81.' Subject.- One of the Pratikramaņasūtras in Präkrit. Sukhlal
does not consider this sútra as a part and parcel of Avaśyakasütra. For his remark see his prastāvanā (p. 45 ) to his edition of Pañcapratikramaņa.
This sūtra consists of 4 verses in Präkrit. The first deals with salutation to the Tirthaikaras and the next
three with the eulogy of śrutadharma. Begins.— fol. 1234
पुक्खरवरदीवड़े धायइसंडे य जंउ(बु )दीवे य
HIỆTagfah I JEIGUTT HÅRIH IS etc. Ends.-- fol. 1236
सिद्धे भो पयओ णमो जिणमए नंदी सया संजमे
देवनागमुवन्नकिन्नरगणस्सन्भूअभावच्चिए । लोगो जत्थ पइट्रिओ जगमिणं तेलुक्कमच्चासुरं
धम्मो बट्टाउ सासओ । विजयओ धम्मोत्तरं वडउ ॥४ Reference.- This work also known as Siddhāntastava is published.
See any printed edition of the Pratikramaņasūtras. Haribhadra Sūri's commentary (p. 788a) on Avaśyakasülra, the edition containing Caityavandanasütra and Lalitavistarā (pp. 978-106") and Vandāruvítti (pp. 45-18) may be consulted. Also see Ceiyavandanamahābhāsa ( v. 653-699).
For an extract sec B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 398.
The portion of the 2nd line of the last verse viz. aanuaoo is quoted by Jinaprabha Suri in his commentary (p. 10 ) to Upasargaharastotra. Vide D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 81.
“Übersicht über die Avašyaka-Literatur” (p. 2 ) may be consulted.

Page #254

833.1
श्रुतस्तव
No. 734
Begins.fol. 4o gara etc. as in No. 830.
श्रुतस्तव
III. 4 Malasutras
No. 831
Extent.- fol. 4.
Description. Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see
No. 832
Extent. fol. 2a.
Ends. fol. 4° धम्मो बड्डो (ड्डू )ओ etc. up to धम्मुत्तरं बहुओ । as in No. 830. This is followed by
N. B. For additional information see No. 830.
श्रुतस्तव
217
Srutastava
No. 833
Extent. fol. 187 to fol. 190.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
1270 (18).
1887-91.

Description. Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 735.
Begins.—fol. 2a gara etc. as in No. 830.
Ends.--fol. 2© धम्मो बड्डूओ etc. up to धम्मोत्तरं वडूओ as in No. 830
This is followed by 8.
N. B. For additional information see No. 830.

Srutastava
1269 (10).
1887-91.
Srutasta va
1220 (20). 1884-87.
1220).
1884-87.
Begins. fol. 1896 | etc. as in No. 830. Ends. fol. 1904 धम्मो बढउ सासओ । विजयओ धम्मुत्तरं बहुओ as in
No. 830.
N. B. For other particulars see No. 830.

Page #255

218
श्रुतस्तय
No. 834
Jaina Literature and Philosophy

| 834.
Srutastava
Extent. fol. 3a.
Description. Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
1106 (17).
1891-95.
Begins. fol. 32 g
etc. as in No. 830.
Ends. fol. 34 धम्मो बडूओ etc. up to धम्मोत्तरं बहुओ as in No. 830. This is followed by 8.
N. B. For additional information see No. 830.

Page #256

835. ]
III. 4 Malasatras
219
सिद्धस्तव
Siddhastava [Agroi garu)
[ Siddhāņaí buddhāņar ] No. 835
1220 ( 22 ).
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1904 Description. Complete ; 5 verses in all. For other details see
No.
1220 ( 1 ).
No. 1884-87. Author.--- A Jaina saint. Subject.- This small metrical composition in Prakrit is a hymn
which praises the liberated. Begins.--fol. 1908
सिद्धाण बुद्धाणं । पारगयाणं परंपरगयाणं ।
ENTER( ? JU ATUT I TÆT (TOT Heatergrant ut etc. Ends.- fol. 1902
चत्तारि अटू दस दो य बंदिया। जिणवरा चउवीसं ।
परमनिट्रियट्टा सिद्धा सिद्धिं मम दिसंतु ॥ ४ (? ५) Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Pratie
kramaņasútras. Haribhadra Sūri's coinmentary' (p. 789) to Avaśyakasūtra where the first 3 verses are explained, the edition of Caityavandanasütra with Lalitavistara 2 (pp. 106-118) and Vandāruvịtti (pp. 49-51 ) may be consulted.
For an extract sec B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 398.
For different interpretations of the last verse given here, see my edition containing Bhäva prabha Suri's Jaina. dharmavarastotra etc., published as No. 84 in the Sheth D. L. J. P. F. Series, in A. D. 1933.
Sukhlal does not consider this sütra as a part of the Avaśyakasútra. For his remark see his prastāvanā (p. 45) to his edition of Panca pratikramana.
Ceiyavandanamahäbhāsa (v.711-771) and Übersicht über die Avasyaka-Literatur ( p. 2) may be consulted.
a
1 On p. 789a, there is a remark as under :
"aa: Ti fa ra, PT 2119 216, 2175 2 On p. 112b, it is stated that "N a it faguara, Flä
219:1" ei 316

Page #257

220
सिद्धस्तव
No. 836
Extent. fol. 2a.
Description.
No. 735.
Begins.-- fol. 2a
Ends. fol. 2a
सिद्धस्तव
No. 837
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends fol sa
चारि अट्ट etc. up to मम दिसंतु ॥ as in No. 835. This is followed by ".
N. B. For additional information see No. 835.
Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
for etc. as in No. 835.

[836.
Siddhastava
Extent. fol. 4" to fol. 5a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734.
Begins.--fol. 4b
far etc. as in No. 835.
चनारि
N. B. For additional information see No. 835.
1269 (13). 1887-91.

Siddhastava
1270 (21)
1887-91.
अनु etc. up to a gas in No. 835.

Page #258

839.)
सिद्धस्तव
No. 838
Extent. fol. b.
Description. No. 736.
Begins. fol. 3b
Ends.-- fol. 3b
सिद्धस्तव
No. 839
fr gero etc. as in No. 835.
ill. 4 Malasûtras
Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
चत्तारि अट्ट etc. up to मम दिसंतु । as in No. 835. This is followed by ".
N. B. - For further particulars see No. 835.
vastuvicărasara No.
Begins. leaf 123b

Ends. leaf 124a
Extent. leaf. 123 to leaf 1242.
Description. Complete. For additional details see Agamika
77 (1).. 1880-81.
for etc. as in No. 835.
221
Siddhastava
N. B. For additional information see No. 835.
1106 (20). 1891-95.

चत्तारि अटु etc. up to a etc. as in No. 835
Siddhastava
77 ( ).
1880-81.

Page #259

222
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1840.
चैत्यवन्दनसूत्र (चेइयवंदणसुत्त)
टब्बासहित
Caityavandanasutra ( Ceiyavaydanasutta )
with tabbā
690.
No. 840
1892-95. Size.-- Io in by it in. Extent.---- 7 folios ; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; white pigment used : foll. numbered in both the margins ; complete so far as it goes; condition
very good. Age.-- Pretty old. Author of the text.- Not mentioned. ___, , , rabba.-, ,, Subject.---- This Ms. starts with the enumeration of 4 mangalas and
4 Saranas. Then follows the exposition of the charac. teristics of a Tirthamkara in verses in Präkrit. Namutthunam along with its explanation in Gujarati forms the succeeding topic. The distinguishing features of the liberated, the Acāryas, Upadhyāvas and Sādhus make up the concluding
portion of this Ms. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
चत्तारि मंगलं । अरिहंता मंगलं ॥ सिद्धा मंगलं ॥ साहु मंगलं ॥ केवल(लि)पन्नत्तो धम्मो मंगलं ॥ चत्तारि लोगुत्त(मा) ॥ अरिहंता लोगुत्तमा ॥ सिद्धा लोगुत्तमा । साह लोगुत्तमा । केवलिपन्नत्तो धम्मो लोगुत्तमा ॥ चत्तारि सरणं पव्वज्जामि ॥ अरिहंता सरणं पव्वज्जामि ॥ सिद्धा सरण पत्वज्जामि ।। साहू सरणं पयज्जामि ॥ केव(लि)पन्नत्तो धम्मो सरणं पन्धज्जामि । गाथा॥
चउरंगो जिणधम्मो । न कयो चउरंगसरणि जिण न कयो। चउरंगो भवछोहो । न कयो तिणि हारिउ जम्मो । दुल्लंभो माणुसो जम्मो । धम्मो सव्वन्नभासिओ । माह साहमीयाणं च । सामग्गी पुण दुल्लहा ॥२ec.

Page #260

840. |
III. 4 Malasatras
223
(text) fol. 10
जगमत्थ इत्थयाणं । वयसीलवरनाणदंसणधराणं । नाणं जोयगिराणं ॥ लोगमि नमो श्री(सिरि )जिणवराणं ॥१८॥
इच्छं इच्छामि खमासमणो बंदिउं ॥ जावाणिज्जाए ॥ निसीहियाए ।
मथ(त्थ)एण वदामि ॥ Begins.- ( tabba ) fol. I इच्छाकारेण संदिमह । भगवन चैत्यवंदन करूं ।
निस्सीहं ॥ नमोत्थु णं । नमस्कार हउ ॥ अरिहंताण । अरिहंतनद । पणि किस्या छइ ते श्रीअरिहंत । जातिवंत । कुलवंत । बलवंत ॥ रूपवंत ।
ज्ञानवंत । श्रुतवंत । सौभाग्यवंत । etc. ( tabba ) fol. 4" नमो आयरियाणं । माहरउ नमस्कार श्रीआचार्य प्रतिई हउ ॥
पणि किस्या छइं ते श्रीआचार्य । जे श्रीआचार्य पंच घिद्धि आचारू
प्रतिपालइ etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 58
पडिरूवाई चउदस ॥ ( ख )तीपमुहाई दसविहो धम्मो । बारस्स बंभोवणाए । सूरिगुणा हुँति उत्तीसा ॥ ५॥ पंचिंदियसंवरणो । नवविहबंभचेरगुत्तिधरो। चउविहकसायमुक्को ए अटारसगुणेहिं संजुत्तो ।। ६ ।। पंचमहन्वयजुत्तो । पंचविहायारपालणसमत्थो ।
पंचसमई(? ओ) तिगुत्तो । छत्तीसगुणे( णो) गुम(रू) मज्झ ॥ ७ ॥etc. ---- (tabba) fol. 7° कुम्मो वह गुत्तिदिए। पुढवी जिम सम्बसहे । समुद्र जिम
गंभीरे। पुक्खरिणीपत्र जिम निर्लेपइ । इस्या छइं जे माध।। भगवती दया तणा प्रतिपालक । भगवती अहिंसा सर्वभूतनई पेमकारी । मा(?)पुरुष सपुरुषि सेवी । कायर कातर जनिई परिहरी । तेहना प्रतिपालक ।। अनाथ जीवना नाथ । अपीहर जीवनां पीहर । अशरण जीवनां शरण । सर्वज्ञपुत्र साधु । नीराग । निकंचण । निरहंकारी । नि( )परिग्रही । निरारंभी। शांत दांत । रत्नत्रयसाधक । अढाई द्वीप माहिइं जे केई छई साधु ॥ ते मवि हुं माधु प्रतिई माहरु नमस्कार । पंचांग प्रणाम त्रिकाल बंदन सदा सर्वदा हउ ॥ इति श्री. चैत्यवंदनपांचपदनवकार समाप्तः ॥ श्रीः ।। छ । श्रीः ।।

Page #261

224
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[841
ललितविस्तरा
Lalita vistará (चैत्यवन्दनसूत्रव्याख्या) ( Caityavandanasūtravyākhyā
1241. No. 841
1886-92. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 38 folios ; 13 lines to a page : 45 letters to a line. Descriprion.-- Country paper tough and white ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges singly; fol. I blank ; so is the fol. 386 ; this Ms. contains the प्रतीक of the text : foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; condition very good ; extent 1270 ślokas.
Age.- Samvat 1825.
Author.- Haribhadra Suri (Yakinimahattarāsānu ). See pp.
104-I0S and Weber II, p. 924, fn. 4. Subject. -- A very beautiful, important, interesting and instructive
commentary (vyākhyā) on Caityavandanasútra. This vyakhyā also styled as vịtti is at times mistaken for Lalita
vistara, a Buddhist work. Begins.-fol. 1 9 नमः श्रीवीरस्वामिने ।।
प्रणम्य भुवनालोकं महावीरं जिनोत्तमं ।
चैत्यवंदनसूत्रस्य व्याख्येयमभिधीयते ॥१॥ अनंतगमपर्यायं सर्वमेतज्जिनागमे।
मूत्रं यतोऽस्य कात्स्न्येन व्याख्यां कः कर्तुमीश्वरः ? ॥२॥ etc. इत्यत्राह चिंत्यमत्र साफल्यं चैत्यवंदनस्यैव निःफलत्वात् इत्यत्रोच्यते
etc.
Ends.-fol. 38 प्रकृतिसुंदरं चिंतामणिरत्नकल्पं संवेगकार्य वैतरि(दि)ति महाकल्याण
विरोधे न चिंतामणिरत्ने(5)पि सम्यग्ज्ञानगुण एव श्रद्धाद्यतिशयभावतोऽविधिविरहेण महाकल्याणसिद्धिः इत्यलं प्रसंगेन
आचार्यहरिभद्रेण दृन्धा सन्न्यायसंगता चैत्यवंदनसूत्रस्य वृत्तिललितविस्तरा ॥१॥ य एनां भावयत्युच्चैर्मध्यस्थेनांतरात्मना। सवंदनां सबीजं वा नियमादधिगच्छति ॥२॥

Page #262

841.]
III. 4 Malasutras
225
पराभिप्रायसं(म)ज्ञात्वा तत्कृतस्य च वस्तुनः। गुणदोषौ सत्तो(ता) वाच्यौ प्रश्न एव तु युज्यते ॥३॥ प्रष्टव्योऽन्यः परीक्षार्थमात्मनो वा परस्य च । ज्ञानस्य वा(चा)भिवृद्ध्यर्थ त्यागार्थ संशयस्य च ॥४॥
(क)त्वा यदजितं पुण्यं मयैनां शुभभावतः ।
तेनास्तु सर्वलोकानां मात्सर्यविरहः परः ॥५॥
ललितविस्तरा नाम चैत्यवंदनवृत्तिः समाप्तः (ता) ॥छ ॥ कृतिरियं याकिनीधर्म सूनोराचार्यहरिभद्रस्येति ग्रंथायमनुष्टुप्छंदसा श्लोक
शतानि द्वादश सप्तत्या समन्वितानि अंकि(क)तो(s)पि । ग्रंथायश्लोक १२७० प्रमाणमत (?) ॥ संवत् १८२५ मार्गशिर सुदि ७ सातिम वार शुक्रे । पं०
भु(भू)पतिविजय ल(लि )पीकृतं ॥ श्री स्थंभतीर्थे ' । छ etc. Reference. -- Published in D. L. J. P. Fund Series as No. 29 in
A. D. 1915. This edition contains Municandra Suri's panjikā which explains some portions of Lalitavistară. Over and above this, the following sútras are given in this edition :
(a) Namutthu nam pp. 70-84. . (b) Caityastava p. 760. (c) Kāyotsargasútra p. 84. (d) Caturviņśatistava pp. 896, 92, 93* and 966. (e) Srutastava pp. 97°, 100°, Ior, Ior' and 1024. (f) Siddijastava' pp. 1066 and 1092. (g) Prarthanāsūtra p. 114.
These sútras along with Lalitavistará have been published by Rsabhadevaji Kesarimalaji Samstha, Rutlam, in A. D. 1934, since the above-mentioned edition: has been long sincu unavailable.
For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV ( pp. 123-424 ), and for a Ms. •of this Lalitavistari along with a supercommentary by Municandra see Keith's Catalogue No. 7496.
___Kielhorn's Report for 1880-81 (p. I4) may be also consulted.
|
Ouly 3 verses tre given

Page #263

226
ललितविस्तरा
No. 842
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 24 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and whitish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin just at its foot: ; tol. a blank this Ms. seems to be exposed to fire; several foll. less legible, on account of ink having spread out or perhaps due to the portion being sooty; bits of paper pasted to the last few foll; condition on the whole unsatisfactory; this Ms. contains only the gates of the text complete; marginal notes given in the 1st 3 foll,
Age. Samvat 1473.
Begins. fol. rb ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends. fol. 24" fag
ofcafazari
No. 843
etc. up to far as in No. 841. This is followed by संवत् १४७३ वर्षे अश्वन वदि ७ शनौ श्री' पत्तने ' लिखितं ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 841.
i etc. as in No. 841.

[ 842.
Lalitavistarà
151. 1872-73.
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 20 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanägari characters with TTS; small, legible and good

Lalitavistara
1151. 1887-91.

Page #264

844.1
Age. Samvat 1489.
Begins. fol. 1 a¤: daro |
Ends.
TIT. 4 Malasatras
hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; edges of a few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 1270 slokas.
----
etc. as in No. 841.
fol. 200 प्रकृतिसुंदरं etc. up to चैत्यवंदनवृत्तिः समाप्ताः ( प्ता) as in No. 841. This is followed by कृतिर्द्धर्म्मतो याकिनीमहत्तरातूनोराचार्यहरिभद्रस्येति । छ | ग्रंथाग्रमनुष्टुप छंदसां श्लोकशतानि द्वादश सप्तत्या समन्वितानि ग्रंथाग्रं १ ७० ॥ मं० १४८९ भाद्रपद शुदि १० भौमे लेखिता
॥ छ ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 841.
227
siŝafâxacı
No 844
Size. 12 in. by 13 in.
Extent. 60 to 143 plus some fragmentary leaves preceding the 60th; 2 to 4 lines to a leaf; 45 letters to a line.

Description. Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two columns, but it is not so; for, the lines of the first column extent to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in black ink; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one in numbers and in the left-hand one in letter-numerals e. g. 4 represented as a symbol given in Appendix IV (p.17) to part II of Vol. XVII (D. C. J. M.); leaves preceding the 60th in fragments; condition unsatisfactory; fragmentary leaves are kept separate.

Lalita vistara
20.
1880-81.

Page #265

228 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1844 Age.---Old. Begins.-leaf 60" तद्भक्त इत्युच्यते । न च दुष्टेतरावगमे विचारमंतरेण विचारश्च
युक्तिगर्भ इत्यालोचनीयामततूक्तपपतितोदाहरणमप्युदाहरणमात्र ॥ न्यायाऽनु
पपत्तेः तदुद्भूतादेरपि तथा दर्शनाभावात् etc. Ends.--- leaf 143° महाकल्याणविरोधि न चिन्तनीयं । चिंतामणिरत्ने(s)पि सम्यग
ज्ञातगुण एव श्रद्धाद्यतिशयभावतो()विधिविरहेण महाकल्याणसिद्धरित्यलं प्रसंगेन ॥छ॥
आचार्यहरिभद्रेण दृब्ध्वा सन्यायसंगता । चैत्यवंदनसूत्रस्य वृत्तिललितविस्तरा ॥छ । य एनां भावयत्युच्चैर्धर्मस्थेनांतरात्मना। सद(? न्दतां (सु)बीजं वा नियमादधिगच्छति ॥ पराभिप्रायमज्ञात्वा तत्कृतस्य न वस्तुनः । गुणदोषौ सदा वाच्यौ । प्रश्न एघ तु युज्यते ॥ प्रष्टव्यो(s)न्यः परीक्षार्थमात्मनो वा परस्य च । ज्ञानस्य चाभिवृद्धयर्थ त्यागार्थ संशयस्य वा ॥ कृत्वा यजितं पुण्यं मयैनां शुभभावतः
तेनास्व(स्तु) सर्वसत्त्वानां मात्सर्यविरहः परः ॥छ । ललितविस्तरा नाम चैत्यवंदनवृत्तिः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥ कृतिधर्मतो जाकिनीमहत्तरासूनोराचार्यहरिभद्रस्येति ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रमनुष्टुप्छंदसा श्लोकशतानि द्वादश सप्तत्या समन्वितानि ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 841.
ललितविस्तरापलिका
Lalitavistarāpañjikā
1241. No. 845
1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 37 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 67 letters to a line. Description.---- Country paper thin and grey ; Jaina Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writ

Page #266

845.
ITI. 4 Malasatras
229
ing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; white pigment used; fol. 356 blank ; complete ; the प्रणिपातदण्डक ends on fol. 279; extent 2050 slokas ; condi
tion very good. Age.- Seems to be pretty old. Author.--- Municandra Süri, pupil of Vinayacandra Süri and guru
of the celebrated Vādi Deva Súri. See Peterson, Reports III, p. 244, v. 3. In Keith's Catalogue, in No. 7496 where both Lalitavistara and the Panjikă are noted, Municandra is said to be the author of the former as such an erroneous statement is made by the scribe who wrote it. Of course, Gaikawar who has described (?)this Ms. has noted this mistake and has referred to Kielhorn's Report for 1880-81
(p. 14) where the correct entry is made. Subject.--- This is an elucidation of difficult phrases etc., occurring
in Haribhadra Sūri's Lalitavistarā, a commentary explaining
the Caityavandanasútra, up to Siddha-Mahävirādi-stava. Begins.-fol. IA
नत्वा(s)नुयोगद्धेभ्यश्चैत्यवंदनगोचरां। व्याख्याम्यहं क्वचित्किंचित्तिं ललितविस्तरां ॥१॥ आ(यां) बुद्ध्वा किल सिद्धसाधुरखिलव्याख्यातृचूडामणि
संबुद्धः सुगतः(त)प्रणीतसमयाभ्यासाच्चलच्चेतनः । यत्कर्तुः स्वकृतौ पुनर्गुरुतया चक्रे नमस्यामसौ
को ह्येनां विवृणोतु नाम विवित्तिं स्मृत्यै तथा(s)प्यात्मनः ॥२ शास्त्रांतरदर्शनतः स्वयमप्यूहाद् गुरूपदेशात् तु । क्रियते मयैष दुर्गमकतिपयपदपंजिकारंभः ॥३॥ तत्राचार्यः शिष्टाचारतया विघ्नोपशमकतया च मंगलं प्रेक्षावत्प्रवृत्त्यर्थमभिधेयं सप्रसंगं प्रयोजनं सामर्थ्यगम्यं संबंधं च वक्तुकाम आह ॥ प्रणम्ये
त्यादि । तत्र प्रणम्य प्रकर्षण नत्वा ॥ etc. Ends.-.fol. 370 अपुनबंधकस्यैव लक्षणमाह भर्गो(नोड)पि पुनबंधकोचितसमाचारा
स्कथंचु(त्रि)च्च्युतो(5)पि । एतद्यन्नलिंगः पुनश्चो( स्वो)चिताचारप्रयत्नावसेयोऽपुनबंधकः । आदिधार्मिक इति एतदिति । इदमेव प्रकृतं चैत्यवंदनव्याख्यानमिति । महेत्यादि महतः सच्चैत्यवंदनादेः कल्याणस्य कुशलस्य

Page #267

230
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[845.
विरोधि बाधकमत्रज्ञाविप्लावनादि न नैव चिंतनीयमध्यवसेयं कुत इत्याह चिंतामणीत्यादि सुमंगलं ॥
इति श्रीमुनि चंद्रसूरिविरचितायां ललितविस्तरापंजिकायां सिद्ध महावीरादिस्तवः समाप्तः ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं ललितविस्तरा - पंजिका ।
कष्टो ग्रंथो मतिरनिपुणा संप्रदायो न तादृक् । शास्त्र तंत्रातरमतगतं संनिधौ नो तथापि । स्वस्य स्मृत्यै परहितकृते चात्मबोधानुरूपं ।
नागा मागः पदमहामिह व्यावृतश्चित्तशुद्ध्या ।। प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं ।
अनुष्टुभं (भ) सहस्रे द्वे पंचास (श) दधिके तथा ॥ २०५० ॥ This is followed in a different hand by the lines as under :
Reference. - Published along with Lalitavistara in the D. L. J.P.F. Series as No. 29. See Guerinot Bibliographie, p. 55. For additional works of this author and the Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 423-424.
No. 846
Hariayदा तपगणपति विजयसेनस्ररीणां ।
श्रीरामविजयकृतिना चित्कोशे प्रतिरियं मुक्ता ॥ १ ॥
ललितविस्तरा पञ्जिका

Size - 124 in. by rain.
Extent.- 249 + 1 + 1 = 251 leaves; 2 to 4 lines to a leaf ; 45 letters to a line.
Lalitavistarapanjika
21.
1880-81.
Description.-- Palm leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanāgarī characters with पृष्टमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two columns, but really it is not so: each of the columns ruled in three lines in black

Page #268

846.1
III. 4 Malasutras
231
ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the righthand one as 144, 145 etc., and in the left-hand one as
5) 5) etc.; for some of the letter-numerals e. g. for 4, 6 TT
and 9 see Appendix IV (pp. 17, 18 and 19 ) to Part II of Vol. XVII ; leaves in this Ms. start" with 144 and they go up to 392 ; complete ; condition very good ; there is one
extra leaf both in the beginning and in the end. Age.- Fairly old. Begins.- leaf 144* a fatura!
Par(s)autemT: etc. Ends. --- Icaf 391 3garuto etc. up 10 TOT TIETTEIT practically as in No. 846. Then we have:
यादृश पुस्तकं दृष्टा तादृशं लिखितं मया
यदि शुद्धमशुद्ध वा मम दोषो न विद्यते ।। N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 846.

Page #269

232 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 847. चैत्यवन्दनमूत्रवृत्ति
Caityavandanasūtravrtti No. 841
1293 (8).
1886-92. Size. – 111 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 20 folios ; 14 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description. --- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional Tals; small, legible and very lair hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; complete ; some of the foll. slightly wormcaten ; condition good ; this Ms. contains the following additional works:
(I) वन्दनकविवरण foll. 60 to IO' ( No. 857) (2) प्रत्याख्यानवृत्ति ,, 10° ,, I4° (3) कायोत्सर्गदोष fol. 14
(4) श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र लघुत्तिसहित foll. I40 to 20. Age.-- Not modern. Author.- Śrītilaka Súri. Subject.- A commentary in Sanskrit to Caityavandanasutra. Begins.-- fol. 1a
श्रीवीरजिनवरेंद्र वंदित्वा चैत्यवंदनादीनि ।
अल्परुचिकत्वहेतोविवरिष्ये गमनिकामात्रं ॥१ ___ इह चैत्यवंदनादीनां । वृत्तिरारब्धपर इरियावहियाए । अप्पडिक्कंताए न कप्पइ । किंचि चेइयवंदण सज्झाया इत्यागमात प्रथममैर्यापथिकी etc.
Ends.-- fol. 6° शुभगुरुयोगः । तद्वचनसेवना । आभव आसंसारं । अखंडा संपूर्णा
इदं च । प्रणिधानां न निदानरूपं । प्रायेण निसंगादिभिलाषरूपत्वात् ॥ छ । इति श्रीश्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता चैत्यवंदनावृत्ति समाप्ताः ॥छ।। श्री।।

Page #270

848. ]
चैत्यवन्दनसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 848
III. 4. Malasatras
Extent. fol. 1oa to fol. 13b
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Begins. fol. 10a

Caityavan danasūtravṛtti
200 (b). 1873-74.
fr etc. as in No. 847.
Ends. fol. 13
: etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 847.
233

200 ( a ). 1873-74.

Page #271

234
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 849.
Samsáradávānalastuti
संसारदावानलस्तुति No. 849
1220 (25) 1884-87.
Extent.- fol. I90*. Description.-- Complete ; 4 verses in all in what is known as
Sama-Samskrta i. e. in Sanskrit and Prakrit as well. For other details see No. __1220 (I).
- 1884-87.. Author.- Haribhadra Suri, the Yakinimahattarāsānu. For details
about him see pp. 104, 105 and 224. Subject.- The Ist verse deals with eulogy of Lord Mahavira ; the
2nd, with a panegyric ot all the Tirthamkaras ; the 3rd, with salutation to the holy scriptures; and the 4th, with
a stuti of Śrutadevi. Begins.-fol. 1902
संसारदापानलदाहनीरं
स(सोमोहालीहरण(णे) समीरं । मायारसादारणसारसीरं।
नमामि वीरं गिरिसारधीरं ॥१॥ भावावि(व)नामसुरदानवमानवेन
चूलाविलोलकमलावलिमालितानि । संपूरिताभिनतलोकसमीहितानि।
कामं नमामि जिनराजपदानि तानि ॥२॥ Ends.-- fol. 1902
बोधागाधं सुपदपदवीनारपुराभिरामं ।
जीवाहिंसाविरललहरीसंगमागाहदेहं ।। चूलावेलं गुरुगममणीसंकुलं दूरपारं।
सारं वीरागमजलनिधिं सादरं साधु सेवे ॥ आमलालोलधूलीबहुलपरिमलालीढलोलालिमाला
झंकारारावसारामलदलकमलागारभूमानिवासे ।

Page #272

851.]
III. 4 Malasatras
छायासंभार सारे ! वरकमलकरे ! तारता (हा )राभिरामे ! वाणीसंदोहदेहे ! भवविरहवरं देहि मे देवि ! सारं ॥ ४ श्रीमहावीरस्तुतिः ॥ छ ॥
I
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratitkramaṇasutras noted on p. 138. See Prathamajinastava and Pārśvajinastava, each of which is a Padapurti-kavya of every carana of this Samsaradavanalastuti, and each of which is published in Jainastotrasamgraha (pt. I, pp. 65-69) in Yasovijaya Jaina granthamala, in Vira Samvat 2439 (2nd. edn.). For another kavya of this type sec pp. 64-69 of
मांडवगढका मन्त्री अथवा पेथडकुमारका परिचय" published as श्रीविजयजी जैन फ्री लायनरी ग्रंथमाला पुरुष ११ in Samvat 1979.
संसारदावानलस्तुति
No. 850
Extent. fol. 3".
Description. Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
Begins. fol. 3b
Ends. fol. 3b
#gramasızâri etc. as in No. 849.
बोधगri etc. up to देव (हि) मे देव ( वि ! ) सारं ४ as in No. 849. This is followed by इति श्रीवर्द्धमानस्तुतिः
N. B. For additional information see No. 849.
संसारदावानलस्तुति
235
Samsaradavanalastuti
1106 (23).
1891-95.

Samsaradāvānalastuti
1270 (28). 1887-91.
No. 851
Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 6.
Description. Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see
No. 734.
I
In No. 850, this work is styled as Sri-Varddhamanastuti.

Page #273

236
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1851.
Begins.- fol. 6a 11 Qoll.
#arara1a7qreåri 1 etc. as in No. $19. Ends.- fol. 6b
humanü etc. up to ant à aia ! Fit 11 8 11 as in No. 849. This is followed by lagaitzaia: 11 g 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 849.
संसारदावानलस्तुति व्याख्यासहित
Samsäradāvāna lastuti with vyākhyā
327. 1871-72.
No. 852
Size.- 95 in. by 41 in.
Extent.--- i folio ; 16 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper somewhat thick, tough and white;
Jaina Devanagari characters; small, quite legible, uniform and very good liand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one in red ink ; yellow pigment used while making corrections ; there is only one fol., and it is numbered in the right-hand margin ; condition very good; both
the text and its Gujarāti commentary complete. Age.- Not modern. Author of the commentary. Not mentioned. Subject. -- The text together with its explanation in Gujaräti. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 19 y coll
wargaragarzari etc, as in No. 849.

Page #274

851.] III. 4 Malasatrar
237 Begins.--- ( com. ) fol. I एहनउ अर्थ ए हवउ जे श्रीवीर वर्द्धमानस्वामि तेह
नइ नमुं नमस्कार करूं केहवउ छइ श्रीवीर संसाररूपीयओ जे दावानल दावाग्नि तेहना दाह बझाइवीनइ । निमित्ति नीर कहता पाणी तीयइ समान
सरिषओ etc. Ends.--- (text ) fol. 1b
बोधागाधं etc. up to देव( वि! ) सारं ४ as in No. 849. ,, -(com. ) fol. 1° वली तार कहतां निर्मल मो(मौ)क्तिक तेहनउ जे हार मौक्ति
कलता तिणइ करी अभिराम मनोज्ञ छइ बली वाणी कहतां भगवतनी भाषा तेहनउ जे संदोह समूह तेहिज देह शरीर छइ जेहनओ एतलइ विरहा(हां) कित श्रीहरिभद्र मूरिकृत स्तुतिनी व्याख्या पूर्ण थई ॥ ४॥ श्री
-
-

Page #275

238
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1853
वन्दनकसूत्र (åpen)
Vandanakasūtra ( Vandanayasutta )
No. 853
1220 ( 31 ). 1884-87
Extent. fol. 1906. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. ,
1220 (1).
** 1884-87.. Author.--. A Jaina saint. Subject. --- Vandana to a holy preceptor. It is hence called
Vandanakasūtra. See Vandāruvștii (p. 63). This sutra is
recited while performing द्वादशावर्तवन्दन. Begins.--fol. 190) EETTA FATHHOT(UTC) afes alata etc. Ends.-- fol. 1906 AR MATAHUN(TI) qfEATTÀ fatenfor OFETTA SPORTO
TATTA 11 37 11 Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
maņasútras. For one printed in Roman characters along with its translation in German see Übersicht über die Avasyaka-Literatur (pp. 7-8).
Haribhadra Súri's commentary (p. 5462-546b) to Avaśyakasútra, Yogaśāstra (pp. 2376-2402 ), Acāradinakara ( pp. 275-277a), Vandäruvrtti (pp. 63-66) and Dharmasamgraha ( pp. 1746-1806) may be consulted.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 399.
वन्दनकसूत्र
Vandanakasutra
1270 ( 29 ). No. 854
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 66 to fol. 7o. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins.--fol. 6" zegtfA (WATFAUT etc. as No. 853. Ends.- fol. 7" TFT CATHATT etc, up to a fer ll ll as in No. 853.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 853.

Page #276

857.1
वन्दनकसूत्र
No. 855
वन्दनकसूत्र
No. 856
III. 4 Malasairas
Extent. fol. 2.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 735.
Begins. fol. 2
etc. as in No. 853.
Ends.--- fol. 2° तस्य (स्स) खमासमणो etc. up to अप्पाणं वोसिरामि ॥ छ ॥ as in No. 853.
N. B. For additional information see No. 853.
वन्दनकसूत्र विवरण
No. 857
239
Vandanakasutra
1269 (22).
1887-91.

Extent. fol. 3 to fol. 4a.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
Begins. fol. 3
etc. as in No. 853.
Ends. fol. 44 तस्स खमासमणो etc. up to अप्पा वोसिरामि १ as in No. 853 N. B. For additional information see No. 853.
Vandanakasutra
1106 (24).
1891-95.

Vandanakasutravivarana
1293 (b).
1886-92.
Extent. fol. 6 to 10b
Description.-- Complete. For details see Caityavandanasūtra
vrtti No. 847.

Page #277

240
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Author.- Śrītilaka Suri.
Subject.-- Explanation of Vandanakasutra.
Begins.fol. 6b अथ वंदनकविवरणं ।। इह शिष्यो विधिवत्प्रतिलेखितमुख वस्त्रिकात्मदेहोऽधिज्य च पावनतकायः ॥ करद्वयगृहीतरजोहरणादिरवग्रहाद्वहि स्थितो वंदनायोयत एवमाह || इच्छामीत्यादि । इच्छामि अभिलषामि etc.
वन्दनक सूत्र विवरण
No. 858
Ends.fol. 10° प्राघूर्णक(:) अतिथिः तस्यापि वंदनकं दीयते इत्यर्थः । अष्टानवतिमेवं यो ध्यायन् स्थानशतं सदा दत्ते वंदनकं साधुः श्राद्धो वा स्यात्समिद्धिभाकः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता वंदनकवृत्तिः ॥ छ ॥ भद्रमस्तु ॥ छ ॥
1857.

Vandanakasūtravivarana
200 (c ). 1873-74.
Extent. - fol. 13b to fol. 162.
Description.— Complete. For other details see No.
Begins. fol. 13 अथ वंदनकविवरणं etc.
Ends. fol. 162 प्राघूर्णक: अतिथिः etc. up to वंदनकवृत्तिः as in No. 857.

200 (a) 1873-74.

Page #278

860. 1
Ill. 4 Malasairas
241
देवसिकालोचनासूत्र
Daivasikālocanāsūtra (qaret 31 JUT]
[ Devasiya āloyaņā]
1220 ( 32 ). No. 859
1884-87 Extent.- fol. 1906.
1220 ( 1 ). Description.- Complete. For other details see No. --
. 1884-87. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject. -- Alocană in Prākrit. Hence this is named as Älocanā
sutra. See Vandāruvștti (p. 2 ). Begins.- fol. 1906 TITO FÍShe war daffi TEIGIA I ESHT
À FATASĪT I 38(311)ET FEST I etc. Ends.- fol. 1906 ate() FraTUFAFT Á SÍTI farligt att
FEET À CET 113 11 Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Prati
kramanasútras. Haribhadra Sūri's commentary! (p. 7786) to Āvaśyakasūtra, Yogaśāstra (pp. 244-2454) and Vandāruvrtti (p. 67) may be consulted.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 399.
देवसिकालोचनासूत्र No. 860
Daivasikālocanāsutra
1106 ( 25 ). 1891-95.
Extent.- fol. 4*. Description.- Complete. For other details sec Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins.-fol. 44 5314Thu Fiqht etc. as in No. 859. Ends.--tol. 4* (atthaETA FIATTEFFAT) # Pisa etc. up to af# fer
ih us as in No.859. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 859.
For comparison see pp. 571a and 571b:where a sūtra pertaining to Daiva. sika aticāra is given. Acaradipakara (pp. 278a-279b), too, may be consulted.
31 LLL. P.1

Page #279

242
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
देवसिकालोचनासूत्र
No. 861
Daivasikālocanāsutra
1106 (26).
1891-95.
Extent. fol. 4 to fol. 46.
Description. Complete; owing to a dittographical error, it seems, this sūtra is repeated. For other details see No. 736.
f etc. as in No. 859.
Begins. fol. 4 Ends. fol. 44 बारसविहस्स etc. up to तरस मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं as in No. 859. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 859.
दैवसिकालोचनासूत्र
No. 862
Extent. fol. 2b.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735.
[861.
Daivasikālocanāsūtra
1269 (23).
1887-91.
Begins. fol. 2
etc. as in No. 859.
Ends. fol. 26 वारसावेहस्स etc. up to मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं as in No. 859. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 859.
दैवसिकालोचनासूत्र
No. 863

Extent. fol. 7a to fol. 7b.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734.
etc. as in No. 859.
Daivasikālocanasūtra
1270 (30).
1887-91.
Begins. fol. 7
Ends. fol. 7 b बारसविहस्स etc. up to मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 859.

as in No. 859.

Page #280

864.1
111. 4 Mülasutras
243
देवसिकालोचनासूत्र
Daivasikālocanāsūtra No.864
1269 (27)
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 25 to fol. 34. Description.- Only the opening portion is given. For other details
_see Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.- fol. 20 to 3 इच्छामि पडिक्कमिउं । जो मे देवसिओ
___ अइयारो को काइओ इत्यादि प्राग्वत् ।। छ । N. B.- For additional information see No. 859.

Page #281

244
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1865.
रात्रिसंस्तारकगाथा (राइसंथारगगाहा)
Rātrisarstārakagāthā ( Rāisanthāragagāhā )
No. 865
1174(d). 1887-91.
Extent.—fol. 76 to fol. 8a. Description.- Complete ; a little bit of prose plus 20 verses in
Prakrit. For other details see Sadavasyaksutra No. 730, Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject. - Holy reflections to be entertained before going to sleep a
night. Begins.- fol. 7 श्री
निसीहि निसीहि नमो खमासमणाणं । गोयमाईणं । महामुणीणं नवकार ३ करोमि भंते ३ कहीयइ अणुजाणह परमगुरू (गुरुगुण )रयणेहिं भूसियसरीरा
बहुपडिपुन्ना पोरिस राईसंथारए ठामि १ etc. Ends.--- fol. 8. साडू मंगलं मज्जु साहय मज्जु देवया ।
साहुए कित्तएत्ताणं । वोसरामि त्ति यावगं ॥१८॥ खामेमि सम्वजीवे । सम्वे जीवा खमंतु मे
मित्ती मे सबभूएसु । वेर मजे न केणई ॥ १९ ॥ एवमहं आलोईअ निंदिअ गरहिअ दुगंछिअं सम्म तिविहिण पडिक्कतो। वंदामि जिणे चउधीस ॥ २०॥
इति राईसंथारागाथा ॥ Reference.- Cf. Santhāraporisë published in several editions of
Pancapratik:amanasutras and the Mss. Nos. 633 (a) and 246 (b) 1371-72
1 which are not available at present for description and which will be hence described later on.
1895-98 and

Page #282

866.1
रात्रिसंस्तारकगाथा
No. 866
111. 4 Malasutras

245
Rātrisamstārakagāthā
1106 (52).
1891-95.
Extent. fol. 15 to fol. 16.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 736.
Begins. fol. 15 fadife 2 am̃ì ærg¤mó nìgaga az etc. as in No. 865.
Ends. fol. 16b
एवमहं etc. up to इति राईसंथारगाथा as in No. 865. This is the followed by समाप्ता.
N. B.
For further particulars see No. 865.

Page #283

246
गुरुक्षामणासूत्र' [ अब्भुट्टिओ ]
No. 867
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. 190.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Author.. - A Jaina saint.
Subject.
This small work in Prakrit furnishes us with an exemplary illustration of vinaya on the part of a sisya. Begins.fol. 190° इच्छाकारेण संदिसह भगवन अम्भुट्टिओ अहं अभितरदेवसियं खामेमि etc.
-
गुरुक्षामणासूत्र
No. 868
Ends. fol. 190° जं किंचि मज्झ विणयपरिहीणं । सुमं वा बायरं वा । तुम्मे जाह अहं न जाणामि तस्स मिच्छा मि दुकडं | छ ॥ वंदनकसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥

Gurukṣāmanasūtra [Abbhutṭhio ]
1220 (34). 1884-87.
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikramaņasūtras. For the text, its chāya, Gujarāti translation and the posture see my third Kiraṇāvali (pp. 52-53). Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 792) to Avaśyakasūtra, Yogaśāstra (pp. 245-246b), Äcăradinakara (p. 286b), Vandāruvṛtti (pp. 68-69 ) and Dharmasaṁgraha (pp. 1812-1822) may be consulted.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 399. This work is included in Śramaṇasutra, too.
867.
1220 (1).
1884-8.

Extent. fol. 7.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734.
1 The scribe has styled this as Vandanakasutra.
Gurukṣāmaṇāsutra
1270 (32).
1887-91.

Page #284

870.1
III. 4 Malasutras
247
247
Begins.-fol. 7 TFTìu etc. as in No. 867. Ends.-fol. 76 FC etc. up to ata fatal fÀ qall !
as in No. 867 N. B.-- For additional information see No. 867.
गुरुक्षामणासूत्र
Guruksāmaņāsūtra
1269 ( 25 ). 1887-91.
No. 869
Extent.— fol. 26. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735. Begins.-fol. 2b (Fido Ffe he as in No. 867. Ends.-fol. 2" जं किंचि मज्झ etc. up to मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं ।। छ ।।
as in No, 867. N. B.- For additional information scc No. 867.
गुरुक्षामणासूत्र No. 870
Gurukṣāmaņāsūtra
1106 (27). 1891-95.
Extent.— fol. 46. Description.— Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins.-- fol. 4533(Aitor HPE etc. as in No. 867. Ends.- fol. 4 जं किंचि मज्झ etc. up to तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं १
as in No. 867. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 867.

Page #285

248
सामायिक सूत्र [ करोमि भंते ]
No. 871
Extent. fol. 191b to fol. 191b.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject. A Prakrit formula meant for a śravaka undertaking sāmāyikavrata.
Begins. fol. 1914 करेमि भंते सामाइयं । सावज्जं जोगं पच्चक्खामि जाव नियमं पज्ज (ज्जु) वासामि दुविहं तिविहेणं । मणेणं वायाए कारणं न करेमि । न कारवेम ।
[ 871.
Sāmāyikasūtra [Karemi bhante]
1220 (39). 1884-87.
Ends. fol. 19t° तस्स भंते पडिक्कमामि । निंदामि गरहामि अप्पाणं वोसिरामि ॥ १
सामायिक सूत्र
No. 872
Extent. fol. 4.
Description.
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikramaņasūtras or my fourth Kiraṇavali (p. 77) where its Sanskrit rendering and Gujarati translation are given. For the text in Roman characters and its German translation see Übersicht über die Avasyka-Literatur (p. 6).
The edition containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary (p. 778b) to Avaśyakasūtra, Malayagiri Suri's commentary to the same (p. 556a) and Vandāruvṛtti (p. 85) may be consulted.
1220 ( I ). 1884-87.
For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 399. The edition styled as साधुप्रातिक्रमणादिसूत्राणि and publish - ed by the Secretary of Śrī Atmananda Jaina Sabhā in A. D. 1921 contains practically this Sāmāyikasūtra. See its page 12.
No. 736.

Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
Sāmāyikasūtra
1106 (28). 1891-95.

Page #286

874.1
III. 4 Malasatras
Begins. fol. 4° करेमि भंते सामाइयं सव्वं सावज्जं जोगं पच्चक्खामि etc.
as in No. 871.
Ends. fol. 4 तस्स भंते etc. up to अप्पाणं वोसिरामि as in No. 871.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 871.
-
सामायिक सूत्र
No. 873
Extent. fol. 2.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 871.
etc. as in No. 871.
Begins. fol. 2b Ends.- fol. 2b
तरस भंते etc. up to वोसिरामि ॥ छ ॥ as in No. 87: N. B. For additional information see No. 871.
Begins.
Ends.-- fol. 4
सामायिक सूत्र
No. 874
Extent.- fol. 4.
Description. Complete; here, too, it appears that there is a ditto graphical error as in the case of the Daivasikālocanasūtra No. 861. For other details see No. 736.
fol. 4
etc. as in No. 871.
J
etc. up to

249
Sāmāyikasūtra
1269 (26).
1887-91.
followed by R.
N. B. For additional information see No. 871.

as in No. 871. This is
Sāmāyikasūtra
1106 (29).
1891-95.

Page #287

250
Jaina Literature and philosophy
[875.
जय महायशः (जय महायस)
Jaya mabāyasah (Jaya mahāyasa)
1220 (41). 1884-87.
No. 875
Extent.-fol. 1916. Description. - Complete so far as it goes. For other details see
No. 1220 (I).
____1884-87. . Author.--- A Jaina saint. Subject. - A verse in Prākrit eulogyzing the idol of Pārsvanātha
installed at Stambhanakapura. Begins and Ends. fol. 1910
जय महायस (जय महायस) जय महाभाग । जय चिंतिउसहु फलइ जय समत्थ परमत्थ जाणइ । जय जय गुरुगरिम गुरु । जय दुहत्थसत्ता(ण) ताणइ । 'थंभणय द्रिय पासजिण
भवी(वि)य भीमभवत्थु भयअव णंताणंतगुणं तुज्झ त्ति(ति)सं(झ) नम.
(मो)त्थु ॥१ Reference. — Published with Hindi translation in the Appendix
(p. 8) to Pañca pratikramaņa, a work published by Sri Atmānanda-Jaina-pustaka-pracāraka-mandala, Agra, in A. D. I923.
जय महायशः
Jaya mahāyasaḥ No. 876
____1106 (32)
1891-95. Extent.- fol. sa. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends.- fol. 5
जय महायस etc. up to तुज्झत्ति संझ नमत्थु as in No. 875. This is followed by २. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 875.

Page #288

877.]
III. 4. Malasatras
251
आचादिक्षामणक
Acāryādikṣāmaņaka [ आयरिय उवज्झाए]
[ Ayariya uvajjbāë ] No. 877
1220 (43)
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 1926. Description.- Complete ; 3 verses in all. For other details see
1220 (I).
No. 1884-87.
Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject.--- A metrical composition in Prakrit whereby an ācārya,
an upādhyāya, a pupil, a co-religionist and the entire śramaṇasangha are requested to forgive the individual
who has unnecessarily offended any one of them. Begins.-- fol. 1926
आयरिय उवज्झाए सीसे साह( ह )म्मिए कुलगणे य । जे मे किया कसाया सव्वे तिविहेण खामेमि ॥१ सव्वस्स समणसंघस्स । भगवओ अंजाज]लिं करिय सीसे।
सव्वं खमावइत्ता खमामि सब(स्स) अहि(होयं पि ॥२ etc. Ends.- fol. 1926
सव्वस(स्स) जीवरास(सित्स । भाषओ धम्मनिहियनियचित्तो।
सव्वं खमावइत्ता खमामि सव्वस्स अहि(ह)यं पि ॥३ Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Prati
kramaņasūtras. This work is quoted by Haribhadra Sūri, in his commentary ( p. 786 and 786b) on Āvaśyakasūtra.
In connection with this Āyariya uvajjhäë, Sukhlal has made the following remark in his Hindi introduction (p. 45) to his edition of Panca pratikramana published by Sri Atmānanda-Jaina-pustaka-pracāraka-mandala, Agra :
“यद्यपि आयरिय उवज्झाए, पुक्खरवरदीवडे, सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं ये मौलिक नहीं है तथापि वे प्राचीन हैं। क्योकि उन का उल्लेख करके श्रीहरिभद्र सूरि ने स्वयं उन की व्याख्या की है।"

Page #289

252
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 878.
आचार्यादिक्षामणक
Acāryādiksāmaņaka No. 878
1269 ( 29 ).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 49 Description.-- Complete ; 3 verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins.- fol. 4a
BURU 38 stig etc. as in No. 877. Ends.-- fol. 4a
TFF etc. up to 3tf() foil as in No. 877. N. B. - For additional information see No. 877.
आचार्यादिक्षामणक
Acāryādiksāmaņaka No. 879
1106 (31).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 5a. Description.- Complete; 3 verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 736. Begins.-- fol. 5a
rufa gang etc. as in No. 877. Ends. fol. sa
Fiath state(f)# etc. up to if()fù as in No. 877 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 877.

Page #290

881.]
III. 4 Malasatras
253
श्रीस्तम्भनकपार्श्वनाथस्तुति SriStambhanaka-Parsvanāthastuti (सिरिथंभणयपासनाहथुइ) (Siri Thambhanaya-Pasanahathui ) No. 880
1220 (44).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 1932. Description.- Complete 'so far as it goes. For other details see
N1220 (I).
No.1884-87.
Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject.- A metrical composition in Präkrit in two verses praising
the idol of Lord Pārsvanātha installed at Stambhanakapura. Begins.- fol. 6
सिरि थंभणय'ट्रिय[स्स) । पाससामिणो सेसतित्थसामीण(ण)।
तित्यसमुन्नय(इ)कारण(ण) मुरामुराणं च सव्वेसि ॥१' Ends.-fol.60
एसमहं सरणत्थकाउसग्गं करेमि ( सत्तीए)
भत्तीए गुणमुट्टियस्स संघस्स समुन्नय(इ)निमित्तं ॥२
करेमि काउस्सग्गं छ । प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं ॥ Reference.- Published with Hindi translation in the Appendix
( p. II ) to Paica pratikramana, a publication of Sri Atmānanda-Jaina-pustaka-pracāraka-mandala, Agra in A. D. 1923.
श्रीस्तम्भनकपार्श्वनाथस्तुति
SriStambhanaka-Parsvanāthastuti
No. 881
1106 (41).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 6. Description.- For other details see Namaskāramantra No. 736.
ISee p. 137.

Page #291

254
Begins. fol. 6a
Ends. fol. 6a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
सिरि'थंभण' द्विअपाससामिणो etc. as in No. 880.

समहं etc. up to करेमि काउसग्गं as in No. 880. This is followed by १ इति श्रीप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 880.
[ 881.

Page #292

883.]
सामायिक पौषधपारणगाथा' ( सामाइयपोसहपारणगाहा )
No. 882
Extent. fol. 5 to 6a.
Description. Complete; 5 verses in all. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
Begins.-- fol. 5b
Ends. fol. 6a
III. 4 Malasatras
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject. A small metrical composition in Prakrit eulogyzing the saints and dealing with repentance.
भवं दसन्नभद्दो etc.
No. 883
सामायिक पौषधपारणगाथा
सामाई पोसह संअिस्सजीवस्स जाइ जो कालो
सो सफल बोधsal सो सो संसारफलहेऊ ५‍
इति सामाइकपोसहपारणगाथा
Extent. fol. 191.
Description.

Reference. Published with Hindi translation on pp. 6 to 8 of the Appendix to Sukhlal's edition of Pañca pratikramaņa.
Samayikapauṣadhapāraṇagāthā (Samaiyaposahapāraṇagāhā)
255
For other details see No.
1106 (40).
1891-95.
Sāmāyikapauṣadhapāraṇagāthā
1220 (40). 1884-87.
Complete so far as the 1st 4 verses are concerned.
1220 (1). 1884-87.
1 This is the 27th work noted on p. 134-the last work which constitutes Sadavaśyakasutra No. 730.

Page #293

256
Begins.-- fol. 191b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
भवं दसन्नभद्दो सुदंसणो थूलि (ल) भद्द वहरो य सफलीकयगिहचाया साहू एवंविहा हुंति ॥ १ साहूण वंदणेणं नासइ पावं असंकिया भावा फासु दाणे निज्जर उबग्गहो नाणमाईणं ॥ ३ (१२) (छ) उमत्थो मूढमणो कित्तियमित्त पि संभरइ जीवो ।
जं च न भुमरामि अहं । मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं तस्स ( ॥ ३ ॥ )
जं जं मणेण चिंतियमसुहं वायाइ भासियं किंचि ।
असू (सु) हं कारण कियं मिच्छा मि[ह] दुक्कडं तस्स ॥ ३ (२४) ॥ N. B. - For additional information see No. 882.

[883.

Page #294

885.1
प्रणिपातसूत्र [ खमासमणसुत्त ]
No. 884
Extent. fol. 189.
Description. Complete. For other details see No.
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.
sutras.
III. 4 Malasatras
प्रणिपातसूत्र
No. 885
Pranipatasūtra [Khamasamaṇasutta]
This work styled also as Thobhavandanasutta and composed in Prakrit is included in the Caityavandanavidhi. It is a salutation to a guru. It does not occur in any of the Avaśyakasutras. It is styled as laghuvandana by Anandasāgara Sūri (See Siddhacakra vol. III, Nos. 19 and last page).
20,
Begins and Ends.- fol. 189a
॥ ५० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागायः ।
इच्छामि खमासमणो वंदिउं जावणिज्जाए । निस्सीहियाए मत्थे (थ) वंदामि
Reference. Published in any printed edition of the Pratikramana
33 [J. L. P.]
257

1220 (7). 1884-87.
1220 (1). 1884-87.
For the text together with its chaya, Gujarati translation and the posture see my third Kiraṇāvali (p. 51). For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 398.

Extent. fol. 3a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 734. Begins and Ends. fol. 32 इच्छामि खमासमणे ( णो ) etc. up to मत्थय (ए) as in No. 884.
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 884.
Pranipatasūtra
1270 (11).
1887-91.

Page #295

258
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1886.
No. 886
1202 (b).
1887-91. प्रणिपातसूत्र
Praņipātasutra Extent.-- fol. 8a. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Päksikasütra
NO.7887-91. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 8* FETTA TAIFATTET Frau(t)aig part
हियाए मत्थएण वंदामि। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 884.
No. 1202 (a).
प्रणिपातसूत्र
Pranipātasūtra No. 887
1106 (10).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 26. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends-- fol. 25 SZIÀ FAIFAT etc, up to STEITÀI
as in No 884. N. B. — For additional information see No. 884.

Page #296

888.]
भरतेश्वर बाहुबलिस्वाध्याय (भरहेसरबाहुबलि सज्झाय ) कथाकोश तथा टब्बा सहित
No. 888
""
Size. 10 in. by 5 in.
Extent. (text) 816 folios; 6 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line.
(tabbā)
Age. Samvat 1905.
Author of the text.
""
93 93 31543 37
Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; this Ms. contains the text, its Sanskrit commentary and the interlinear tabbă; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 12 and 816 practically blank; for, only the title etc. written on them; red chalk used; the first fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole good; the text, the commentary and the tabba complete; very incorrect; the commentary composed in Samvat 1539; extent 25625 slokas.
ور
33
ور
در در
,, com.

III. 4 Malasatras
دو
Bharatesvara-Bahubalisvādhyāya (Bharahesara-Bahubalisajjhāya) with Kathakosa and
tabbā
;",
دو
259
1307.
1886-92.
tabba. Not mentioned.
29 39

A Jaina saint.
Subhasila, pupil of Munisundara Süri of the Tapa gaccha. He seems to be an author of several works such as Vikramacaritra (14901), Punyadhananṛpakatha (1496), Prabhavakakatha (1504), Šatruñjayakalpa and its commentary (1518), Śālīvāhananṛpacarita (1540)
etc.?
""
1 This and the other years mentioned in this para belong to the Vikrama era.
2
For other works see No. 896.

Page #297

260
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 888.
Subject. Eulogy of the male and female saints in 13 verses in Prakrit together with their explanations in Sanskrit' and Gujarati. The male saints here mentioned are as under :
J
(1) Bharateśvara alias Bharata, (2) Bahubalin, (3) Abhayakumāra, (4) Dhaṇḍhaṇakumāra, ( 5 ) Śrīyaka, ( 6 ) Arņikāputra, (7) Atimukta, (8) Nagadatta, (9) Metarya, (10) Sthulabhadra, ( 11 ) Vajraṛși, ( 12 ) Nandişeņa, ( 13 ) Simhagiri, (14) Kṛtapuṇyaka, (15) Sukośala, (16) Puṇḍarika, ( 17 ) Keśin, (18) Karakandu, (19) Halla, (20) Vihalla, (21) Sudarsana śreṣṭhin, (22) Šāla, (23) Mahāśāla, (24) Śalibhadra, (25) Bhadrabahusvāmin, (26) Dasarṇabhadra, (27) Prasannacandra, (28) Yaśobhadra Sūri, (29) Jambūsvāmin, (30) Vaņkacula, (31) Gajasukumāla, (32) Avantisukumāla, ( 33 ) Dhanyakumāra, (34) Ilāciputra, (35) Cilātīputra, (36) Yugabahu muni, (37) Aryamahagiri, (38) Āryarakṣita, ( 39 ) Äryasuhastin, (40) Udayana, (41) Manaka, (42) Kālika Süri, (43) Šamba, (44) Pradyumna, (45) Müladeva, (46) Prabhavasvamin, (47) Viṣṇukumāra, (48) Ardrakumăra, (49) Dṛdhapraharin, (50) Śreyāmsa, (51) Kūragaḍu, (52) Śayyambhava and (53) Meghakumāra.
Out of these 53 male saints, those numbered as I, 2, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 14, 26, 27, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 49 and 50 are alluded to in the following gathās of Avasyakaniryukti

--
(a) 436, (b) 349, (c) 1248(?), (d) 1183, (e) 869-870, (f) 1284, (g) 736-739, (h) 846, (i) 846, (j) 1150, (k) 872-875, (1) 1283, (m) 775, (n) 1283, (0) 1185, (p) 952 and (q) 327.
Saints numbered as 2 and 18 are referred to in Avasyakabhasya in gathās 32-35 (p. 153b) and 205 (p. 716b) respectively.
Saints numbered as 5, 6, 10, 13, 14, 19, 20, 22, 23, 26, 32 and 34 are referred to on the following pages of the edition containing Avaśyakasutra, its niryukti and Haribhadra's Suri's commentary:
See No. 889 (description. '), p. 265.

sa

Page #298

888.]
III. 4
Malasatras
(a) 693-695, (b) 688a-689a, (c) 695-698a, (d) 293, (e) 353, (f-g) 6792, (h-i) 286b, (j) 359, (k) 670-670 and (1) 3596.
Saints numbered as 7, 31, 43 and 44 are mentioned in Antakṛddaśänga in the followiug places:
261
(a) VI, 15, (b) III, 9 and (c-d) IV, 6-7.
Saints numbered as 16 and 35 are referred to in Jñātādharmakathanga in chapters 19 and 18 respectively.
Saints numbered as 17 and 18 are alluded to in Uttaradhyayanasutra in chapters 25 and 9 respectively.
Saints numbered as 41 and 52 are mentioned in Dasavaikālikaniryukti in gāthā 14, and the saint numbered as 48, in Sutrakṛtänga ( II, 6).
The names of the female saints referred to in the text are as under :--

(1) Sulasă, (2) Candanabala, (3) Manorama, (4) Madanarekha, (5) Damayanti, (6) Narmadasundari, (7) Sitä, (8) Nanda, (9) Bhadra, (10) Subhadra, (II) Rájimati, (12) Rṣidattă, (13) Padmavati, (14) Añjanasundari, (15) Śridevi, (16) Jyeṣṭhā, (17) Sujyeṣṭhā, (18) Mrgavati, (19) Prabhavati, (20) Cellana, (21) Brahmi, (22) Sundari, (23) Rukmiņi, (24) Revati, (25) Kunti, (26) Šīvā, (27) Jayanti, (28) Devaki, (29) Draupadi, (30) Dharini, (31) Kalavati, (32) Puspacŭlā, (33) Padmavati, (34) Gauri, (35) Gandhari, (36) Lakṣmaṇā, (37) Susimă, (38) Jambúvati, (39) Satyabhama, (40) Rukmini, (41) Yakṣa, (42) Yakṣadattă, (43) Bhūtā, (44) Bhútadattă, (45) Senā, (46) Veņa and (47) Reņā.
Out of these 47 female saints, those numbered as 2, 18 and 22 are mentioned in Avaśyakaniryukti in the following gathas :
--
(a-b) 520-521,
and (c) 348 (p. 152a).

Page #299

262
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 888.
Female saints numbered as 1, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 26, 30, 32 and 41-47 are mentioned on the following pages of the edition of Avaśyakasátra above referred to :
(a)6764-676°, (b)716°-717°, (c) 6769, (d) 6766-678, (e) 676', ( 1 ) 950 and 6764-6785, (g) 153', (h) 676", (i) 223", (j) 6886-689° and (k-q ) 693".
For female saints numbered as 10, 11, 18, 24, 25, 27, 29 and 33-40, the following works respectively may be consulted :
(a) Daśavaikālikaniryukti v. 73-74, (b) Daśavaikālikavrtti by Haribhadra p. 964-96", (c) Dasavaikalikaniryukti v. 76, (d) Bhagavati XV, (e) Jñātàdharmakathānga XVI, ( 1 ) Bhagavati XII, 2, (g) Jnatā° XVI, and ( h•o ) Antakrd
daśa V. Begins.-- (text) fol. 2a
भरहेसर बाहुबली अभयकुमारो ढंढणकुमारो
सिरीयो अनिआवृत्तौ (तो) अई(इ)मत्तो नागदत्तो अ ? ,,-- ( com. ) fol. 1 , श्री अह(हते नमः श्रीसंषेश्वरजी सत्य छ
युगादौ व्यवहाराध्वा सर्बो येन प्रकासि(शितः स श्रीवृषभयोगां(गी दौ(द्रो) दद्याद्वोय(? ऽव्य)यसंपदं ? व्यक्त्वा चक्रिश्रियं सयो ललो(लौ) यः संयमंश्रिय स श्रीशांतिजिनो भूयाज(ज)नानां शिवशम्प(म)णे २ जे(ये)नासौ चावतारेण यदू(दु)वंस(शः) पवित्रितः म श्रीनेमीजिनाधीसो(शो) भूयादऽव्ययसंपदे ३ यस्य नामश्रुतेर्विघ्ने श्रेणिर्याति क्षयं क्षणात् स श्रीपार्श्वप्रभू(भु)र्दद्यात्कल्याणं कमलासतां ४ सेवते अंकमिषासिहो यं बलेन पराजितः स श्रीवीरविभू(भुर्वर्यश्रिये भूयाच्छरीरिणं(णां) ५ महात्मान्यां(?नां) मुमुक्षूणां सतीनां च सुयोगे(गि)नां नमोत्कीर्तनमात्रेण शिवश्रीर्जायते नृणं(णां)६ 'तपागच्छाद्वि(?धि )पा श्रीमन्मुनिसुंदरसुंग्य तच्छिष्य शुभशीलाहो भरतादिकथा व्यधात ७ तथाहि etc.

Page #300

III. 4 Malasairas
263
Begins-(tabba) fol. 1 श्री अरिहंतने नमस्कार थाउ श्रीशंषेश्वरजीनें नमस्कार करूं धुं युग आदि व्यवहारमारग सघलो जेणें प्रगट कीधो ते श्रीऋषभदेव योगेंद्र
तुमनें अक्षय संप्रदा प्रते १ चक्रवर्त्तिनी लक्ष्मी छांडीनें सीघ्र लेतो हवो जे संयमश्री प्रत ते श्रीशांतिनाथ थाउ लोकनें मोक्षनां सुख भणी etc. .- ( text ) fol.
Ends.
888.1
"
stars महासइओ जयंति अकलंकसीलकलिलाओ ।
अज्ज वि वज्जइ जासिं जसपडहो तिहुयणे सयले ॥ १३ ॥ '
( com.) fol. 8144 ततश्च्युत्वा भवं ( वां)तरे मुक्तिमपि गमिष्यति ततस्तस्या श्रीमत्या सर्व श्रुत्वा (जा) तिस्मृतिरभूत पश्वाद्भवं दृष्ट्वा विशेषतस्तया तपश्व उद्यापनमपि कृतं इती (ति) तपः कृत्वा श्रीमति देवलोके गताः ततश्च्युत्वा राजपुत्री बभूव तत (तो) वैराग्यात्संयमं प्राप्य पुण्यपापफलं भुक्त्वा कर्मक्षयान्मुक्तिं गताः इति तपविषये श्रीमतीकथा समाप्तः
काव्य :

श्री'चंद्र' गच्छांबरभु(भू/पको (ऽभू) त
'तपा' गणो भानुरिवेव (द्ध) दि (दी) ती । प्रबोधयन् भव्यजनांबुजानां
स्वग्रेते (गो) विलाशै (सै)रिव साधुवगै: १ तत्राभुवञ्च गुणगणमणीरोहणमहा (ही) धरः प्रतिमा परमगुरुसोमसुंदर गु(र) व [र]: संयमरमापतयः २ . तच्छिष्या मुनी सुंदरगुवो जयचंद्र ( सू ) रयो (S) भु(भू ) वन पाव (र) गतागमजलनिधापारंगता रुचिरगुणनी (नि) च (ल) याः ३ (त) च्छिष्या विजयंत (ते) दधतः श्री सुरी' मंत्र महिमभरत (म्) श्रीयुक्तरत्ने (न) सेषरगुरव उदयंनं दिसुरीवराः ४ लक्ष्मीसागरसूरीशा सोमदेवाह्न सूरय (:) विजयंत (ते) लसद्विद्यावाद्धिमंथन मंदि (द) रो (र:) ५ श्रीमन्मु (नीशमु) नी सुंदरसुरीराजः
शिष्यो मनीषिशुभशील इति प्रमुख्य (:) एता (:) कथा वितनुते स्म नवांबरेषु
चंद्र (१५०९) प्रमाणसमये किल विक्रमाकांत ६
1 This verse is here reproduced from the printed edition as it has not been possible to trace it in the Ms. It must be however occurring just in the beginning of Silvatikathā,

Page #301

264
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 888
भरहेसरबाइबलिवृत्तीः सुभसीलविबुद्धचित्तेयं शोध्या सुद्धिमद्भिः विबुधैः कृतदापसरीण(? कूटापसारणतः) ७ अनाभौ(भो)गादिना किंचिद्यदेवोत्सुत्ररोपणं
चक्रे तदस्ति मे मीथ्या तमो(5)ईदादिसाक्षीकं ८ इति श्रीमत् तपागच्छाधिराजश्रीमुनिसुंदरसुरीशीष्यपंडितशुभशीलगणीविरचिते भरहेसरबाहूबलिविवृत्ती नानी कथाकोसे द्वितीयो महासत्यधिकारो समाप्तः ॥
यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. भग्नपृष्टी etc. जला रक्षे etc.
This is followed by eier as under:ज्यहां लगे 'मेरू' अडग हे ज्यहां लगे शशी हरसूर त्यहां लगे आ पोथि सदा सदा रहे जो गुणभरपूर १ अतित भेख जणमें बसे वचे दिजे जीजीकार
हम तुम जेसी प्रीतडी सो जानत हे किरतार २ इति श्री संपूर्ण श्लोकसंख्या २५२६५ ते टबार्थ मली सुधां संवत् १९०५ ना वर्षे मागसीरमासे शुक्लपक्षे तीथौ १३ भृगुवासरे लपीतंग भट्टारकश्रीश्री१००८ विजयसुरेन्द्रसुरीश्वरजी तत्पट्टे भट्टारकश्रीश्रीविजयधनेश्वर
सूरीश्वरजी चेला गुलाबचंदवाचनार्थे शुभं भूयात् श्री श्री etc. Ends.- (tabba) fol. 815 सुरीप्रधान लक्ष्मीसागरसूरीना इस सोमदेव नामें सूरी
विजयवंता हवा विद्याइं सावधान श्रीमत श्रीमूनीना ईस श्रीमुनीसुंदरसूरीराजना सिष्य पंडीत सुभसील इति नाममुष्य ताइए कथा प्रतें विस्तारता हवा संवत् १५०८ ना वर ग्रंथनी रचना थई राज थकि ६ भरेसरबाहूबलीनी टीका सुभसील पंहितें ए रची भली बुद्धिइं ए टीका करी ऽजाणतां थकां इहां कांई ऽधीकुं उर्ले काने मात्र लषाणु होई ते मिच्छा मी डूकडं भरहे. सरबाहूबलीनी वृत्ती टवार्थ संपूर्ण ए केणे भरेंसरवृति करी श्रीमुनीसुंदरसूरीना सीष्य पंडीत शुभसील पंडीते रचि छे श्री श्री श्री संवत् १९०५ ना वर मागसीरमासे शुक्लपक्षे एकादसी सौम्यवासरे 'मुंबाईनगरें
ए ग्रंथ लख्यो छे. Reference.- The text is published in several editions of Prati
kamanasātras. In Sukhlal's edition of Pancapratikramana, he has given in short, paricaya of all the saints (53+47) and in several places, he has mentioned the sources, too.

Page #302

889.)
III. 4 Malasätras
265
The text together with its Sanskrit commentary styled as Kathākośa is published in two parts as Nos. 77 and 87 respectively, in the Sheth D. L. J. P. F. Series, in A. D. 1932 and 1937 respectively.
The second edition of a Gujarāti translation of the Kathākośa is published by Maganlal Hathising, Ahmedabad, in A. D. 1902.
For quotations see Peterson, Report IV, p. 110, and Mitra, Notices VIII, p. 163.
For additional Mss. see B. B. R. "A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 444.
भरतेश्वरबाहुबलिस्वाध्याय Bharatesvara-Bāhubalisvādhyāya कथाकोशसहित
with Kathākosa
333. No. 889
1871-72. Size.- log in. by 41 in. Extent.— 249 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional carats ; small, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; red chalk used; white paste, too; fol. 1a blank ; foll. 54-249 also numbered as 1, 2, etc. in the interlinear space; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; both complete; in the latter we have kathās of Silavati, Nandayanti, Rohiņi, Ratīsundari and Srimati, though these female saints are not mentioned in the text; these kathās commence after the completion of those of the crowned queens of Kțşņa ; edges of the first and last foll.
slightly worn out; condition on the whole good. Age.- Fairly old.

Page #303

266
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[889.
Begins- ( text) fol. I0
भरएसर बाहुबली etc. as No. 888. , - (com. ) fol. 11 ई० ॥ नम(ः) सर्वज्ञाय ॥ श्रीशारदायै नमः ॥
युगादौ व्यवहारा( ध्वा) सवों येन प्रकाशितः । स श्रीवृषभयोगींद्रो दद्याद्वो( 5 )व्ययसंपदं । १। त्यक्त्वा चक्रिश्रियं सद्यो ललौ यः संयमाश्रयं ।
स श्रीशांतिजिनो भूयाज्जनानां शिवशर्मणे ॥२॥ Ends.- (text) fol.
इच्चाइ etc. ., - (com.) fol. 249% 'अदुःखदर्शिनीया ख्यं तपो यः कुरुते तस्य
दुःखं नायाति तपस्वरूपं प्रोक्तव्यमत्र उद्यापने पालकं रूप्यमयं कंचनपुत्रिकापुरः स्थले शर्कराठ्यस्थूलमोदकराशिभत् तत एतच्छ्रुत्वा तया तपः कृतं उद्यापनमपि कृतं तया द्विजपन्या तस्य तपसा(सः) प्रभावान्मृत्वा(s)सौ श्रीमती जाता क्रमान्मुक्तिमपि भवांतरे गमिष्यति ततस्तस्याः श्रीमत्या एतत्कृत्वा जातिस्म(स्मृ)तिरभूत्पश्चाद्भवं दृष्टा विशेषतस्तया तपश्चक्रे उद्यापनमपि कृतं । इति तपः तस्मिन्नेव भवे संयमं प्राप्य कर्मक्षयान्मुक्तिं गता इति अदुःखदर्शिनीत्यपराख्याश्रीमतीकथा तपसि समाप्ता ॥छ।
श्री'चंद्र'गच्छांबरभूषको(5)भूत्
'तपागणो भानुरिवेद्धदीप्ति(:) प्रबोधयन् भव्यजनांब(बु)जी(? जा)ली
स्वगोविलासैरिव साधुवर्गः १ तत्राभू( भ )त्वा(व)न्वरगुणगणमणिरोहणमहीधरप्रतिमा परमगुरुसोमसुंदरशुरु(र)वः संयमरमापतयः ॥ २॥ तच्छिष्या मुनिसुंदरगुरवो जयचंद्रसूरयो(s)भूवन् । पारं(र)गतागमजलनिधिपारंगता रुचिरगुणनिलयाः३। तच्छिष्या विजयंते दधतः श्री मूरि मंत्रमहिमभरं श्रीयुक्तरत्नशेखरा(र)गुरव उदयनंदिसूरिवराः ४।
लक्ष्मीसागरसूरीशाः सोमदेवाह्वसूरयः
विजयंते लसद्विद्यावार्धिमंथन मंदराः' ५। श्रीमन्मुनीशमुनिसुंदरसूरिराज
शिष्यो मनीषिशुभशील इति प्रमुख्यः

Page #304

890.1
III. 4
एनां कथां वितनुते स्म नवांबरेषु
Malasatras
चंद्र (१५०९) प्रमाणसमये किल विक्रमार्कात् ॥ ६ ॥
भरतेश्वर बाहुबलिस्वाध्याय कथाकोशसहित
भरहेसरबाहुबलीवृत्तिः शुभशीलविबुधरचितेयं । शोध्या सुबुद्धिमद्भिर्विबुधैः कूटापसरणतः ॥ ७ ॥ अनाभोगादिना किंचिद्यद्यत्रो सूत्ररोपणं ।
चक्रे तदस्तु मे मिथ्या तमो(s) र्हदादिसाक्षिकं ॥ ८ ॥ इति श्रीमत् 'तपागच्छाविराजश्री मुनिसुंदरसूििशष्यपांडितशुभशीलगणिविरचिते भरहेसरबाहुबलीवृत्तिनाम्नि कथाकोशे द्वितीयो महासत्यधिकारः ॥ समाप्त ॥ छ ॥ संपूर्ण ॥ छ.
N. B. — For additional information see No. 888.

267
Bharatesvara-Bahubalisvādhyāya
with Kathakośa
No. 890
Size.— 93 in. by 44 in
Extent. - 253+2-1254 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.
620. 1884-86.
Description. - Country paper rough, brittle and grey ; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lives in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. ra blank ; foll. 44 and 164 repeated ; fol. 101 appears to be missing but most probably foll. 102 etc. ought to have been numbered as ro1, 102 etc. ; fol. 206th wrongly numbered as 205, since the following foll. are numbered as 207 etc., and there is continuity of matter this Ms. contains only the 1st gatha of the text; rest referred to by इत्यादि १३ ; Kathākośa complete ; a strip of paper pas ted to fol. r* ; condition very good
Age.— Samvat 1661.

Page #305

268
Begins. (text) fol. Ib
"2
भरहेसर बाहुबली etc.
----
- ( com. ) fol. 1 नमः । श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
tarar etc. as in No. 888.
Ends.--(com.) fol. 253a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
N. B. For additional information see No. 888.
'अदुःखदर्शनीया' ख्यं etc. up to महासत्यधिकारः समाप्तः
as in No. 889. This is followed by a line as under :सं० १६६१ वर्षे मागशिरशुदि ॥ १ ॥ शुक्रे ॥
भरतेश्वर बाहुबलिस्वाध्याय कथाकोशसहित
No. 891
در
Begins. (text) fol. 1b
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 266 folios; 15 lines to a page; 41 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; bold, big, legible and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; red chalk used; 1st fol. slightly torn; its edges worn out; a corner of fol. 13th damaged; edges of fol. 266b slightly torn out; condition on the whole tolerably good; fol. 1 blank; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; this Ms. contains only the first gatha of the text; the rest indicated by इत्यादि १३ गाथा : ; marginal notes added at times; Kathakośa complete.
---

[890.
Bharatesvara-Bahubalisvādhyāya
with Kathakośa
413. 1879-80.
Hèer algasi etc. as in No. 888.
11
( com. ) fol. rb ँ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय || ॥ श्रीशारदायै नमः ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥

Page #306

89.]
III. 4 Malasatras
269
युगादौ व्यवहाराद्धा सर्वो येन प्रकाशितः ।
स श्रीवृषभयोगींद्रो दद्याद्वो(5)व्ययसंपदम् ॥ १॥ etc. Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 266" इति तपः कृत्वा तस्मिन्नेव भावसंयमं प्राप्य कर्म
क्षयान्मुक्तिं गता । इति अदु:खदर्शिनीपराख्याश्रीमतीकथा तपसि समाप्ता। ॥१०॥
श्री चंद्रगच्छांबरभूषको(5)भूत्
__ 'तपागणी भानुरिवद्धदीप्तिः। प्रबोधयन्भव्यजनांबुजाली
___ स्वगोविलासैरिव साधुवगैः । १ तत्राभूवन्वरगुणगणमणिरोहणमहीधरप्रतिमाः परमगुरुसोमसुंदरगुरवः संयमरमापतयः । १ तच्छिष्या मुनिसुंदरगुरवो जयचंद्रसूरयो(5)भूवन् । पारगतागमागतागम]जलनिधिपार(रं)गता रुचिरगुणानिलया ३ तच्छिष्या विजयंते दधतः श्री सूरि मंत्रमहिमभरं । श्रीयुक्तरत्नशेखरगुरव उदयनंदिसूरिवराः । ४
लक्ष्मीसागरसूरीशाः सोमदेवाह्वसूरयः
विजयंते लसद्विद्यावार्द्धिमंथन मंदरा'। ५ श्रीमन्मुनीशमुनिसुंदरसूरिराज
शिष्यो मनीषिशुभशील इति प्रमुख(ख्यः) एतां कथां वितनुते स्म नवांबरेषु
चंद्र(१५०९)प्र(मा)णसमये किल विक्रमां(मार्का)त् । ६। भरहिसरबाहुबलीवृत्तिः शुभशीलविबुधरचितेयं । शोध्या सुबुद्धिमद्भिबबुधैः क्र(क)टापसारणतः ७
अनाभोगादिना किंचिद्यदत्रोत्सूत्ररोपणं ।
त(च) तदस्तु मे मिथ्या तमो(s)हंदादिसाक्षिकं ॥८॥ इति श्रीमत् 'तपागच्छाधिराजश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिशिष्यपंडितशुभशीलगणिविरचिते भरहसरबाहुबलीवृत्तिनाम्नि कथाकोशे द्वितीयो महासत्यधिकारः समाप्तः ॥ संपूर्णः ॥ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ समाप्तश्चार्य भरहेसरबाहुबलीवृत्तिनामा ग्रंथः लेखकवाचकशोधयितृवाचयितृश्रोतॄणां चिरं वं(नंदतादेतद् ग्रंथपुस्तकं वाच्यमानं ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १००००॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ इदं पुस्तकं
परिपूर्ण ॥ छ । N. B.- For additional information see No. 888.

Page #307

270
भरतेश्वर बाहुबलिस्वाध्याय कथाकोशसहित
No. 892
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
line.
""
Size. 93 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 347+5=352 folios; 13 lines to a page; 35 letters to a
Bharatesvara-Bahubalisvādhyāya with Kathakośa
Description. Country paper rough, tough and white, Jaina Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment also; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; six foll. numbered as 172; the sixth 172a practically blank; only half a line is written on it; fol. 1 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; a careless attempt to separate the 68th and 69th foll. which must have stuck together owing to the presence of gum, has led to their tearing and thus damaging the Ms. ; similar is the case with foll. 121 and 122; condition on the whole good; the text complete so far as the 1st verse is concerned; fagar is complete; the narrative that follows viz. that of Śrimati not complete; so Kathakośa thus ends abruptly, and that there is no colophon. Age.- Pretty old.
Begins.
-- ( com. ) fol. ht० ॥ श्रीसारदायै नमः ॥
gara etc. as in No. 888.
Ends. (com.) fol. 347b

[892.
(text) fol. rb
भरहेसर बाहुबली etc. up to नागदत्तो य ॥ १ ॥ इत्यादि १३ गाथा ||
308.
A. 1882-83.
दृष्ट्वा
ततस्तस्या श्रीमत्या एतत्कृत्वा जातिस्मृतिरभूत्पश्चाद्भवं विशेषतस्तया तपश्र्चक्रे । उद्यापनमपि कृतं । इति तपः कृत्वा तस्मिन्नेव भवे (This Ms. ends thus abruptly).
N. B. For further particulars see No. 888.

Page #308

753.
894. ) III. 4 Malasutras
271 Hrasatacar Fate/T7 Bharateśvara-Bāhubalisvādhyāya । कथाकोशसाहत
with Kathākosa No. 893
1875-76. Size.-98 in. by 4; in. Extent.— 288–3=285 folios; 15 lines to a page; 39 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional ATAIS; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used and yellow pigment, too; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1a blank; edges of the ist and last foll. slightly damaged; this Ms. contains only the Ist gāthă of the text, out of 13 ; foll. 179 to 181 lacking ; fol. roo numbered as 1001; foll. 162 to 193 worm-eaten; condition on the whole tolerably good; Kathākośa
complete. Age.- Not modern. Begins. --( text ) fol. rb
HEAT agoi etc. as in No. 888. »- (com.) fol. roll a#: sihatan 11
gnier etc. as in No. 888. Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 2876 gra at: Esrar etc., up to AE(ETADETTU ETT guf: as in No. 891. Then follows:
JH HTC 1 Bftea 1 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 888.
भरतेश्वरबाहुबलिस्वाध्याय Bharateśvara-Bāhubalisvadhyaya कथाकोशसाहत
with Kathākosa
1306. No. 894
1886-92. Size.- 99 in. by 43 in. Extent. --- 341 + 1 + 1 = 343 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 32
letters to a line.

Page #309

272 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[894. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters with occasional gratis ; big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 203 repeated; so is the fol. 211; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to foll. ra and 3410; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; only the ist verse can be easily noticed ;' Kathākośa complete ; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition
good. Age... Old. Commentator.- Subhasila, pupil of Munisundara Suri of the Tapā
gaccha. He is an author of the works noted on p. 259. Furthermore, according to Jaina Granthāvali etc. ? he has composed Pañcāstiprabodhasambandha, Dānādikathā ( 1150 ślokas in extent ), Puṇyasārakathā ( 1311 verses ), Silavatikathă 988 verses ), Snātrapañcāśikākathā, Bhaktămaramā. hätmya, Uņādināmamālā and Pañcavargasaṁgraha.
For other details see No. 888. Kathākośa. Explanation in Sanskrit of Bharateśvara-Bahubalisvä
dhyāya along with about 100 narratives. These narratives depict lives of the male and female personages referred to in Bharateśvara-Bahubali-svādhāya and also those of s
more. See p. 257. Begins.— (text) fol. 1b
HTÈAT algazi etc. ( in the margin ) „ — (com. ) fol. 16 FH: FERETTI
gugi aTTENTET etc. as in No. 888. Ends.-(com. ) fol. 340b3ngierrstärrei etc. up to Patut AETATE
Frekre Frigof: as in No. 889. N. B.--- For other details see No. 888.
1 Others are probably not given. They seem to be alluded to, by the word CHIE.
2 See "upakrama '(p. 6a) of the 2nd part of Sri Bharateśvara-Bahubalivrtti (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 87).

Page #310

895.]
111. 4 Malasatras
273
महावीरस्वामिस्तुति'
Mahāvirasvāmistuti [ स्नातस्यास्तुति]
Snātasyāstuti ]
1250 (29). No. 895
1884-87. Extent.--- fol. ga to fol. 76. Description.- Complete. For other details see Adinathamahā.
1250(I). prabhāvakastavana No.
0. 1884-87.. Author.- Bālacandra Sūri, a pupil of Hemacandra Súri, the well
known polygrapher. Subject. This metrical composition in Sanskrit is mostly recited
on the 14th day of each fort-night by several Śvetāmbara Jainas. The first verse deals with eulogy of Lord Mahāvira, the 2nd with a panegyric of the Tirthamkaras, the 3rd with a stuti of holy scriptures and the 4th, with that of
Sarvānubhūti yakşa. Begins.- fol. 70
स्नातस्याप्रथ(तिमस्य 'मेरु'सि(शि)खरे स(श)च्या विभोः शैशवे
__रूपालोकनविस्मयाहृतह(र)सभ्रांत्या भ्रमच(चक्षुषा । उन्सृष्टं नयनप्रभाधवलितं क्षीरोदकाशंकया ।
वक्त्रं यस्य पुनः पुनः स जयति श्रीवर्द्धमानो जिनः ॥१ हंसासाहतपद्मरेणुकपिशु(शोक्षीरार्णवांभोभृतैः
कुंभैरप्सरसां पयोधरभरप्रस्पर्द्धिभिः कांचनैः । येषां 'मंदर रत्नशैलशिखरे जन्माभिषेकः कृतः
___ सर्वैः सर्वसुरासुरेस्व(श्व)रसु(ग)णैस्तेषां नतो(s)ह क्रमात(न्) ॥२ Ends.- fol. 7
अर्हद्वक्त्रप्रसूतं गणधररचितं । द्वादशांगं विशालं
चित्रं बह्वर्थयुक्तं । मुनिगणवृषभैर्धारितं बुद्धिमद्भिः मोक्षाग्रद्वारभूतं व्रतचरणफलं । ज्ञेयभावप्रदीपं ।
___ भक्त्या नित्यं प्रपद्ये श्रुतमहमखिलं सर्वलोकैकसारं । ३ निःप्प(पोकव्योमनीलद्युतिमलसदृशं बालचंद्राभदंष्ट्र
मंमित्तं घंटारवेणु(ण)। प्रसृतमदजलं पूरयंतं समंतात्
1 This is the last work forming a part of Sadavaśyakasūtra described as No. 731.

Page #311

274
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1895.
आरूढो दिव्यनागं विचरति गगने कामदः कामरूपी ।
यक्षः सर्वानुभूतिर्दिशतु मम सदा सर्वकार्येषु सिद्धि ॥ ४ ॥
अष्टमीचतुर्दशीस्तुति' ॥ छ । Reference.-- Published. See any printed edition of the Prati
kramaņasūtras noted on p. 132 etc. See also p. 145 where all these four verses are given.
____In Jaina-stotra-samgraha (pt. II, pp. 19-20), uc have Śri-Vira-jinastuti which is a pàdapūrti of the first carana of each of the four verses of this Mahāvirasvāmistuti.
In the Limbdi Catalogue, a Sanskrit work in four verses by Bālacandra is noted as No. 1550 and is styled as Pākṣikastuti. So one may naturally like to know if these two works are the same as the one described here; but no definite aņswer can be given at this stage.
महावीरस्वामिस्तुति
Mahāvirasvāmistuti
1269 (47). No. 896
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 40% Description.- Complete ; 4 verses in all. For other details see
___No. 735. Begins.- fol. 40 स्नातस्याप्रतिमस्य 'मेरुस(शि )खरे क्षीरोदकाशंकया
(शच्या विभोः शैशवे) रूपालोकनविस्मयाहृतरसभ्रांत्या भ्रमच्चक्षुषा । उन्मृष्टं नयनप्रभाधवलितं क्षीरोदकाशंकया।
वक्त्रं यस्य पुनः पुनः स जयति श्रीवर्द्धमानो जिनः । १ ॥ etc.
1 It is styled in the subsequent Ms. (No. 896 ), as Mahavirastuti.

Page #312

896. ]
Ends.- fol. 40*
III. 4 Mulasutras

N. B.-- For additional information see No. 895.
निष्पं कव्योमनीलद्युतिमलसदृशं बालचंद्राभिदंष्ट्रं । मत्तं घंटारवेण प्रसृतमदजलं पूरयंतं समंतात् । आरूढो दिव्यनागं व्य (वि) चरति गगने कामदः कामरूपी ।
यक्षः सर्वानुभूतिर्द (र्दिशतु मम सदा सर्वकार्येषु सिद्धिं ॥ ४ ॥ इति महावीरस्तुतिः ।
271

Page #313

276
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1897.
नमोऽहत्' No. 897
Namo'rhat 1220 ( 28 ). 1884-87.
Extent.— fol. 1904.
1220 ( 1), Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 2
1884-87. Author.- Siddhasena Divākara (according to the Jaina tradition),
author of Sammaïpayaraņa etc. Subject.--- Salutation to the five parameșthins. Begins and Ends.--- fol. 1902 F#(s)FHEITIUfatentTHIATEXT: 1 Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Prati
kramaņasūtras.
नमोऽहत् No. 898
Namo’rbata 1270 (8). 1887-91.
Extent. fol. 26. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 734. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 26 AĦ(s)kinerarioteeragamanyrt(:) 1
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 897.
नमोऽहंद
Namo'rhat
No. 899
1269 (19) 1887-91.
Extent.- fol. 22. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735. 1 This is same as the 8th work of Saļāvaśyakasūtra described as No. 734.

Page #314

900. ]
III. 4. Malasatras
Begins and Ends. fol. 22 नमोऽर्हसिद्धाचार्योपाध्याय सर्वसाधुभ्यः ।
N. B.- For additional information see No. 897.
नमोऽर्हत्
No. 900
-
Extent. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra No.
736.
Begins and Ends. fol. 22 नमो ( s) र्हत्सिद्धाचार्योपाध्याय सर्वसाधुभ्यः N. B. For additional particulars see No. 897.

277

Namo'rhat
1106 (7). 1891-95.

Page #315

278
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1901.
श्रुतस्य भगवतः
Srutasya bhagavataḥ (ETFA HITAST)
( Suyassa bhagavao ) No. 901
1269 (11).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 24. Description. - Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735, Subject.-- A formula to be uttered when one is about to perform
kāyotsarga in connection with śruta. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 2a GT Hat FRIÀ FTSFATT. Reference.- Published in any of the printed editions of Pañcaprati.
kramaņasútra. Also published in the edition (p. 788a ) of Avaśyakasūtra containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary.
श्रुतस्य भगवतः
Srutasya bhagavataḥ
No. 902
1270 (19).
1887-91.
Extent.-- fol. 46. Description.-- Complete. For other details sec No. 734. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 46 Tita HITZ31 FRIÀ FISH(FH)=HT !
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 901.
श्रुतस्य भगवतः
Srutasya bhagavatab No. 903
1880-81. Extent.— leaf 1236.
77(1). Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 27
1880-81.. Begins and Ends.-- leaf 1230 g ( T ) HT73TT EFTIÀ FISFATT
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 901.
This is same as the 19th work of Saďāvasyakasūtra described as No. 734.

Page #316

905.1
11). 4 Malasairas
279
श्रुतस्य भगवतः
Srntasya Bhagavatah
1106 (18). No. 904
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 3a to fol. 3". Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends. — fol. 34 to 36 337# WEB FITÂ FIJIA.
N. B. - For additional information sec No. 901.
श्रुतस्य भगवतः
Srutasya bhagavatah
1220 ( 21). No. 905
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1902. Description.-- Complete so far as it goes. For other details ser
No 1220 ( 1 )
No. 1884-87
Begins and Ends.--- fol. 1902 UT HITT HITÀ FISFASO I
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 901.

Page #317

280
l'rina Literature and Philosophy
[906.
वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र
Vaiyāvrttyakarasūtra ( वेयावच्चगरसुत्त)
( Veyāvaccagarasutta ) No. 906
1220 (23).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 190*.
1220 (1) Description.-- Complete. For other details sce No..
1884-87. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.--- Propitiation of a certain class of celestials whose activi
ties are beneficial to the Jaina church. Begins and Ends.-- fol. I90 वेयावञ्चगराणं संतिगरागं सम्मदिट्रिसमाहि
गराणं करोमि काउस स्सोग्गं । Reference. - Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
manasātras. Acāradinakara (p. 2710) and Dharamasamgraha (p. 163a) may be also consulted. Vandāruvstti (p. 53 ) may be also referred to. ____In the introduction ( p. 3' ) to the edition containing Caityavandanasūtra and Lalitavistarā published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 29, there is a remark as under-- ___ "ये वैयावृत्त्यकराणामित्यादिसूत्रं देवताकायोत्सर्गस्तत्स्तुतिश्च नव्या इत्याख्याय ता अपलपन्ति तेषां परमाभनिशितैव केवला"
वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र
Vaiyāvrtyakarasūtra No. 907
77( ).
1880-81. Extent.-- leaf 124". Description.-- Complete. For other details see Agamikavastuvicārasāra No.
77 (1).
1880-81. Begins and Ends.--- leaf 124° वेयावञ्चगराणं संतिगराणं सम्मदिद्विसमाहि
गराणं करोमि काउस्सग्गं । N. B.--For further particulars see No. 906.

Page #318

910.)
III. 4 Malasatras
281
वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र
Vaiyāvrttyakarasūtra No. 908
1269 ( 14 ).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 2a. Description.-- Complete. For other details sec Namaskāramantra
No. 735. Begins and Ends.---fol. 20 वेयावञ्चगराणं etc. up to करोमि काउस्सग्गं as
in No. 906. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 906.
M
.
वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र
Vaiyāvrtyakarasūtra No. 909
1106 (21).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 3. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 736. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 36 21177 Tiro etc. up to FÀ FT3 #flasi
as in No. 906. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 906,
FOTO
वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र
Vaiyāvrtyakarasūtra
1270 (22). No. 910
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 5a. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 734. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 5 वेयावच्चगराणं etc. up to करोमि काउस्सग्गं
as in No. 906. N. B.--- For additional information see No. 906.

Page #319

282
jaina Literature and Philosophy
सर्वस्यापिसूत्र
Sarvasyāpisutra ( porta lê 57)
( Savvassa vi sutta )
1220 ( 33). No. 911
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1906.
1220 (1) Description.-- Complete. For other details see No.
1884-87. Author.- A Jaina Saint. Subject. This small sútra in Prākrit deals with repentance con
cerning undesirable activities resorted to, during the day
time. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 1906 Haan lê qafari gigiây gehia giao
ट्रिय इच्छाकारेण संदिसह । इच्छं तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं ॥ Reference.- Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
maņasūtras. For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 399.
The svopajña commentary on Yogaśāstra (pp. 245245b), Vandāruvịtti (p. 68) and Dharmasamgraha (p. 181") may be consulted.
सर्वस्यापिसूत्र'
Sarvasyāpisūtra No. 912
1270 ( 31 ).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 7b. Description. - Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 734. Begins and Ends.- fol. 7 सव्यस(स्स) वि etc. up to तस्स मिच्छा मि
a 15 ll as in No. 911. N. B.- For further particulars see No.911.
1 This is the 31st work which forms a part of Sadävasyakasūtra described in No. 734.

Page #320

915.]
सर्वस्यापिसूत्र
No. 913
adendea
No. 914
III. 4 Malasatras
Extent.- fol. 5.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736.
Begins and Ends. - fol. 5 सव्वस्स वि देवसिअ etc. up to तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं as in No. 911.
N. B.
For additional information see No. 911.
सर्वस्यापिसूत्र
No. 915
283

Sarvasyāpisūtra
1106 (37).
1891-95.
Extent. fol. 2o.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 735.
Begins and Ends. fol. 20 सन्त्रस्स वि etc. up to मिच्छामि दुक्कडं ॥ छ ॥ as in No. 911.
N. B. For additional information see No. 911.

Sarvasyāpisūtra
1269 (24).
1887-91.
Extent. fol. 52.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra No. 736.
Begins and Ends.
fol. 52 सव्वस्स वि 'राईय दुचिंतिय दुब्भासिय द (दु)च्चि - ट्टिअ इच्छाकारेण संदिसह इच्छं तस्स मिच्छामि दुक्कडं N. B. For additional information see No. 911.
1 The word राज्ञ्य is here substituted for देवसिय
Sarvasyāpisūtra 1106 (38).
1891-95.

Page #321

284
मुनिवन्दनसूत्र [ अड्डाइजेसुसुत्त ]
No. 916
!
Extent.- fol. 7.
Description. Incomplete. For other details see No. 734.
Author. A Jaina Saint.
Subject. Salutation to the Jaina saints, no matter where they are found. The sutra given here occurs as a part of Śramaņasūtra.
Jaina Literature and I hilosophy
Begins and Ends. fol. 7 अड्डाइजे(जे) सु । दीवसमुद्देसु | पनर ( स ) सु । कम्म भूमी | जाति के वि साहू । रयहरणगुच्छप डिग्गहधारा पंचमहव्वयधारा । (a) रस ( स ) स ( स ) सीलिंगधारा अखो (क्खो ) बया (या) रच. This ends here thus.
श्रमणोपासकप्रति
1
क्रमणसूत्र (समणोवास गपडिकमणसुत्त ' )
1
No. 917
Reference. Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikramanasūtras and that of Śramaņasutra ( p. 25o).
―
Munivandanasutra [Addhaijjesusutta]
Extent. fol. 191b to fol. 192b.
Description. Complete; 50 verses in all 1220 (I). 1884-87.
No.
[916.

1270 (33).
1887-91.
Sramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasūtra
(Samanovasagapadikkamanasutta)
dipikā.
2 This is the name given in its Curņi. Sec No. 924.
For other details see
Author. A srutastharvira according to Ratnasekhara Sūri. See his Arthadipika.
This is styled as Grhipratikramaņasutra by Ratnasekhara Suri in his Artha

1220 (42). 1884-87.

Page #322

917.]
111. 4. Malasatras
285
Anandasāgara Súri believes that this Vandittusútra is composed by one who has composed ālāpakas pertaining to the vows of a śrāvaka which are given in the Avaśyaka
sútra. Sce his prastāvanā (p. 19 ) of Arthadipikā. Subject. - This is a metrical composition in Prākrit in so verses.
It is usually known as Vandittusūtra. It mainly deals with partial transgressions on the part of a śrävaka and his repentances for the same. It also refers to 15 karmādānas in verses 22-23, which are treated in Avaśyakasutra on p. 829a.
The partial trangressions pertaining to the vratas here referred to in verses 6, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 19, 21, 24-26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 33 respectively are mentioned in Avaśyakasūtra on pp. 811, 8182 and 8185, 820", 822°, 8232 and 8236, 825, 8279, 828a, 8 304, 831", 834", 8356, 837a and 839a. Upåsakadaśängasútra, too, treats these topics (see the portion pertaining to the life of Ananda śrāvaka ). They are also treated in Tattvärthadhigamasútra in chapter VII in sūtras 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 27, 28, 26, 29, 31 and 32. Pancāśaka I. v. 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30 and 32 may be also consulted.
The 48th gathā of Vandittusūtra occurs as the 1271st gāthā of Avaśyakasútraniryukti, and its 49th and goth
gāthās are found in Šramaņasūtra, Begins.- fol. 1916
वंदितु सब्वासिद्धे । धम्मायगरे य सब्यसाहु या इच्छामि पडिक्कमिऊ(उ) सावयधम्माइयारस्स [सावगधम्माइयारस्स] ॥१ जो मे वयाइरस्स(?) नाणे तह दसणे चरित्ते य ।
FEAT ATT(TT) Å TIETTA 11 P etc. Ends.-- fol. 1926
खाममि सत्वे जीव्वे(वे) सव्वे जीवा खमंतु मे । मित्ती मे सबभूएसु बेर मज्झ न केणइ ।। ४९ ।
1 This very verse with a variant 4 for 19 and the next with some variants occur in Ävaśyakasūtra on p. 763a. The first verse may be compared with the following verse of Bșhatpratikramana ( a Digambara work) :
"खाममि सव्वजीवे सव्वे जीवा खमंतु मे।।
मत्ती में सबभूएस वरं मज्झं न कंण॥"

Page #323

286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
917.
एवमालोइय निंदिय गरहिय दाठिय (सम्म)
तिविहेग पडिक्कंतो बंदामि जिणे चउवीसं ।। ५० Reference.-- Published. See any printed edition of the Pratikra
maņasūtra. Haribhadra Sūri's commentary (p. 778b) to Avaśyakasútra, Śrāddhapratikramaņasútra' (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 48 ) and Vandāruvștti (pp. 86-159 ) may be consulted. See also B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 397 and 399.
My article in Gujarāti which is entitled as “FAUTIAINTपडिक्कमणसुत्त याने बंदित्तसूत्र" and which is published in Jaina satya prakāśa ( vol. III, No. 7, pp. 256-258) may be consulted.
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
Sramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasūtra
No. 918
1269 ( 28 ) 1887-91.
Extent.-- fol. 3a to fol. 44. Description.-- Complete; so verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins.-- fo. 3a
SET IT etc. as in No. 917, Ends.— fol. 4*
THE STØTTT etc. up to Hot Teata 11 40 11 as in No. 917. This is followed by the line as under :
इति श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।। N. B.- For additional information see No. 917.
In Arthadīpikā (pp. 2020-2038 ), its author Ratnasekhara Sūri refers to the opinion of some who do not losk upon this work as genuine and old, since there is no niryukti on it.

Page #324

920.)
111. 4 Malasatras
287
4 (a).
श्रमणोपासका
Sramaṇopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra No. 919
74 (i).
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 1934 to leaf 1976. Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 53. For further particulars see Upadeśamālā No. 74
1880-81. Begins.— leaf 1938
ICT FET etc. Ends.-- leaf 1976
Heath Fathia etc. up to Feata fq' 11 43 ll as in No. 877. N. B.- For additional information see No. 917.
श्रमणोपासक
Sramaṇopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra
77 ). No. 920
1880-81. Extent.— leaf 918 to leaf 966. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 53. For
further details see Agamikavastuvicārasāra No. 330-32: Begins.- leaf 9ra
Die Haftreetc. Ends.- leaf 966
सव्वस्स जीवरासिस्स भावं उर्व मे निहीय निश्चितो।
सव्वं खमावइत्ता खमामि सवस्स तिविहेणं ॥ ५३॥ ॥ छ । N. B.- For additional information see No. 917.
1 This is the 3rd and the last verse of Ācāryādikşamanaka. So it appears that the two preceding verses also must be belonging to the same work, and that through oversight, the scribe may have combined Vandittusūtra ( verses so ) with this work. As the Ms. is not with me any more, I cannot say anything definitelv. The same remark holds goods for No. 920.

Page #325

268
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[921.
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
Sramaņopāsakapratikramaņasūtra
No.921
1106 (55). 1891-95.
Extent.- fol. 144 to fol. 156. Description.- Complete; so verses in ail. For other details see
No. 736. Begins.—- fol. 14
वंदेत्तु सत्यसिद्धे etc. Ends.- fol. IS
एवमहं आलोइय etc. up to श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं समाप्तं ।। N. B.-- l'or additional information see No. 917.
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
Sramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasūtra
1270 (34). No. 922
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 10^ to fol. 106. Description.---The work begins abruptly with a concluding portion
of the 20th verse, and it ends also abruptly with a por
tion of the 38th verse. For other details see No. 734. Begins.-- fol. 109
(बी)यमि गुणवए निंदे । २०॥ सञ्चित्ते पडिबु(ब)द्धे । अप्पउ(पो)लदुप्पउ(प्पो)ल(लि)यं च आहारे तुच्छोसहिभक्खणया । पडिक्कमे देसियं सव्वं । २१ । इंगाली वणसाडी भाडी फोडी सुवि(व)ज्जए कम(म्म)। वाणिज(ज्ज) चेव दंतल(क् खरसकेसविसविसयं । २२॥ etc.

Page #326

923.]
III. 4 Malasatras Ends- fol. Iob
सम्महिटी जीयो जइ वि हु पावं समायरे किंचि । अप्पो सि होइ बंधो । जेण न निद्धंधसं कुणइ ॥ ३६ ॥ तं पि हु सपडिक्कमणं | सप्परियावं सउत्तरहरु]णं च ॥ खिप्पं उवसामेइ । बाहि ब्ब सुसिक्खिओ विजो ॥ ३८ ॥
जहा विसं कु(टगयं). It ends thus. N. B.- For additional information see No. 917.
श्रमणोपासक
Sramanopasakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra
1269 (18). No. 923
1987-91. Extent. - fol. 24. Description,- जावंति चेझ्याई and जावंति(त) के वि साहू are looked upon
by the scribe as the ist two verses. So it appears that thesc two verses along with the two following ones given here form a fragment of Vandittusútra. Out of these, the first two are already here assigned Nos. 760 and 764 respectively. So nothing can be done now at this stage. For other
details see Namaskāramantra No. 735. Begins and Ends.- fol. 20
चिरसंचियपावपणासणिय भवसयसहस्समहणीए। चउवीसजिणविणग्गयकहाउ वोलंतु मे दीहा ॥ ३ ॥
मम मंगलमरिहंता | स(सिद्धा साहू सुहं च धम्मो य । .. सम्मट्टिी देवा दितु समाहिं च बोहिं च ॥ ४ N. B.--- For additional information see No. 917.

Page #327

290
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र चूर्णिसहित
No. 924
-
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.--- 11ß in. by 4g in,
Extent. 83 folios; 15 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1© blank ; edges of the first and last foll slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; the text and the commentary as well, complete ; extent 4590 slokas ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1183.
31
Age.- Samvat 1525.
Author of the curni - Vijayasimha Suri, pupil of Santi muni.
Begins. - ( text ) fol. 2
Sramaṇopäsakapratikramaṇasūtra with curni
Subject. The Vandittusutra along with a commentary mostly in Prakrit. The latter elucidates the former here styled as Šamanovasagapadikkamaṇasutta (Sk. Śramaṇopāsakapratikramanasūtra ).

[924.
वंदित् सव्वसिद्धे धम्मायरिए य सव्वसाहू य । इच्छामि पडिक्कामेउं सावगधम्माइयारस्स ।।
Then runs the com. as under :---
1212.
1887-91.
दिवेत्ति वदि अभिवादनस्तुत्योः बंदणं पूयणं नमसणं ( ( ति )ति । पज्जाया तं चं दव्वओ करचरणाईहिं मुद्दासन्नासो (1) भावओ य मणसो गतीकरणं (1) क्रियायाश्व साध्यं कर्म्माह । सव्वसिद्धे इत्यादि गाथापूर्वार्द्ध यावत् अत्र सर्वशब्दो निःशेषार्थः ॥ etc.
--( com. ) fol, rb ॐ नमो जिनाय ||
सिद्धं सिद्धत्यं सुयधम्मपयासयं स्यालोयं । लोयणतुलं लोयाण नमह सिरिमं महावीरं ॥ १

Page #328

291
924.1
III. 4 Malasatras समणोवासगपडि(क)मणसुत्तचुन्निं भजामि लेसेण । मंदमईण विबोहणहेडं सुत्ताणुसारेणं ॥२ मइ विहव(? य)मओ इत्थं अवरज्झइ नो न यावि सुयदप्पो । कोउगधम्मज्झाणं मुत्तुं नन्नो इहं हेऊ ॥ ३ ता उत्तमा वि निसुणंतु कोउगा मज्झिमा वि बोहाय । अबसद्दच्छिद्दविहवणभद्दया हुतु नीया वि ॥ ४
(जा!)इजम्मजरामरणनीरपरिपूरियाम भीसणविवागमणोधायुवेगुरुछलंत. कोहावइकसायवलयामुहाइपायालकलससंक्खुन्भमाणमझमि बीइपरंपरासंघडणविहडणपडिमसंजोगविओगपउरंमि रागहोसविखोभियंमि बहुजंतुमगरमच्छकच्छवाइंमि अइदुल्लंघणीयमोहमहावत्तरुमि संसारमहासमुइंमि । इओ तओ उच्छुदुण निबुदुणप्पायं भवज्झमा उच्चनीयास जाईस कुणतेहि भिन्नपोएहिं व पाणीहिं कहवि संपुनपुन्नवसा पाविजए भवनीरनाहतारणरकसं धम्मजाणवत्तं ति । तं पि सलिलपवेसघाएहिं अइयारेहिं विणासभावज्जमाणं आबल्लाइउस्सिवणसमेण आवस्सएण दढीभवइ । अओ पइदियहं साहुणा सावएण य सम्मत्तमहब्बयाणुव्वयाइयारविसोहिकरणनिमित्तं अवस्सकरणि
जंति आवस्सयं। etc. Ends.--( text ) fol. 83a
एवमालोइए निंदिय गरहिय दुगुंछिय (सम्म)।
तिविहिणे पडिकतो बंदामि जिणे चउव्वीसं ॥ ५० ॥ -( com. ) fol. 834 कया सबजीवरासिखामणा संपइ पडिक्कमणं
निम( ? )मिते अवसाणमंगलमाह ॥ This is followed by the Soth verse noted above. Then we have :
(com. ) fol. 83° एवमिति प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रणितप्रकारेण आलोच्य निंदित्वा गर्हित्वा कु(जु गुप्सित्वा त्रिविधेन मनोवाकायलक्षणेन प्रतिक्रांतो निवृत्तः । प्रतिक्रांतव्यातिचारगोचरादिति ॥ जत्थ ।। 'जो मे देवसिङ अइयारो कओ काइतो' इञ्चाइणा दंडगेण आलोकऊण मिच्छादुक्कडकरणेण आलोयणारिहं पच्छित्तं भणियं । दुञ्चितिय दुब्भासिय । दुञ्चिट्रियमेवमाइयं बहसो उवउत्तो वि न याणइ जे देवसियाइ अइराई।
सम्वेसु वि बीयपए दंसणनाणचरणावराहेसु ।
उवउत्तस्स विसोहीजइणो आलोयणा भणिया । निंदा पच्छायावरुवा । गरिहा गुरुसमक्खं सदुत्वरियाए। आलोयणा । ततश्च । 'तं निंदे तं च गरिहामि' । इति वचनोच्चारणेन निंदित्वा गहित्वा च किं बहुना प्रतिक्रमणसर्वस्वमाह । तिविहेण पडिक्कतो।
जं किंचि कयमजुत्तं सहसा पमायमाईहिं ॥ मणवायाकाएहिं । तस्मा(?म्मा) हं नणु पडिक्कतो।

Page #329

292
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
उत्तरोत्तरधर्मवृद्ध्यर्थे मंगलमाह ॥ वंदामि जिणे चउवीसं ॥ सिरिरिसहनाहपढमं नमामि सिरिवद्धमाणपज्जंते || asari तित्थय दिंतु सिवं मंगलं अंते ।
एवं सम्मत्ता पडिक्कमणसुत्तवृत्ती (? चुन्नी ) ॥ छ ॥ देवया भगवईए ||
नमो
जयइ जिणसासणामिणं ॥ जंभि निलीणो सुहेणे (ण) भवियजणा | लंघेति भवं भीमं || जाणेण व जत्तिया जलही । जय इह 'चंद'गच्छो चंदो इव भवियकुमुयबोहयरो || उधसमजण्हपुन्नो समणजणाणंदणो सयलो || ओसिसील डागो तवनियमरहंग संगयसुघोसो || गुणगरुओ गच्छरहो वलेहिव जेहिं उज्जू ( ? ) ढो || सिरिecara सिरिनेमिचंदनामधेया मुणीसरा गुणिणो । हुत्था तत्थं सत्था तेसिं सीसा महामइणो ॥ जे पसमस्स निदंसणमुदही दक्खिन्नव।रिवारस्स || करणारोहणी खाणी खमिणो अभियत्राणी | सिरिम संतिमुणिंदे तेसिं सीसेण मंदमइणा वि || आयरियविजयसीहेण विरइया एस चुन्निति ॥ जं किंपि मए उत्तमिच्छरयं मईए दोच्चला || तं मे खमंतु सोहंतु सुयहरा जुग्गहं काउं ॥ एगारसहिं सएहिं तेसीइअहिएहिं (१९८३) विक्कमनिवाओ || समइच्छिएहिं चित्ते मासंमि समत्थिया एसा ॥ छ ॥ सावगपडिक्कमणसुत्त चुन्नी [स | समत्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्र | श्लोकसंख्या ।। ४५९० ।। ॥ छ ॥ सं० १५२५ वर्षे फाल्गुणसुदि १३ शुक्रे लषितं पदमाकेन || छ || शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥
Reference.- This curni is referred to, on p. 2034 of the edition containing Śräddhapratik ramanasutra and Arthadipikä published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 46. The pertinent line is as under:
श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य च विक्रम १९८३ वर्षे श्रीविजयसिंहसूरि - श्री जिनदेवसूरिकृते चूर्णिभाष्ये अपि स्तः .
16
[924

ir
It seems that this very curni is referred to, in the line श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र चूर्णावप्युक्तम" occurring on p. 1630 of this edition.

Page #330

925.)
III. 4 Malasutras
293
श्रमणोपासक
Sramañopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra चूर्णिसहित
with cūrņi
199. No. 925
1873-74. Size.- 134 in. by 5 in. Extent.-- 44 folios ; 22 lines to a page ; 84 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough, briitle and greyish ;
Devanagari characters with TAS; very small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good ; both the text and the
commentary complete ; extent 4590 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 2*
de waarheetc. as in No. 924. , (com.) „ Ibil to 11 Fælfart !!
F fhggai etc. as in No. 924. Ends.- (text) fol. 44
TAMIET etc. up to Feath as in No. 924. ,,- (com.) fol. 44° कया सबजीव etc. up to ग्रंथानं श्लोकसंख्या
8480 as in No. 924. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 924.

Page #331

394
श्रमणोपासक
प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र अर्थदीपिकासहित
No. 926
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age. Pretty old.
Size. 101 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 244 folios; 11 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.
Description.
Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with as; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink red chalk rarely used; yellow pigment rather profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins; foll. 1a and 244 practically blank, except that the title etc., written thereon; edges of the first fol. and those of the last slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the com. mentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1496; its extent 6644 slokas.
Author of the commentary.
[926.

Sramaṇopäsakapratikrama nasūtra with Arathadipika
1213.
1887-91.
Ratnasekhara Suri, pupil of Bhuvanasundara Sūri, pupil of Somasundara Suri. He should not be confounded with the author of Sirisirivälakaha.
I This is styled as țikā, too.
Our Ratnasekhara Suri is an author of Śraddhavidhiprakaraṇavṛtti, Arthakaumudi and Vidhikaumudi referred to, on pp. 52, 188 and 203 of the edition containing Arthadipikā.
Subject. A religious sútra pertaining to the pratikramaṇakriya of śravakas along with its explanation (vṛtti)' in Sanskrit. This explanation is called Arathadipika. There in the text is styled as Grhipratik ramaṇasútra, in the beginning and as Pratikramaṇasutra, Śravakapratikramaņasútra and Sraddhapratikramaṇasutra in the end.

Page #332

926.]
III. 4 Malasutras
___ 295
Begins. ~~~ (text) fol. 30
वंदित्तु सव्वसिद्ध etc. as in No. 917.
__
- (com.) ,,
जयति सततोदयश्रीः etc. as in No. 928. Ends.-(text) fol. 2420
एवमहं आलोईए etc. as in No. 918, , - (com.) ,, ,, एवमालोच्य निंदित्वा गर्हित्वा जुगुप्सितं दुश्चिकित्सितं का
अतिचारजातं सम्यक् त्रिविधेन मनोवाक्कायलक्षणेन प्रतिक्रांतः कृतप्रतिक्रमण श्वतुर्विंशतिं जिनी(ना)न् वंदे इति प्रांतगाथार्थः ५०
अबाह परः इदं प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र केन कृतं उच्यते यथाऽपरप्रतिक्रमणसूत्राणि श्रुतस्थविरकृतानि तथैतदपि यदुक्तमावश्यकबृहवृत्ती 'अक्खरसन्नी ति गाथा( व्या )ख्याने अंगप्रविष्टं गणधररुतमाचारांगादि अनंत(ग)प्रविष्टं तु स्थविरकृतमावश्यकादीनि अथ श्रावकपतिकमणसूत्रस्य यद्या. पत्वं तदा किं न तस्य नियु(यु)क्तिभाष्यादीति चेत् तर्हि आवश्यक-दशवैकालिकादिदशशास्त्रीव्यतिरो( रे )केण शेषाणां नियुक्तयभावादौपपातिकाय( ग्रुपां)गानां च चूर्णेरप्यभावादनार्षत्वप्रसंगस्तस्मान्न किचिदेतत् । श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य च विक्रम ११८३ वार्षः(र्षे) श्रीविजयसिंहमूरिश्रीजिनदेवसूरिकृते चूर्णि-भाष्ये अपि स्तो वृत्तयश्च बढ्यः अतः श्रुतस्थविरकृतत्वेन सर्वातीचाराविशोधकत्वेन च श्रावकैरेतदुपादेयमेव साधुभिः स्वप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रामिव एवं सति ये स्वकदाग्रहमात्राभिनिविष्टदृष्टयः पाश्चात्येन केनचिकृतं सर्वथाऽनुपादेयमिदमिति ब्रुवते न बिद्मास्तेषां का गतिः सर्वज्ञप्रणीतप्राचीनस्थविराचरितसम्यग्मार्गस्योपमर्दनात् तद्भ( दू)वो(चे)
रन्नो आणाभंगे इक्क(क्कुच्चिअ मि(नि)ग्गहो हवइ लोए सम्वना(ना)णाभां(भं)गे अणंतसो निग्गहं लहइ।
ननु श्रावकस्य प्रतिक्रमणकर( ण )मेवाऽसंगतं दूरे(s)स्तु प्रतिकमणसूत्रविचारः तदपि प्रलापमा सिद्धांते श्राद्धानामनेकत्र तस्योक्तत्वायदनुयोगद्वारसूत्रं “ 'से किं तं लोउत्तरिउं भावावस्सयं जन समणो वा समणी ग सावओ वा साधिआ वा तस्चिने । जाव उभओ कालं आवस्मयं करेइ त्ति" तया तत्रैव
""समणेण सावएण य अघस्सवा(? का )यव्य हवइ जम्हा अंतो अहोनिसस्सा तम्हा आवस्सयं नाम । १
I See p. 30of Anuogaddara ( Samiti edn. ). 2 Irid., p, pra.

Page #333

296
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[926. नयांगवृत्तिकदभयदेवमूरि-कलिकालसर्वज्ञश्रीहेमसूरिप्रमुखपूर्वाचार्यरचितेषु पंचाशकत्ति-योगशास्त्रप्रवृत्तियथेषु न श्राद्धानां प्रतिक्रमण साक्षाढुक्तं सर्वप्रसिद्धमेव तच्च पंचभेदं देसिकं १ रात्रिकं २ पाक्षिकं ३ वातुर्मासिकं ४ सांवत्सरिकं ५ चेति एषां कालविध्यादि मन्कृतविधिकौमुद्या अवधार्य छ
विख्यात'तपेत्याख्या जगति जगच्चंद्रसूरयोऽभूवन् ।। श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरूतमाश्च तदनु क्रमाद्विदिताः॥१॥ पंच च तेषां शिष्यास्तेष्वाद्या ज्ञानसागरा गुरव विविधावचूर्णिलहरिप्रकटनतः सान्वयाह्वानाः ॥२॥ श्रुतगतविविधालापकसमुद्धृतः समभपंश्च सूरींद्राः ॥ कुलमंडना द्वितीया श्रीगुणरत्नाः तृतीयाश्च ॥३॥ षट्(इ)दर्शनवृत्तिक्रियारत्नसमुच्चयविचारनिचयसृजः ।। श्रीभुवनसुंदरादिषु भेजे विद्यागुरुत्वं ये ॥४॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरुप्रवरास्तुर्या अहार्यमहिमानः ।। येभ्यः संततिरुच्चैर्भवति द्वेधा सुधर्मभ्यः ॥ ५॥ यतिजीतकल्प(वि)(त)श्व पंचमाः साधुरत्नसूरिवराः ।। यैर्मादृशोऽप्यऋष्यत करप्रयोगेण भवपात् ॥६॥ श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरोः पट्टे श्रीसोमसुंदरगणेंद्राः । युगवरवद्विजयंते तेषां शिष्याश्च पंचैते ॥ ७॥ मारीत्यवमनिरी( रा )कृतिसहस्रनामस्मृतिप्रवृत्तिकृत्यैः ।। श्रीमुनिसुंदरगुरवाश्चिरंतनाचार्यमाहम(भू )तः ॥ ८॥ श्रीजयचंद्रमुनींद्र(द्रा) निस्तंद्राः संघगच्छकार्येषु ॥ श्रीभुवनसुंदरविज(वरा) दूरावहारैर्गणोपकृतः ॥ ९ ॥ एकांगो( गा) अप्येकादशांगिनश्च जिनसुंदराचार्याः ।। निर्ग्रथा ग्रंथकृतः श्रीमजिनकीत्तिगुरवश्व ॥ १० ॥ एषां श्रीगुरूणां प्रसादतोऽब्दे षडंकविश्व१४(९)६ मिते ।। श्रीरत्नशेष(ख)रगणित्तिमिमामकृत कृतितुष्टयै ॥ ११॥ चातुर्विद्योदधिभिर्दधिशुद्धपरमपरभाग ।।. सा(5)शोध्यत प्रयत्ना( ल )लक्ष्मीभद्राह्वविबुधैः ॥ १२ ॥ षि( बि )ज्ञावतंसविहितप्रशंसगणिसत्यहसविबुधायैः ।। सु(ए)रुभक्त्याऽस्याः प्रथमादर्श सान्निध्यमाधायि ॥ १३ ॥ एतस्यां टीकायामनुष्टुभामर्थदीपिकानाम्भ्यां ॥ पदष्टिशतीच्चत्वारिंशच्चतु (रु)तराऽनुमिता ॥ १४ ॥ वरचूर्णिविविधवृत्यायनुसृत्य कृतेयमल्पमतिना(5)पि ॥ उत्सूत्रमत्र विबुधैः शोध्यं जीयादियं च चिरं ॥१५॥

Page #334

927.)
III. 4 Malasutras
297
fat xftaar'sal( 971 ) HORTA ETIVATT: ## छ ग्रं० ४११ समाप्त(प्ता ) चेयमर्थदीपिकानाम्नी श्रावकप्रतिकमण
सूत्रटीका छ सर्वाग्रं० ६६४४ ॥ ॥ Reference. - Both the text and Arthadīpika are published in A, D.
1919 in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 48. In this edition we have Sanskrit introduction, a table of contents, an alphabetical index of quotations, and that of proper names, maxims etc., and laukika nyāyas.
For Mss. containing the text and Arthadipika see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2612.
श्रमणोपासक
Sramaṇopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra अर्थदीपिकासहित
with Arthadipikā
817. No. 927
1895–1902. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. — 174 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description - Country paper rough, thin and white ; Devanāgari
characters, big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment profusely used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; both the text and the
commentary complete ; the extent of the latter 6644 ślokas Age.- Not modern. Begins -(text) fol. 3a
ai@Jazarene u#1( a brey a etc., as in No. 91%. „ -(com.) fol. 1BFTTETT A#: !!
wafa Haitiaft: etc., as in No. 930.

Page #335

298 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 927. Ends -(text) fol. 1736
GTA SHITET etc., as in No. 917. , -com.) fol. 173b SaaroST fierar tigrar etc., up to ITU
a fari as in No. 926. This is followed by the lines as under :इति श्री तपागच्छश्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्तौ शेषाधिकारः पंचमः समाप्ता चेयमर्थदीपिका नाम्नीः ॥ श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रटीका समाप्ताः ग्रंथान
6988 ll 37 II a II N. B.- For further particulars see No. 926.
DAM
श्रमणोपासक
Sramaṇopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtra अर्थदीपिकासहित
with Arthadīpikā
767 No. 928
1899-1915. Size.-- 95 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 217-8=209 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanăgari
characters with quar ; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. ra decorated with a design in various colours ; foll. 40 to 47 missing ; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete ; foll. 123 to 136, 147 to 179 etc. slightly wormeaten ; condition tolerably good ; extent of the commen
tary 6644 ślokas. Age. Samvat 1697. Begins,— (text) fol. 3h
SE FORTA TATOTT etc., as in No. 917.

Page #336

929.]
.4Malasatras
299
Begins.-- (com.) fol. 10
जयति सततोदयश्रीः etc., as in No. 930. Ends.-- (text) fol. 2170
एवमहं आलोइअ etc., as in No. 927. ,, -- (com.) fol. 217 एवमालोच्य निंदित्वा गर्हित्या etc., up to समाप्ता
चेयमर्थदीपिकानाम्नी श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रटीका ॥ छ ।। गंथानं ६६४४ as in No. 926. This is followed by the lines as under :--
यावद् व्योमसर क्रोडराजहंस विराजते ॥
विबुधैर्वाच्यमानापि तावन्नंदतु पुस्तिका ॥१॥ छ । संवत् १६९७ वर्षे चैत्रमासे शुक्लपक्षे त्रितीया रविवारे श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्ति(:) समाप्ता ||
यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. N. B.- For additional information see No. 926.
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र अर्थदीपिकासहित
Sramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasūtra with Arthadipikā
679. 1892-95.
No.929
Size.-- Iom in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 194-1 = 193 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a
line. Description.--Country paper rough, thin and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, clear and tolerably good hand
writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; a portion of the second fol. gone ; fol. 159 to 168 have only the left-hand corner worn out, whereas fol. 169 to 194, the right-hand one as well ; condition unsatisfactory; fol. 166th missing ; both the text and the

Page #337

300
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[929.
commentary incomplete; this Ms. contains 49 complete gathas of the text and 50th partly and the commentary pratically up to that of 49th gāthā ; red chalk used; fol. r blank.
Age.-- Old.
Begins.-- (text) fol. 3
"
(com.)
"
Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 1942
वंदित सच्चासिद्धे etc. as in No. 924.
Ib
जयति सततोदयश्रीः etc. as in No. 930.
खाममि सव्वजीचे हं सब्बे जीवा खमंतु मे । मिती मे सव्वभूre वेरं मज्झ न केणइ ।। ४९ ।। ( एवमहं ) आलोइअ नंदिअ गरहिअ This Ms. ends thus abruptly.
( com. ) fol. 194b उक्तं हि ज्ञानांकुशे मनिया यदि जनः परितोषमेति

नन्वप्रयासतितो (? सुलभो ) यमनुग्रहो मे । श्रेयोर्थिना (नो ) हि पुरुषाः परतुष्टितो --
दुःख (खा) ज्जितान्यपि धनानि परित्यजति ॥ १ ॥ etc.
एवमनेन प्रकारेणाऽहं सम्यगालोच्य
This ends thus abruptly.
N. B.-- For Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos 26172620. For additional information see No. 926.
श्रमणोपासक
प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र अर्थदीपिकासहित
No. 930
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 4
1 See p. 2020 of the printed edition.
in.

Sramaṇopāsakapratikramaņasūtra with Arthadipika
1307. 1891-95.

Page #338

930.]
III. 4 Malasutras
301 Extent.-- 92 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line.. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; neither too big nor too small, bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders rather carelessly ruled in two pairs of lines; the space between these pairs coloured red; preceding the first fol. there is a blank fol.; therein only the title of the Ms. is written ; so is the case with fol. 921), fol. 1a blank; unnumbered sides decorated with a small circular disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two margins ; red chalk used ; incomplete ; for, it contains 27 gāthās of the text and a commentatry of 26 gāthäs completely and that of a part of the 27th ; condition
very good. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--(text) fol. 2b
बंदित्तु सव्वासद्ध धम्मायरिए अ सब्बसाहू अ |
इच्छामि पडिक्कमि सावगधम्माइआरस्स ॥१॥ etc. ,, --(com. ) fol. xb ॥ ६०॥
जयति सततोदयश्रीः श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरोऽभिनवभानुः ।
कुवलयबोधं विदधति गवा(बां) विलासा विभोर्यस्य ॥ १॥ etc... श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरुप्रवराः प्रथिता स्तपा'गणप्रभवः । प्रतिगौतमतः संप्रति जयंति निष्प्रातममहिमभृतः ॥ ३ ॥ तेषां विनेयवृषभा भाग्यभुवो भुवनसुंदराचार्याः । व्याख्यानदीपिकाद्यग्रंथैर्ये निजयशोऽयथ्नन् ॥ ४ ॥ तेषामेषांऽतिषदंतिमः किमयादधाति सुखबोधां।
वृत्तिं स्वपरहितार्थ गृहिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य ।। ५ ।। etc ,, ,, fol. 90° इति श्री तपा श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्तौ गुणवताधिकार
स्तृतीयः । Ends.-- (text ) fol. 900
तिविहे दुप्पणिहाणे अणवटाणे तहा सइघिहुणे। सामाइअ वितह कए पढमे सिक्खावए निदे । २७ ।

Page #339

302
Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 92a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
बल्लीओ वेलाए फलति सयलाओ चोरिआ उ लया । तक्कालमेव जायइ जीइ महि दरिदो वि ॥ ३० ॥ ता किं करिस्स मिन्हि अहवा जं होइ होउ तं सव्वं । चोरिंचामि कह जाए विलसामि ( सच्छंद ? ३१ ) It ends thus.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 926.
श्रमणोपासक
प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र विवरणसहित
No. 931
Extent. -- fol. 14h to fol. 200. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Caityavandanavṛtti No. 847.
Author of the commentary.- Śrītilaka Sūri, pupil of Śivaprabha Sūri, sucessor of Cakra Suri.
-- رو
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.—(text) fol. 14 b
वंदित सव्वसिद्धे धम्माइयरे सव्वसाहू अ । इच्छामि पडिक्कमिउं सावगधम्माइयारस्य ॥ १ - (com) fol. 14b
प्रा (प्र) णिधाये श्रीवीरं । स्वल्परुचीनां कृते समासेन विवरणमिदं करिष्ये गृहि प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य । तत्रादौ मंगलाभिधेयप्रतिपादिकेयं ॥ etc. Ends. -- (text) fol. 200
एव (मह) मालोइय निंदिय गरिहय दुर्गाछिय (यं सम्म) तिविहेण पडिकतो वंदामि जिणे चउत्रीसं ।। ५० ।।
I See p. 152a of the printed edition.

[ 930.

Sramanopāsakapratikramaņasūtra with vivarana
1293 (e).
1886-92.

Page #340

932.]
I11. 4 Malasätras
303
Ends.-- (com.) fol. 200
एवं प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रभणितप्रा(प्र)कारणालोच्य निंदित्वा गर्हित्वा जुगु" प्सित्वा विविधेन प्रशंति (संप्रति ) जिनान(न) बंदे नमस्का(क)रोमीत्यर्थः। प्रतिक्रमणविवरणं ॥
श्रीचक्रसूरिगुरुपट्टमहोदयाद्रि
प्रद्योतनोपम(म) शिवप्रभसरिशिष्यः । श्रीप्राक्पदस्तिलक'सूरिरधीधनोऽ)पि ।
श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रमिदं विववे ॥१ इति श्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता श्लोकशतद्वयप्रमाणा प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रलघु
वृत्ति(ः) समर्थयांचक्रे ॥ छ । Then in a different hand we
have : कर्ता तिलकसरिः Reference.-- See Jaina granthavali (pp. 30-31 ).
श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रविवरण
Sramaņopāsakapratikramaņasūtra
vivarana
200 (f). 1873-74.
No. 932
Extent.-- fol. 185 to fol. 216. Description.-- Complete ; extent 200 ślokas.
For other details see
No. 200 (a).
1873-74. Author.-- Sritilaka Suri. For particulars see p. 302. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining the Van
dittusūtra. Begins.- fol. 186 ॥ ६ ॥
प्रणिधाय श्रीवीरं स्वल्परुचीनां कृते समासेन । विवरणमिदं करिष्ये गृहिपतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य ॥१॥ etc.
1 This means Srītilaka. 2 This ought to be Śrītilaka and not Tilaka.

Page #341

304
Jaina Lilerature and Fhilosophy
[932.
Ends.-- fol. 21 इति श्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता श्लोकशतद्वयप्रमाणा श्रावक
प्रतिकमणसूत्रवत्तिः ॥ २०० ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ शुभं भवतु
लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ कल्याणं भवतु कृतीनां ।। N. B.-- For reference sec No. 931.
श्रमणोपासक
Sramaṇopāsakaप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
pratikramaņasūtraबालावबोध
bālāvabodha
821. No. 933
1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 18 folios ; 14 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanāgari
characters ; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the numbered sides have a small design in red colour at least in
the centre ; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the - प्रतीकs of the text ; complete. Age.-- Old. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject.-- An explanation in Gujarati of the Vandittusútra, based
upon the commentary composed on it by Śricandra Suri. Begins.--- fol. I ए ६0॥ वंदित्तु सत्वसिद्धे० । इत्यादि । वंदित्तु बांदी करी | etc. Ends.-- fol. 18' इति श्रीचंद्रसूरिकृतमहार्थश्राद्धप्रतिकमणवृत्त्यनुसारेण वंदित्त
बालावबोधः समाप्तः । श्रेयसे( 5 )स्तु लेखकवाचकयोः॥ Reference.-- For an anonymous bālāvabodha see Limbdi Catalogue
No. 2618.

Page #342

934.]
त्रिविधाहारोपवास
Prentena
(तिविहार- उववासपच्चक्खाण )
No. 934
Extent. fol. 191a.
III. 4. Malasatras
Trividhāhāropavāṣa
pratyākhyāna (Tivihara-uvavāsapaccakkhāṇa)
305
Description.-- Complete. For other details see No.
Author. A Jaina saint.
Subject.--A Prakrit formula representing a vow undertaken by one who wants to observe abhattha, a Jaina fast, but does not want to refrain from drinking water during the day time.
ग्रन्थिसहित
प्रत्याख्यान ( गठिसहिय पच्चक्खाण )
1220 (37). 1884-87.
Begins.-- fol. 1914 मूरे उग्गए अब्भतङ्कं पञ्चकखाइ तिविहं पि वा ( आ ) हारं । असणं पाणं खाइमं साइमं । etc.
1220 (1).. 1884-87.
Ends. fol. 191* सहसागारेणं महत्तरागारेणं । सम्म ( ?व्व ) समाहिबत्तियागारेण añârfa | 3qaleÇEFEJÓ || 3 ||

Reference.-- Published. For a parallel extract see B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, p. 399. See Vandāruvṛtti (p. 75 ).
In the edition containing Pratyakhyāna, Sărasavatavibhrama, Danaṣaṭtrimśikā, Viseṣaṇavati and Viṁśatikā, and published by Śrī Rṣabhadevji Kesarimalji Saṁsthā, Rutlam in A. D. 1927, we have pratyākhyāna-sūtras.

No. 935
Extent. fol. 4a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 735.
Granthisahita
pratyakhyāna
(Ganthisahiya
paccakkhāṇa)
1269 (34).
1887-91.

Page #343

306
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[935.
Subject. This is a pratyakhyāna whereby every time one wants to take any kind of food, one has to untie a knot and after taking food one has to tie a knot again. Thus this is a sanketika pratyakhyana, one of the varieties of pratyākhyäna noted on p. 312.
Begins and Ends. - fol. 42 गंठिसहियं पञ्चक्खामि चउन्विहं पि आहारं असणं ४ अन्नत्थ । सहसा । महत्तरा । सव्वसमाहि । बोसिरामि ॥ ४
Reference. Published practically in any edition of Pañcapratikramaṇasūtras.
विकृतिप्रत्याख्यान (fangqzazio)
No. 936
Extent. fol. 4a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 735.
Subject. This is a vow undertaken by one who wants to refrain from taking any of the vikṛtis.
Reference.
Begins and Ends. fol. 42 विगइओ पच्चक्खामि अन्नत्थ । सहसा | लेवालेवेणं गिहत्थसंसिद्धेणं | उक्खित्तविवेगेणं । पडुच्च मक्खिएणं | पारिहाणियागारेणं महत्तरा । सवसमाहि । वोसिरामि ॥ छ ॥ ५
Vikrtipratyakhyāna (Vigaïpaccakkhāṇa)
एकाशनादिप्रत्याख्यान (एगासणादिपञ्चक्खाण )
Published. This very pratyakhyāna occurs in the svo pajña commentary (p. 189b) on Dharmasaingraha, with this difference that instead of पच्चक्खामि and वोसिरामि we have पच्चक्खइ and वोसिरइ respectively.
No. 937
Extent. fol. 150b to fol. 191a.
1269 (35). 1887-91.

Ekāśanadipratyakhyāna (Egasaṇādipaccakkhāṇa)

1220 (35). 1884-87.

Page #344

938.
III.4Malasatras
307
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1882-87:
an_1220 (1). Author. - A Jaina saint. Subject. -- A formala for taking a vow of abstaining from several
articles of food etc. Perhaps this work is same as No. 935. Begins and Ends.--- fol. 190° गठिसहियं पञ्चक्खामि । चउविहं पि आहारं ।
असणं पाणं खाइमं साइम | अन्नत्यणाभोगेणं । सहसागारेणं । महत्तरागारेणं सव्वसमाहिवत्तियागारेणं बोसिरामि ॥ ॥ छ || एकासणाविनिय(?).
पच्चखाणं ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. An edition (p. 8534) containing Hari
bhadra Sūri's commentary to Avaśyakasútra mentions this as a sūtra of Avašyakasūtra.
Vandaruvrtti ( pp. 72-73) may by consulted. For an extract sce B. B. R. A. S, Vols. III-IV, p. 399.
द्विविधिहारैकाशन
Dvividhāhāraikāśanaप्रत्याख्यान
pratyākhyāna (दुविहार-एगासण
(Duvihāra-egāsaņaपच्चक्खाण)
(paccakkhāņa )
1269 (36). No.938
1887-91. Extent.--- fol. 4°. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 735. Subject. -- This is a pratyakhyāna whereby meals can be taken only
once, but water and svādima ( relishes), a number of times. It also includes Deśävakāśika vrata with all sorts of limita
tions except those pertaining to dravya and sacitta. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 4 एगासणं पच्चक्खामि दुविहं पि आहार असण
खाइमं । अन्नत्थ सहसा । सागारियागारेणं आउंच(ट)णपसारणेणं गुरुअब्भुट्राणणं । पारिट्रा । मह सव्वस द्रव्यसचित्तदेसावगासियं अवभोयपरिभोगं पच्चक्खामि | अन्न | सह । महत्त सव्वस । वोसिरामि ॥ छ । ६

Page #345

308
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1938.
Reference.-- Published practically in most of the editions of Pañca
pratikramaņasútras. For comparison see p. 853a of the the edition of Avaśyakasūtra containing Haribhadra Sūri's commentary.
द्विविधाहारकस्थान
Dvividhāhāraikasthānaप्रत्याख्यान
pratyākhyāna (दुविहार-एगहाण
( Duvihāra-egatthāņaपञ्चक्खाण)
paccakkhāņa No. 939
1269 (37).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 48 to fol. 46. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 735. Subject:- This is a pratyākhyāna whereby meals can be taken
only once and that, too, by keeping all other limbs except mouth and hand steady. It is permissible to drink water
and to take svādima as many times as one pleases. Begins and Ends — fol. 44 gatelui FETÀ DIRE for STTETE SHUI FISA
347) REI FUIT I 963 IGT I AF I ETF I TATIA I J 110 Reference.-- Published mostly in any of the editions of Pañca
pratikramaņasürtas.
अभक्तार्थप्रत्याख्यान (377737010)
Abbaktārthapratyākhyāna ( Ablattatthapaccakkhāņa )
No. 940
1269 (38).
1887-91.
Extent.-- fol. 46 Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 735.

Page #346

94i.]
III. 4 Malasutras
309
Subject.-- This is a pratyakhyāna whereby one undertakes to
observe a fast, and there too, to drink water after a specified interval. Herein is included Deśāvakāsika vrata which ordinarily sets a limit in 14 ways, but here two
of them are excluded. Cf. Nos. 934 and 938. Begins and Ends.- fol. 4 सूरे उग्गए अभत्तटुं पञ्चक्खामि तिविहं पि आहारं
असणं खाइमं अन्न । सहसा । पारि । मह । सव्व। पाणहार गंठिसहियं पञ्चस्वामि । अन्न । सह । द्रव्य । सचित्तनियमुदेसावगासिय भोगपरिभोग ।
अन्नत्थ । सह | सव्व । वोसिरामि ॥८ Reference.-- Published. For comparison see the pratyākhyāna
given in the commentary (p. 1886) on Dharmasangraha.
दिवसचरिमप्रत्याख्यान
Divasacarimapratyākhyāna (दिवसचरियपच्चक्खाण)
(Divasacariyapaccakkhana)
1220 (38). No. 941
1884-87. Extent.-- fol. 1914.
1220 ( Description -- Complete. For other details see No.
- 1884-87. Author.-- A Jaina saint. Subject. -- A Prākrit formula representing a vow undertaken by one
at about sunset (that is why it is called दिवसचरियं पञ्चक्वाण) with a view to abstain from at least food and khādima. This means that there are three varities of this pratyakhyāna viz. (1) चतुर्विधाहारदिवसचरिम, (2) त्रिविधाहारदिवसचारम and (3) द्विविधाहारचारम. In the Ist variety all the four types of food are given up; in the 2nd all except
drink, and in the third, all except drink and relishes. Begins.--fol. 191 दिवसचरिमं पञ्चक्खामि। दुविहं तिविहं चउन्विहं पि
आहारं etc. Ends.-- fol. [9r अनत्थणाभोगेणं सहस्सागारेणं महत्तरागारेणं सवसमाहि
वत्तियागारेणं वोसिरामि ॥
छ । रात्रिप्रत्याख्यानं ॥ छ ।।

Page #347

310 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[941. Reference.--- Published. For an extract see B. B. R. A. S. Vols.
III-IV, p. 399. Cf. Vandaruvrtti (p. 76 ).
चतुर्विधाहारदिवस
Caturvidhāhāradivasaचरिमादिप्रत्याख्यान
carimādipratyākhyāna (चउव्विहारदिवस
(Caüvvihāradivasaचरियाइपच्चक्खाण)
Cariyāipaccakkhāņa) No.942
1269 (39).
1887-91. Extent.— fol. 46. Description.-- Complete. For other datails see No. 735. Subject.— This is a formala meant for one who wants to observe
Caturvidhāhārapratyākhyāna and Deśāvakāśika as well. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 4 दिवसच[२]रिमं पञ्चक्खामि चउन्विहं पि आहार
असणं । ४ अन्न । स म । सव्व । देसावगासियं भोगपरिभोग पच्चकखामि ।
अन्न । सह । मह । सव्व समा । वोसिरामि ॥ छ ।। ९॥छ । श्री: Reference.-- Mostly published in some of the editions of Pañca
pratikramaņasūtras.
साकारभवचरिम
Säkārabhavacarimaप्रत्याख्यान
pratyākhyāna (सागारभवचरिम
(Sāgārabhavacarimaपच्चक्खाण)
paccakkhāņa ) No. 943
75 (b).
1898-99. Extent.-- fol. 36. Description.--- Complete. For other datails see No. 407. Subject.- This is a pratyākhyāna whereby fasts are undertaken till
death, and that only water is allowed to be drunk. But under certain abnormal circumstances, one may not carry
out this vow. Begins and Ends.--fol. 3" सागारपच्चखाण गाथा ।।

Page #348

945.]
III. 4 Malasatras
311
जइ मे हुज्ज पाओ । ० ॥ भवचारमं पञ्चवक्खाई। तिविहं पि आहारं । असणं खाइमं साइमं अन्नत्थणाभोगेणं । सहसागारेणं । 0 अरिहंत सक्खियं । सिद्धस देवस० अप्पस वोसिरइ । Reference. -- Published.
साकारप्रत्याख्यान (सागारपच्चक्खाण )
No. 944
Extent. -- leaf 8ob to leaf 814.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Daśavaikālikasūtra
niryukti No. 711.
Begins.- leaf 8ob
Sākārapratyākhyāna ( Sagarapaccakkhana )
76 (15).
1880-81.
स करेमि पणामं जिणवरवसहस्त वद्धमाणस्स
सेसाणं च जेणाणं सगणहराणां च सव्वेसिं । १ etc.
Ends.-- leaf 814 इति सागारप्रत्याख्यानं समाप्तं छ । छ || N. B. — For additional particulars see No. 943.
अनाकारभवचरिम
प्रत्याख्यान
( अणागारभवचरियपच्चक्खाण )
No. 945
Extent. -- fol. 3.
Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 407. Subject.-- This is a pratyakhyana whereby one undertakes to refrain from all the varieties of food except drinks, and that too, even under adverse circumstances.
Reference. - Published.
Anākārabhavacarimapratyakhyana ( Anāgārabhavacariya - paccakkhāna ) 75 (c ).
1898-99.
तिविहारअनशनगाथा । भवचारमं निरागारं पञ्चकखाइ । चउविहं पि आहारं । सव्वं असणं सत्यं पाणं । सव्वं खाइमं । सत्यं साइमं । अन्नत्थणाभोगेणं । सहसागारेणं महत्तरागारणं । सव्वसमाहिवत्तीयागारेण वोसिरइ | छ || ॥ श्री ॥ श्री ॥

Page #349

312
नमस्कारसहित
प्रत्याख्यान
( नमुक्कार सहिय पच्चक्खाण )
No. 946
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. --- fol. 6.
Description. Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra No. 736.
Subject. This pratyakhyāna is one of the 10 varieties of Addhapratyakhyāna. It means denial of taking any type of food, drink, etc. for 48 minutes. For details see the following table :
मूलगुण
मूलगुण (पश्च महाव्रत)

प्रत्याख्यान
1
देश मूलगुण (पश्च अणुव्रत,
सर्व उत्तरगुण
चरिम
Beging and Ends.- fol. 6a
I
उत्तरगुण
देश उत्तरगुण
(३ गुणव्रत + ४ शिक्षाव्रत)
1
1
1
अनागत अतिक्रान्त कोटिसहित नियन्त्रित साकार अनाकार परिमाणकृत निरवशेष 1
साङ्केतिक अडा
1
नमस्कारसहित पौरुषी पुरिमार्थ एकाशन एकस्थान आचाम्ल अभक्तार्थ
Namaskarasahita
pratyākhyāna (Namukkarasahiya paccakkhāna )
1106 (49). 1891-95.
[ 946.
!
विकृति
1 See Avaśyakasūtraniryukti v. 1563-1565 and 1597.
अभिग्रह
अथ दशपचचक्खाण लिख्यते उग्गेए भूरे नमु कारसहियं पञ्चक्खाइ चउब्धिहं पि आहारं असणं पाणं खाइमं साइमं अन्नत्थणाभोगेणं सहस्सागारेणं वोसिरइ १

Page #350

948.)
111. 4 Malasatras
313
Reference.- This very pratyākhyāna is published in the svopajña
commentary (p. 184") on Dharmasamgraha. Cf. Āvaśyakasútra (p. 8490).
नमस्कारसहित
Namaskārasalita प्रत्याख्यान
pratyākhyāna No. 947
1269 (31).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 4* Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 735. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 42 11 8011 JTITC FIEITHIỆU T RAI
चउब्विहं पि आहारं असणं पाणं खाइमं साइमं । अन्नत्थणाभोगेणं
सहसागारेणं वोसिरामि ॥ छ । १ Reference.--In the svopajña commentary (p. 1846 ) on Dharma
samgraha, this pratyākhyana is given, but instead of
adhiff, there is a lihts. N. B.- For subject see No. 946.
पौरुषीप्रत्याख्यान
Paurusipratyākhyāna (giferqeater)
(Porisīpaccakkhāņa)
1269 (32). No. 948
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 4*. Description.-- Complete. Through oversight this work is styled as
Upavāsapratyäkhyāņa on p. 153. For other details see
No. 735. Subject.-- This is a pratyākhyāna whereby one binds oneself for
refraining for one eighth of a day, from taking any kind of food whatsoever.

Page #351

314
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [948. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 4 पोरसिं पञ्चक्खामि उग्गए सूरे चउब्विहं । पि
[आपि] आहारं असणं ॥ ४ अन्नत्थणा (०) सहसा (०) पच्छन्नकालेणं दिसा
मोहेणं साहुवयणेणं सबसमाहिवत्तियागारेणं वोसिरामि ॥२ छ Reference.- Published in several editions of Pratikramanasutras.
See also p. 852b of the printed edition of Āvaśyakasūtra containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary. Herein it is given as one of the sutras of Avaśyakasútra.
पुरिमार्थप्रत्याख्यान
Purimārdhapratyākhyāna (पुरिमड्डपच्चक्खाण)
(Purimad dhapaccakkhāņa)
1269(33). No. 949
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 4a. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 735. Subject.-- This is a pratyākhyāna whereby one binds oneself to
refrain from taking any article of food, drink etc., for the
first half of the day. Begins and Ends.-- fol. 42 सूरे उग्गए पुरिमडूं पञ्चक्खामि चउन्विहं पि
आहारं असणं । ४ अन्नत्थणा । सहसा पच्छन्न । दिसा । साहु । महत्तरागारेणं
सबसमाहिवत्तियागारेणं वोसिरामि ॥३ Reference. Published in several editions of Pañcapratikramaņa
sútras.
आचाम्लप्रत्याख्यान
Acīmlapratyākhyāna (आयंबिलपच्चक्खाण)
(Āyambilapaccakkhāņa ) No. 950
1220 (36).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 19r.
122011). Description.-- Complete. For other details see No.
1884-87. Author.-- A Jaina Saint.

Page #352

951. ]
II 1.4 Malasatras
315
Subject. -- A Prākrit formula pertaining to a vow to be undertaken
by a person who wishes to observe a penance known as Acāmla along with Deśāvakäsika vrata. This Ācāmla resembles ekāśana but there are limitations regarding the
varieties of food etc. to be taken. Begins... fol. 1912 VIT E DITË gitag ar qaFETÀ I leag sa
आहारं । etc. Ends.-- fol. 1918 Chanera | HttafeHiTT I STUOTTHISTU I TERITO
सव्वसमाहिवत्तियागारेणं वोसिरामि ॥ आंबिलं पच्चक्खाणं ।। Reference.-- Published. Cf. B. B. R. A. S. Vols. III-IV, p. 399
and Vandāruvítti (pp. 74-75.).
प्रत्याख्यानसूत्र
Pratyākhyānasūtra (72EA)
(Paccakkhāṇasutta ) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
1273 No. 951
1891-95. Size.- 9. in. by 44 in. Extent. - 2 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with occasional years; this Ms. contains the text and its interlinear tabbā; the latter written in a very small hand; clear and good hand-writing ; borders and edges ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between the pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin, only; bits of paper pasted to fol. 26; edges of both the foll. slightly worn out ; condition tolerably good; complete ; various
āgāras etc. presented in a tabular form on tol. 2". Age.-- Old. Author of the text.-- Not mentioned.
„ „ „ tabbā — » »

Page #353

316
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 1956. Subject.- Sutras for the pratyākhyānas pertaining to upavasa,
ācămla, etc. in Prākrit along with their explanation in
Gujarati. Begins.-- ( text) fol.x. ६0। उग्गए सूरे नमुक्कारसहि। etc.
, -(tabba ) fol. r* ऊगीया सरिज । एक प्रमाण मुहूर्त । etc. Ends. - (text) fol. 2' सबसमाहिवित्तियागारेण बोसिरह ।छ । इय
पच्चखाणसुत्तं संपन्नं। ,, - ( tabba) fol. 2' आहारादि कछो । छ । संपूर्ण वषाण्यउ पचषाण । इति ।
श्रीसितपत्रे लिखितं वा ज्ञानमंदि(?)गाण लिखितं ।
प्रत्याख्यान (?)
Pratyākhyāna (?) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
745 (f). No. 952
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 12* to fol. 12'. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 11
__746 (a).
1875-76. Author of the text.-- Not mentioned.
,, , ,, tabba.--,, , Subject.- Denials to temptations in Prakrit along with their ex
planation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 12.
चत्तारि दो दुवालस । वासं चालीस होति उज्जोया ।
देसअ राइय पक्खिय । चाउमासे अ वरिसे अ॥ १ ॥ etc. ,, - (com. ) च्यारि लोगनो काउसग विजो० १२ लोगस्स वीसं चोमास.
चालीस लोगस ४० लोगस उजोइगरे मातला Ends --( text ) fol. 120
देवसिअ चाऊमासिअ | संबच्छरिअ एसु पडिकमणमज्झे । मुणिणो खामिजं त्ति । तिन्नि तहा पंच सत्त कमा ॥४॥ इति पच्चक्खाणं ति ॥

Page #354

92.] III. 4 Malasatras
317 Ends- (com. ) fol. 120
देवसि पडीकमणइ चउमासी प्रतिक्रमणइ संवच्छरी पडीकमणा मांहि मुनीवर साधु षामिजई तिन निम पांच सात अनुक्रमै जोडवा ४ इति पचभ्याणमि ४ पचषांण कहै.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Pāksikaksāmaņāsūtra (पक्खियखामणासुत्त)
( Pakkhiyakhāmaņāsutta ) No.953
750 (b).
1892-95. Extent.-- fol. 11b. Description.-- Hand-writing somewhat small ; complete. For
other details see No. other details cc N
750 (2)..
1892-95. Subject. - One of the sütras recited at the time of the fortnightly
pratikramana. This work consists of four parts. Out them the first part deals with an inquiry on the part of a sisya, regarding his guru's passing a fortnight in the way desired. The second part deals with salutation to the caityas and saints. The third part refers to the mithyāduşksta on the part of the śişya in connection with outfit and study. The fourth part
refers to the obligations of the guru. Begins.-- fol. II' इच्छामि खमासमणो पियं च मे जंभे हट्टाणं तुटाणं अप्पाणं
काणं अभग्गजोगाणं सुसीलाणं etc.. Ends.- fol. It' साहट्ट नित्थरिस्सामि त्तिकट्ट सिरसा मणसा मत्थएण वंदामि
नित्थारग पारग होह इति गुरुवचनं ततः शिष्यवचनं इच्छामो अणुसिद्धिं ४
इति पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्रं। Reference.--- Published in some of the printed editions of Pañca
pratikramaņasútras. It is also published on p. 14° of the edition of साधुप्रतिक्रमणादिसूत्राणि published by the Secretary of Sri Atmānanda Jaina Sabha in A. D. 1921. Furthermore, this sūtra is published in the edition (p. 7934 and 7935) of Avaśyakasūtra containing Haribhadra Sūri's com
mentary.' For a Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1545. 1 See p.135.

Page #355

318
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
No. 954
Extent. - fol. 8b.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see No.
Begins. fol. 8° इच्छामि खमासमणो पिअं च मे जं मे हट्टाणं तुट्टाणं अप्पा etc. Ends.-- fol. 86 नित्थरिस्सामि त्ति कट्टु सिरसा मणसा मत्थरण वंदामि । नित्थारगे पारग होहा गुरुगुणेहिं बढाहिं ॥ इति पाक्षिकक्षामणकं ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 953.
No. 955
Extent. -- fol. rrb.
[954.
Pākṣikakṣāmaṇāsūtra
1174 ( h ), 1887-91.

1174 (a) 1887-91.
Paksikakṣāmaṇāsutra
1269(d).
1887-91.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskärmantra
No. 735.
Begins-- fol. Irb इच्छामि खमासमणो पियं etc.
Ends.--fol. 11© साहह (ड) दित्थरिस्सामि etc. up to नित्थारग पारगा (ग्ग) होह as in No. 954. This is followed by the lines as under:-- गुरुणो वयणाई etc. पखियं पकखियखामणया सम्मत्ता ॥ पखियसुत्तं संमत्तं ||
N. B. For additional information see No. 953.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
No. 956
Extent.— fol. 4.
Description. - Complete. For other details see No. 75 1 ( a )
1892-95.

Pākṣikakṣāmaṇāsūtra
751 (b).
1892-95.

Page #356

958.] III. 4 Malasutras
319 Begins.-- fol. 4° इच्छामि खमासमणो etc. as in No. 953. Ends.-- fol. 4' साहट्ट नित्थ etc. up to बंदामि as in No. 953. This
is followed by the lines as under –
___ इति पाक्षिकक्षामणकानि समाप्तानि लिखितानि हसलावण्य
मुनिपठनाथ सलषरे (?) संवत् १५४०(१) N. B.- For further particulars see No. 953.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Pāksikaksāmaņāsūtra No. 957
1106 (52).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. IIs to fol. 124. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 736. Begins.-- fol. II" इच्छामि खमासमणो पिअं च मे etc. as in No. 953. Ends.-- fol. 12' इमाओ चाउरंतसंसारकंताराओ साहट्ट नित्थर(रि)स्सामि etc.
up to इच्छामोऽणुसिष्ट्रिं ४ as in No. 953. This is followed by the line as under :
इति पाक्ष(क्षि)कक्षामणा समाप्तं ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 953.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Pākṣikaksāmaņāsūtra No.958
1282(b).
1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 46. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 1282 (a)..
. 1891-95. Begins.--- fol. 4° इच्छामि खमासमणो पियं च मे etc. as in No. 953. Ends.- fol. 4 इमाओ चाउरत(त)संसारक(क)ताराओ साहद्ध(ट्ट) निस्स(त्थ).
रिस्सा तेमि तिकट्ट सिरसा मणसा मत्थऐण धंदामि ॥ ४ इति
'पा० क्षामणा ॥ छ ॥ छ | ___N. B. For additional information see No. 953. 1 पाक्षिक.

Page #357

320
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[959.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Pākşikaksāmaņāsūtra
1174 (h). No. 959
. 1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 85,
1174 (a) Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 4
10. 1887-91. Begins.-- fol. 8b इच्छामि खमासमणो पिअं च मे etc. as in No. 953. Ends.- fol. 8b इमाओ चाउरत etc. up to नित्थारण पारगा होह । गुरुगुणेहि
___वडाहिं ॥ इति पाक्षिकक्षामणकं ॥ श्री ॥ __N. B.--- For additional information see No. 953.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्र
Pākşikaksāmaņāsūtra
1202 (0). 1867-91.
No.960
Extent.-- fol. 8a to fol. 86. Description.-- Complete.
1202 (a).
For other details see
Pākṣikasūtra
No. 7887-91.
Begins. fol. 82 इच्छाकारेण संदेसह भगवन् पक्खिा खामणा खामुं इच्छं
इच्छामि खमासमणो पिअं च मे जंभे etc. Ends. fol. 8b साह नित्थरिस्सामि etc. up to नित्थार(ग) पारगा as in
No. 934. This is followed by the line as under :--
होह त्ति इति पाक्षिकप्रतिक्रमणक्षामणकानि सूत्राणि लिखितानि छ । N. B.-- For additional information see No. 953.
पाक्षिकक्षामणासूत्राव
चूर्णि
Pāksikakşāmaņāsūtrāva
cūrņi
1182 (c). 1884-87.
No. 961 Extent.-- fol. 226 to fol. 22.

Page #358

III. 4 Malasutras
321
Description.-- Complete; condition tolerably good ; 2700 Slokas in extent; composed in Vikrama Samvat 1180. For other details see No. 728.
Author.-- Yaśodeva Suri.
962.]
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit on Pakṣikakṣāmaṇāsūtra. Begins.-- fol.224 श्री०भ० पूज्या ननु कथं श्रुताधिष्ठातृदेव्या व्यंतरादिप्रकारायाः परकर्मक्षपणे सामर्थ्य ? । उच्यते तगोचर शुभप्रणिधानस्यापि स्मर्तुः । कर्मत्वेनाभिहितत्वात् ॥ छ ॥ यद्वा राजानं पुष्पमाण २ का अतिक्रांते मांगल्यकार्ये बहु मन्यते । यद्भुत अखंडितबलस्य ते काले गते | अन्यो(s)प्येषमेोपस्थितः । एवं पाक्षिकं विनयोपचारं द्वितीयक्षामणकसूत्रेण तथास्थिता एव साधवः । आचार्यस्य नु (कु) बेति । तच्चेदं इच्छा. इ. अभिलषामि etc. Ends.-- fol. 220 संसारसमुद्रतीरगामिनो भवत यूयमित्याशीर्वचनमिति ॥ छ ॥ इति क्षामणाकावचूर्पिणः ॥
पाक्षिकस्तुति
No. 962
श्री चंद्रसूरेः पादपंकज सेवनात् ।
दृब्धेयं प्रस्तुता वृत्तिः ॥ श्रीयशोभद्रसूरिणा ॥ १ एकादशशतैरधिकैरशीत्या विक्रमो ज ( ? गतः ॥ द्वे सहस्रे शतैरधिकैः सप्तमैर्ग्रथमानतः ॥ २ ॥
छ ॥

Extent. — fol. 52.
Description.— Three verses in all. Fo other details see Namaskāramantra No. 736.
Author.- Not mentioned.
Pākṣikastuti
1106 (37).
1891-95.
Subject. Hymns comprising 3 verses recited at the time of the fortnightly pratikramaņa. The first verse is a panegyric of Srutadevatā, the second, that of Bhavanadevi, and the third, that of Ksetradevatā.

Page #359

322
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1962.
Begins.--- fol. 5.
कमलदलविपुलनयना कमलमुषी(वी) कमलगर्भसमगौरी कमले स्थिता भगवती ददातु श्रुतदेवता सौख्यं १ ज्ञानादिगुणयुतानां स्वाध्यायसंज(य)मरतानां
विदधातु भवनदेवी शिवं सदा सर्वसाधूनां २ Ends.-- fol. sa
यस्या(:) क्षेत्रं समाश्रित्य साधुभिः साध्यते क्रिया सा क्षेत्रदेवता नित्यं भूयान्मे सुखदायिनी ३
___ इति पाक्षिकस्तुतिः Reference.-. Published in several editions of the Pañcapratikra
maņasūtras. In the Limbdi Catalague, Päkşikastuti by Bāla candra in four verses in Sanskrit is noted as No. 1550. But it is difficult to say for certain as to what this work is.
नमोऽस्तु वर्धमानाय
Namo'stu Vardhamānāya [वर्धमानस्तुति]
[Vardhamānastuti] No. 963
1106 (41).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. sb. Description.-- Complete; 4 verses in all. For other details see
Namaskāramantra No. 736. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-- A small work in Sanskrit in four verses. The first of
them is a hymn praising Lord Mahāvīra alias Vardhamānasvāmin ; the second praises all the Tirthamkaras; the third, the speech of the Ganadharas i. e. scriptures and the
fourth, Śrutadevi. Begins.-- fol. 5b
नमोऽस्तु वर्द्धमानाय स्पर्द्धमानाय कर्मणा तज्ज(ज)यावाप्तमोक्षाय परोक्षाय कुतीर्थ(र्थि)नां १ etc.
1
This is the name mentioned by the scribe.

Page #360

964.]
Ends.-- fol. 5b
III. 4 Malasatras
कषायतपादित etc. up to बिस्तरो गिरां ३ as the 3rd verse. श्वसिति सुरभिगंधालुब्धभृंगी कुरंगं मुखशशिनमजस्रं बिभ्रती या बिभर्ति विकचकमलमुच्चैः सा (1) स्त्वचिंत्यप्रभावा सकलसुप (ख) विधात्री प्राणिभाजां श्रुतांगी इति श्रीवर्द्धमानस्तुतिः १
Reference.-- The portion containing the 1st 3 verses is published in various editions of Pañcapratikramaṇasūtras. The succeeding verse does not seem to be a part and parcel of
this work.
श्रमणसूत्र (समणसुत्त)
--

There is a reference about this Namo'stu Vardhamanaya in Senapraśna where it is said that all recite the rest of this work after two verses are recited singly.
323
No. 964
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. --6 folios: 6 lines to a page; 26 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters; this contains the text and the tabba to a certain extent; the former written in a bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the last fol. written in somewhat smaller hand-writing; condition very good; the text complete. Age. Not quite modern.
Author.
Not mentioned.
Sramaņasūtra (Samanasutta)
251. 1871-72.
Subject.-- This work seems to be varionsly named e. g. Šahupaḍikkamaņasutta and Yatipratikramaņasūtra.

The ending
portion contains Addhaijjesu and the last two gathas occurring in Vandittusutra.

Page #361

324
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Śramaṇasūtra deals with the following topics
( 1 ) त्वग्वर्तनस्थानातिचार, ( 2 ) गोचरातिचारप्रतिक्रमण, (3) स्वाध्यायप्रतिचारप्रतिक्रमण, ( 4 ) एकविधादिप्रतिक्रमण, ( 5 ) तीर्थङ्करनमस्कार, (6) प्रवचनवर्णन, ( 7 ) श्रद्धानादिस्वरूप, ( 8 ) असंयमादित्याग, ( १ ) नन्दन and ( 10 ) सर्वजीवक्षामण.
"
Out of these the 4th topic refers to the following sub-topics:
( 1 ) ३ दण्ड, ३ गुप्ति, ३ शल्य, ३ गौरव and ३ विराधना ; ( 2 ) ४ कषाय, ४ संज्ञा, ४ विकथा and ४ ध्यान ; (3) ५ क्रिया, ५ कामगुण, ५ महाव्रत and ५ समिति ; (4) ६ जीवनिकाय and ६ लेश्या; (5) ७ भयस्थान; ( 6 ) ८ मदस्थान; (7) ९ ब्रह्मचर्यगुप्ति; ( 8 ) १० श्रमणधर्म (9) ११ उपासकप्रतिमा; ( 10 ) १२ भिक्षुप्रतिमा; (II) १३ क्रियास्थान; ( 12 ) १४ भूतग्राम ( 13 ) १५ परमाधार्मिक; ( 14 ) १६ गाथाषोडश - समयादि अध्ययन ; ( 15 ) १७ असंयम; ( 16 ) १८ अब्रह्म ( 17 ) १९ ज्ञाताध्ययन; ( 18 ) २० असमाधिस्थान : ( 19 ) २१ शबल ; ( 20 ) २२ परीषह ; ( 21 ) २३ सूत्रकृताध्ययन; ( 22 ) २४ देव ; ( 23 ) २५ भावना ; ( 24 ) ( 24 ) २६ दशकल्पव्यवहारोद्देशकाल; (25) २७ अनगारगुण ; (26) २८ आचारप्रकल्प ; ( 27 ) २९ पापश्रुत ; ( 28 ) ३० मोहनीयस्थान ; (29) ३१ सिद्धगुण ( 30 ) ३२ योगसंग्रह and ( 31 ) ३३ आशातना. Begins.~~~ ( text ) fol. ra श्रीगुरुभो (भ्यो नमः
[964.
इच्छामि पडिक्कमिडं पगामसिज्जाए निगामासज्जाए संथारा उबट (ड)णा परियट्टाए पसारणाए आउंड (ट) णाए छप्पिया संघटणाए कुईएक्कक्कराईए छीए ज ( जं) भाइए आमोसे स्वसरबा (क्खा)मोसे आउलमाउलाए (स) वित्तया etc.
— ( com. ) fol. 14 इच्छामि पडिक इच्छामि कहतां वाछउ पडिक्कमिवा भणि च्यारि पुहर सुवईकरि नई अतिचार लागा हुई घणि वेला शुवई करी जे अतीवार लागा हुई संथारा उतारणा टालि अधिक उपगरण घालिवई पुंज्या पापहं पासा फेरि तिणे करी डीलने अतिचार लागो हुई etc.
Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 6° अ(ड्)ढाइजे (ज्जे) सु दीवसमुद्देसु पन्नरस कमा (म्म भु(भू)(a) व साहु (हू) रयहरणगुच्छप डिगा (ग्ग) हधारा पंचमहा (व्व) यधारा अट्टार (स) ह (स) सीलिंगधारा अक्खयायाराचे (चरिता) ते सर्वे (व्वे) सिरसा ZMIT #297(297)m áær(ft) æ

Page #362

965.1
4 Malasatras
328
क्खामेमि सव(वे)जीवे सव्वे जीवा खमंतु मे मित्ती मे सव(व)भूएसु बेरं मझं(ज्झं) न केणइ १ एवमहं आलोइय निंदिय गरीहिअ दुक्ख (ग)च्छि(य) समं
तिविहेण पडिकतो वंदामि जिणे चउविश(सं)२
इति श्रीयतिप्र(ति)क(मण) समापतं श्री सुरतबंदर मधे ल(पितं) Ends.- ( com.) fol. 3' लोभ कषायें करिने पडिक छु चिहु संज्ञायई करी जे
अतिचार लागु आहारसंज्ञा करीनई भयसंज्ञा करी मेथुनसंज्ञाये करी अति
चार ला परिग्रहसंज्ञाये करीने अतिचार. It ends thus abruptly. Reference.-- This is an old såtra to be found in the edition of
Avaśyakasūtra containing Haribhadra Sūri's commentary to it. See Agamodaya Samiti edition p. 573 ff. This work together with the bālāvabodha of Nayavimala Gani alias Jñanavimala Suri has been published in Dayāvimala Jaina Granthamālā as No. 6, in. A. D. 1917. The text is also published on pp. 20 to 4° of the edition of साधुप्रतिक्रमणादिसूत्राणि published by the Secretary of Sri Atmānanda Jaina Sabha, in A, D. 1921.
For a Sanskrit commentary of Śramaņasútra see "श्रीश्रमणप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्तिः " published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 2 in A. D. 1911. Herein we have the vyākhyā of करोमि भंते ( Samayikasutra ) on p. 1. This is followed by the vyakhyā of चत्तारि मंगल, चत्तारि लोगुत्तमा, चत्तार सरण, ईर्यापाथकीसूत्र styled as गमनागमनातिचारप्रतिक्रमण etc.
श्रमणसूत्र
Srmaņasūtra
No. 965
1106 (51). 1891-95.
Fxtent.-- fol. 86 to fol. 11b.
For other details see Namaskāramantra
Description.-- Complete.
No. 736.

Page #363

326
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[965.
Begins.--fol. 8b अहंतो भगवंत इन्द्रमहिता सिद्धाश्च सिद्धिस्थिताः
आचार्या जिनशासनोन्नतिकराः पूज्या उपाध्यायकाः। श्रीसिद्धान्तसुपाठका मुनिवरा रत्नत्रयाराधकाः
पंचैते परेमेष्ठिनः प्रतिदिनं कुर्वन्तु नो मंगलम् ॥१॥' चत्तारि मंगलं अरिहंता मंगलं सिद्धामंगलं साहू मंगल केवलिपन्नत्तो धम्मो मंगलं चत्तारि लोगूत्तमा अरिहंता लोगुत्तमा सिद्धा लोगुत्तमा साहू लोगुत्तमा केवलिपन्नतो धम्मो लोगुत्तमो चत्तारि सरणं पधज्जामि अरिहंते सरणं
पवज्जामि etc. Ends.-fol. II एवमहं आलोइअ निंदिअ गरिहिअ दुगंछिअ सम्म ।
तिविहेण पडिक्कतो वंदामि जिणे चउव्वीसं ।।२
इति साधुप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ N. B.---For further particulars see No. 964.
श्रमणसूत्र
Sramaņasutra No. 966
1269 (40).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 46 to fol. 56. Description.- Complete. For other details see Namaskāramantra
No. 735. Begins.- fol. 4 . इच्छामि पडिमियं पगामसिज्जाए etc. as is No. 964. Ends.- fol. b अटाडा)इ(ज्जे)सु etc. up to चउवीस || as in No. 964.
__ This is followed by 40 इति साहुपडिकमणसुत्तं ॥ छ etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 964.
1 This verse is composed by Jinapadma Súri whose Nandimahotsava took place in Samvat 1389. This is what we learn from Kșamākalyāņaka's Pattāvali (p. 121 ) referred to by Muni Himamsuvijaya in his article on this verse published in " Jain" (28th March 1937).

Page #364

967.]
III. 4 Malasairas
327
श्रमणसूत्र
Sramaņasūtra
778. No. 967
1875-76. Size.-- Iog in by 4, in. Extent.--16 folios ; Io lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari cha
racters ; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders not ruled ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only, fol. Ii blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ;
complete; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat 1863. Begins.- fol. I* नमो अरिहंताणं etc. Ends.- fol. 16b
एवमहं आलोइय निंदिय गरहिय दुग्गछियं सव्वं ।
तिविहेण पडिक्कतो वंदामि जिणे चउन्धीसं ॥ इति श्रीसाधुपतिकमणसूत्र' समाप्तं ।। संवत् १८६३ का मीति श्रावणवदि
१४ मंगलवारे लिषतं वक्तराम लषगेओ मध्ये कल्याणमस्तु ।। N. B.-- For additional information see No. 964.
I In the edition of Sadhupratikramanadisutrani referred to in No. 954 on p.
we have the following works :-- (1) नवकारमन्त्र (p. 14 ), (2) करेमि भंते (p. 10), (3) इच्छामि ठामि काउस्सग्गं जो मे देवसिओ (p. 10), (4) देवतिक अतिचार (ठाणे कमणे चंकमणे) (pp. 10-20), (5) रात्रिक अतिचार ( संथारा उवट्टणकी) (p. 24), (6) श्रमणसूत्र (pp. 22-43), (7) पाक्षिक अतिचार ( pp. 43-64), (8) पाक्षिकसूत्र (pp. 63-130), (9) पाक्षिकक्षामणा (p. 142), (10) अतिचारनी गाथा ( सयणासणन्नपाण, one verse, p. 140 ), (11) गोचरीना ४७ दोष in 7 verses in Prakrit along with an explanation in Gujarati ( pp. 14b-16b), (12) गोचरी आलोववानो विधि in Gujarati (pp. 16-172), (13) स्थंडिलशुद्धिनो विधि (p. 17a ), (14) संथारापोरिसीनो विधि (p. 170), (15) पाक्षिक, चातुर्मासिक अथवा सांवत्सरिक प्रनिक्रमणमां कोइने छींक आवे नो तेनी शुद्धि करवानो विधि (p2 17--184), (16) बार्षिक काउस्सम्ग करवानो विधि (p.181) (17) सवारनी पडिलेहणा (p. 18-18b), (18) सांजनी पडिलेहणा (pp. 186-193), 19) पोरिसीविधि (p. 199) and (20) प्रत्याख्यान पारवानो विधि (pp. 194-20% )

Page #365

328
श्रमण सूत्र
No. 968
Extent. fol. 42b to fol. 46b.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 708.
Begins -- fol. 42b
Ends.- fol.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
इच्छाकारेण संदिसह भगवन् उवट्टिओमि । अभितरपक्खियं खामि । पनरसन्हं दिवसाणं पनरसन्हं राईणं etc.
466
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 964.
श्रमण सूत्र
बालावबोधसहित
No. 969
galig etc. up to
as in No. 967. This is
followed by the line :- श्रीविधिसंघभट्टारकस्य चिरं नंदतात् ।

1968.
Srmanasutra
1171 (c).
1887-91.
Age.-- Pretty old.
Author of the balavabodha.-- Not mentioned.
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 7 folios; 13 lines to a page; 32 to 42 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagarī characters with पृष्ठभात्रा; this is a faret Ms.; the text written in a bigger hand; the commentary in a smaller one; legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1a blank; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin, only; condition very good; both the text and its Gujarati explanation complete.

Sramaṇasūtra with balavabodha
1292.
1886-92,

Page #366

970.]
III.4Malasatras
329
Subject. The text in Prākrit together with its explanation in
Gujarati, styled in the Ms. as laghuvrtti. In the text, we have in the beginning the indication of the sütras to be recited before the recitation of the Sramaņasútra. Thus it tallies with the Sramaņasūtra published in the edition of
साधुप्रतिक्रमणादिसूत्राणि noted on p. 325. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. IF नमो अरिहंताणं करोमि भंते चत्तारि मंगलं इच्छामि
पडिकमिउं इरियावहियाए । इच्छामि (पडि)कमिउं पगामसिजाए निगाम
सिज्जाए संथारा उव्वत्तणाए etc. ,, -- (balaa) fol. I' पहिलु नवकार पछइ करेमि भंते पछइ चत्तारि
मंगलं पूरु पछइ इच्छामि पडिकमाउं पछइ इरियावहीया कहाई etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 7 अडाइजेसु दीवसमुदेसउ । etc. up to चउव्वीसं ५० as
in No. 966. Then we have : इति प्रतिक्रमणासूत्र संपूर्ण ।।। - (balan) fol. 7. सर्व जीव हुँ खामउं अनइ सर्व जीव माहरई किहसिउं नही इसी परिइंह(2) पाप आलोउं नंदर आत्मा साषि गरहउं गुरु साषि वली वली निंदउं साथ । इम मानि वचनि काय करी पाप थिकु निवर्त तेह भणी चउव्वीसं जिनं वांदउं मांगलीक भणी ५० इति श्रीसाधूप्रतिकमणासूत्रलघू(घु)वृत्ति समाप्तः ॥ छ । ॥ छ ।
मझनई खलु सर्व जीवसुं मझनइ मैत्री हुवया
-
श्रमणसूत्र
Sramaņasūtra
613 (c). 1884-86.
No. 970
Extent.-fol. 21 to fol. 22b. Description.-- Complete. For
other
details
see Paksikasutra
No. 613 (a).
१०.1884-86.. Begins.-fol. 214 ६0 ए इच्छामि पडिक्कमिउं । पगामसिज्जाए । निमामसिज्जाए
उअत्तणाए । परिअत्तणाए। etc. Ends.-- fol. 22b
एवमालोईअ निंदिअ गरिहिअ दुगंच्छिअ ( सम्म)
तिविहेण पडिक्कतो वंदामि जिणे चउव्वीसं ।
इति साधुप्रतिक्रमण समाप्त N. B.--For further details see No. 964.

Page #367

330
यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
व्याख्यान
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 971
Size.— 1o in. by 42 in.
Extent.- 8 folios; 14 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line.
Age.-- Samvat 1851.
Author. --- Sritilaka Suri.
Yatipratikramanasūtravyākhyāna
Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari cha racters; small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; the first fol. partly worn out; otherwise the condition is good; complete.
1971.

217.
1873-74.
Subject.-- A commentary in Sanskrit on Yatipratikramaṇasūtra. Begins. fol. rb
श्रीवीरजिनवरेंद्रं नत्वा स्तुत्वा च स्वस्य बोधकृते ।
वक्ष्यामि व्याख्यानं यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रस्य ॥ १ ॥
इह सर्वे पंचपरमेष्टिनमस्कारपूर्वकं कर्म्म कर्तव्यमित्यादौ संप्रपद्यते समभावस्थेन प्रतिक्रमितव्यमित्यतः सामायिकसूत्रं करेमि भंते इत्यादि
उच्च etc.
Ends.--. fol. 8b इत्थेगईया दुच्चेणं भवग्गहणेणं सत्तट्ट भवग्गहणाई नाइकमंति तस्मात् पामि पालितो इत्यपि पठतां श्रेय एव मन्यते । इति श्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता साधुप्रातिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ संवत् १८५१ वर्षे श्रीबेन ग्रामे लिखितं कमनंदनमुनिना श्रीरस्तुः ॥

Page #368

973.]
यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रव्याख्यान
III. 4 Malasutras
Yatipratikramaṇasūtravyākhyāna
No. 972
Size.—- 1o in. by 4g in.
Extent.-- 11 folios; 13 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; big, legible but poor hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too, but rarely; the last line on the last fol. written in red ink; condition very good; complete.
Begins.-- fol. r* पंडि ( त ) श्री शुभाविजयगणिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीवीरजिनवरेन्द्रं नमसित्वा स्वल्पबुद्धिबोधकते ।
यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 973
Age.– Does not appear to be old.
Subject. A small commentary on Yatipratikramaṇasūtra based upon the preceding work, if not identical with it.

331
802.
1892-95.
वक्ष्यामि व्याख्यानं यतिप्रतिक्रमणस्य सूत्रस्य ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends. -- fol. 11 मुच्वंति । परिनिव्वंति सव्वदुक्खाणमंत करति । अच्छेगइया दुच्चण भवग्गहणेणं । सत्तद्व भवग्गहणाइं नाइकमंति तस्मात् पालेमि । इत्यपि पठतां । श्रेय एवेति गम्यते । इति यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रावचूर्णिः ॥ पंडित श्री ५ शुभ विजयगणिशिष्याणुना लाल विजयेन लिपीकता । शुभं
भवतु etc.
Reference.-- See B. B. R. A. S. vols. III - IV, p. 397.
Yatipratikramaṇasūtra
vrtti
Size. – ro‡ in. by 4g in
Extent. - 6 folios; 19 lines to a page; 82 letters to a line.

646.
1884-86.

Page #369

332
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[973. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Deva
någarī characters with occasional gaa; very small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red ; red chalk used; foll. numbered twice in the right-hand margin, once as ८७६, ८७७ etc. and once as १,२ etc.; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; complete;
condition very good. Age.-- Sarmvat I497. Begins.-fol. I || ई0 ।। अह ।।
नत्वा श्रीवीरजिनं संक्षिप्तरुचीननुग्रहीतुमनाः ।
सुगमीकरोमि किंचिद् यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रमहं ॥ १ etc. Ends.-- fol. 6° समाप्ता चेयं यतिप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रवृत्तिः ॥ छ ।
__इति साधुप्रतिक्रमणवृत्तिः संपूर्णा ॥ छ ॥ श्री संवत् १४९७ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षवदि ११ शुक्रे श्री खरतरं गच्छे उपाध्यायश्रीजयसागराणामुपदेशेन साधुप्रतिक्रमणवृत्तिलिखिता || सा चिरं नंदतु || छ ।
शिवमस्तु सर्वजगतः परहितनिरता भवंतु भूतगणाः । दोषाः प्रयांतु नाशं सर्वत्र सुखीभवतु लोकः ।। छ ।। श्रीरस्तु
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şa dāvasyakasūtra लघुवृत्तिसहित
with laghuvrtti
597. No. 974
1895-98. Size.- Io in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 16 folios; 7(?) lines to a page ; 44 letters to a
line. ,,-(com.) ,, ,, Io(?) lines to a page ; 6o letters to a
line.
Description.- Country paper rough, thin and grey; Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms.; the hand-writing of the text is slightly bigger than that of the commentary ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand

Page #370

974. ]
Age.-- Old.
Author of the commentary. - Śritilaka Śūri, pupil of Śivaprabha Suri, successor of Cakra Suri. See No. 975.
III. 4 Malasutras
333
margin only; edges of a few foll slightly worn out ; a part of the last fol, torn; condition tolerably good; the text and the commentary complete; extent of the commentary 200 slokas.
Subject. The pratikramaṇasūtras commencing with Navakāra and ending with Vandittusutra together with their explanation in Sanskrit. To mention in details, the sutras are as under:
"
Begins.--( text) fol. 1h णमो अरिहंताणं णमो सिद्धाणं णमो आयरियाणं णमो उवज्झायाणं णमो लोए सव्व साहूणं १
इच्छाकारेण संदिस्सह भगवन इरियावहियं पडिक्कमामि etc.
-
( 1 ) नवकार, ( 2 ) इरियावहिय, ( 3 ) तस्स उत्तरी, ( 4 ) अन्नत्थ, ( 5 ) नमुत्थु णं up to जियभयाणं, ( 6 ) लोगस्स, (7) सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र, ( 8 ) इच्छाकारेण etc. जो मे देवासओ अइयारो कओ etc., ( 9 ) अब्भुट्टिओ, ( 10 ) प्रत्याख्यानs such as उग्गए सूरे चउवि उपवास, पोरिसी, पुरिमन, बिगईं, आयंबिल, एकासण etc., and ( 11 ) बंदिसूत्र.
(com) fol. rb अर्ह ||
श्रीवीरजिनवरेंद्र वंदित्वा चैत्यवंदनादीनि
अल्परुचि सत्त्वहेतोर्विवरिष्ये गमनिकामात्रं १ '
ss चैत्यवंदनादीनां वृत्तिरारब्धा || एवं इरिया वहीयाए || अपडिकंताए । न कप्पइ किंचि । चेईवंदणसज्झायाइत्यागमात् || प्रथमैयापथिकीसूत्रमेव व्याख्यायते । तच्चेदं इच्छामीत्यादि । इच्छामि अभिलखा (षा )मि | प्रतिक्रमितुं निवर्त्तितुं । ईरणं ईर्ष्या गमनं । तद्युक्तः पंथा ईर्यापथः । सूत्रभवा । ऐर्यापथिकी विराधना etc.
1
Ends. — (text) fol. 16b
एवमहं आलोईय निंदिय गरहिय दुर्गाच्छियं सम्मं । तिविहेण पडिक्कतो वंदामि जिणे चव्वीसं ५०
इति श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं ॥
1 This very verse occurs in Nos. 847 and 848.

11

Page #371

334
Erds.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 974.
(com) fol. 16b संप्रति प्रतिक्रमणं निगमयन पर्यत मंगलमाह । एवमत्यादि । एवं प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रभणितप्रकारेणालोच्य निंदित्वा गर्हित्वा जुगुfeeder त्रिविधेन क्रांतः चतुर्विंशतिजिनान वंदे नमस्करोमीत्यर्थः ॥ ५० ॥ इति प्रतिक्रमणविवरणं ॥ इति श्रीश्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता || श्लोकशतद्वयप्रमाणा श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र लघुवृत्तिः समर्थिता ||
षडावश्यक सूत्र
लघुवृत्ति
No. 975
Size.-- 111⁄2 in. by 4g in.
Extent.-- 18 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanāgarī characters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; complete ; this Ms. contains the safes of the text.
Age.—Pretty old. Author.-Śritilaka Sūri.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit, explaining some of the sūtras. For comparison see Nos. 847 and 848.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
श्रीवीरजिनवरेंद्र etc.
as in No. 974.
Ends. fol. 18b संप्रति प्रतिक्रमणं etc., up to प्रतिक्रमणविवरणं as n No. 974. This is followed by the lines as under :
Sadāvaśyakasūtralaguvṛtti
136. 1872-73.
समाप्तं ॥
श्रीचक्र सूरिगुरुपट्टमहोदयाद्रि

प्रद्योतनोपमशिवप्रभरिशिष्यः ।
श्रीप्रपदस्तिलकसूरिरधीधनो ( 5 ) पि
श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रमिदं ववत्रे ॥। १
इति श्रीतिलकाचार्य etc., practically as in No. 974.

Page #372

976. ]
111. 4. Malasatras
335
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şadāvasyakasūtra अनुष्ठानविधि
with Anusthānavidbi (वन्दारुवृत्ति)सहित
( Vandāruvrtti )
1235. No. 976
1884-87. Size.- 11 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 50 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; s8 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with quarts; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good; both the text and the
výtti complete. Age.- Samvat 1616. Author of the text.-- More than one saint.
„ „ commentary.-- Devendra Süri, pupil of Jagaccandra Súri, originator of the Tapā gaccha.
Over and above this Vandāruvstti, Devendra Súri has composed the following works :(1) Śrāddhadinakstyavịtti. 2 (2)3 Karmavipāka and its svopajña 4 commentary.
Karmastava (4) Bandhasvāmitva » » » (5) Şadaśīti
» » » (6) Sataka
(7) Siddhapañcāśikāsūtravștti. I The scribe has noted this work as Srävakānusthānavidhi. It can be also styled as Upasakānusthānavidhi (vide v. I, p. 336),
2 This work is quoted on p. 2 in the svopajña commentary on Karmavipāka. There it is named as Dinakstyaţikä. Here the page-number refers to the edition mentioned on p. 336..
3 Works 2-6 (text) are collectively known as 5 Navya Karmagranthas. They are mentioned in Gurvåvali (v. 117 ) and in Gurugunaratnakarakävya ( v. 40).
4 Svopajña-Karmavipāka is alluded to on p. 67 in the svopajña commentary on Karmastava, and svopajña Karmavipākațīkon p. 79 of the svopajña commentary on Karmastava as well as on pp. 164 and 183 of the svopajña commentary On Sadašīti,

Page #373

336
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[976.
(8) Dharmaratnaprakaraṇabṛhadvștti. (9) Sudarśanacaritra. (10) Caityavandanädibhåșyatraya. (11) Siri-Usabha-Vaddhamānāitthava. (12) Siddhadandika. (13) Cattāri-ațțha-dasagāthāvivaraņa.
According to Gurvāvali ( v. 147 ) Devendra Sūri died in Samvat 1327. He must have been made a Şuri in a year not earlier than Samvat 1285. Vijayacandra Sūri seems to have been made a Sūri after his sūripada. See Gurvávali ( v. 107).
For his life in Gujarāti see “Prastāvanā” (pp. 16-20) to four Karmagranthas and their commentaries published
by Jaina ātmānanda Sabhā, in A. D. 1934. Subject.-- A number of sūtras meant to be recited by a Jaina
while performing the religious duties. They are explained in Sanskrit along with narratives. In this explanation" are quoted several gäthäs from the Caityavandanabhāșya
and Guruvandanabhāṣya. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 10 AT STGaro etc. » --( com. ) fol. 10 11 6011 TA: FETT II.
वंदारुवंदारकवृंदवयं
प्रणम्य वीरं जितमारवीरं। उपासकानामुपकारहेतो.
वक्ष्याम्यनुष्ठानविधि सुबोधं ॥ १ इह तावच्ट्रावकेणापि प्रत्यहं बीन पंच सप्त वा वारान् दर्शनविशुद्धयर्थ
ureganaùat ll etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. sobrang etc., up to fhut sati Il yo ll as in
No. 984. „ - (com. ) fol. 5ob wistä tia SA TIETTAÆTheTa etc., up to
EIT 971991 gratia: 1 as in No. 983. This is followed by the lines as under :
-
This is based upon Brhadyrtti and Cūrņi. See p. 342.

Page #374

977.)
It i. 4 Malasatras
337
377.1
II. 4 Malasatras
337
यं० २७२८ ॥ सं० १६१६ बर्षे कार्तिक शु. १ भौमवासरे श्री अहिमदनगर वास्तव्यमहं श्रीलटकणभार्यापूतलि श्रुतमहंनाथाभानायकहे
ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगपुस्तिका उद्धरिता ॥ Reeference.— The text along with Vändaruvstti is published in
A. D. 1912 in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 8. It is again published with this very commentary in A. D. 1928 by Rşabhadevaji Kesarimalaji Samsthā, Rutlam.
The sūtras given in the text of this Ms. occur in one or the other printed edition of Pañcapratikramaņasútras noted in No. 730.
For description of Mss. having the text and Vandāruvrtti, see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 399-400.
षडावश्यकसूत्र अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
Şa dāvaśyakasūtra with Anusthānavidhi
1347. 1886-92.
No. 977
Size.— 101 in. by 43 in
Extent.- 58 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line.
| Herein we find the followirg 27 sutras :--
(1) नवकारमंत्र (p. 2), (2) ईर्यापथिकी (p. 24), (3) तस्स उत्तरी (p. 27 ), (4) अन्नत्थ (p. 27), (5) प्रणिपातदण्डक ( शकस्तव ) (p. 29ff.), (6) चैत्यस्तवदण्डक (अरिहंत चेइगणं) (p. 36), (7) चतुर्विशतिस्तव (p. 40 ), (8) पुक्रवरवर (p. 45 ), (9) सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं (p. 49), (10) वेयावच्चगराणं (p. 53), (11) जय वीयराय (p. 54), (12) वन्दनकसूत्र (सुगुरुवन्दन ) ( p. 63 ), (13) दैवसिकाले चना (p. 67 ), (14) सव्वस्स वि (p. 68 ), ( 15 ) अब्भुहिओ (p. 68 ), (16 ) उग्गए सूरे पच्चक्खाण (p. 71), (17) पोरिसीपच्चक्रवाण (p. 72 ), ( 18 ) पुरिमट्टपच्चक्वाण (p. 73 ), (19) एगासण. पच्चक्खाण ( p. 73 ), (20) एगट्टाणपच्चक्खाण (p. 74), (21) आयंबिलपच्चक्रवाण (p. 74 f), (22) अब्भट्रपच्चक्रवाण (p. 75 ), ( 23 ) दिवसचरियंपच्चक्रवाण (p. 76), (24) अंगुट्रसहियपच्चक्वाण (p. 76), (25) विगइपच्चरवाण (p. 76), (26) करोमि भंते ( p. 85) and ( 27 ) बंदित्तु ( p. 86ff).
43 [J.L. P.]

Page #375

338
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(977.
Description. - Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgarī
characters with occasional gearst; very small, legible, good and uniform hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good; fol. 58b practically blank; for, only siga r afa etc. written on
it ; extent 2720 ślokas. Age. — Pretty old. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 3° HÀN Stearof etc. as in No. 976. „ -- ( com. ) ,, FÆ Gatti |
ginecraqaa etc. as in No. 976. Ends.---( text ) fol. 58a garg etc., up to 75eait ll yo il practi
cally as in No. 976. » -- (com.) „ „ #871: tar etc., up to praranasa as in
No. 982. This is followed by Telaet 311754 ITE: 3 a
ग्रंथानं २७२० छ etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 976.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasyakasūtra अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
with Anuşthānavidhi No. 978
199.
1873-74. Size.-- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 63 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description -- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with occasional Teatars; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. muinbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 63; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 636; condition on the whole good; both the text and its commentary complete ; extent 2778 (?) ślokas.

Page #376

979. ]
III. 4 Malasutras
339 Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. s À sifgaro etc. as in No. 976. „ (com. ) fol. Ib FA Harad stoThreat It
aileanTE etc. as in No. 976. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 63a TTHE STIGT etc; as in No. 976. „ -- ( com. ) fol 63a 'A 961#etc., up to zrorasa 11 3 11 as in No. 977. This is followed by the line as under :--
za 10legralata: Il Turu PURUC (? ) 11 EI! etc. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 976.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasyakasūtra अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
with Anusthānavidhi
405. No. 979
1880-81. Size.-11 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 50 + 1 - 8 + 1 = 44 folios, 15 lines to a page ; 67
letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Devanāgari characters
with qafas ; small, clear and good hand-writing ; bor. ders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice in one and the same margin, once as 1, 2, etc. and once as 703, 704 etc. ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. ra ; edges of the first few foll. more or less worn out ; unnumbered sides decorated with a small circular disc in red ink in the centre; the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two margins; the 3rd fol. repeated; foll. s to 12 lacking; fol. 735 repeated ; the last fol. numbered as 751 and so as well; a piece of paper of the size
1 Letters grig are gone owing to the corresponding portion of the paper worn out.

Page #377

340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1979.
of a fol. affixed to the last fol. extent 2720 ślokas;
condition fair. Age.--- Seems to be old. Begins.-( text ) fol. 1 THÌ Targi etc. „ --( com. ) fol. 15 y& o ll alwaarme il
1914 aita etc. as in No. 976. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 556
एवमहं आलोइय निंदिय गरहिय दुगंछियं सम्म।
तिविहेण पडिक्कतो बंदामि जिणे चउन्वीसं ॥ ५० ।। „ -- ( com.) fol. 510 Ecdan harga talaatuar etc., up to
arziuasa as in No. 977. This is followed by grat
श्रीषडावश्यक वृत्तिः संपूर्णा । ग्रंथानं २७२०॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 976.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvaśyakasūtra अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
with Anusthānavidhi
300. No. 980
A. 1883-84. Size.-- 10.1 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 61 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with DFAETIS; bold, small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; the 10th fol. slightly torn; on fol. 2£a there is a tabular representation of the lengths of shadows in different months ; foll. 41 to 43 and so and si damaged in three places; a bit of paper pasted to fol. 5ox; condition tolerably good ; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age.- Appears to be old.

Page #378

981. 1
III. 4 Malasatras
Begins. (text) fol. 5b at angari etc., as in No. 979.
etc., as in No. 976. etc., as in No. 976.
- ( com. ) fol. 612 इत्येवमल्परुचि etc., up to चूर्णितश्व as in No. 977. This is followed by the line as under :-- षडूविध आवश्यक विधेः ॥ एवं ग्रंथ ३७२५ ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 976.
(com.) fol. br
Ends.--(text) fol. 65a garg
""
39
षडावश्यक सूत्र अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
11
Age.-- Samvat 1737.
Begins.
رو
No. 981
Size.--9 in. by 4
Extent.-- 78 folios; 15 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
Description.-- Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges singly; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1a and one similarly affixed to fol. 78b; red chalk and yellow pigment used; both the text and the commentary incomplete as the Ms. ends abruptly; the text goes up to the 47th verse of Vandittusutra.
39
in.
Ends. - ( text ) fol. 794 मम मंगलमरिहंता ॥ ४७ ॥
341
Sa dāvasyakasutra with Anusthānavidhi

(text) fol 1b aar afgari etc., as in No. 976.
--
- ( com. ) fol. r' सकलपंडितपुरंदरपं० श्री श्रीलक्ष्मी विजयगणिचरणेभ्यो नमः ।
प्रणौमि महिमामेयं वामेयं तं जगद्गुरुं । ईप्सितार्थप्रदातारं श्रीम'ज्जीरपुरी' प्रभुं ॥ १ ॥ etc., as in No. 980.
347
A. 1882-83.
- ( com. ) fol. 794 इहापि जीवयोग्यतायां सत्यामपि तथा तथा प्रत्यूहव्यूहनिराकरणेन देवा अपि यक्षांबाप्रभृतयः समाधिबोधिदानेन समर्था भवंति तार्यादिरित्यंतो न निरर्थका तत्प्रार्थने. This Ms. ends thus.
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 976.

Page #379

342
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[982.
षडावश्यकसुत्र
Şa dāvasyakasūtra अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
with Anusthānavidhi
1233 No. 984
1891-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 42 in. Extent.-- 47 - 12 - I = 34 folios; 17 lines to a page; 54 letters
to a line. Description.--Country paper very thin, rough and greyish;
Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. I blank ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; foll. 17 to 28 and 36 missing ; otherwise complete; a bit of paper pasted to fol. 476; edges of the first and last foll. slightly worn
out; condition tolerably good ; extent 2720 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1469. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. b नमो अरिहताणं १ नमो सिद्धाणं etc. as in
No. 981. , -- ( com.) fol. Ib ॥ ६॥ ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय __वंदारुबंदारकवृंदवंद्यं etc. as in No. 976. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 47 एवमहं आलोइय । निंदि० । ५० । " -- (com.) fol. 470.
इत्येवमल्परुचिसत्वविबोधनाय
श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रविवृत्तिरेषा | किंचिन्मया प्रकटिता(5)त्र तु विस्तरार्थों
ज्ञेयो वृहद्विवृतितो वरचूर्णितश्च पट्टि ४ ॥ आवश्यकविधि ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ २७२० संवत् १४६९ वर्षे आषाढसुदि २ गुरौ लिषित N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 976.

Page #380

983. J
षडावश्यक सूत्र अनुष्ठानविधिसहित
No. 983
Size.-- 11‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 31 - 2 = line.
Age. — Sarvat 1524.
Begins. -- ( com. ) fol. 3
"
13
Description.--- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; black ink used instead of yellow pigment; numbers for some of the foll. entered twice in the righthand margin ; foll. 1 and 2 lacking ; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good.
I
ill. 4 Malasatras
Ends-- ( text ) fol. 3rb

29 folios ; 21 lines to a page; 70 letters to a
Şadavasyakasutra with Anusthānavidhi
मस्तिष्टा मुमुच साधकं ।
अनेनापकृतं किं ते कथय श्लथय कुधं ॥ ७२ ॥ Tere raise चिकीर्षुर्मा वशे (S) द्य तत् । सप्तरात्रक्षुधार्त्तेन महामांसं मया (S) || ७३ ॥ etc.
- ( com. ) fol. 6h अधुना चैत्यवंदना सा त्रिधा ॥ नवकारेण जहन्ना दंडगथुइजुयलमज्झिमा नेया । संपन्ना उक्कोसा विहिणा खलु वंदना विविहा ||
एवमहं आलोय निंदिय गरहिय दुर्गाछिय सम्मं । तिविण पडिकंतो वंदामि जिणे चउवीसं ॥
343
This is same as Vandittusütra.
इत्येवमपरुचि सत्त्वविबोधनाय । 'श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र विवृत्तिरेषा ||
676 1875-76.
( com. ) fol. 31° सांप्रतं प्रतिक्रमणाध्ययनमुपसंहरन्नवसाने मंगलप्रदर्शनार्थमाह । This is followed by the verse noted above. Then we have : कंठ्या । नवरं दुर्गाछिय सम्मं ति ! जुगुप्सितत्वात्सम्यगिति ||

Page #381

344
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
किंचिन्मय प्रकटिता ( 5 ) तु विस्तरार्थो ज्ञेयो बृहद्विवृतितो वरचूर्णितश्च ॥ १ ॥
इति श्रीश्रावकानुष्ठानविधिः समाप्तः ।
ग्रं० २७२० ॥ अक्षरमात्र etc. श्रीश्रमणादिचतुर्विधसंघश्रेयोऽस्तु । सं०
१५२४ वर्षे आश्विनवदि २ मंगले ।
N. B. For other details see No. 976.
षडावश्यक सूत्र
अनुष्ठानविधि तथा टब्बा सहित
No. 984
""
ر.
Size.- 97 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 228 folios; 12 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
; 2)
-(ṭabbā) Description. Country paper thick and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink and edges singly; red chalk used; yellow pigment rarely; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains the text, its commentary in Sanskrit and its explanation in Gujarati; a piece of paper almost of the same size as the fol. pasted to an edge of fol. 228b; on this is written the table of contents of some of the narratives like सृगावतीकथा, नरवर्मकथा etc. ; the commentary furnishes us with many stories illustrating the different vows; all complete, condition very good.
Age. Samvat 1781.
Author of the tabbă- Devakuśala.
Subject.

در
دو
Sa dāvaśyakasūtra with Anusthānavidhi and tabba
رو در 44 ; دو
[ 983.
""

403
1880-81.
در در
The pratikramaņasutras for a Jaina layman together with their elucidation in Sanskrit and their explanation in Gujaräti.
""

Page #382

985.1
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 2
93
"
""
III. 4 Malasntras
नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं etc,
-
- ( com. ) fol. 5 श्रीशारदाय नमो नमः ॥
वृंदारवृंदारक दवयं ।
प्रणम्य वीरं जितमारवीरं ॥
उपासकानामुपकारतो
नुष्ठानावधि (धि) सुबोधं ॥ १ ॥ etc.
-- ( tabbã ) fol. 52

वदवानो शील छई जेहनूं एहवे देवताई समूहई वांया छई etc. Ends. - ( text ) fol. 2284
एवमहं आलोईय निंदीय गरहीअ दुर्गाच्छिय सम्मं ॥ तिवेहेण पडिकंतो वंदामी जिणे चोवीसं ॥ ५० ॥ -- (com) fol. 2284
इत्येवमपरुचि सत्त्वविबोधनाय श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रविवृत्तिरेषा किंचिन्मया प्रकाटेताऽत्र विस्तरार्थो यो बृहद्वितितो वरचूर्णितश्व
षड़विध आवस्यक वित्त ईवं संघ २७००२० जिनसासनाय सर्वाभित्सुमतिज्ञानेंदुकांतिविराजमान सर्वागावयवय सुंदर भट्टारकश्री सोमतिलकपादशिष्पलवेन लषितमस्ति इति श्रीवृंदारकवृत्यसूत्र संपूर्ण समाप्तः संवत् १७८१ना वर्षे जेष्ट सुदि १३ रवौ घारे सकलपंडितभी १०८ प्रघरकविकुलालंकारसुगडामणिपंडितश्रीसंघचंद्रगणिशिष्यपंडित श्रीलाल चंद्रगणितत् शिष्य पं० मंगलद्गणिचेला माणकचंदपठनार्थ चीरंजीवी || श्रीगोडीजी - प्रसादात् श्री' पत्तन्न' नगरे ॥
बालानां सुहितार्थाय देवादिकुशलो बुधः । वृंदारुवृत्तिसूत्रस्य टबार्थ लिष्यते मया ॥
345
( tabba ) fol. 228 ए छ प्रकार आवश्यकनो विधि कहिओ ग्रंथाग्र २७००२० । टबार्थेन कृता बुद्धे देवकुसलेन लिषिता पं. देवकुसलेन 'जीर्णदुर्ग मध्ये सूत्रार्थ
कृत्यते संवत्संजम सररस ( १७५६ ) मिते हि वर्षे सुमाघसिते पक्षे दशमीशुं वौ पूरणौ लिषितं 'जीर्णदुरगे' (s) स्मिन् 'वेलाउल बंदरे ग्रंथाग्रंथ सर्व मलीने ३२५० छें जी । जेहबुं दीढं तेहवुं लभ्यं छै ।
इति श्रीवृंदारुवृत्तसूत्रटवो संपूर्ण समाप्तः पं० मंगलचंद्रेण लषितं गणिमाणकचंद पठनार्थे ॥
N. B. — For additional information see No. 976.

Page #383

346
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[985.
769
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadāvasyakasutra अनुष्ठानविधि
with Anusthānavidhi तथा दब्बा सहित
and tabbā No. 985
1875-76. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- (text ) 181 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line.
, -(rabba)., , , , , , , , , , , , Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Devanāgari cha
racters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the tabba ; the former written in a very big hand whereas the latter in a very small one ; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too ; foll. numbered in both the margins as usual ; foll. 19 and 1810 blank; fol. 126th wrongly numbered as 125 in the right-hand margin ; similar is the case with fol. 179th ; the text, the
ţikā and the tabbă complete ; extent 2700 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1801(?). Author of the tabba-Pandita Devakusala. See No. 984. Subject.- The text and a Sanskrit commentary to Sadavasyaka
sūtra together with an interlinear explanation in Gujarāti. Begins-( text ) fol. I' नमो अरिहंताणं etc. ,, --- (com. ) fol. I॥ ६०॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः
खंदारुखंदारकरूंदवंयं
प्रणम्य वीरं जितमारवीरं उपाशकाना
विक्षाम्यनुष्ठानविधि सुबोधं ।। etc. , - (tabba ) fol. I. ॥ ६॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।।
बालानां सुहितार्थाय देवादिकुशलो बुधः
वृंदारुवृत्तिसूत्रस्य टबाथै लषीते मया १ etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. I790
एवमहं आलोइय नदिय गरीहीय दुगंच्छीय सवं तिवीहेण पडीकंतो । वंदामि जणे चोउवीश ५०

Page #384

986.]
lIi. 4 Malasūtras
Ends-- ( com. ) fol. 1790 नवर दुर्गाहिय शम्मं ति जुगुप्सित्वा सम्यगतिं इत्येवमल्परुचिसत्त्वविबोधनाय श्रीश्राद्धप्रतीक्रमणसूत्रर्तिरेषा
कंचिन्मया प्रगटिता अत्र वीस्तरतारथे ज्ञेयो वृहद्विवृतितो वरचूर्णितव ||
- ( tabba ) fol. 179° षद्व आवस्यकवृत्ति इदं संबंधं पं० देवकुशलेण टार्थतं परोपकारायः ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ श्लोकसंख्या सतावीसे २७०० विश २० ॥ श्लोकसंष्या कृतं ॥ इति श्रीवृंदारवृतग्रंथ समाप्तं सपूर्ण भवति || १८०१ मूना वर्षे वेसाषवद १३ दिने वारबुधे नक्षत्र अश्वनि योग सोभाग्य पंचमो ५ वृष्टिकरणे कृष्णपक्षे उष्णमासे || श्रीशेजयकर मोक्ष्यनाय अनेक शुक्रतकारक महोउपाध्याय श्री श्री १९ श्री भानुचंद्रगणी ततः सीध्यपंडितश्रीश्री श्रीभावचंद्रगणी तत्शीष्यपंडितश्री श्री कनकचंद्रगणी ततः सीष्यपंडितश्रीश्रीकपूरचंद्रगणी तत्शिष्यपंडित श्री श्री मया चंद्रगणी तत्शीष्यपंडितश्रीभक्तिचंद्रगणी तत्शिष्य पं. श्री उदयचंद्रगणी तत्शीषगणी उत्तमचंदलपत आतमै पठनार्थं । श्रीमहावीरप्रसादात् श्री 'डीसा' नगरे श्रीरस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ||
347
याद्रीसं पुस्तकं.....
जत्नेन परिपालयेत् ३
fol. 180 ए छए प्रकारे आवशकनो विध कहीउ छिं || ए शंबंध वृंदारवृतनो पं. देवकुशले बाऽर्थनी रचना करी हि ॥ पारका उपगारनि देते करी छिं ग्रंथाग्रंथश्लोकसंख्या २७०० विश २० • श्लोकनी ए शंष्या कृतां इति श्रीवृंदारसपूर्ण समाप्ता संपूर्ण भवति संवत् १८९२ ना वरषे जेष्ठ शुद २ दने वार चामे लषु पुरु थयो छि सही ॥
वृत
अनुष्ठान विधि ( वन्दारुवृत्ति)
No. 986
Size.- 1o‡ in. by 43 in.
Extent. - 48 folios ; 17 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white, Devanagarî characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; this Ms. contains mostly the safes of the text; complete; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably fair ; extent 2720 (?) Ślokas.

Anusthānavidhi (Vandāruvrtti)
641 1884-86.

Page #385

348
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [987. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Devendra Suri. For details see No. 976. Subject. - An explanation of Sadavasyakasutra. Begins.-- fol. 1b
॥ ज० ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय दारुढेदारकवंदा ___ प्रणम्य वीरं जितमारवीरं । उपासकानामुपकारहेतो
र्वक्ष्याम्यनुष्ठानविधिं सुबोध ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 48b
इत्येवमल्परुचिसत्त्वविबोधनाय
श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रावित्तिरेषा किंचिन्मया प्रकटिता । अ(s)व तु विस्तरार्थों
बृहपृत्तितो वरचूर्णितश्च ज्ञेयः ॥ छ । इति षड्विधावश्यकविधिः समाप्ता ॥ छ । ग्रंथागं ७२० (१)॥छ ।
शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 976.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şadāvasyakasūtra वन्दारुवृत्त्यवचूर्णि
with Vandāruvịtty सहित
avacūrņi No. 987
1346
1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 22 folios ; s lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line.
, -(com.), , , 16 , , , , , 44 , ,, Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari cha
racters%3; bold, clear, big and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink and edges in two in red ink; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms. ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; fol. r* blank; a small strip of paper pasted to fol. 18; edges of the first and the last foll. worn out; condition fair; the text and its commentary complete so far as they go.
I It appears that this line should be as under:
"ज्ञेयो बृहद्विवृतितो परचूर्णितश्च"

Page #386

988. ]
Age. — Pretty old.
Author of the avacūrni. -- Not mentioned.
Subject. The text along with a small commentary on Devendra Sūri's Anusthānavidhi alias Vandāruvṛtti.
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 981.
22
Ends.
"
III. 4 Malasutras
-
- ( com. ) fol. 1 इह तावदास्तिकेनापि नित्यं त्रीन् वारान् सप्त पंच वा वारा (न) दर्शनशुद्ध्यै चैत्यवंदना विधेया । यदाह साहूण सत्त बारा इत्यादि । etc.
( text ) fol. 22° एवमालोइय etc., up to इति श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र. This is followed by the lines as under :--
अडाइज्जे दीवस मुद्दे पंनरस कम्मभूमीस etc. अक्खयायार चरिता ते सब्वे सिरसा मणसा मत्थएण वंदामि ॥ छ ॥
(com.) fol. 22b
इत्येवमल्परुचि सत्त्वाविबोधनाय । श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र विवृत्तिरेषा |
किंचिन्मया प्रकटिताऽत्र तु विस्तरार्थो । ज्ञेयो बृहद्विवृतितो वरचूर्णितश्व |
इति श्रीदेवेंद्रसूरिकृतवृत्तेरवचूर्णिः समाप्ता । This is followed by the comments on the concluding verse which run as under :
षडावश्यक सूत्र वृत्तिसहित
No. 988
मनसा अंतःकरणेन मस्तकेन वंदे वाचा वंदे इति क्रियापदमावृत्त्या योज्यं । इत्यवचूर्णि ( : ) प्रतिक्रमणसूत्राणां ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 976.

349
Size.-- 11 in. by 4g in .
Extent. -- 133 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line.

Sadavaśyakasūtra with vrtti
1234.
1884-87.

Page #387

350
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[988.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with occasional Capists; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; a piece of yellowish paper pasted to foll. 1* and 1335; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably fair ; foll. numbered in both the margins ; in the left--hand margin in a big hand and in the right-hand one in a small hand just at the foot of the fol. ; so, in some cases the numbering is worn out ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its explanation with the
colophon ending abruptly. Age.--- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Tarunaprabha (c. Samvat I4II ). Subject.--- Şaļāvaśyakasūtra together with its explanation in
Gujarāti. Several quotations in Prākrit enhance the importance of this explanation. At times narratives are given with a view to elucidate some of the topics. The
text starts with Navakāra and ends with Vandittusūtra. Begins.-- (text) fol. 6. नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc., as in No. 979. , --(com.) fol. I अर्ह ॥ श्रीगौतमस्वामिने नमः ॥
सुरासुराधीशमहीशनम्यं
प्रणम्य सम्यग्जिनराजवीरं। सुबोधमर्थ दिनकृत्यसत्कं
लिखाम्यबुद्धिप्रतिबोधनाय ॥ १ पढमं नाणं तओ दया एवं चिट्रइ सव्वसंजुए। अन्नाणी किं काही किंवा नाही छेय पावयं ॥ २
पहिलउ ज्ञानुतनु पाछइ दया जीवं विषइ कृपा एवं इणि क्रमि चिद्रइ । किसउ अर्घ रहइ । कउण रहइ गुणश्रेणि इसउ आ पहे जाणिवउ । कउण माहिं सव्वसंजए ।। संजओ दुविहो सब्वसंजओ साहू देससंजओ साव
ओ। सबसंजतही माहि देससंजतही माहि। अन्नाणी किं काही किंवा नाही छेय पावयं वि । अज्ञानु किं करिष्यति । किं सउ करिसिहि । किंवा ज्ञास्यति । अथवा किसउ जाणिसिइ । छेउ पुण्यु । पावयं पापु । इति । सुपुणि ज्ञानु योग्य रहई दीजइ | अयोग्य रहई न दीजइ । जोग्य शुश्रावकु जेह माहि एकवीस गुण हयई॥

Page #388

351
988.1
III. 4 Mulasalras धम्मरयणस्स जुग्गो अक्खुदो १ रूबवं २ पगइसोमो ३ लोगप्पिओ ४ अकूरो ५ भीरू ६ असढो ७ सदक्खिन्नू ८ लज्जालुओ ९ दयालू १० मज्झत्थो ११ सोमदिदि १२ गुणरागी १३ सक्कह सपखजुत्तो १४ सुदीहदंसी १५ विसेसन्न १६ वुट्टाणुओ १७ विणीओ १८ कयन्नुओ १९ परहियत्थकारी २०य । तहचेव लद्धलक्खो २१ इगवीसगुणो हवइ सड्डो ।'
धर्मू जुरन्नु समस्त समीहित दान तउ चिंतामणि | धर्मरन्नु तेह रहई योग्यु अधिकारी हवइ सड्रो । इसउ छेहिलउ पदुईहा जोडियइ । सहदु
श्रावकु हुयई etc. Ends. -( text ) fol. 133
एवमालोइय निदिअ etc., as in No. 976. --(com.) fol. 133 इसी परि आलोईय सकलातिचार गुरु आगइ प्रकाशी करी निंदी करी गरही करी दुग्गंछी करी भावसुद्धिपूर्व । तिविहेण पडिक्कतो इति । त्रिविध मनि वचनि कायि करी पाप हूंतउ प्रतिक्रांतु निवर्तित हूंतउ बंदामि जिणे चउव्वीसं । चउवीस जिण ।। ऋषभादिक वर्द्धमानावसानवर्तमानचउवीसीसंस्थान वादउं नमस्करउं ।। ५० इति श्रीश्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रविवरणं समाप्तं ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ ५० ॥
जयति 'चंद्र'कुलं सुभ संकुलं कुवलयोज्वलन्नैक कलाकुलं । गुरुचकोरवरव्रजमंजुलं । विमलकोमलगोकमलाकुलं ॥१ यः स्तंभनाधीश्वरपार्श्वनाथ
प्रसादमासाद्य नवांगवृत्तिं । लब्धा बबंधेह किमत्र चित्र ।
सोऽत्राजनिष्टाऽभयदेवमूरिः ॥२ तदीयपादद्वयपद्मसेवा ___ मधुव्रतः श्रीजिनकल्लभोऽभूत् । यदंगरंगे व्रतनर्तनेन
किं नृत्यताकीर्तिधनं न लेभे ॥३ तत्पशैले(5)जनि योगराजः
सुरानतः श्रीजिनदत्तमरिः । तदंतिषच्चैक उदैकलावान्
विना कलंक जिनचंद्रसूरिः ॥ ४ शिष्योऽस्य जज्ञे जिनपत्यभिख्यः
प्रवादिनागेंद्रजये मृगेंद्रः। जिनेश्वराख्यो(5)स्य बभूव शिष्यः ___ प्रभावनोद्भावनसिद्धिरामः ॥ ५
See Viyaralava (pp. 86-87) of Pradyumna Suri.

Page #389

352
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[988..
जिनप्रबोधाभिधमूरिरासी(त् )
तत्पद्रपूर्वाचलचंडभानुः । पदे तदीये जिनचंद्रमूरि
रभून्मनोभूजयकारमूर्तिः ॥ ६ येषां युगप्रधानानां प्रसद्य पददैवतं । दक्षिाचिंतामणी मह्यं ज्ञानतेजस्विनीं ददौ ॥ ७ पितृभ्यो ऽ)व्यतिवात्सल्यं येनाध्यायितरां मयि । यश-कीर्तिगणिर्मा स पूर्व विद्यामभाणयत् ।। ८ राजेंद्रचंद्रसूरींद्रर्विद्या काचन काचन । जिनादिकुशलाख्यैश्च दाप्याचार्यपदं च मे ॥ ९ अंभोकूण्य( ? )करंदबिंदुनिकराल्लात्वा यथा षट्पदः । ___ स्वां वृत्तिं तनुते तथा श्रुतकणानादाय रुच्चैः पदैः॥ सूरिः श्रीतरुणप्रभः प्रमितये मुग्धातिमुग्धात्मनां ।
षोढा(55)वश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति ब्यालिष. ............पदं ॥१० यन्मिथ्या(5)भिदधे मया मतिमहामाद्यादसम्यक्पदे ।
व्याख्ये पादथवा तदत्र सुधिया संशोध्य निर्मत्सराः । व्यातत्वं तु तथेतिकां गतधियो निःसंशयाना...... ।
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ॥११ ....... शेधनदीधिते...कृते विवृतेर्यदुपार्जयं ।
उपचितं सुकृतं सुकृतेप्सितं . . . . . . भवी ... Reference.- Extracts from Tarunaprabha Suri's Sadavasyaka
bālāvabodhavștti composed in Samvat 1411 are given by Kalyanavijaya in his article "पंदरमी सदीमां बोलाती गुजराती
Tar". These extracts are published on pp. 54-55 of “get गुजराती साहित्य परिषदके अहेवाल अने निबंधसंग्रह" in A. D. 1923.
For a Ms. having the vștti given here see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2664. This Ms. is written in Samvat I419 and as such it is very important.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şadāvaśyakasūtra अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
853 No. 989
1892-95. Size.-- 10] in. by +l in. Fxtent.- (text) 8 folios ; II lines to a page; 38 letters to a line.
, -(com.), , , 31 , , , , 56 " "" ,

Page #390

989.1
IlI. 4 Malasitras
Description. Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; this is a qaqat Ms., containing the text as well as a small commentary; the latter written in a very small hand; legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders pertaining to the text as well as those regarding the commentary ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age.-- Old.
Author of the commentary- Not mentioned.
Subject. This Ms. contains a number of sutras in Prakrit together with their explanation in Sanskrit. Some of the sûtras are as under
(1) नवकार मन्त्र, ( 2 ) प्रणिपातसूत्र, (3) इरिया बहिय, (4) तस्स उत्तरी, ( 5 ) अन्नत्थ, ( 6 ) नमुत्थु णं ( styled as the last sūtra of the second adhikāra ), ( 7 ) अरिहंतचे इआणं, (8) लोगस्स (styled as the 1st sutra of the 4th adhikara ), ( 9 ) UTIL, (styled as the 1st sutra of the 6th adhikara), (10) fariga (styled as the 1st sutra of the 9th adhikāra), ( 11 ) वेयावच्चराणं ( 12 ) जावंत के वि साहु, ( 13 ) उवसग्गहरं, ( 14 ) जय वीयराय, ( 15 ) इच्छामि etc. अणुजाणह ( सुगुरुवन्दनसूत्र ), ( 16 ) दैवसिकालोचनासूत्र, ( 17 ) अब्भुट्टिओ and (18) वंदितुसूत्र Begins. (text) fol. 12 at afgaroi etc.
""
etc.
Ends. (text) fol. 8b

(com.) 1 इह चैत्यवंदनादर्शनशुद्धयर्थं तथा वंदनकं गुरूणां गुणवत्प्रतिपन्ने आवश्यकं सर्वातिचारविशुद्ध्यर्थे द्विरवश्यमनुष्ठीयते ।
एवमहं आलोय etc. up to चउव्वीसं ॥ ५० ॥
This is followed by the line as under :--
इति श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं संपूर्ण ॥ छ ॥ etc.
353
(com.) fol. 8b

Page #391

354
षडावश्यक
सूत्रावचूरि
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
इत्येवमल्परुचि सत्त्वविबोधनाय श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र विवृत्तिरेषा किंचिन्मया प्रकटिता ( 5 ) व नु (तु) विस्तरार्थो यो बृहद्वृतितोra (वर) चूर्णितश्व ||
छ ॥ इति श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रावचूर्णिः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥
Begins. – fol. 14 अहे ॥ इ
No. 990
Size.-9 in by 41 in.
Extent.— - 32 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional qars; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. r© blank ; so is the fol. 32; this Ms. contains the प्रतीकs of the sūtras ; the last fol. slightly worn out; condition good; complete ; extent 2001 Ślokas.
Age.– Samvat 1622.
Author. - Not mentioned.
[989.
Sadāvaśyakasūtrāvacuri
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining the pratikramaṇasūtras beginning with Navakara and ending with Vandittusūtra.

765. 1892-95.
तावत् श्रावणापि प्रत्यहं त्रीन् पंच सप्त वारान् दर्शनविशुद्धयर्थं चैत्यवंदना विधेया यदाहुः ||
साहून सत्त वारा । होइ अहोरत्तमज्झयारंमि ।
गिहिण्णा पुण चेइवंदण । तिय पंच सत्त वा वारा ॥ १ ॥

तथा वंदनकं चाष्ट कारणान्याश्रित्य गुणवत्प्रतिपत्तये ग ( गुरूणां दातव्यं । तथा सर्वातिचारविशुद्ध्यर्थं प्रतिक्रमणं चोभयकालं अवश्यमनुष्ठेयमिति । तत्र चैतत्सर्वमपि । अनुष्टानं साक्षादेव गुर्वभावो । स्थापनाचार्य | स्थापनापूर्व

Page #392

990.]
Ill. 4 Mūlasutras
कमेव विधेयं । यदाहुः दुःखमांधकार संसारनिमग्नजिनभद्रगणिक्षमाभभण
पाद (दा:) ||
गुरुविरहमि ठवण | गुरुवएसोवदंसणत्थं च । जिणविरहमि विजिणबिंबं सेवणामंतणं सहलं ॥ १ रनो पि परुक्स वि । जह सेवामंतदेवयाए वा । तहचैव रुक्खस्स वि । गुरुणो सेवा विणयहेऊ ॥ २ सा च नमस्कार पूर्विकैवेत्यतः स एवादौ व्याख्यायते । इति तत्सूत्रं चेदं नमो अरिहंताणामित्यादि | नमो नमस्कारो अर्हद्भयः शक्रादिकृतां पूजां सिद्धिगतिं वा अर्हतीति अर्हतः तेभ्यः यथा ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 324 संप्रति प्रतिक्रमणाध्ययनमुपसंहरन् (न)नुत्तरोत्तरधर्मवृद्ध्यर्थमंत्यमंगलमाह ॥ एवमहं आलोईय इत्यादि व्याख्या || एव (वं ) प्रकारेणाहं सम्यगालोच्य गुरोनिर्वेच्य ( ? ) निंदित्वा दुष्टकृतमिति स्वमक्षं गर्हित्वा तदेव गुरुसमक्ष जुगुप्सित्वा धिग्गां (मां) पापकरिणं इत्यादिना सम्यमिति सर्व योज्यं । दुछियं इति पाठे तु एवमालोच्य ता ( ? ) निंदित्वा गर्हित्वा जुगुप्सितं दुश्चिकित्सितं वाचिचारजातं ॥ सम्यग् त्रिविधेन मनोबाकामलक्षणेन प्रतिक्रांतः सकृत (तू) इति प्रतिक्रमणश्वतुर्विंशतिजिनान् वंदे इति गाथार्थः ॥ ५० ॥ इति प्रतिक्रमणवंदनक सूत्रावचूरि समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥
तैलाद्रक्षेज्जलाद्रक्षे । रक्षेत् शिथिलबंधनात् परहस्तगता रक्षेत् । एवं वदति पुस्तिकाः ॥ १

अदृश्यदोषान् मतिविभ्रमाच्च । प्रमोदितो वा गलितं यदि स्यात् । तदार्यवयैः परिशोधनीयं ।
प्रायेण मुह्यंति हि लेषतारः ॥ २ ॥
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं etc. ३
ग्रंथस्येव प्रमाणस्तु । श्लोकसहस्रद्वयं पिच । प्रायः ग्रंथस्य वाचोग्मि । कर्त्ता पुरुषेण वेदिता ॥ ४ ॥
355
ग्रंथा २००१ || शुभं भवतुः ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः || संवत् १६२२ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि ८ गुरौ 'झलुतरा'ग्रामे । मुनिचेलारत्नसंयममुनिलिषितं ।। स्वहितार्थाय वाचा (च)नार्थे प्रमादं विहाय सम्यग्भावेन इत्यादरभिलखितास्तिः || छ || कल्याणमस्तुः ॥

Page #393

356
षडावश्यक सूत्र अवचूर्णि सहित
No. 991
Size.- 101 in. by 41 in.
Extent. (text) 23 folios; 7 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
-(com.),,
در
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
; 10
""
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; this is a fre Ms.; it contains both the text and the commentary; the text written in the middle and in a bigger hand; fol. 1 blank; fol. 23 is also blank except that the title is written on it; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the text and the commentary complete so far as they go; extent 1000 slokas; condition tolerably good.
در
I
Age.- Pretty old.
Author of the text-More than one saint.
دو
[ 991.
Şa dāvaśyakasūtra with avacurņi

ور ور رو 45 ; دو
1306
1891-95.
,,,, com. Not mentioned. It may be Devendra Suri, in case this commentary is really the same as Vandāruvṛtti. Subject. This work deals with the following sutras which are to be recited at the time of performing a religious function viz. pratikramaņa.
""

رو در
(1) नवकार मंत्र, ( 2 ) इरियावहिय, ( 3 ) तस्सम उत्तरी, (4) अन्नत्थ, (5) नमुत्थु णं, ( 6 ) अरिहंत चेइयाणं, ( 7 ) लोगस्स, ( 8 ) पुक्खरबर, (9) सिद्धाणं बुद्धाणं, ( 10 ) जावंति चेइयाई, ( 11 ) नमोऽर्हत, (12) (13) उवसग्गहरं, ( 14 ) जय वीयराय, ( 15 ) संसारदावानल, ( 16 ) चिंतामणि, ( 17 ) सुगुरुवंदन, ( 18 ) देवसिअ आलोउं, ( 19 ) सव्वस्स वि ( ? ), ( 20 ) अम्भुट्टिओ, ( 21 - 30 ) दस पच्चक्खाण, ( 31 ) अतीचारगाथा, ( 32 ) करोमि भंते, (33) वंदित ( श्रद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र ), ( 34 ) आर उज्झाए, (35) श्रुतदेवतास्तुति, ( 36 ) नमोऽस्तु वर्द्धमानाय, ( 37 ) वरकनक and ( 38 ) विशाललोचन.
These sutras are briefly explained in the avacurņi.
Thus the text contains some more sutras than what we find in the printed

Page #394

997.]
111. Malasutras Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥
___ नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो आयारयाणं । नमो उवज्झा. याणं । नमो लोए सब्बसाहुणं ।
एसो पंच नमुक्कारो सव्वपावप्पणासणो ।
मंगलाणं च सव्वेसिं पढम हवइ मंगलं ।। 3 Il etc. , - (com. ) fol. I" ए ६0 ।। नमोऽहंदभ्यः।
वंदारुबंदारकवृंदवंद्यं । ___ प्रणम्य वीरं जितमारवीरं । उपासकानामुपकारहेतो
वक्ष्याम्यनुष्ठानविधिं सुबोघं ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 22a एवमहं आलोइय निंदिअ गी( ग )रि( र )हिय (उ)दुग्गछिय( यं)
स(सं)मं । तिविहेण पडिक्कतो बंदामि जिणे चउर्वासं ।। ५० ।।
इति श्राद्धप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रं । ,, - ( com. ) fol. 224 .
निर्वेदं गत्वा सम्यग् शुद्ध्या त्रिविधेन मनोवाकायादिना प्रति ०॥ प्रमादादिकतानिवृत्त सन् वंदे अंत्यमंगलमिति ॥ ५० ॥
इति श्रावकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्रावचूर्णिः समाप्ता । ,, - (text ) fol. 234
कलंकनिर्मुक्तनमुक्तपूर्णतं
कुतर्कराहुयसनं सदोदयं । अपूर्वचंद्रं जिनचंद्रभाषितं
दिनागमे नौमि बुधैनमस्कृतं ॥३॥ , - ( com. ) fol. 23 कुतर्कराहु ग्रसतीति कुतर्कराहुग्रसनः।। ३ ॥ छ || श्रीः ।
___etc. म° ग्रं० १०००। Reference. - The text is published. See No. 976.
For description of a Ms. having Şaļāvaśyakasutra and avacuri see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 400. Here it is said that this ayacúri “begins like the Vandāruvịtti and is probably based on it. It does not contain the kathās”.

Page #395

358
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1992.
.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sadavasyakasutra अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri No. 992
- 195.
1873-74. Size.- 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.--(text) 10 folios ; 8 to 1o lines to a page ; 35 to 40 letters
to a line. ,, - ( com.),, ,, ; 14' ,, ,, ,, ; 484 ,
to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; very smail, clear and good hand-writing : borders of one side ruled in four lines and those of the other side in two in black ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only, and that, too, just in a lower corner ; both the text and its commentary complete ; condition good, though some of the foll. have
their edges slightly damaged. Age.-- Saṁvat 1491. Author of the avacuri.- Not mentioned. Subject. — The text together with its explanation based upon
___Vandaruvrtti. Begins. ( text) fol. I* || ५0 ॥ अहे ।।
नमो अरिहंताणं १ नमो सिद्धाणं २ etc. ,, -(com.) fol. II || ५0 ॥ इह ताव....केनापि नित्यं त्रीन् सप्त पंच
वारान दर्शनशुद्धयै चैत्यवंदना विधेया etc. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 100
एवमहं आलोइअ निंदिय गरिहिय दुगंछिउ सम
तिविहेण पडिक्कतो बंदामि जिणे चउवीसं ॥ ५० ॥
इति सूत्रं , -- ( com. ) fol. ro' इति श्रीदेवेंद्रसूरिकृतवृत्तेरवचूरिः । सं० १४९१ वर्षे
'तपा'श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिशिष्यमुनिकीर्तिनाऽलेखि ॥ शुभं ॥
1-2
There are 25 lines with 20 letters in each line so far as the marginal por.

Page #396

993.]
षडावश्यक सूत्र अवचूरिसहित
No. 993
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. (text) 12 folios; 23 lines to a page; 28 letters to a line.
-(com.),,
""
Ill. 4 Malasütras
"3
در
;
I
در در دو
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 14 ६० ॥ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ।
नमो अरिहंताणं etc.

در
-(com.) fol. 1a || 0 |||
;
Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; this is a qaqat Ms.; it contains the text as well as the commentary; the former written in a slightly bigger hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; edges of some of the foll. worn out; condition tolerably good; complete up to Šakrastava.
Age. Samvat 1684.
Author of the avacüri- Not mentioned.
Subject.
1-2 These numbers refer to a column.
Şaḍāvasyakasūtra with avacuri
2
359
در
The Ms. starts with Navakarasūtra and ends with Sakrastava which is preceded by pratyakhyānasūtra.

132.
1873-74.
आदौ सूत्रलक्षणं निरूप्यते । etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 12 इति शक्रस्तवः संपूर्णः ॥ २ ॥ कल्याणं भवतु ॥ श्री ॥ श्री
دو در دو
-
( com. ) fol. 124 ततो ( S) नंतरं त्रिकालवर्तिद्रव्यार्हद्वंदनार्थमिमां गाथां पूर्वाचार्याः पठति । जे अइ सादि सुगमा द्वितीयो (S) धिकार | प्रथमो दंडक : ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १६८४ वर्षे पोसमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्दश्यां तिथौ वृहशपति । 'सीता' नयरमध्ये लिषितेयं षडावश्यकस्य वृत्तिः कल्याणं भवतु लेषकपाठयोः श्री ॥ श्री ॥

Page #397

360
षडावश्यक सूत्र ( ? ) अवचूरिसहित
No. 994
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. (text) 3 folios; 14 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line.
.
33
32
- (com.),, ; 13 ;80(?) Description. Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्रा ; this is a पचपाटी Ms.; the text and the commentary both written in a smaller hand; the latter in a very very small hand; quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the righthand margin; edges of each of the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good; both the text and the commentary complete so far as they go.
22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.--(text) fol. 3°
ور

[ 994.
Sadavasyakasutra (?) with avacuri p
""
छ ॥ छ ॥
1 Sec p. 353.
""
Age.- Old.
Author of the avacuri-- Kulamandana.
Subject. The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins (text) fol. 1a || 0 ||
नमो अरिहंताणं etc.
:9
123.
1873-74.
""
( com. ) fol. rb || ६० ॥ नमो जिनागमाये ॥
इह चैत्यवंदनादर्शनाशुद्ध्यर्थं तथा वंदनके गुरूणां गुणवत्प्रतिपत्तये तथा आवश्यकं सर्वातिचारविशुद्धयर्थं द्विरवश्य मनुष्ठीयते । etc.
अणिमूहिअबलविरिओ परपकड़ जो जहुत्तमाउत्त जेंकुइ अ जहाथामं । नायव्वो वीरिआयारो ॥ ८ इत्यतीचारगाथाः ॥ छ ॥
"" 21
- ( com. ) fol. 3 इति श्रीगुरुवंदनकाऽचूरि श्रीकुलमंडनसूरिकृता

1

Page #398

995.]
III. 4Malasatras
361
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şa dāvasyakasutra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 995
254.
1871-72. Size.-10% in. by 4in. Extent.-- 54 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari cha
racters; big, legible and good hand-writing , borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1 blank; this Ms. contains the text as well as its explanation in Gujarati ; the text almost complete so far as it goes ; condi
tion very good ; the text at times written in a bigger hand, Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the balavabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject.- This Ms. contains various sūtras beginning with Nava
kāra and ending with Saṁsāradāvānalastuti and Jāvanti
ceiyāim. These sūtras are explained in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text ) fol. I" ए ६ ॥ श्रीपार्श्वनाथो विजयते ॥
__नमो अरिहंताणं etc. ,,- ( balan ) fol. ॥ ६॥ ॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 54°
जावंति चेइआई उड़े अ अहे अतिरिअलोए अ
सव्वाइं ताइं वंदे इअ संतो तत्थ संताई १ , --( balan ) fol. 54 ऊर्ध्व लोकने विषे अधो लोकने विषे तिरिअ लोकने विर्षे
पुन अर्थे ते सर्व जिनबिंब प्रतई भावसहित वादउं हुई इहां रह्यो थको तिहां जे स्थानक आगलि कहीस्थे तिहां रह्या जे चैत्य शास्वतां अशाश्वतां तेह
प्रतें वांदउं Reference. -- For a Ms. having the text containing some of the
sūtras above noted and a bālāvabodha in bhāṣā see Keith's Catalogue No. 7495.
46 [J.L. P.]

Page #399

362
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[996.
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Şadāvasyakasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
1289 No. 996
1886-92. Size.-- 9} in. by 4.3 in. Extent.-- (text) 18 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
,, - (tabba) , , , , , , , 64 , , , Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanāgari
characters; the text written in a bigger hand and the interlinear tabbā in a smaller hand ; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 186; condition very good ;
complete. Age.- Samvat 1824. Author of the tabba.--- Not mentioned. Subject:--Some of the sutras in Prākrit along with their explanation
in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text) fol. I° ॥६॥ पंडित ॥ चक्रिचूडामणीश्रीश्री१०८श्रीतिलक
विजयजीप्रशादात् ।। श्री ॥
नमो अरिहंताण १ नमो सिद्धाणं । २ etc. ,, -- ( tabba ) fol. 1° पंडित्तश्री१०८श्रीजीवविजयजी तशिक्षश्री १०५.
श्रीप्रेमविजयजी तशिक्षपंश्रीदतिलकविजयजीप्रशादात्
॥ ६॥ ॥ नमस्कार माहरो श्रीअरिहंत विहरमाणनइं हउ नमस्कार
सिद्धि रहिं हुउ माहरउ नमस्कार श्रीआचार्यगुरुनइ हुउ etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 18a
जइवि पडिलेहणाए हेऊ जीयरक्खणाणाय
तइवि इमं मणमक्कड निजंतणछसुणीछित्ति ५ । इति मुहपतीपडिलेहणगाथा संवत्त १८२४ मित्ति पोस सुद ६ नीशे शनीवारेण लिषतं पुश्री१०८श्रीतिलकविजयजी तशिक्षकपूरविजयलपीकृत्तं 'पीपाड'मध्ये ॥ श्रीश्री१०८श्रीविजयशेनावत्तितत्रेण श्रीमस्तु लेषपाद्वचनम्

Page #400

997.]
ފފ
III. 4 Malasutras
363
- ( tabba ) fol. 184 विश्री १०८ श्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीविजय शेन सरिके इति मुहपतिपडिलेहणगाथा जांणवी जतर्फे ॥ लिषतु श्री १०८ श्रीबिज सेनसरेण तत्श्री१०५ श्रीमविजय तत्श्री१०३ श्री अमरविजय तत्श्री सं. १८२४ मिति माघवदे १४१०१ श्री अमृतविजय तत्श्री१०१लक्ष्मीवीजय तत्श्री३७श्रीजिवविजयजी तत्श्री ३५श्रीप्रेमविजयजी तत्श्री ३५श्रीतिलकावजयजी तत्शिष्य लिषतां पं० कपूर विजयेन 'पीपाड'मध्ये शुभवेलायं कलंणमस्तु श्री ॥ माहाराज श्री १०८ विजयिधजीराजेण लपीकृत श्रीम
षडावश्यक सूत्र बालावबोधसहित
No. 997
Size.-- 93⁄4 in. by 42 in.
Extent.- 71 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; white pigment too ; foll. r* and 71b blank ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly worn our ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 12; condition on the whole good; the text as well as its bālāvabodha complete; the latter seems to be composed in Samvat 1501.
Age.— Samvat 1766.
Author of the bālāvabodha- Mahopadhyaya Hemahamsa Gaņi, devotee of Jayacandra Suri, pupil of : Munisundra Suri, pupil of Somasundra Sūri of the Tapă gaccha.
Begins. -- ( text ) fol. 1 नमो अरिहंताणं etc.
"
Subject. Sutras pertainting to the six avaśyakas along with the corresponding explanation in Gujarātī.
Şaḍāvasyakasūtra
with bālāva bodha

872
1892-95.
- ( balão ) fol. rb ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय नमः ।
C

Page #401

364
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1997
श्री(श्रे)यांसि श्रीमहावीरः सिश्रीसंघस्य यच्छतात् यस्याज्ञा कल्पवल्लीव मनोवांछितदायिनी १ श्रीवर्द्धमानजिनशासनराज्यनेत् (?)
विश्वत्रयाद्भुते चरित्रयुगप्रधानः श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरुर्णरु च वत्ती(?)
भूयादमयमहिमा मम सुप्रसन्नः २ तत्पट्टनायका श्रीमुनिसुंदरयो जयत्यधुना | जयचंद्रसूरि-जिनकीर्तिमरिपरिकरिताः ॥३॥ स्वान्ययोरुपकाराय लिख्यते मया ।
षडावश्यकसूत्राणां व्याख्या बाला( व )बोधिनी ॥ ४ ॥ पहिलं सकल्य मांगलिकनु मूल श्रीजिनशासननु सार इग्यार इंग चऊद पूर्वनु
उद्धार सदेव शाश्वतु श्रीपंचपरमेष्टि महामंत्र etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 70° देसावगासियं उवभोगपरिभोग पञ्चक्खामि । अन्नत्थणा
भोगेणं सहसागारेणं महत्तरागारेण सव्वसमाहिवत्तिआगारेणं वोसिरामि ,, - ( balan ) fol. 71 जेह भणी सूधा धर्मनु उद्यम जीव हुंइ मोक्षफल
दाईउ कइ ॥ इति प्रत्याख्यानबालावि(व)बोधः चउथउ अधिकार संपुर्ण हूउ ॥ श्रीषडावश्यकबालावि(व)बोध संपूर्ण हूउ । एह माहि च्यारि अधिकार पहिलइ अधिकारि देववंदनी १ बीजइ गुरुवंदनी २ चीजइ पडिकमj३ चउथइ पञ्चक्खाण ४ इति श्री तपागच्छनायकसकलसुविहितपुरंदरश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिश्रीजयचंद्रसूरिपदकमलसेविना । शिष्यमहोपाध्याय श्रीहेमहंसगणिना श्राद्धवराभ्यर्थनया कृतो(s)यं षडावश्यकबालावि(व)बोध आचंद्राक्र्क नंद्यात् सं० १५०१ व ॥ ॥ संवत् १७६६ ना वर्षे मासोत्तममाघमासे शुक्लपक्षे तृतीयातिथौ रविवासरे ।
लिखितं 'मोढ'ज्ञातीय ॥ Reference.-- For description of a Ms. having Sadavasyakasutra and
Merusundara's bālāvabodha see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 400. Herein we find a description of another Ms. having Şađávaśyakasūtra and an anonynous bālāvabodha composed earlier than that of Merusundara.
1 See No. 942

Page #402

998.]
III. 4. Malasutras
.365
षडावश्यकसूत्र
Sa dāvasyakasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
158 No. 998
1871-72. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 23 folios ; s lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text and its interlinear țabbā ; the former written in a very big hand whereas the latter in a very small one ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. I blank ; red chalk used; both the text and the commentary complete;
condition very good. Age.- Samvat 1873. Author of the țabbā-- Not mentioned. Subject.--This work starts with Navakāra and ends with Sāmāyiya
vaïjutto followed by Saṁstārakapauruşīsútra and several pratyākhyānas beginning with caüvihāra uvavāsa. All
these sútras are explained in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text) fol. I श्रीआदिनाथजी नमः ।।
णमो अरिहंताणं णमो सिद्धाणं ॥ etc. ,, - (tabbā) fol. I श्रीअरिहंतने मारो नमस्कार हो। सर्व सिद्धने मारो
नमस्कार हो । आचार्यने माहरो नमस्कार हो । etc. - ( text ) fol. 19
सामाइअंमि उ कए समणो इव सावओ हवइ जम्हा एएण कारणेण बहुसो सामाइअंकुज्जा २ सामाइअपोसहसंठिअस्स जीवस्स जाइ जो कालो सो सफलो बोधव्वो सेसो संसारफलहेऊ ३५ छउमत्थो मूढमणो कित्तिअमित्तं पि संभरे जीवो
जं किंचि न संभरामि मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं तस्स ४ I See p. 255.
"

Page #403

1366
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[998.
सामायक विधि लीधुं विधिं पार्यु जि कांई अविधि हूउ हुई ते सवि हुं मनें वचनें कायाइं करी तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं छ करेमि भंते पोसह आहारपोसहं देसओ सम्वओ सरीरसक्कारपोसहं सव्वओ बंभचेरपोसहं सवओ
अव्वावारपोसहं सवओ चउबिहे पोसहे ठामि etc. -- (text) fol. 20
जइ मे हुन्ज पमाओ
इमस्स देहस्स इमाइ रयणीए आहारमुवहिदेहं ___ सव्वं तिविहेण बोसिरिअं४
चत्तारि मंगलं अरिहंता मंगलं सिद्धा मंगलं साहू मंगलं केवलिपण्णत्तो धम्मो मंगलं ५ चत्तारि लोगुत्तमा अरिहंता लोगुत्तमा सिद्धा लोगुत्तमा साहू लोगुत्तमा केवलिपण्णत्तो धम्मो लोगुत्तमो ६ चत्तारि सरणं पवजामि अरिहते सरणं पवज्जामि सिद्धे सरणं पवज्जामि साहूसर केवलिपणत्तं धम्म सरण पवज्जामि ७ पाणाइवाय १ मलिअं२ चोरिक्कं ३ मेहुणं ४ दविणमुच्छं ५
कोहं ६ माणं ७ माया ८ लोभं ९ etc. - (text) fol. 21
अरिहंतो मह देवो जावज्जीवं सुसाहुणो गुरुणो
जिणपण्णत्तं तत्तं इअ सम्मत्तं मए गहिअं १४
इति श्रीसंथारापोरिसीसूत्रं Ends.- fol. 23° सव्वसमाहिवत्तिआगारेणं ८ पाणस्स लेवेण वा १ अलेवेण वा
२ अच्छेण वा ३ बहुलेण वा ४ ससित्थेण वा ५ असित्थेण वा ६ वोसिरामि इति आंवि(बि)लपञ्चक्खाण संपूर्ण संपूर्ण षडावश्यकं संवत् १८७३ वर्षे 'कृष्णगढग्नगरेन लिपि
Sthandilapratilekhanāsātral known as 24 मांडला are given as under in two columns on the last foll. which is not numbered :--
1 This sātra is printed in "घडावश्यकसूत्राणि" (p. 5). It is pratically printed in 'पञ्चप्रतिक्रमणादिसूत्राणि" (p. 538) published by Sri Jaina Sreyskara Mandala Mhesana in Samvat 1917. It is also printed in "श्रीप्रतिक्रमणसत्र" (pp. 383-384) published by Sravaka Bhimasimha Manaka in A. D.1888.

Page #404

999.] III. 4 Malasatras
367 ॥ वडी निति संथारनइ समीपइं॥ ॥ आगाढे मज्झे पासवण(णे) अण अहि लघु नीत्य संथारनइ समीपई
आसे २ etc. ॥ आगाढे(? डे) आसन्ने उच्चारे
। उपाश्रयद्वारविहिर पासवणे(0) अणअहिआसे १
अणागाढे आसन्ने उच्चारे आगाढे आसन्ने पासवण(?णे ) अण
अणागाढे मज्झे पासवणे अहियासे २
पासवण(?ण) अणअहि यासे १ etc. अहियासे १
॥ अणागाढे मज्झे उच्चारे पासवणे ॥ आगाढे मज्झे उच्चारे पासवणे
___ अहियासे ३ अणअणअहियासे २ etc.
अणागाढे दूरे पासवणे अहियासे ३ These are the the māndalas made for attending natural calls. These calls may be attended to ( 1 ) near the bed, (2) inside the upāśraya near its entrance ( 3 ) outside the upāśrya but near its entrance and (4) at a distance of about 100 hastas from the upāśraya.
षडावश्यकसूत्र (2)
Şa dāvasyakasūtra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 999
246(a).
1871-72. Extent. — (text) 39 - 2 = 37 folios ; 3 lines to a page ; 32 letters to
a line. ,, -- ( balan ) 37 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and whitish ; Devanāgari
characters ; this Ms. contains the text as well as its bālāvabodha; the former written in a very big hand ; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand
margin only; white paste used ; edges of the last fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; both the text and the bālāvabodka incomplete since the first two foll. are missing ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz., संथारापोरिसीसुत्त which begins on fol. 36° and ends on fol. 396; it is explained in Gujarāti; the pertinent lines on fol. 36° and 39° are as under :

Page #405

360
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[999
( balan ) fol. 360 श्रीगौतमादि महामोटा रुषस्विरनई नमस्कार हउ एहवा गुरुसाषई पछई
त्रिणि नोमुकार कहई ( text ) fol. 39
अरिहंतो महदेवो । जावजीवं सुसाहुणो गुरुणो।
जिणपन्नत्तं तत्तं । इअ सम्मत्तं मए महिअं॥ १४ ॥ इति श्रीसंथारापरिसिसूत्र संपूर्णः ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः ॥ छ श्री Then follow some three verses.
( balan ) fol. 39" इति श्रीसंथाराविधि संपूर्णः Age.- Not modern. Author of the balavabodha.-Not mentioned. Subject. This work consists of a number of sūtras together with
their explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 39 बीयक्कमणे । हरियकमणे । etc.
-- ( balā० ) fol. 3° बीयका गोहुँ प्रमुष बीजनइं चांपवई करीनइं etc. Ends.- ( balan ) fol. 36° पोसहविधिं लीधो । विधि पार्यो विधि करतां अविधि
आशातना हुई । ते सवि हुँ । मन वचन कायाइं करी मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं ॥छ॥
इति श्रीखडावश्यकसूत्रं संपूर्ण ॥ छ ।
षडावश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति (?)
Sadavasyakasutra
vrtti (?)
No. 1000
43. 1880-81.
Size.- 121 in. by 21 in. Extent.— 32 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a page ; 55 to 60 letters to a
line. Description.-Palm leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्टमात्रा ; small, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having

Page #406

1000.]
369
been divided into two separate columns but really speaking lines of the first column are continued to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used at times; the left-hand margins have been worn out in good many cases; this Ms. starts with the first leaf numbered as 146; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 146, 147 etc.; in the left-hand one by letters; e. g. 174th is numbered as
Ill.
4 Malasūtras
several leaves more or less worm-eaten; condition unsatisfactory; there is a hole in every leaf in the space between the two columns: there are two fragmentary blank leaves at the end; they are extra; leaf 146a blank; complete so far as it this Ms. contains the rates of the goes; for text; instance करेमि भंते इत्यादि on leaf 148.
According to Bühler's Report for 1880-81, p. 25, this Ms. is a continuation of the preceding one i. e. that of 42 of 1880-81 dated Samvat 1179.
Age.- Old.
Author. Not mentioned; that is what appears.

Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary explaining certain sūtras probably pertaining to the six avaśyakas. Begins.-- leaf 146b
सर्वज्ञाय ||
देवेंद्रवंयचरणान् प्रणम्य भक्त्या जैनेंद्रनाम... किंचिन्मात्रं वक्ष्ये प्रतिचरणाया गृहस्थानां ॥ गुरुभक्त्या यदवाप्तं तावन्मात्रमपि भवति पुष्टिकरं । ¤Ħì(s)fq a¿ía || dì(s)×âì à à¶i æg¶øıítala etc. Ends.-- leaf 177b
 94 64
जयति जगति क्लेशावेश प्रपंच हिमांशुमान् । ......ÎagaîâqÀæiavaiazmnozqigara यतिपतिरजो यस्या हृष्यान्मतां वुनिधिर्नयान् धमतमतयस्तीनानापरे समुपास || ... नांथकपतेः शतानि भाष्णैगतगतानि विंशत्याविकान्ये.

Page #407

370
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1001.
षड़ावश्यकसूत्र
Şa dāvasya kasūtraबालावबोध
bālāvabodha
1309. No. 1001
1891-95, Size.— 102 in. by 43 in. Extent. — 60 - 6 = 54 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough, thin and white; Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains the game of the text ; fol. 60° blank ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 60° ; corners of the first few foll. slightly worn out ; condition tolerably good;
foll. I-6 missing ; otherwise conmplete. Age.- Samvat 1611. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Explanation of Sadavasyakasutra in Gujarati. Begins --- fol 7° मोक्ष लहसि ॥ ६ कथा । श्रीनुकारबालावबोधः ॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 60° एव्हा परवाणनि विषइ बवेकीरयत्नघष करवा । जेह भणी सूधा
घर्मनु उद्यम जीव हुई मोक्षफलदाईउ थाइ । प्रत्याख्यानबालाविबोधः। चउशु अधिकार संपूर्ण हुउ । श्रीषडावशकबालाविबोध संपूर्ण हुउ ।। एह माहि च्यारि अधिकार । पिहलि अधिकारि देववंदन । १ बीजइ गुरुवंदन ३। त्रीजइ पडिकमणो ४ चुथइ पचषांण । एतलइ च्यारि अधिकार समाप्तः ॥ ॥ संवत् १६११ वर्षे भाद्रपदादि ९नुमि गुरुदिने । 'उनंत दुग्गैः ‘भाट'ज्ञाती। ठाकुरश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीबलराज । सुतसस्वादास लिपिति ।। शुभं भवतु । छ ।।
यादृशे......दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ छ । श्रीश्री आचार्यधर्मरत्नमारगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ ।

Page #408

i002. 1
III. 4 Mulasatrás
371
आवश्यक सूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasya kasutraniryukti (आवस्सयसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति)
(Avassayasutta nijjutti )
629. No. 1002
1892-95. Size.- 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 35 folios ; 24 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with quals ; very small, clear and fair bandwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black nk; the space between these pairs coloured red; numbers for some of the foll. entered twice in one and the same margin ; bits of paper pasted to fol. 18; edges of the first two and those of the last two slightly worn out; unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in the centre ; the numbered, with two more,one in each of the two margins; complete ;
red chalk used; condition fair. Age.-- Samvat 1483 (?) Author.-- Bhadrabāhusvămin. For his other works etc. see No.709.
For a discussion in German see “ Übersicht über die
Avaśyaka-Literatur” (pp. 23-27). Subject.-- About so verses which occur in the begining of this Ms.
and form the Sthavirāvali are also found in the beginning of Nandisutra. But they are not found in the edition containing Āvaśyakasútra, its niryukti and Haribhadra Sūri's commentary (D. L. J. P. F. Series). They do not occur even in the edition containing niryukti and Malayagiri Süri's tikā (Āgamodaya Samiti Series). Furthermore, they are not commented upon by Jinabhadra Kşamāśramaņa, Haribhadra Sūri, Malayagiri Sûri or any other commentator of the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti; but they occur in various Mss. This may due be to the fact that some scribe wrote them perhaps as mangalācaraṇa and others followed in his foot-steps. So if we were to neglect them for a moment, the Avaśyakasútraniryukti, which is a metrical composi

Page #409

372
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1002.
tion in Prākrit can be said to be explaining the six adhyayanas of the Avaśyakasútra.
The niryukti of the ist ( Sāmāyika) adhyayana can be divided into two groups: (1) Uvagghāyanijjutti ( Upodghātaniryukti ) and ( 2 ) Namokkäranijjutti ( Namaskäraniryukti). Out of them Upodghata-niryukti is sub-divided into several sections known as under :--
(1) Pedhiyă (Pithikā), (2) Padhamävaravariya ( Prathamăvaravarikā), ( 3 ) Biïyāvaravariya ( Dvītiyāvaravarikā), (4) Uvasagga (Upasarga ), (5.) Samosarana ( Samavasaraņa ), (6) Ganaharavāya' (Ganadharavada), (7) Sāmāyārī ( Sãmācāri ), (8) Nihộavavattavva (Nihnavavaktavya ) and (9) Sesauvagghāyanijjutti (Seșopodghātariryukti).
The niryukti of the second ( Caturviņśatistava ) adhyayana has no such sub-divisions. The sarnę is the case with the niryukti of the third ( Vandana ) aydhyayana.
Under the niryukti of the fourth (pratikramaņa) adhyayana, we find ( 1 )4 Jhāṇasaya ( Dhyānaśataka ), (2) Päritthāvaniyānijjutti (Pārişthāpanikāniryukti), ( 3 ) Pațikkamasamgahaņi ( Pratikramaṇāsamgrahani)s; (4) Jogasaṁgahanijjutti ( Yogasamgrahaniryukti ) and ( 5 ) Asajjhāyanijjutti ( Asvādhyāyaniryukti).
Neither the niryukti of the firth ( Kāyotsarga ) adhyayana nor that of the sixth (Pratyākhyāna ) adhyayana, has any subdivisions as we find in the case of the niryukti of the first adhyayana.
In the the case of a few Ms. contain
syakasutra
1 This is also styled as Ganahara. 2 This is of ten types. 3 This division is at times neglected.
4 This is not the composition of Bhadrabahusvämin, though sound here; but it is rather the work of Jinabhadra Gani Kşanısäramana.
5 This is also known as Samgrahaņi.

Page #410

1002.)
III. 4 Malasatras
373
niryukti, its component parts have been treated by me separately as desired, and they have been accordingly given separate serial numbers.
Ernst Leumann believes that there have been four redactions of the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti : (1) Bhadrabāhu's redaction, ( 2 ) Siddhasena's redaction, ( 3 ) Jinbhata's reaction and ( 4 ) the Vulgata-redaction.' After entering into a learned discussion pertaining to these redactions he has recapitulated the results in a tabular form which I may here represent as under: --
Avaśyaka
Āvašyaka-niryukti
XI
1 3rd 4th Ist Redac. 2nd Redac. Redac. Redac. II-VIII ( Uvaggha- I ( Pedhiyā) Therävali
yanijjutti) Pañcanamaskāra 1 IX I ( Sāmāyika II ( Caturvimśati
stava ) III ( Vandana ) XII IV ( Pratikramana ) XIII
XIV XV ( Păriţthāvan. XVI ( Sam- (Jhāṇ
iya-nijjutti) gahani) asaya ) XVII (Jogasam
gaha) XVIII Asajjhảya
nijjutti ) V (Kāyotsarga) XIX VI | Prátyäkhyāna) XX
In this connection I may add that the seventh section of Mülāyāra 3 (Mülācāra ) of Vaţtakerasvämin is known by the name of Avāssayanijjutti. This Digambara work resembles Avaśyakasútraniryukti in several respects such as six divisions etc.
2 3
See Übersicht über die Ävasyaka-Literatur ” (p. 2.). lbid., p. 31. For a pertinent portion of this see the above-mentioned work pp. 16-19.

Page #411

374
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1002
For a detailed information about "subject" in Sanskrit sec pp. 135-139 of " नन्यादिगाथायकारादियुतो विषयानुक्रमः " (Agamodaya Samiti Series No. 55).
In the printed edition in verses 450, 457 and 458, there is a reference to garbhapaharana pertaining to Lord Mahavira. This is in agreement with the passage occurring in Bhavanadhyayana of Acärängasútra and the passage in Kalpasūtra. Moreover, it is supported by a Jaina antiquity found at Mathura.
Begins.-- fol. 1a
--
जयइ जगजीवजोणी । विआणओ जगगुरू जगाणंदो । जगनाहो जगबंधो जयइ जगपिओ महाभयवं ॥ १ ॥ fol. ra
आभिणिबोहियनाणं । सुयनाणं चेव ओहिनाणं च । तह मणपज्जवनाणं | केवलनाणं च पंचमयं ॥ १ ॥
Ends.-- fol. 35b
सन्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तत्रयं निसामित्ता । तं सव्वावसुद्धा (द्धं ) जं चरणगुणट्टिओ साहू ॥ ९४ ॥ पच्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ ॥ समाप्तं श्रीमदावश्यकं ॥ छ । सं० १४८३ [८] वर्षे फा० ० ५। सो ०
Reference. Published along with Avasyakasūtra and Haribhadra Suri's commentary Śisyahita in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, Nos. 1-4, and also in the same Series as Nos. 56 and 60 and in D. L. J. P. F. series as No. 85 where Malaya! giri Suri's commentary is given in 3 parts so far as available.
See Weber II, p. 379fn. and 742ff., as well as Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 329 ff.
For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 400 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 13 and 33.
I This passage is quoted by Darśanavijaya in his article “ मथुरानी कंकाली टीलो
published in Sri Jaina Satya Prakasa

अने भगवान महावीरना जीवनना ये विशिष्ट प्रसंगो
(vol. II, Nos. 4-5, p. 180.)
2 Here the work is styled as raag of Bhadrabahu.

Page #412

1002. ]
III. 4 Malasütras
For the origin of the Botikas according to this Niryukti and Haribhadra's commentary see Z. D. M. G. vol. X L. p. 92ff. and for Avaśyakasútraniryukti (IX) see W. Z. K. M. vol. V (?VI).
For a learned discussion in German see Übersicht über die Avaśyaka-Literatur" (pp. 22-31).
cc
In Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka (vol. II, No. I, pp. 81-91), July 1923 we have an article in Gujarati entitled as प्रो. ल्युमन अने आवश्यक सूत्र. Herein it is said that Prof. Leumann had commenced publishing in Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, his work Die Avashyaka Erzahlungen; but he let it go after about 50 pages were printed as he could not get the necessary Mss. of bhāṣya, cūrņi, ṭīkā, etc. In 1894 he prepared a paper on Avaśyaka and its literature to be read at the International Oriental Congress. This paper he has published in 50 pages. Herein he has first of all pointed out the place assigned to Avaśyaka by the:Śvetambaras and the Digambaras. This is followed by the summary of the nijjutti, some of the special features of the cúrni and those of Haribhadra Suri's țikā on Avassayasutta, an exposition of Visesavassayabhasa, etc. In the end he has given photo-prints of some of the worn-out leaves of Silanka Suri's commentary on it. Some of the proofs of this publication seem to have been sent by the late Prof. Leumann to the late Dr. Bhandarkar. They are to be found in his collection at B. O. R. I.
375
After these remarks, Jinavijaya and K. P. Modi, the writers of this article have given from the above-mentioned publication the names of the 11 Ganadharas and mentioned their doubts and have reproduced quotations from the non-Jaina sources like the Upanisad etc. with their original sources where possible'.-a very praiseworthy attempt on the part of the late Prof. Leumann.
For certain important statements in Gujarati see Siddhacakra (vol. IV, No. 12, pp. 284-288).
I
For this see Übersicht über die Avaśyaka Literatur (pp. 37-38).

Page #413

376
Jaina Literature and Philosophy

1002.
They are as under :
1) Out of the 10 niryuktis, Avaśyakasūtraniryukti is composed first.
2) It is more exhaustive than the rest, and that its Upodghataniryukti is recommended not only for the study of the remaining five adhyayanas of Avaśyakasutra but even while studying the nityukti of other works.
3) Some of its gathas occur in some of the agamas. For instance 11⁄2 gathās are in Anuyogadvārasūtra, and some gathās in Sthānanga and Nandisütra, too. 4) The discussion about avadhijñāna given in the Nandisutra reminds one of a corresponding topic dealt with in the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti.
5) It is the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti on which we have a number of commentaries, such as múlabhāṣya, the Viseṣā vaśyakabhāṣya, cūrṇī and various other commentaries.'
6) Avaśyakasūtra and its Upodghätaniryukti are unique in the sense that a separate treatise viz. Anuyogadvara is composed for explaining them.
7) There is a discussion as to why there are two mangalas in the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti, one by way of the gātha beginning with आभिनिबोहियनाणं and one by way of the gāthā commencing with तित्थयरे भगवंते (Upodghataniryukti).
A. M. Ghatage has made certain observations regarding the Niryuktis. He places the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti along with the Daśavaikalikaniryukti in the second group out of
the three 2 in which he divides the collection of Niryukti I Cf. what is given on p. 15 of Ubersicht über die Avaśyaka-Literatur. 2 The first and the third groups are as under :
The niryuktis on the first two angas come under the first group which contains "Niryuktis the text of which is preserved to us in a form which we can reasonably take to represent their original one free from later additions" (p. 270). "Ir the third group come the Niryuktis which are now called by the names of the Bhāṣyas and Bṛhad-Bhāṣyas like those on Nisitha and others where it is not now possible to separate the original Niryukti and the latter commentary ou it." (PP 270-71).

Page #414

1003.)
iti. 4 Malasatras
377
works. He defines the second group as under :--- “ The second group consists of those Niryuktis where verses of the so-called Mūla-Bhāșya are added to the original Niryukti either to explain it or to supplement it.”
– Vide his article " The Sūtrakslāņga-niryukti” (p. 270 ) published in "The Indian Historical Quarterly”. vol. XII, No. 2 ( June 1936).
In the end, I may mention that it is rather difficult to say for certain as to which sūtras constitute the original Avaśyakasūtra. This Avaśyakasūtraniryukti can throw at least some light in this connection. For, herein we have sūtrasparsikaniryukti which explains every word of the sútra or good many words of it. As such sútras, mention may be made of the following sútras :--
(1) Navakära, ( 2 ) Karemi bhante, ( 3 ) Logassa, (4) Suguruvandanasūtra, (5) Tassa uttari, ( 6 ) Annattha and (7) the various Pratyakhyānasūtras.
The meaning of some of the gātbās of the Avaśyakasutraniryukti seems to tally with the ineaning of some of the sútras. These sutras may be a part and parcel of the Avaśyakasútra. As a specimen mention may be made of Cattārimangalam. For further discussion, the reader may refer to pp. 135-137.
83.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avaśyakasūtraniryukti No. 1003
1872-73. Size.-- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.--- 44 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and whitish ; Deva
nāgari characters with JaaS; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used especially to mark the numbers for verses ;

Page #415

378
Jaina Literature and Philosophy frooz. yellow pigment rarely used ; edges of the first two foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good ; complete ; extent 2572 ślokas; the contents may be rough
ly indicated as under: थेरावलिया + पेढिया foll. 1-30 चउवीसत्थयानिज्जुत्ति fol. 266-270 पढमावरवरिया
, 3*--64 बंदणानिज्जुत्ति , 27-31 बिइयावरवरिया ,, 6-12
पडिक्कमणनिज्जत्ति , 31-32 उवसग्ग ,, 12-14 झाणसय
, 324-34* समोसरण
,, 14-15 पारिट्रावणियनिज्जुत्ति(?), 34-360 गण.हर
,, I5-160 असज्झायनिज्जत्ति , 36-38 सामायारी
,, 16° 17° | काउस्सग्गनिज्जुत्ति , 38b-41 नमोक्कारनित्ति , 17-26 पच्चक्वाणनिज्जुत्ति , 41-440 Age.--- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. 18
जयइ जगजीवो etc. Ends.- fol. 44
सन्वेसि पि etc., up to संमत्ता as in No. 1002. This is followed by the line as under :--
छ । इति श्रीआवश्यकश्रतस्कंधः समाप्तः ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं २५७२ ॥ छ ।। N. B.- For additional information see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti No. 1004
_1180..
1886-92. Size. -- 12] in. by 4g in. Extent.- 43 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, brittle and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with occasional gains; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; white and yellow pigment, too ; foll. more or less worm-eaten ; strips of paper pasted to some of the foll. in the beginning ; some foll. torn almost in the middle%3

Page #416

9851 III. 4 Malasatras
379 condition fair ; marginal notes written at times ; complete ;
extent 3550 ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I
जयइ जगजीव etc. Ends.- fol. 43
सव्वेसि पि etc., up to पच्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ।। This is followed by the lines as under :एत्थं पुण चउभंगो असुद्धो उ ॥१ सो गुण गहणिज्जो सीसपसिरसाण होउ जरणिज्जो साहूण ...रे भोज्जो निच्चं च आचार हराणज्जा ॥२ अक्खरमत्ता लिहिऊण पगरणमिणं जं पतं पुन्न साहण धम्म ।
तेण धम्मेण पुणो सम्वो वि जणो लहउ मोक्खं ॥ ४ । इति आवस्सयं सम्मत्तं । छ । छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ३५५० सर्वसंख्या । शुभं etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Åvasyakasūtraniryukti No. 1005
257.
1883-84. Size. — 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 173 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 25 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, legible and elegant handwriting: borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured yellow; numbers, for foll. entered only once; a square-like design in the centre on unnumbered sides and two more in the margins in the case of the numbered ones ; fol. I decorated with a design ; otherwise blank; edges of the first fol. badly worn out ; edges of the 2nd fol. slightly damaged ; some of the foll. worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains थेरावली, पेढिया etc.; yellow pigment used; complete.

Page #417

380
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1005.
Age.-- Samvat 1553. Begins.-- fol. 10
जयइ जगजीव etc. Ends.—- fol. 173a
सव्वेसि पि etc. up to पच्चक्खाणानज्जुत्ती as in No. 1002. This is followed by the lines as under:--
समाप्ता इति श्रीआवश्यकश्रुतस्कंधः समाप्तः ॥ छ । संवत् १५५३ वर्षे वैशापशुदि १ सोमे ‘पत्तने' लिखापितं ॥ छ ॥ श्री उरुवंश'ज्ञातीयभणसाली ॥ छ । देवचंद्रभार्या ठकूपुत्रभणसा प ( ? ) मंडलिकभार्या
मनाईसता ॥ छ । बकाईपठनार्थ ॥ छ । शुभं etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti No. 1006
240.
A. 1882-83. Size.-- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 34 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 73 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper:very thin, smooth and greyish; Deva
nāgari characters with ears; small, quite clear and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines; out of them two are in blank ink and one in red ink ; a corner of the first fol. slightly worn out ; condition very good ; red
chalk used ; fol. 34° blank ; complete. Age.- Seems to be old. Begins.-- fol. 18
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. as in No. 1002. Ends.-- fol 34
सव्वेसि पि etc. up to संमत्ताas in No. 1002. This is
followed by छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ मिति भद्रं N. B.-- For other details see No. 1002.

Page #418

1008.]
III. 4 Malasairas
384
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avaśyakasūtraniryukti No. 1007
208.
1871-72. Size. — 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.-63 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; the last fol. wrongly numbered as 64 ; it is really 63rd ; notes occasionally written in the margins; complete ; extent 3100 ślokas;
condition very good ; yellow pigment used ; fol. 63° blank. Age.- Old. Begins.- tol. 1" ५ ६०॥ ५
जयइ जगजीवजोणीवियो(?या)णउ जगगुरु जगाणंदो ।
जगनाहो जगबंध । जयइ जगपियामहो भयवं । २ Ends.- fol 63*
सम्वेसि पि नयाणं वहुविहवत्तव्वयं निसामित्ता ।
तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणटिओ साहू ॥ ७१ ।। इति पञ्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ ६॥ समाप्ता॥ षड्विधावश्यकनियुक्ति ॥ छ ।। इति ग्रंथानं श्लोक ३१०० ॥ छ ॥
यादृशं etc. up to दोषो न दीयते १ N. B.- For other details see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti
771. No. 1008
1895-1902. Size.- 11| in. by 44 in Extent.-- 44 - 2 = 42 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 75 letters to a
line,

Page #419

282
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1008. Description.--- Country paper thin and white ; Devanagari chara
cters with garais; sufficiently big, bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; foll. I and 2 lacking ; otherwise complete; edges of the foll. 3 to 6 slightly worn out'; condition on the whole
good : 2700 gāthās; extent 3375 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1488. : Begins -- fol 3 वा वासुदेवा य ।। ७१ '
सोलस रायसहस्सा | सबबलेणं तु संकलणिबद्ध ।
अच्छंति वासुदेवं । अगडतडंमी ठियं संतं ॥७२॥ etc. Ends -- fol 44 सवेसि पि etc ; up to साडू as in No 1007. This is
followed by the lines as under -
॥ ७१ एवं १५८ ॥ छ इति पञ्चक्खाणं नाम छद्रं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।। इति पञ्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता || आवस्सगनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ।। गाथा २७०० श्लोकसंख्या ३३७५ ॥ छ ।
॥ संवत् १४८८ वर्षे मार्गशीर्ष वदि ११ एकादश्यां गुरौ ॥ श्री पीसल - नगरे पं० गुणसमुद्रगणिना लिखापितं श्रीआवश्यक संपूर्ण ॥ छ ॥ शुभं
भवतु etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti
No. 1009
157. 1871-72,
Size.-- IIT in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 46 - 1-9 = 36 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Deva.
nägari characters with EATIS ; small, legible and very fair ___hand-writing ; borders indifferently ruled in red ink ; red * 1 This portion occurs as a part of the 70th verse on p. 78a in the edition containing Malayagiri Sūri's commentary on Avaśyakasutra.

Page #420

'Toro.]
III. 4 Mulasatras
383
chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered once only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre, whereas the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; marginal notes seem to be added at times ; the first fol. as well foll. 37 to 45 lacking; otherwise pratically complete ; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; foll. 36 and 46 damaged probably on account of their having been exposed to fire; condition fair ; this Ms. commences practically with the 29th gatha of
स्थविरावली. Age.-- Samvat 1532. Begins -- fol 2
गुणाणं। वंदामि अजमंगुं सू(स )यसागरपारगं धीरं ॥ २९ वंदामि अज्जधम्मं वंदे तत्तो य सदगुत्तं च ।
तत्तो य अज्जवइरं तवनियमगुणेहिं वइरसमं ॥ ३० ॥ etc. Ends. -- fol 464.
सन्वेसि पि etc., up to संमत्ता as in No. 1002. This is followed by the lines as under :
छ ॥ श्रीआवश्यकसूत्रं समाप्तं ।। ग्रंथानं २५५० अनुष्टुप ग्रंथानुमान ३१५० । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । संवत् १९३२ वर्षे ज्येष्ठमासे चतुर्दशीदिने गुरुवासरे श्राविकारूपाई श्राविका वायूँ श्राविका पूरी श्रीआवश्यकसूत्र
लिषापिता । प्रवर्तिनीराजलक्ष्मीउपदेशेन ॥ N. B.-- For additional information see No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avaśyakasūtraniryukti No. 1010
.85.
1872-73. Size.--- IOf in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 71 - I = 70 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 44 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charact
ers with पृष्टमात्राs; big, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space

Page #421

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1010.
between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides hvae a square-like desgin in the the centre whereas the numbered, in each of the two margins, too, in yellow colour; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 2"; foll. 6 and 65 to 71 slightly torn; condition on the whole good; white pigment used; red chalk at times only; the 1st fol. lacking; this Ms. contains पोढया etc. up to जोगसंगह and आसायणा complete plus some portion; thus it begins and ends abruptly. Age.- Pretty old.
Begins -- fol 2a
384
Ends
नाणुज्जोयस्स जए भई दमसंघसूरस्स ॥ १० ॥
This is the 10th gatha of four which is followed by aftur. fol 71b
( परतित्थिय ) गहपहनासगस्स तवतेयदित्तलेसस्स ।
स्थविरावली (थेरावली )
आवासयं तु काउं जिणोवइटुं गुरुवएसेणं ।
तिनि थुई पडिलेहा कालरस विही इमा तत्थ || ५६ ॥
दुविहो य होइ कालो वाघायम एयरो य नायव्वा ।
The Ms. ends thus abruptly.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1002.
a1a1e daaldıze azui azazoi ar || *
No. 1011
Size. 10 in. by 4

in.
Sthaviravali
(Theravalij)
Extent.-- 46 folios; 17 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders thickly ruled singly in red ink; red chalk used; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the
273(a). A. 1882-83.
1 This is 1369th gatha of the Avasyakasûtraniryukti according to the edition containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary.

Page #422

1011.)
III. 4 Malasutras
385
centre; the numbered have two more, one in each of the two margins ; complete; some of the foll. somewhat wormeaten; condition unsatisfactory; this work is followed by the following constituents which practically make up Avaśyakasutraniryukti. (1) पीठिका (पेढिया) foll. Ib to 3. (2) प्रथमावरवरिका (पढमावरवरिया ) foll. 34 to 64. (3) द्वितीयावरवरिका (बिइयावरवरिया) foll. 6 to 12. (4) 'उपसर्ग (उवसग्ग) foll. 12 to I34. (5) गणधर (गणहर ) foll. 139 to 164. (6) सामाचारी (सामायारी) foll. 16 to 17. (7) उपोद्धातनियुक्ति (उवग्घायनिज्जुत्ति ) foll. 17 to 21b. (8) नमस्कारनियुक्ति (नमुक्कारनिज्जत्ति) foll. 21 to 24. (9) सामायिकनियुक्ति (सामाइयनिज्जुत्ति) foll. 24° to 26. ( 10 ) चतुर्विंशतिस्तवनियुक्ति (चउवीसत्थयनिज्जुत्ति ) foll. 264 to 37. (11) वन्दननियुक्ति (वंदणनिज्जुत्ति ) foll. 27° to 30°. (12) प्रतिक्रमणनियुक्ति ( पडिक्कमणनिज्जुत्ति ) foll. 30° to 31'. (13) ध्यानशत (झाणसय ) foll. 31° to 33". . (14) पारिष्ठापनिकानियुक्ति ( पारिद्वावणियानिज्जत्ति ) foll. 33° to 36. (15) प्रतिक्रमणसङ्ग्रहणी ( पडिक्कमणासंगहणी ) foll. 360 to 37°. (16) योगसंग्रह (जोगसंगह) foll. 376 to 38. (17) आशातना (आसायणा) foll. 38 to 39*. ( 18 ) अस्वाध्यायनियुक्ति ( असज्झायनिज्जत्ति) foll. 394 to 41". (19) कायोत्सर्गनियुक्ति ( काउस्सग्गनिज्जुत्ति ) foll. 41 to 44'.
___ foll. 444 to.44.
foll. 44° to 45 .. () प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति ( पचखाणानिज्जत्ति ) foll. 45* to 46".
Age.-~- Pretty old. • Author.--- Perhaps Devavācaka. Subject.-Some of the verses in Prākrit mentioning the names of
several Sthaviras.
1 In the printed Catalogue we have Samavasrarana between Upasarga and Ganadhara.

Page #423

386
Begins.- fol. ra
ॐ नमो श्रीजिनागमाय ।
जयइ जगजीवजोणीवियाणओ जगगुरू जगाणंदो । जगनाहो जगबंधू जयइ जगप्पियामहो भयवं ॥ १ ॥ etc. fol. rb
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.—' fol. 1b
दाम अजरक्खियखमणे रक्खियचरित्तसवस्से । रयणकरंगभूओ अणुओगो रक्खिओ जेहिं ॥ ३२ ॥ नाणमिदंसणंमिय तत्र विणए निञ्च कालमुज्जुत्तं ।
अज्जा (? ज्ज) नंदिलखमणं सिरसा वंदे पसन्नमणं ॥ ३३ ॥
'ater' ist etc.
This verse is not numbered as 34 but it is numbered as 10 and the succeeding ones are accordingly numbered as 11, 12 etc.
पीठिका (पेढ़िया )
No. 1012

Reference. - Published. See No. 1002.
जे अने भगवंते etc. up to बुच्छं
आभिणिबोहियनाणं सुयनाणं चेव ओहिनाणं च ।
तह मणपज्जवनाणं केवलनाणं च पंचम ॥ २७ ॥ थेरावलिया समत्ता
[ 1011.

Pitbika
(Pedhiyā )
Extent. fol. rb to fol. 34.
Description.— Complete. For other details see Sthavirāvalī No.111.
Subject. -- 81 verses in Prakrit.
1. This is the 29th verse of Sthavirāvalī given in the beginning of Nandisūtra.
2 This forms the very 1st verse of the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti commented upon by Malayagiri Sūri,
273 (b ). A.1882-83.

Page #424

1013.]
III. 4 Malasutras
387
Begins.- fol. 1.
ओग्गह ईहाबाओ अ धारणा एव हुँति चत्तारि ।
आभिणिबोहियनाणस्स भेयवत्थु समासेणं ॥ १ ॥ ' etc. Ends.- fol. 30
इत्थं पुण इहगारो सुयनाणेणं जओ सुएणं तु । सेसाणमप्पणा वि य अणुओग पईवदिटुंतो ॥ ८१ ॥'
पढिया संमत्ता ।। Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
पीठिका
Pithika
1207. No. 1013
1887-91. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--- 3 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line, Description.--Country paper thin, brittle and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters ; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; the space between the pairs coloured red ; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only whereas the numbered in ihe margins, too; complete ; edges of all the foll. slightly worn out ; condi
tion tolerably good ; this Ms. contains 79 verses in all, Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. I
ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।। आभिणिबोहियनाणं सुयनाणं चेव ओहिनाणं च । तह मणपज्जयनाणं केवलनाणं च पंचमयं ॥
उग्गहो ईह अवाओ etc. as in No. 1012. 1-2 These two verses form and and 79th verses of the Avaśyakasūtraniryukti above referred to ( see p. 386).

Page #425

388
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1913. Ends.- fol. 30
एत्थं पुण अहिगारो etc. up toदिदंतो as in No. 1012. This is followed by ॥ ७९ पीढिया संम्मत्ता । N.B.-For other details see No. 1012.
पीठिकाबालावबोध
Pītbikābālāvabodha
- 1347 (b). No. 1014
1895-98. Extent.-- fol. 4* to fol. 134. Description.-- Complete ; composed in Samvat 1564. For other
details see Sthavirāvalivrtti with balavabodha No. 631, where this work is styled as आवश्यकपीठिकाविवरण
(बालावबोध). Author.-- Samvegadeva Gani, pupil of Somasundara Suri of Tapa
gaccha. Subject. ---Sanskrit and Gujarāti explanations of the Pithikā of
Avaśyakasūtraniryukti. Begins.- fol. 4
श्रीवर्द्धमानजिननायक एष सत्यं ।
प्राभातिकः किल सहश्र(स)करो विभाति ।। यदेशितीर्थकिरणप्रसरैः प्रकाशः। ... संजायते सकलकवस्तुविकाशदक्षः ॥ १॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरयरून भक्त्या । श्रीरत्नशेखरगुरूंश्च । श्रीमत् 'तपागणेंद्रान् । नत्वा श्रुतदेवतांश्चैव ॥ २॥ श्रीमत्तदावश्यकस्यादौ । पीठिका विवृणोम्यहं ।।।
बालावबोधरूपेण । बह्वार्थमल्पसूत्रिकां ॥ ३ ॥ भीभद्रबाहुस्वामि । आवश्यकनइ धुरि मंगलीक भणी । पंच ज्ञान विखाणइ
आभणियोहियनाणं । सुयनाणं चेव ओहिनाणं च। तह मणपज्जवनाणं केवलनाणं च पंचमयं ॥१॥ आ०॥ प्रथम मातिज्ञान | श्रुतज्ञान २'etc.

Page #426

TOIS.] III. 4 Malasairas .
389 Ends.- fol. 13 हवइ ईहां सिद्धांतनइ अवसरि | श्रुतज्ञाननु अधिकार जाणिवु ।
जेह भणी श्रुतज्ञानइ करी । अनेरा सवि हुं ज्ञानना अनुयोग अर्थ जणाइ । जेह भणी श्रुतज्ञान आपणुइं स्वरूप प्रकाशइ। अनइ अनेरा ज्ञाननुं स्वरूप प्रकाशइ । जिम दीवउ आपणपुं(?) प्रकाशइ । अनइ अनेराइ पदार्थ प्रकाश करइ । इह प्रदीपनु दृष्टांत जाणिवू । जेह भणी श्रुतज्ञान आपणुंड स्वरूप प्रकाशइ | अनइ अनेरा ज्ञाननुं स्वरूप प्रकाशइ । जिम दीवउ आपणपुं प्रकाशइ । अनइ अनेराइ पदार्थ प्रकाश करइ । इह प्रदीपनु दृष्टांत जाणिवु | तिम श्रुतज्ञान जाणिवू । छ । श्रीसोमसुंदरयुगोत्तमसूरिशिष्यः ।
संवेगदेवगणिरिंद्रतिथि : ] १५१(६)४ प्रमे(5)ब्दे ।। आवश्यकस्य धुरि संस्थितपीठिकाया । ___ बालाधबोधमतनोन( त्) स्वपदार्थसिद्धयै । १।
श्रीआवश्यकस्य प्रथमपीठिकाबालावबोधः समर्थितः । शुभं भवतु ॥
पीठिकाबालावबोध
Pithikābālāvabodha
No. 1015
- 1232. 1891-95.
Size.-- 101 in. by s in.
Extent:- I3 folios; II to 24 lines to page: 30 to 58 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white ; Devanāgari
characters; bold, small, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk used; foll 62 and 12 written in a very big hand; fol. 6a numbered as I also ; a yellow piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 136; similar is the case with fol. 18; corners of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition
good; fol. 10% contains tabulated results; complete, Age.-- Samvat:1872.

Page #427

390
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins.-- fol. 1 श्रीशांतिनाथाय नमः ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमाना (न) जिननायक एवं सत्यं (प्रा) भातिकः किल सहस्रकरोति ? विभाति ( ? ) किरण प्रसारैः प्रकाशः
स जायतें सकलवस्तुबी (वि) काशदक्षः १
श्री सोमसुंदरगुरून भक्त्या श्रीरत्न से ( शे ) ष ( ख ) रगुरूंश्व श्रीमत् 'तप' गणेंद्रान नत्वा श्रुतदेवतां चैव २
श्रीमदावश्यक स्यादा(दो) पीठि (ठि ) का ( कां) विवृणोम्यहा ( हं ) बालावबोधरूपेण बह्वार्थामल्पसूत्रिकां ३ etc.
श्रीभद्रबाहु स्वामी श्री आवश्यकने धुरे पहेलं मंगलीक भणी पांच ज्ञांन वषाणे छे. आभिणी (णि) बोही (हि ) यनाणं० आभिनीबोधीक ज्ञांन कहts etc.
fol. 64 श्री शांतिनाथाय नमः
भव्यानामुपदेसा (शा) य मार्गे वचनका कथ्यते तत्र प्रथम जीव अनादि कालनो मिथ्यात्वी हतो ते हवें काललब्धि पामीनें त्रण्य कर्ण करें छें
etc.
Ends. fol. 134 तीम श्रुतज्ञांन आपणुं ए अर्थ प्रकासे अनें अनेरा ए ज्ञांननोऽर्थ प्रकासें ईस्यूं जांण ८०
'प्रथमावर रिका
( पढमाबवरिया)
こ
इति श्री सोमसुंदरक (यु) गोत्तमसूरीष्पीष्य संवेग देवगणीना ग्रथीता ग्रंथ ai श्री आवश्यक पीठीकाबालावबोध संपूर्ण संवत् १८७२ ना वर्षे श्रावण शुद ७ गुरौ दिने लीपीतं पं (०) न्याय सागरगणीना स्वात्मार्थे 'महीज'ग्रामे श्रीसांतिनाथप्रसादात् भद्रं भवतु श्रेयं. स्वात्मार्थे(s) लेखि.
N. B. -- For other details see No. 1014.
No. 1016

[1015.
Prathmavaravarikā (Padhamāvaravariya )
Extent.- fol. 34 to fol. 64.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1011.
1 This is also styled as Laghuvaravarikā See. p. 391.

273 (c).
A. 1882-83

Page #428

S
1017.1 III. 4 Malasatras
391 Subject.- 178 verses in Prakrit forming : a part of the Avasyaka
sātraniryukti. Begins.- fol. 3
तित्थयरे भगवंते अणुत्तरपरक्कमे अमिअनाणी ।
तिन्नेसु गइगइगए सिद्धिपहपएसए वंदे ॥ १॥ etc.' Ends.-- fol. 6a
तिम्नेव य कोहिसया अट्टासीयं च हुंति कोडीओ | असियं च सयसहस्सा एवं संबच्छरे दिनं ।। १७८ ॥
पढमावरवारया संम्मत्ता। Reference.- Published. See No. I002.
प्रथमावरवरिका.
Prathamăvaravarika बालावबोध
bālāvabodha
1347 (0). No. 1017
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 13a to fol. 220. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 631. Subject.— Prathamăvaravariká here styled as Laghuvaravarika is
explained in Sanskrit and at times in Gujaräti. Begins.- fol. 13 तित्थयरे । अहं तीर्थकरान् सदा वंदे। किंविशिष्टान् तीर्थ
करान् । भगवतः पूज्यान । पुनः किं० तीर्थ । अनुत्तरपराक्रमान् । पुनः किं. ती० । अमितज्ञानिनः । पुनः किं ती। तीर्णान् । पुनः किं तीर्थ ।
सुगतिगतिगतान् । पुनः किं तीर्थ | सिद्धिप्रदेशकान् । १ | etc. Ends. - fol. 22 तिन्नेव य० । त्रीणि कोटिशतानि | अष्टाशीतिशतसहस्राः लक्षाः ।
एतत्संवत्सरे दत्तं । त्रिणिसई कोडि । अठियासी कोडि । अहीसी लक्ष । एतलडं सुवर्णदान । परमेश्वरिई वरसदिवसिई दीधउं ॥ ८२॥ इति लघुवरवरिका संपूर्णा ॥ श्रीब्रह्मवाडिश्रीमहावीराय नमः । श्रीरस्तु र(अस्माकं ॥
1 Malayagiri Suri before commenting upon this verse says :
"तत्रोपोद्धातस्यादिमगलमाह।" 2 This is 242th verse in the edition containing Malayagiri Suri's commentary.

Page #429

392
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ Ior8.
'द्वितीयावरवरिका
Dvitīyāvaravarikā (बिइयावरवरिया)
( Biiyavaravariya) No. 1018
273 (d).
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 64 to fol. I24. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1011. Subject. This work also known as Vțddhavaravariká consists of
348 verses in Prakrit and forms a part of the Avasyakasutra
niryukti. Begins.— fol. 6a
वीरं आरेटुनमिं पास मलिं च वासुपुज्जं च ।
एए मुत्तूण जिणे अ. सेसा आसि रायाणो ॥१॥ etc. Ends.— fol. 122
बहियायनायसंडे आपुच्छित्ताण नायए सव्वो। दिवसे मुहुत्तसेसे कुमारग्गामे समणुपत्तो ॥ ३४८ ॥
वरवरिया बिइया संमत्ता । Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
द्वितीयावरवरिका No. 1019
Dviti yāvaravarika
306 (8). A. 1882-83.
Size.--101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 48-6=42 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders indifferently ruled in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin;
1 2
This is also styled as Vrddhavaravarikā. See p. 394. The letter & is gone as the corresponding portion is worn out.

Page #430

Ior.]
III. 4. Malasätras.
393.
64
210
..
.this Ms. starts with the 7th fol.; fol. 48b_blank ; Dvitiyavaravarikā ends on fol. 130; condition good; this Ms. contains the following 19 works in addition.-- (1) उपसर्ग
70 verses foll. 136-145 (2) समवसरण
69 ,
, 14-16 (3) गणधरावली - 80(:),, , 16-17*3 - (4) सामाचारी
, 174-18 (5) उपोद्धातनियुक्ति
18b-22 (6) नमस्कारनियुक्ति .
220-25 (7) सामायिकनियुक्ति
,, 254-26 (8) चतुर्विंशतिस्तवनियुक्ति
62 ,
,, 266-28 (9) वन्दननियुक्ति
189 ,
,, 284-31 (10) प्रतिक्रमणनियुक्ति
,, 31-32 (11) आर्तध्यान ____18 ,
fol. 320 (12) ध्यानशतक
* 106
foll. 320-34 (13) पारिष्टापनिकानियुक्ति
, 34-37 (14) प्रतिक्रमणनियुक्ति
,, 376-39 (15) योगसङ्ग्रह
60 ,
,, 39-40 (16) आशातना
fol. 40 (17) अस्वाध्यायनियुक्ति III , foll. 40*-42* (18) कायोत्सर्गनियुक्ति I72 "
, 42-45
" 44 (19) प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति 21 verses plus
a prose passage plus 90 verses , 459-48* Age.-Old. ... Begins.— fol. ja
___ वीरं अरिहनेमि पास etc. Ends..- fol. 13a
बहिया य नायसंडे etc., up to समणुपत्तो as in No. To18. This is followed by ॥ ४८ बिइया वरवरिया संमत्ता ॥ छ ।। N. B.-- For additional information see No. 1018.
4
२० [I.L. P.1

Page #431

394
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1020. द्वितीयावरवरिका.
Dvitīyāvaravarikā दीपिका
dipikā No. 1020
1347 (d).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 22s to fol. 324. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 631. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.- A Sanskrit explanation of Dvitiyavaravarika. Begins.- fol. 22* वीरं अरिट्टनेमिः ॥ वीरं श्रीवर्द्धमानं १ अरिष्टनेमि २
पार्श्व ३ माल्लिं ४ चान्यद्वासुपूज्यं ५। एतान् जिनान् । मुक्त्वा । अविशेषा जिनाः राजानः आसन् ॥ १ । रायकुले सुषिजाया एते पंचापि जिनवराः । राजकुलेष्वपि जाताः । परं कुमारवासे( 5)पि प्रव्रजिताः । किंविशिष्टेषु राज
कुलेषु । विशुद्धवंशेषु । etc. , - fol 3t' इति भगवतोक्ते । त्वया मारणांतिकोपसर्गो रक्षणीयः । इत्युक्तिपूर्व
सिद्धार्थ व्यंतरं । भगवत्पाचे मुक्त्वा । शको जगाम प्रातः कोल्लागसंनि वेशे । षष्ठपारणके । बहलविप्रेण | पायसं क्षीरानं दतं । तत्र देवैर्वसुधारा कृता सुवर्णधारा | पंच दिव्यानि जातानि । ६० । इति श्रीबृहदरवरिकायाः दीपिका संपूर्णः । श्रीरस्तु ।
अस्या वरवरिकायां क्षेपकगाथा १४ वृत्त्यादिष्वपि न व्याख्याता। सा
च । आउह परसा । व्याख्या । भरतश्चक्री प्राच्या मागधं १ etc. Ends.- fol. 32 त्रिशलाकक्षिः २७ शेषा अस्पष्टतयोक्ता भवाः अंतर्गण्या न ।
संसारशब्देन एकेंद्रियः विकलेंद्रियत्वाप्तिरेव ज्ञेयाः । न च वाच्यं । देवानंदा. वक्षिास्थितिः कथं भवन्वेन गण्यते । समवायांगे उक्तत्वात् । ७४ । इति वृद्धवरवरिकायाः सारोद्धारो लिखितोऽस्ति ॥ छ ।

Page #432

1022.] III. 4 Malasatras
395 उपसर्ग
Upasarga (उवसग्ग)
(Uvasagga) No. 1021
273 (0).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 124 to fol. 13. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 1011. Subject. -- 70 verses in Präkrit forming a part of the Avaśyakasůtra
niryukti throw light on terrible hardships undergone by ___Lord Mahavira. Begins.- fol. 12
गोवनिमित्तं सक्कस्स आगमो वागरेइ देविंदो
कुल्लागबहुल छटुस्स पारणे पयसवसुहा' ॥ १॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 130
अभिय बहि उज्जुवालियतीरवियाथ(? व )त्त सामसाल अहे । छद्रेणुक्कडुयस्स ओउप्पनं केवलं नाणं ॥ ७० ॥
उपसर्गा संमत्ता ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
Upasarga
उपसर्ग No. 1022
306 (b).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. Ib to fol. 14. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 1019. Begins.-fol. 13
गोवनिमितं सक्कस्स etc. Ends.- fol. r4
जभिय बहि etc. up to केवलं नाणं ॥ ७० as in No. 1021.
This is followed by उपसर्गाः समाप्ताः ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1021.
1 One letter is gone, as the corresponding portion is worm-eaten.
2 This verse occurs as 525th on p. 298b in the edition containing Malayagiri Sari's commentary on Avasyakasutra.

Page #433

396
उपसर्गव्याख्या
No. 1023
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. - fol. 324 to fol. 360.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 631.
Subject. Explanation in Sanskrit of Upasarga.
Begins. – fol. 324 श्रीवीरेण दीक्षा गृहीता । यैरुपसर्गैः सोढैः । केवलज्ञानमुत्पन्नं । विचारो लिख्यते । बहिया य० । १ । स भगवान् 'क्षत्रियकुंड' ग्रामाद- बहिः ज्ञातखंडवने । सर्वान् ज्ञातकान् आपृच्छ्रय मुक्तलाप्य । मुहूर्तशेषे । दिवसे सति 'कुमारग्राम' मनुप्राप्तः | १ | etc.
Begins. fol. 13b
Ends.--fol. 360 'जृंभिका'ग्रामाद् बहिः 'ऋजुवालिका' नदीतीरे । वैयावचं । चैत्यत्वाद व्यावृत्तं पतितचैत्यमित्यर्थः । तस्यासन्ने श्यामाकगृहपतिक्षेत्रे । सालतरोरधः षष्टतपसोत्कटिकास्थस्य : केवलमुत्पेदे । ६९ इति श्रीआवश्यकदीपिकानुसारेण | श्री वीरोपसर्गविचारोऽलेखि | छ ।
गणधरावली गणहरावली)
No. 1024
Extent. fol. 13 to fol. 16a.
Description.— Complete. For other details see No. Tor I.
Subject. These 158 verses in Prakrit form a part of Avaśyakasütraniryukti and deal with episodes pertaining to the Ganadharas of Lord Mahavira.

rand
[1023.
Upasargavyākhyā
1347 (e).
1891-95.
1 Ibid., p. 298b, v. 529.

जो य तवो अणुचिनो वीरवरेणं महाणुभावेणं । छउमत्थकालियाए अहक्कमं कित्तइस्सामि ॥ १ ॥ etc.
I
Gaṇadharavali (Ganaharāvali )
273 ( f ).
A. 1882-83.

Page #434

Yo25.1
- fol. ryb
Ends. fol. 162
III. 4. Malasatras
छिनंमि संसयंमी जिणेण जरमरणावप्यमुक्केण । सो समणो पव्वइओ सह खंडिसएहिं ॥ १३३ ॥ गणधरा संमत्ता ।
1
अरिहंते वंदित्ता चउदसपुथ्वी तहेव दसवी । इक्कारसंग सुत्तत्थधारए सव्व साहूय । १५८
इत्थ ए ओ (घ) निज्जुती वक्तव्वा || गणधरवक्तव्यता समाप्ता ।
Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
गणधरावली
No. 1025
Extent.- fol. 164 to fol. 174.
(Description. - Complete. For other details see No. rorg.
Begins.— fol. 16©

तं दिव्वदेवघi etc.
Ends.- fol. 17a
अरहंते वंदिता चउदसपुथ्वी तहेव दसपुथ्वी । इकारसंग सुत्तत्थधारए सब्बसाहू य ॥ ७९ ॥ इत्थंतरे ओघनिज्जुत्ती भणिव्वा ॥ छ ॥ ५ ॥ N. B. — For further Details see No. 1024.
गणधरावल्यवचूरि
No. 1026
Extent. fol. 404 to fol. 420.
Ibid., p. 337b, v. 641.
397
Gaṇadharavali
306 (d).
A. 1882-83.

Gaṇadharavalyavacuri
1347 (g) 1891-95.

Page #435

398
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1026.
Description. This Ms. contains mostly the states of Gañadharā.
vali. For other details see No. 631. Subject.-Ganadhara explained in Sanskrit in short. Begins- fol. 40
तं दिव्वदेवघोस । सोउणं माहणा तहिं तदा ।
अहो जन्निएण जटुं । देवा किर आगया इहयं । १।। तत्र मध्यमापापायां । मानुषा दिव्यं प्रधानं । तं देवानां व्रजतामागच्छतां च घोषं शब्दं श्रुत्वा । तुष्टा हृष्टा । एकमवोचत् । अहो इति आश्चर्ये ।
याज्ञिकेन जुष्टं यागः प्रारब्धः etc. Ends.- fol. 42 दशधा सामाचारी इच्छामिच्छेत्यादि कथयिष्यते । पदविभाग
सामाचारी नवमपूर्वे ।। २४ । गणहरा समत्ता ॥ अरिहंते वंदित्ता । एषा गाथा ओघनियुक्तिरादिमा । अत्रौघनियुक्तिर्वक्तव्या । इति गणधरावल्याऽवचूरिः छः॥
समवसरण
Samavasarana (समोसरण)
(Samosarana)
306 (0). No. 1027
A.1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 145 to fol. 16*. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1019. Begins.— fol. 146
जो उ तवो अणुचिन्नो etc. Ends.-- fol. 162
संखाईए वि भवे साहइज वा पुरो य पुच्छिज्जा। न उणं अणाइसेसी बियाणई एस छउमत्थो ॥ ६९ ॥
समवसरणं संमत्तं ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
1 Ibid., p. 31nb, v. 592. 2 Ibid., P. 3ra, V.590.

Page #436

1029. ]
"
समवसरण
अवचूरिसहित
No. 1028
Extent, fol. 36b to fol. 40.
Description. Both the text and the commentary complete. For other details see No. 631.
Subject. Samavasarana together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins. — ( text ) fol. 36b
जो अ तवो अणुचिन्नो । वीरवरेणं महाणुभावेणं । छत्थकालियाए । अहक्क्रमं कित्तइस्सामि । १ ।
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 40
""
III. 4 Malasutras
1
- (com) fol. 36b वरिवरेण ब्रह्मस्थलकाले । यत्तपोऽनुचीर्ण आसेवितं । किंलक्षणेन वीरवरेण । महानुभावेन । महाप्रभावमु (यु)क्तेन । तत्तपो यथाक्रमं कीर्त्तयिष्यामि । १ । etc.
Samavasarana
with avacuri
1347 (f) • 1891-95,
399
संखाईए विभवे साहइ जं वा परो उ पुच्छिज्जा ।
न यणं अणाइसेसी बियाणइ एस छउमत्थो । ( ६९ ) ॥
सामाचारी ( सामायारी )
No. 1029
Extent. fol. 16 to fol. 17.
Description.—Complete. For other details see No. IoII.
See p. 396.

~ ( com. ) fol. 40 वा अथवा परोऽन्यो यत् पृच्छति । तत्सर्वं कथयति । अतिशय अवध्याद्यतिशयरहितः साधुः एनं गणधारिणं एष छद्मस्थ इति न विजानाति | ६९ । इति समवसरणस्यावचूरिः ॥

Sāmācāri
(Samāyārī )
273 (g). A. 1882-83.

Page #437

400 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1090 Subject. These 64 verses in Prakrit form a part of Āvaśyakasūtra
niryukti. Begins.- fol. 16a इच्छा मिच्छात हक्कारो आवस्सिया य निसीहिया ।
आपुच्छणा य पडिपुच्छा छंदणा य निमंतणा ॥१॥ Ends.-- fol. 170 एवं सामायारिं जुजंता चरणकरणमाउत्ता।
साहू खवंति कम्मं अणेगभवसंचियमणतं ।। ६४॥
सामायारी समत्ता। Reference:- Published. See No. 1002.
सामाचारी
Sāmācāri
306 (e). No. 1030
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 17s to fol. 18°. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 1019. Begins.- fol. 172
इच्छा मिच्छा तहकारो etc. Ends.-fol. 18b
एयं सामायारिं etc. up to संचियमणतं ॥ ६४ ॥
सामायारी संमत्ता ॥ छ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1029.

Page #438

103r.]
III.4Malasutras
401
सामाचारी
Sāmācări दीपिकासहित
with Dipika No. 1031
1347 (h).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 420 to fol. 45". Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete. For
other details see No. 631. Subject.- Samācāri along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 420
इच्छा १ मिच्छा २ तहक्कारो ३ आवास्सिआ य ४ निसीहिया ५। आपुच्छणा य पडिपुच्छा ७ । छंदणा य ८। निमंत्र(त)णा णे । १।'
उपसंपदा १० य काले १० सामायारी भवे दसविहा उ । etc. ,, - ( com.) fol. 42° अथ दशधा सामाचारीमाह |
( com.) fol. 42 इच्छाकार(:) १ मिथ्याकारः २ तथाकारः etc. साधुषु एवं सामाचारी | दशविधैव स्यात् । एतेषां पदानां प्रत्येकं प्ररूपणां वक्ष्ये । २
etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 43
एवं सामायारिं । जुजुता चरणकरणमाउत्ता।
साहू खवंति कम्मं । अणेगभवसांचअमणतं । ' ,, - (com.) fol. 45 साधवः एनां सामाचारी जुजुतानां समाचरंतो अनेक
भवसंचितं कर्म क्षिपयंति । किंवि० कर्म । अनंत अनंतभवोपार्जितं । किवि० साधवः। चरणकरणोयुक्ताः । चरणसप्तन्यां। करणसप्तत्यां उद्युक्ता उद्यमवंतः । ६४ । इति सामाचारीदीपिका समाप्ताः॥
1 This is 667th gåtlā of the niryukti according to the edition containing Malayagiri Suri's commentary: 2 bid., gatha 723.
I [].L.P.]

Page #439

402
:
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1032.
उपोद्घातनियुक्ति
Upodghātaniryukti (उवग्यायनिज्जत्ति)
( Uvagghāyanijjutti ) No. 1032
273 (h).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 17° to fol. 21b. Description.-Complete; the verses 78 and 79 rumbered on fol. 194
as 48 and 89 through oversight. For other details see
No. I0I. Subject.-- These 216 verses in Prakrit form a part of Avasyakasutra
niryukti. Begins. — fol. 176
अज्झवसाण निमित्ते आहारे वेयणा पराघाए ।
फासे आणापाणु सत्तविहं झिज्झए आउं ॥ १॥' Ends.- fol. 21
पञ्चक्खे (इव) दणं जीवाजीवे य पुनपावं च । पञ्चक्खाया जोगा सावज्जा तेअलिसएणं ॥ १६. (२१६) ।
उपोद्घातनियुक्तिः समाप्ता। Reference.-- Published. See No. 1002.
उपोद्घातनियुक्ति
Upodghātaniryukti No. 1033
306 (f).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 18 to fol. 22. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1019. Begins. -- fol. 18
अज्झवसाण निमित्त etc.
1 This is 724th gathā of the niryukti according to the edition containing Malayagiri Suri's commentary.
2 Ibid., gāthă 877.

Page #440

1034.) 111. 4 Malasatrás
403 Ends. fol. 226
#F# (FT) au etc. up to Ficar dorsagol. as in No. 1032. This is followed by the line as under
२१° उपोधातनियुक्तिः ॥ छ ।। N. B. — For further particulars see No. 1032.
Upodghātaniryukti
उपोद्घातनियुक्ति No. 1034
615 ( a ). 1884-86.
Size. — 102 in. by 3 in. Extent.— 20 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters with gaEIS ; small, uniform, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; foll i to 25 missing; foll. numbered twice in the right-hand margin only: once as 26, 27 etc., and once as 74, 75 etc.; fol. 29th torn; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out ; condition tolerably good; Buenafayiət ends on fol. 296; then we have the following works in addition:
( 1 ) Farah No. 1038 foll. 296 to 336 (2) Friteuriet „1042 , 3;b „ 378 (3) Toatfiutavgift ,, 1046 , 370 4024 ( 4 ) quillin ,, Ioso , 40° (5) AUTISET » 1054 · 446
(6) HUHTI „1057 » 450.
This last work ends abruptly. Age.- Pretty old.
1 Foll. 386 and 392 do not seem to be interconnected.

Page #441

404 faini Literature and Philosophy
tos Begins. -- ( abruptly) fol. 26" लकप्पा नयरी मित्तसिरी कूरपिउडाई ॥२९॥
चोदा(इस) दो वाससया तइया सिद्धिं गयस्स वीरस्स ।
अद्य(व)त्तगाण दिट्टी सेयवियाए समुप्पन्ना ॥ ३०॥ etc. Ends.-- fol. 296
पञ्चकरवे दणं etc. up to तेयलिसुएणं as in No. 1032, This is followed by ७७ ॥ छ ॥ २७७ उपोद्घातनियुक्तिः
समाप्ता।। छ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 1032.
उपोद्घातनियुक्ति
Upodghātaniryukti व्याख्यासहित
with vyākhyā
1347(i). No. 1035
1891-95. Extent.---- fol. 45b to fol. 614. Description.- Both the text and the commentary complete. For
other details see No. 6;6. Author of the vyakhyā.- Ksamāratna Suri. Subject.-- Upodghătaniryukti with vyākhyā in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 45"
अज्झवसाण १ निमित्त २ आहारे वेयणा पराघाए ।
फासे आणापाणु(पू) सत्तविहं झिज्झए आउ ॥ १॥ etc. , ---(com.) lol. 45" गणधरावल्यां । दब्बे अद्ध अहाऊय । अस्यां गाथायां
द्रव्यकाल १ । अद्धाकाल २ । यथायुष्ककाल ३। एतत् द्वारत्रयं व्याख्यातं । तथोपक्रमकालद्वारे | दुविहोवक्कमकालो। अस्यां गाथायां । चतुर्थोपक्रम
कालद्वार । सामाचार्युपक्रमकालत्रिविधो(5)पि व्याख्यातः । etc. Ends.--- (text) fol. 60°
पञ्चक्खे इव दद्रं जीवाजीवे य पुण्णपावे य ।
पच्चक्खाया जोगा सावजा तेतलिसएणं ।। ( २१३?) 1 See page (06a of the edition referred to on p. 403.

Page #442

1037]
III. 4. Malasatras
10
Ends. . ( com. ) fol. 612 इति तेतलिपुत्रकथा समाप्ताः ॥ अथ गाथार्थः ।
तेतलिसुतेन मंत्रिणा जीवानजीवान् । पुण्यं पापं च प्रमुखानि नव तत्वानि । पूर्वभवश्रुतज्ञानेन एतान् पदार्थान् प्रत्यक्षान दृष्ट्वा सावद्या योगाः सावद्यव्यापारा प्रत्याख्याताः त्यक्ताः ।। २१४ । उद्देसे निदेसे° गाथाद्वयद्वाराणि व्याख्यातानि । उपोद्धातनियुक्तिः समूत्रा व्याख्यानसहिता लिखिता ॥ श्रीरस्तु । श्रीक्षमारत्नवारिभिः कृता ॥
नमस्कारनियुक्ति
Namaskāraniryukti (नमोक्कारनिज्जुत्ति)
(Namokkāranijjutti)
273(i). No. 1036
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 21 to fol. 24. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1011, Subject.-- These 144 verses in: Präkrit form a part of Āvaśyaka
sútraniryukti.
Begins.-- fol. 21b
उप्पत्ती निक्खेवो पयं पयत्थो परूवणा वत्थू ।
अक्वेव पसिद्धि कमो पओयण फलं नमुक्कारो ॥१॥ Ends.--- fol. 242
इहलोगमि तिदंडी सादिव्वं माउलिंगवणमेव ।
परलोइचंडपिंगल हुंडी जक्खो य दिटुंता ॥ १४४ ॥ Reference. - Published. See No. 1002.
नमस्कारनियुक्ति
Namaskäranirynkti No. 1037
306 (8).
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 220 to fol. 254. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1019.
This is 887th gāthā according to the edition containing Malayagiri Sūri's commentary.
2 Ibid.; gatha 1025.

Page #443

406
Begins. fol. 22b
Ends. fol. 25a
नमस्कार नियुक्ति
No. 1038
उप्पत्ती निक्dal etc.
इलगंमतिदंडी etc. up to दिट्टंता as in No. 1036. This is followed by ॥३९ (१३९) नमस्कार नियुक्तिः ॥ छ ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1036.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent. fol. 29b to fol. 33.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1034.
Begins. fol. 29b
Ends.- fol. 33b
No. 1039
उप्पत्ती निक्खेबो etc.
नमस्कारनिर्युक्तिव्याख्या

if etc. up to fagar as in No. 1036. This is followed by ४५ ॥ छ ॥ नमोक्कारनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ N. B. For other details see No. 1036.
[ 1037.
Namaskaraniryukti
615 (b).
1884-86.
Namaskaraniryuktivyākhyā
Extent. fol. 61a to fol. 70a.
Description. This Ms. contains the safes of Namaskaraniryuktı. Complete. For other details see No. 631.
Subject. Namaskaraniryukti explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.-- fol. 612 उप्पत्ती ० | नमस्कारस्योत्पत्तिर्वाच्या १ । निक्षेपो नामादिविचारः २ पदं पदार्थ ४ प्ररूपणा ५ वस्तु ६ आक्षेपः शिष्यप्रश्नः ७ प्रशि

1347 (j).
1891-95.

Page #444

10.40.]
III. 4. Malasatras
407
(सि)द्धिरुत्तरं ८ क्रमः ९ प्रयोजनं १० फलं ११ । एतैरेकादशभिरैनमस्कारो
व्याख्येयः॥१॥ etc. Ends.--- fol. 70° चौरो मृतः। नमस्कारप्रभावात् यक्षो देवविशेषोऽजनि । आ
रक्षकैस्त्वं चौर्यकारक इति चौरिकाय । शूलिकाया उत्क्षिप्य । जिनदासे क्षिप्यमाणे । देवीभूतहुंडकेन । पुरोपरि शिलां विकुळ । राजानं भापयित्वा । जिनदासो मोचितः । गजमारोप्य राज्ञा पुरे । प्रावेशितो महेन । नमस्कार प्रभावोपरि । एते पंच दृष्टांताः ५॥ इति दृष्टांतः ।। श्रीरस्तु ।।
सामायिकनियुक्ति
Sāmāyikaniryukti (सामाइयनिज्जुत्ति)
( Sāmāiya nijjutti)
273 (5). No. 1040
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 244 to fol. 264. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. TOIL. Subject. --These III verses in Prākrit form a part of Avaśyakasütra
niryukti. Begins.- fol. 24
नंदिअ(?म)णुओगदारं विहिवदुवग्याइयं च नाऊणं ।
काऊण पंचमंगलमारंभो होइ सुत्तस्स ॥ १ ॥ Ends.- fol. 264
सव्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्वयं निसामित्ता । तं सम्वनयविसुद्धं चरणगुणट्रिओ साहू ॥ ११(१११) ।'
सामाइयनिज्जुत्ती समाप्ता। Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
1 2
This is 1026 gāthå according to the cdition referred to on p. 4os, Ibid., gāthā 1067.

Page #445

408
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ I04I.
सामायिकनियुक्ति
Sâmāyikaniryukti
306 (h). No. 1041
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 25 to fol. 26". Description.- Complete. For further details see No. 1019. Begins.- fol. 25.
नंदिमणुओगदार etc. Ends.--tol. 26
सञ्चेसि पि नयाणं etc. up to साह || as in No. 1040. This is followed by १०० सामाइयनिजुत्ती । छ ।। N. B.— For other particulars see No. 1040.
सामायिकनियुक्ति
Sāmāyikaniryukti
615 (०). No. 1042
1884-86. Extent.--- fol. 33° to fol. 37*. Description.--- Complete. 146+3 = 149 verscs. For further details
_see No. 1034. Begins.-- fol. 336
नंदिमणुओगदारं etc. Ends.-- fol. 37.
विज्जाचरणनएसु सेससमोयारणं तु कायव्वं । सामाइयनिज्जुत्ती सुभासियत्था परिसमत्ता ॥ १४६ ॥ छ ।। नायमि गिणिहअन्वे अगिहियग्वामि चेव अत्थंमि । जइयत्वमेव इइ जो उबएसो सो नओ नाम ॥१॥ सन्वेसि पि नयाण etc. up to साहू ॥२॥
Then we have :एसा चत्तालसएण समत्ता सुत्तप्फासियनिज्जुत्ती । गाहाण परिसमत्तं तहेव सामाइयज्झयणं ।
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 104',

Page #446

1044.]
11. 4 Malasätras
409
T
सामायिकनियुक्त्यवचूरि
Sāmāyikaniryuktyavacūri No. 1043
__1347 (k).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 70 to fol. 75". Description.-- This Ms. contains tales of Sämäyikaniryukti; com
____plete. For other details see No. 631. Subject. - Sāmāyikaniryukti explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 70 नंदिमणुओगदारं० । नंदि अनुयोगद्वारं । विधिवदुपोद्घातिकं च
ज्ञात्वा । पंचमंगलं च कृत्वा । सूत्रस्य आरंभो भवति ॥ १ ॥ अथवा कय
पंच । कृतपंचनमस्कारः सामायिकं करोति । etc. Ends.- fol. 75 नायमि० । गृहीतव्ये अर्थे ज्ञाते एव । अगृहीतव्ये अर्थ ज्ञाते एवं ।
यतितव्यं भवति | इति यः उपदेशः। नाम इति कोमलामंत्रणे । स ज्ञाननयो भवति । गृहीतव्ये अर्थे ज्ञाते सति । अगृहीतव्ये अर्थे ज्ञाते सति । यतितव्यमेव । इति यः उपदेशः नाम इति कोमलामंत्रणे । स चारित्रनयो भवति । १०० सम्वेसिं० । सर्वेषामपि नयानां । बहुविधवक्तव्यतां निशम्य । तत्सर्वनयावशुद्धं भवति । तत्किं । यच्चरणगुणस्थितः साधुः । तत्सर्व नविशुद्धं ॥ १०१ । इति सामायिकनियुक्तरवचूरिः॥
चतुर्विंशतिस्तवनियुक्ति
Caturvirśatistavanir yukti ( चउवीसत्थयनिज्जुत्ति)
( Cauvisatthayanijjutti)
273(R). No. 1044
A1882-83. Extent.- fol. 264 to fol. 27°. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. IOIT. Subject.- These 6r verses in Prakrit form a part of the Avasyaka
sūtraniryukti. Begins.- fol. 264
चउवीसगत्थयस्स उ निक्खेवो होई नामनिप्फन ।
चउवसिगस्स छक्को थयस्स (उ) चउक्कओ होइ ॥१॥' etc. 1 This is 1068th gathā rccording to the edition containing Malayagiri Suri's
coiny.entary.

Page #447

410
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1044.
Ends.- fol. 27
चंदाइञ्चगहाणं पभा पयासेइ परिमियं खिलं । केवलिय(नाण)लंभो लोगालोगं पयासेइ ॥६१॥
चउवीसत्थयनिज्जुत्ती। Reference. - Published. See No. 1002.
चतुर्विंशतिस्तवनियुक्ति
Caturvimśatista vaniryukti
306 (i). No. 1045
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 26° to fol. 284. Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1019. Begins.-- fol. 266
चउवीसगत्ययस्स etc. as in No. 1044. Ends.- fol. 28
चंदाइचगहाणं etc., up to पयासेइ ।। as in No. 1041. This is followed by the line as under :
६२ चउवीसत्थयनिज्जुत्ती ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1044.
चतुर्विशतिस्तवनियुक्ति
Caturvimsatistavaniryukti No.1046
615 (d).
1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 37 to fol. 40°. Description.- Complete. For further details see No. 1034. Begins.- fol. 370
चउवीसगत्थयस्त etc. as in No. 1044. I This is 1102th gāthă according to the edition of Āvaśyakasätra containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary.

Page #448

411
1047.]
III. 4 Malasutras Ends.- fol. 40
चंदाइच्चगहाणं etc., up to पयासेइ || as in No. 1044. This is followed by S and the lines as under :
चउवीसत्थगयस्स उ वि(बि)तियज्झयस्स एस निजुत्ती। गाहग्गेण समत्ता पुंनाए पंचसट्टीए ॥७०
चउवीसस्थयज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।। छ ॥ N. B.- For additional details see No. 1044.
चतुर्विंशतिस्तवनियुक्ति
Caturvimšatistavaniryuktiदीपिका
dipikā No. 1047
1347 (1).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 75" to fol. 78'. Description.- This Ms. contains gatimes of Caturviṁsatistavaniryu
__kti. Complete. For other details see No. 631. Subject.- Caturvimsatistavaniryukti explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 75° चउवीसगत्थय । चतुर्विंशतः च अन्यत् । स्तवस्य द्वयोः
पदयोः नामनिष्पन्नो निक्षेपो भवति । द्वाभ्या(भ्यां) पदाभ्यांश्चतुर्विशतिस्तव इति नामनिष्पन्नं स्यादित्यर्थः । चतुर्विंशतेः षट्को पदप्रकारो निक्षेपो भवति ।
स्तवस्य चतुष्कश्चतुःप्रकारो निक्षेपः स्यात् । १ । etc. Ends.-- fol. 78° अस्मिन्ननानुपूर्वीपाठे चतुर्विंशतिस्तवेन । सम्यकृत्वशुद्धिरभिहिता ।
सा च सम्यक्त्वशुद्धिर्शणवतां साधूनां प्रतिपत्त्या लभ्यते । ततो गुणवत्साप्रतिपत्त्यर्थ वंदनकं क्रियते । अनेन संबंधेनायातं वंदनकं तृतीयाध्ययनं । तस्य नियुक्तिः क्रियते । इति चतुर्विंशतिस्तवस्य दीपिकाः । समाप्ताः ॥ छः ॥ श्री

Page #449

412.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1048.
वन्दननियुक्ति
Vandanániryukti ( वंदणनिज्जुत्ति)
( Vandananijjutti)
273 (1). No. 1048.
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 274 to fol. 30'. Description. Complete though this work seems to start with the
latter portion of the second verse. For other details see
No. IOLI. Subject.- These verses in Prakrit forin a part of Avasyakasutra
niryukti. Cf. the last verse of Simiyāri. Begins.- fol. 274
बंदणचिइकिइकम पूआकंमं च विणयकमं च ॥ २ etc. Ends.--- fol. 300
एयं किइकमविहिं जुजंता चरणकरणमाउत्ता । साहू खवंति कंमं अणेगभवसंचियमणतं ॥ १९०।..
वंदणानिज्जुत्ती । गा. १६५९ 3 Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
वन्दननियुक्ति
Vandananiryukti No. 1049
306 (5).
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 28a to fol. 31". Description.- Complete. For further details see No. 1019. Begins, -- fol. 28 • वंदणचिइकिइकम्मं etc. Ends,-- fol. 31b
- एयं किइकम्मविहिं etc., up to संचियमणंतं ॥ as in No. 1048. This is followed by the live as under :- .
८९ (१८९) वंदणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ । N. B.--- For additional information see No. 1048.
1 2 3
Ibid., gäthä 1103. Ibid., gāthā 1230. This seems to be the extent up to this work and not that of this work only.

Page #450

1051.]
वन्दननियुक्ति
No. 1050
111. 4 Malasutras
Extent.— fol. 402 to fol. 44b.
Description.- Complete. For further details see No. 1034.
Begins.-- fol. 404
Ends.-. fol. 44b
crashesari etc.
एवं कइकम्मविहिं ctc., up to संचियमणंतं । ९६ । वंदणीनज्जत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 1048.
Vandananiryukti 615 (e).
1884-86.

413
वन्दननियुक्तिदीपिका
No. 1051
Extent. fol. 78b to fol. 850.
Description. Herein we find as of Vandananiryukti. Complete. For other details see No. 631.
Vandananiryuktidipika
1347 (in). 1891-95.
Subject.— Vandananiryukti explained in Sanskrit.
Begins. fol. 788 अथ वंदनाध्ययनस्य दीपिका लिख्यते । वंदनगाथा | १ | कइगाथा | २ | वंदन कर्म्म १ चितिकर्म २ कृतिक ३ पूजाकर्म ४ विनयकर्म ५ । एतानि पंच नामानि वंदनकस्थ भवंति । etc.
Ends. -- fol. 85 गुरुराह । जह० । हे शिष्य यथा दूतो । राजानं नत्वा । कार्य निवेद्य | पश्वाद्विसर्जितो ( s)पि बंदते । साधुरपि एवमेव । प्रथमवंदनके । क्षामणं निवेद्य | पश्वात्क्षामन निवेदनरूपं । निगमनवचनं भणित्वा गच्छति ७४ । एवं गाथा | साधवः एनं कृतिकर्मविधि (धिं ) युंजानाः कुर्वेतः चरणकरणयोगयुक्ताः सावधानाः | अनेकभवसंचितमनंतं कर्म क्षिपयंति । ७५ । इति वंदनकनिर्युक्तिर्दीपिका समाप्ताः || छः ॥ श्रीः ||

Then we have a part of Pratikramaṇaniryuktivyākhyā but as the yellow pigment is applied, it cannot be properly deciphered.

Page #451

414
प्रतिक्रमण नियुक्ति ( पडिक्कमणनिज्जुत्ति )
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins. -- fol. 3ob
No. 1052
Extent.-- fol. 3ob to fol. 31.
Description. Complete (?). For other details see No. 1011.
Subject. These verses in Prakrit form a part of Avasyakasutraniryukti.
डिक्कमणं पडिकमओ । पडिक्कमियव्वं च आणुपुत्रीए । तीए पच्चुत्पन्ने अणागए चेव कालंमि ॥ १ etc.
I
Ends. -- fol. 31b गओ नामनिक्खेवो अत्रांतरे सूत्रं वाच्यं ।
प्रतिक्रमणनिर्युक्ति
No. 1053
Pratikramananiryukti (Padikkamananijjutti )
Reference. -- Published. See No. 1002.

पडसिद्धाणं करणे किच्चाणमकरणे य० ॥ ५२ ॥ पडिक्कमणनिज्जुत्ती ॥
[1052.
273 (m).
A. 1882-83
Pratikramananiryukti
306 (k).
A. 1882-83.
Extent.- fol. 31b to fol. 32b.
Description.-- Complete. For further details see No. 1019.
Begins. fol. 31b
पडिकमणं पडिक्कमओ etc.
Ends- fol. 32b
पाणाइवायं पञ्चकखायत्ति अलियवयणं च । सव्वमदिन्नादाणं अब्बंभ परिग्गहं स्वाहा ॥ ५१ ॥ ३ पडिक्कमणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 1052.
1 This is gāthā 12 31 according to the edition of āvaśyakasūtra, containing its niryukti and Haribhadra Suüri's commentary.
2. Ibid, gāthā 1270.

Page #452

1055.]
III. 4 Malasatras
415
प्रतिकमणनियुक्ति
Pratikramananiryukti
615(f). No. 1054
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 44 to fol. 45. Description.- Complete. For further details see No. 1034. Begins.-- fol. 44
पडिक्कमणं पडिक्कमओ etc. Ends.-- fol. 456
सव्वं पाणारंभ पच्चक्खाइ अलियवयणं च । सव्वं च अदत्तादाणं अबंभ परिग्गहं स्वाहा ॥ ५३
पडिक्कमणनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ।। छ । छ । N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 1052.
-
ध्यानशतक
Dhyānasataka (झाणसयग)
(Jhānasayaga)
273 (n). No. 1055
A.1882-83 Extent.- fol. 3rd to fol. 33b. Description.- Artadhyāna goes up to the I8th verse ; thereafter
the numbering of verses is continuous; complete ; in all
106 verses. For other details see No. 1011. Subject.-- These verses in Prākrit are looked upon as forming a part
of Avaśyakasutraniryukti though its author is Jinabhadra
Gaņi Kșamāśramaņa. Begins.--- fol. 316.
वीरं सुक्कज्झाणग्गिदकमिंधणं पणमिऊणं । जोगीसरं सरन्नं ज्झाणज्झयणं पवश्वामि ॥ १ ' etc.
I
Ibid., p. 5824.

Page #453

416
Ends. fol. 33b
fol. 31b
तदविरयसविरया पमायपर संजयाणुगं झाणं । सव्वपामूलं वज्जे (?) पव्वं जइजणेण ॥ १८ ॥ fol. 31b
ध्यानशतक
No. 1056
Reference. - Published. See No. 1002.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
सत्तवह [व] बंधणडहणंकणं बरे (? मार ) णाइपणिहाणं । araterreघत्थं निग्विणमण सो(S) हम विवागं ।। १९ ।।
-
पंचुत्तरेण गाहासएण झाणस्स ये समक्खायं । जिणभद्दवमासमणेहिं कंमविसोहीकरं जणो ॥ १०६ ॥ ३ झाणसयं संमत्तं ।

Extent.— fol. 32b to fol. 34.
Description. - Complete. For further details see No. 1019. Here, through oversight Ärtadhyana is separately counted.
Begins. fol. 320
Ends. fol. 34b
वीरं कझाणसु etc.
ful. 320.
afariदेस etc up to जइजणेण ॥ १८ as in No. 1055. This is followed by अहं झाणं संमत्तं ॥ छ ॥ - fol. 32°
सत्तवेधण etc.
पंचुत्तरेण गाहा etc. up to जयणो ।। १०६ झाणसयं संमत्तं ॥ छ ॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 1055.
[1055.
Dhyanasataka
306 (1).
A. 1882-83.
1-2 Ibid., p. 588a.
3 This gāthā is not given in the edition referred to ou p. 41o.

Page #454

1057.]
ध्यानशतक
No. 1057
Extent. fol. 45.
Description. Incomplete. For other details see No. 1034.
Begins. fol. 45b
Ends.- fol. 45b
III. 4 Malasatras
वीरं सुक्कज्झाणग्गि etc.
पारिष्ठापनिका निर्युक्ति ( पारिट्ठावणियानिज्जुत्ति )
अमणुन्नाणं साइविसयवत्थूण दोसमइलस्स । धणियं विगर्चितणम संपओगाणुसरणं च ॥ ६ ॥ तह सूलसी सरोगादिवेयणाए विउगपणिहाणं । तयसंपओगचितण तप्प. This ends thus. N. B. For further particulars see No. 1055.
-
No. 1058
Extent. fol. 33b to fol. 36.

Dhyanasataka
615 (g).
1884-86.
Pāristhāpanikāniryukti (Paritṭhāvaniyānijjutti)
quîgrafoufaft g(1)=31ṁ Megftaiat | जं नाऊण सुविहिया पवयणसारं उघलहंति ॥ १ ॥
417
Description.
Complete. For other details see No. IOII.
Subject. It is doubtful how far these verses in Prakrit form a part of Pratikramaṇaniryukti, a section of Avasyakasutraniryukti, though so suggested on p. 372.
Begins--. fol. 33b

273 (0)
A. 1882-83.
etc.
1 In the edition noted on p. 410, we have 83 verses and they are commented upon by Haribhadra Suri. The editor of this edition has not included them as a part of Avasyakasūtraniryukti but has numbered them separately.
2 This is the 1st gatha according to the edition of Avasyakasutra containing Haribhadra Suri's commentary. It occurs on p. 619a.
$3 [J. L. P.]

Page #455

418
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1078.
Ends.- fol. 362
गुरुमूले वि वसंता अणुकूला जे न हुँति हु गुरुणं । एएसिं तु पयाणं दूरंदूरेण ते हुँति ॥ ५३ (१५३ )॥'
पारिज्जवणियनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता । Reference.--- Published. See No. 1002.
पारिष्टापनिकानियुक्ति
Pāristhāpanikāniryukti
306 (m). No. 1059
A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 34° to fol. 37b. Description.- Complete. For further details see Nos. 1019
and 1056. Begins.--- fol. 340
पारिद्वापणियविहिं etc. Ends.--- sol. 376
गुरुमूले ctc. up to ते हुति ॥ as in No. 1058. This is followed by १५३ पारिद्वावणीयानिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ । N. B.-- l'or additional information sce No. 1058.
-
प्रतिक्रमणसङ्ग्रहणी
Pratikramaṇasamgrahami (पडिक्कमणसंगहणी)
(Padikkamanasangahani)
273 (p). No. 1060
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 36 to fol. 37b. Description.— Complete. For other details see No. 1011. Subject.-- These 80 verses in Prākrit appear to form a part of
Pratikramaņaniryukti, a section of Avaśyakasútraniryukti, but it is not so according to the edition noted on p. 410.
I
Ibid., gāthā 83.
Vide p. 644b.

Page #456

419
1062.]
III. 4 Malasatras Begins.- fol. 36
जहं जंबुपायवेगो सुपक्कफलभारनमियसाहग्गो ।
___ दिट्टो छहिं पुरेमेहिं ते बिंती जंबुभक्खेमो ॥१' etc. Inds.-- fol. 37"
अह " मे नव दरिसणंमि चत्तारि आउए पंच । आइमे अंते सेसे दो दो भेया खीणभिलावेण इगतीमं ।। ८० ॥
पडिक्कमणासंगहणी Reference. --- Published. See No. 1002.
प्रतिकमणसहाग्रहणी
Pratikramanasaingrabaņi
306 (n). No. 1061
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 37° to fol. 394. Description.--- Complete. For further details see Nos. TOI9 and
1056. In No. 1019, through oversight, the title of this
Tork is wrongly stated as प्रतिक्रमणनियुक्ति. Begins.--- fol. 370
जह जंबुपायवेगो etc. Ends --- fol. 39
अह(वा) कंमे नव दरिसणंमि etc. up to इगतीसं ॥ ८०॥ as in ___No. 1060. This is followed by पडिकमणसंघयणी संमत्ता ।। N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 1060.
योगसग्रह
Yogasamgraha (जोगसंगह)
(Jogasamyala) No. 1062
273 (g).
A. 1882-83. Extent. --fol. 37 to fol. 38'. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 1011.
----------- I Cf gatha 1. Vide p.6454 2 Letters as and are gone, since the corresponding portion is worm-eaten, 3 This verse is numbered as 1 on p. 6630.

Page #457

420
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy
[1062.
Subject.-- These 60 verses in Prākrit form a part of Pratikramaņa
niryukti, a section of Avaśyakasūtraniryukti. See p. 372. Begins.-- fol. 37
आलोयण निरवलावे आवईसु दढधम्मया ।
अणिस्सिओवहाणे य सिक्खा न(णि)प(प्प)डिकंमया ॥१॥ etc. I Ends.-- fol. 38b
पायच्छित्तपरूवण आहरणं तत्थ हुँति धणगुत्ता। आराहणाइ मरुदेवा ओसप्पिणिए पढम सिद्धो ॥ ६०॥
संमत्ता जोगसंगहा। Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
योगसङ्ग्रह
Yogasarngraha
306 (0). A. 1882-83.
No. 1063
Extent.- fol. 39 to fol. 40*. Description.- Complete. For further details see Nos. 1019 and
1056. Begins.-- fol. 398
आलोयण etc. Fnds.- fol. 40
पायच्छित्तपरूवण etc. up to पढम सिद्धो ॥ ६० as in No. 1062. This is followed by जोगसंगहा ।। N. B.--- For additional information see No. I062.
1 This is 1274th gātha ( p. 6635 ) according to the edition noted on p. 410, 2 Ibid., 1320th gātha (P.57240 ).

Page #458

1065.]
आशातना ( आसायणा )
No. 1064
Ends.-- fol. 39a
III. 4
Extent. fol. 38b to fol. 39a.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1011.
आशातना
Malasatras
No. 1065
Subject. These verses in Prakrit do not form a part of Pratikramaṇaniryukti, a section of Avaśyakasutraniryukti according to the edition noted on p. 410-the edition-wherein they are attributed to a samgrahanikara by Haribhadra Sūri. Begins. fol. 38b
Reference. Published. See No. 1002.
परओ पक्खासंने गंता चिर्णा[ण निसिअणायमणा | आलोयण पडिसुणणे पुग्वालवणे अ आलोए ॥ ९ etc.

Āśātanā (Asāyaṇā)
273 (r).
A. 1882-83.
अहवा अरिहंताणं आसायणाइ सज्झाय किंचि नाहीयं । 2¿sugîîşı faalaraigon q( 11 ) 11 4 3 आसायणा सम्मत्ता ।
1 Ibid., 1st gatha (p. 725a).
2 There is a lacuna viz. f in the Ms. itself.
421
Extent. fol. 40a.
Description.-Verses 61 to 64. For further details see Nos. 1019
and 1056.

Asātanā
306 (p).
A. 1882-83.
3 In the edition noted on p. 410, this is the 1st gatha (p. 727b). After this verse we have in the printed edition: प्रतिक्रमण संग्रहणी समाप्ता ".
"

Page #459

422
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1065.
Begins.-- fol. 409
'पुरओ पक्वासने etc. Ends.-- 101. 402
31891 stigar etc. up to fãRIFTATTUI as in No. 1064. This is followed by ए उ ६४ आसायणा संमत्ता N. B.-- For additional information see No. I064.
अस्वाध्यायनियुक्ति
Asvārlhyāyaniryukti (असज्झायनिज्जुत्ति)
( Asajjhayanijjitti) No. 1066
273 (s)
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 390 to 41. Description.- Complete. For other deteils sce No. 1011. Subject. These in verses in Prakrit form a part of Pratikramana
___niryukti, a section of Avasyakastitraniryukti. Scc p. 372. Begins.-- fol. 392
असज्झाइयनिज्जुत्तिं वु(खु)च्छामी धीरपुरिसपनत्तं ।
जं नाऊण मुविहिया पवयणसारं उबलहंति ॥ १ ॥ Ends.- fol. 414
असज्झाइयनिज्जुत्ति जुजंता चरणकरणमाउत्ता। साहू खबंति कम अणेगभवसंचियमणतं ॥ १११ ।।।
सज्झाइयनिज्जुत्ती। Reference.-- Published. See No. 1002.
1 In the Ms. this is not numbered as I but is given in continuation with योगसंग्रह and hence numbered as 61.
2 This is gātha 13?1 according to the edition (p. 731b) containing Avasyaka sútra, its niryukti and Haribhadra Sūri's commentary. It may be compared with the 1st verse of No. ios8.
3 Ibid., gaitha 1417 (p. 759 ). Cr. the last verses of Nos. 2020 and 1048.

Page #460

1068.] ___ III. 4. Malasatras
423 अस्वाध्यायनियुक्ति
Asvādhyāyaniryukti No. 1067
306 (3).
A, 1882-83. Extent.-~tol. 40" to fol. 12*. Description.- Complete. for further details see Nos. 1019
and 1056. Begins.-- fol. 402
असज्झाइयानिज्जातं etc. Ends.- fol. 424
असज्झाइयनिज्जुत्ति etc. up to संत्रियमणंत as in No. 1066.
This is followed by ११ असज्झाइयनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता छ ।। N. B.-- For additional information see No. 1066.
कायोत्सर्गनियुक्ति
Kāyotsarganiryukti (काउस्सग्गनिज्जुत्ति)
( Káussayganijjitti) No. 1068
273 (t).
A. 1882-83. Extent. --fol. |I" to fol. 44. Description.-- Completc. lor other details scc No. 1011. Subject.-- These 172 vcrscs in Prakrit form a part of Avasyaka
sutraniryukti. See p. 372. Begins.-- fol. 418
आलोयण पडिक्कमणे मीस त्रिवेगे तहा विउस्सग्गे ।
तवच्छेय मूल अणवट्टया य पारंचिए चेव ॥ १ ॥' etc. Ends.- fol. 443
तम्हा उ निममेणं मुणिमा उबलद्धस(सु)त्तसारेणं । काउस्सग्गो उग्गो कंमक्खयट्राय कायब्वो ॥ १७२ ।। ।
काउस्सग्गनिज्जुत्ती गा० २३९८ ॥ छ । Reference.--- Published. Soe No. 1002.
| Ibid., gathā 1418 (p. 764a). 2 Ibid., gathā 15546p.8orb).

Page #461

424
antiteeriagifen
No. 1069
Extent. fol. 42a to fol. 45b.
Description. Complete. For further details see
and 1056.
Begins. fol. 42a
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 1070
आलोयण पडिकमणे etc.
प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति ( qaza¤âsgiâ )
Ends.- fol. 45b
तम्हा उ निम्ममेणं etc. up to कायन्त्रो ।। १७२ as in No. 1068. This is followed by काउस्सग्गनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ ॥ N. B. For additional information see No. 1068.

Kayotsarganiryukti
306(r).
A. 1882-83.
Nos. 1019
[1069.
Pratyakhyānaniryukti (l'accakkhananijjutti)
Extent. fol. 44a to fol. 46b.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 1011 1.
Subject. The first few verses are followed by a passage prose. This passage is a part of Avasyakasutra. verses commence with 24th and go up to 94. a part of Avaśyakasūtraniryukti.
Begins. fol. 442
273 (u).
A. 1882-83.

g(q)azærói qæsaren q=azdei a enggeaftc | परिसा कहणविही या फलं च आईय छन्भेया ॥ १२ etc.
2
mostly in Then the They form
I Herein there is a misprint.
af begins from fol. 44a and goes
up to fol. 46b. The entries viz. foll, 44a to 44b and foll. 44b to 45a should face . Furthermore, there should be a number 20 inside the brackets
facing this work.
2 This is gatha 1555 (p. 803a) of the edition referred to on p. 410.

Page #462

1070.1
III. 4 Malasatras
425
fol. 44 तत्थ समणोवासओ पुव्वामेव मिच्छत्ताओ पडिक्कमइ । सम्मत्तं उब संपज्जइ नो से कप्पद अज्जप्पभिदं । अंनउत्थिए वा अन्नउत्थिअदेवयाणि वा । अनउत्थियपरिग्गहियाणि वा । अरिहंतचेइयाणि वंदित्तए वा | etc. पसमसंवेगाइलिंगे सुभे आयपरिणामे पंनत्ते । सम्मत्तस्स समा(?) णोवास एणं इमे पंचइयारा जाणियस्वा etc.
---
- fol. 45 *
duates
सामामि उ कए समणो [ इ कए समणो ] इव सावओ हवइ जम्हा । एएण कारणेणं बहुसो सामायियं कुज्जा ॥ १२ ॥
वंति भाणिऊणं विरई खलु जस्स सब्विया नत्थि ।
सोस(a) विरवाई | चुक्कइ देसं च सव्वं च ॥ १३ ॥ ९
fol. 45b जं ( ? तं) त ( ज ? ) हा इहलोआसंसपओगे | जीविआसंसप्प - ओगे | मरणासंसप्पओगे । कामभोगासंसप्पओगे ॥ छ || (Pratya) पच्चक्खाणं उत्तरगुणेसु । खमणाइयं । अणेगविहं
तेण य इहयं । पगयं । तं पि य इणमो दसविहं तु ।। २४ ।। 8
सामाइयस्स समणोवाभ ( स ) एवं इमे पंच० ॥ मणदुष्पाणिहाणे | यदुपणिहाणे कायप्पणिहाणे । सामायियस्स सहअकरणया । ' etc.
Ends.- fol. 46b

addi पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्वयं निसामित्ता |
तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणट्टिओ साहू || ९४ ॥ १
पच्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ।
Reference.-- Published. See No. 1002. See Büühler's Report for 1872-73 where there is given a photo - print of a page of the Avasyakasūtra. A facsimile of the last page of a Ms. of the Avaśyakasutra dated Samvat 1189 is given in Rajendralal Mitra's “ Notices of Sanskrit Mss. vol. III, facing P. 67.10
1-2 Ibid., p. 811a.
3 Ibid., p. 811a. There this portion along with those marked as 1 and 2 form a part of Avaśyakasūtra.
4-6 Ibid., p. 831b. There these portions form a part of āvaśyakasutra.
7 See p. 839a where this passage occurs as a part of Avaśyakasutra.
8 Gatha 1563 (p. 840b ). 9 Gathā 1623 (p. 8640 ).
10 Similarly a facsimile of the last page of a Ms. of Kalpasūtra supposed to be about 350 years old is given in the same volume on a page facing 66.

Page #463

426
प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति
No. 1071
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent.- fol. 45h to fol. 48a.
Description. Complete. For further details see Nos. 1019 and 1056.
Begins. fol. 45b
Ends.- fol. 48
Pratyakhyānaniryukti
306 (s).
A, 1882-83.
qezzzaroi qəzzare etc. as in No. 1070.
॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ etc.
—

faaari etc. up to as in No. 1070. Then we have : ९० पञ्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता ॥ छ ॥ श्रीमदावश्यक सूत्रं
N. B. For additional information see No. 1070.
[ 1071.
प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति
No. 1072
Size.- - 98 in. by 37 in.
-
Extent. 38 14 + 64 15 = 73 folios; 14 lines to a page; 46 to 54 letters to a line.
Pratyakhyānaniryukti
1220 (1).
1884-87.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional qars; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; condition very good; this Ms. seems to be a combination of two different Mss.; the 1st of them goes from fol. 105 to 142b and has both the beginning and the end abrupt; the second runs from fol. 189a to fol. 252b; the latter is written in a slightly thinner, smaller and better hand-writing; Taraf incomplete as this Ms. begins abruptly; foll. 122 to 135, 143 to 188 and foll. 205 to 219 missing; this Ms. contains the following additional works:

Page #464

1072..]
III. 4 Malasatras
427
TOP "
"746
, 189.
... 749
, "
(1) लघुक्षेत्रसमास
foll. I05 to 108'. (2) पिण्डविशुद्धि No. 413
, I08° ,, III'. (3) श्रावकवक्तव्यता
, III , II (4) पञ्चलिङ्गीप्रकरण
H4° ,, 117'. (5) शीलोपदेशमाला (6) वीतरागस्तोत्र
__,, 138 ,, I42. (7) प्रणिपातसूत्र
,, 884_fol. 189. (8) ईपिथिकीसूत्र
,790 (9) उत्तरीकरणसूत्र
,,796 (10) कायोत्सर्गसूत्र ,,800 (II) नामस्तव
814 (12) चैत्यस्तवप्रतीक ,,826 , , (13) प्रबोधचैत्यवन्दन
, 1894 ,, 1890] (14) 'दर्शनं देवादि स्तव (15) घरकनकसूत्र (16) तीर्थवन्दनसूत्र (17) शक्रस्तव
,753 (18) चैत्यस्तव
821 (19) कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
,, 813 (20) श्रुतस्तव
foll. 189° ,, 190* (21) श्रुतस्य भगवतः
fol. 190*. (22) सिद्धस्तव (23) वैयावृत्त्यकरसूत्र (24) कायोत्सर्गसूत्रप्रतीक
25) संसारदावानलस्तुति (26) जावंति चेइयाई (27) जावंत के वि साहू ,,763 (28) नमोऽहत्
,,897 (29) उपसर्गहरस्तोत्र
,769 (30) प्रार्थनासूत्र
,,786 (31) वन्दनकसूत्र
,853 (32) देवसिकालोचनासूत्र (33) सव्वस्स वि (34) गुरुक्षामणासूत्र ,, 867 , , (35) एकाशनादिप्रत्याख्यान , 937 foll. 19ob ,, I9". (36) आचाम्लप्रत्याख्यान , 950 fol. I9r. (37) विविधाहारोपवासप्रत्याख्यान , 934 - " " -
9
035
००००
906
759
,, 91

Page #465

428
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
and Philosophy
(1072.
(38) दिवसचरिमपत्याख्यान No. 941 fol. I91' (39) सामायिकसूत्र , 871 , , (40) सामायिकपौषधपारणगाथा ,, 883 ,, I91" (41) जय महायस , 875, ,, (42) श्रमणोपासकप्रतिक्रमणसूत्र ., 917 foll.,, to 192 (43) आयारीय उवज्झाए , 877 fol. 1920 (44) सिरिथंभणयपासनाहथुइ ,, 880 , 193* (45) अतिचार (46) श्रुतदेवतास्तुति (47) भुवनवासिनीदेवीस्तुति (48) क्षेत्रदेवतास्तुति (49) जय तिहुयणस्तोत्र foll. , , 194 (50) अजितशान्तिस्तव
, 194° ,, 1964. (51) उल्लासिकस्तोत्र (अजितशान्तिस्तोत्र)fol.196% ,, 196°. (52) नमिऊण
foll. 196° ,, 1974 (53) तं जयउ
,, 197%, 198. (54) मयरहियं (स्मरण) fol. 1983 ,, 178. (55) सिग्घमवहरउ
foll. 19 199*. (56) श्रावकविधि
___fol. 1999 ,, 199". (57) दानविधि
foll. 1990 ,, 200*. (58) नमस्कारफल (59) चतुःशरण
fol. 2
2014 ,, (60) संयममारी
, 202'. (61) अज्ञातनामधेय
202* ,, 204. (incomplete ) (62) चतुःशरण
,, 220* ,, 221. (incomplete) (63) सूक्ष्मार्थविचार
,, 22zb. (64) कर्मविपाक
229. (65) आगमिकवस्तुविचार
232. (66) कर्मस्तव
233. (67) कर्मस्तवभाष्य (68) शतक
,, 234* ,, 236. (69) सप्ततिका
, 236° ,, 239. (70) बन्धस्वामित्व
,, 239* ,, 240 (71) सङ्ग्रहणी
, 240*, 252.
, 20
, 201.
234

Page #466

429
1073.]
III. 4 Malasttras On fol. 2526, a list of works mentioned here is given. Age.- Samvat I492. Begins.-abruptly fol. 105*
.........त्तेयं पिंडए नवए ॥ ४६ दो चेव नमुक्कारो आगारा छञ्च पोरिसीए उ । सत्तेव य पुरिमड़े | एगासणगंमि अट्रेव ॥ ४७ सत्तेगट्टाणस्स उ । अट्टेवायंबिलंमि आगारा।
पंचेव अभत्त । छप्पाणे चरिमि चत्तारि ॥ ४८ etc. Ends.--fol. 1056
नामि गिन्हियत्वे | अगिण्डियत्वंमि चेव अत्थंमि । जइयत्वमेव इय जो । उवएसो सो नओ नाम || ७. सव्वेसि पि नयाणं । बहुविहवत्तवयं निसामित्ता। तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं । जं चरणगुणट्रिओ साहु ।। ७१
पञ्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती समत्ता ।। यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं मया ।
यदि शुद्धमशुद्ध वा । मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ छ॥२॥ छ । श्री N. B.-- For other particulars see No. I070.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti शिष्यहितासहित
with Sisyabitā
1091. No. 1073
1887-91. Size-- 109 in by 41 in. Extent. 351-I = 350 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered only once in a corner of the right-hand margin; nos

Page #467

430
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1073.
1, 2, etc. also written at times between the lines perhaps indicating the nos. of foll. copied out in a single day; fol. 35b practically blank; fol. 168 lacking ; several foll. slightly_worm-eaten ; edges of the last fol. slightly damaged; fol. 250 somewhat smutty; condition on the whole satisfactory.
Age.— Fairly old.
Author of the commentary.- Haribhadra Süri. For his works see pt. II, p. 300 and this pt. III, pp. 105,224 and 234. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. The latter is styled as Sisyahita.
Begins.-- (text) fol. 20
"
आभिनिबोहियनाणं etc. as in No. 1081.
—( com. ) fol. a
नमः सर्वज्ञाय |
प्रणिपत्य जिनवरेंद्र etc. as in No. 1076.
Ends.-(text) fol. 351a
सकसि पि नयाणं etc.
,,' ~ ( com.)
12
स्थितिपक्षमुपदर्शयन्नाह etc. up to गाथार्थः practically as in No. 1076. This is followed by the lines as under :

در
शिष्यहितायां प्रत्याख्यानविवरणं समाप्तं । छ । व्याख्येयोऽध्ययनमिदं यदवाप्तमिह शुभं मया पुण्यं । शुद्धं प्रत्याख्यानं लभतां भज्यो (व्यो ) जनस्तेन ।
समाप्ता चेयं शिष्यहिता नाम आवश्यकटीका कृतिः सितांबराचार्य जिनभद्रनिगदाणुसारिणा । 'विद्याधर 'कुलतिलकाचार्यजिनदत्त शिष्यस्य धर्म्य (तो) जोइणीमहत्तरा सूनोरल्पमातराचार्य हरिभद्रस्य ॥ छ
यदिहोत्सूत्रमज्ञानाद्वयाख्यातं तद् बहुश्रुतैः ।
क्षांतव्यं कस्य संमोहाच्छद्मस्थस्य न जायते यदा ( द ) ( ) तं विरचयता सुबोध्यां TM पुण्यं मयाssवश्यकशास्त्रटीकाम | भवे भवे तेन ममैव मेवं
भूयाज्जिनोक्तौ नु मते प्रयासः ॥
अन्यच संत्यज्य समस्तसत्त्वा मात्सर्यदुःखं भवबीजभूतं

Page #468

1074.]
M. 4 Malasūtras
431
सुखात्मकं मुक्तिपदावहं च
सर्वत्र माध्यस्थमवाप्नुवंतु ॥ छ | समाप्ता चेयमावश्यकटीका ।। छ ।
द्वाविंशतिसहस्राणि प्रत्येकाक्षरगणनया
अनुष्टुप्छंदसा मानमस्या उद्देशतः कृतं ।। अंकतो(5)पि २२००० शुभं भवतु श्री तपा'गच्छस्य । This is followed by the following line in a different hand:--
पंडितश्रीविजयचंद्रगणिशिष्यपं०विवेकचंद्रग कल्याणचंद्रेण प्रति
भ(भां)डागारे मुक्ता॥ Reference.- Published. See No. 1002.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasutraniryukti शिष्यहितासहित
with Sisyahită No. 1074
1181.
1886-92. Size.- 10 in. by 4g in. Extent.- (text) 380 - I - I = 378 folios; I to II lines to a
page ; 45 letters to a line. -(com.) 378 folios ; I3 to 17 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; this Ms. contains the niryukti ( text) and the commentary as well ; it is a fərare Ms; space for the text is reserved; the text written in a bigger hand ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; nos. for foll. entered twice as usual; fol. I blank ; fol. 222 also numbered as 2233; the subsequent ones as 224 etc; similarly fol. 287 also numbered as 288 ; life-perods and heights of the 24 Tirthamkaras tabulated on foll. 72" and 734; explanation by means of a digaram on fol. 323"; tabulated results

Page #469

Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 1074 on fol. 330 ; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too, at times ; margins of some of the foll. worm-eaten ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; the last fol. some-what damaged; foll. 118 to 121 slightly damaged in the body; condition on the whole good ; both the text and the com
mentary complete ; extent 22500 ślokas. Begins.— (text )fol. 3b
anfaatatiecaro etc. as in No. 1073. ,- (com.) fol. rb TATAARIT AA: FT: HTETIT
Trône Paraati ait etc. as in No. 1073. Ends.(text ) fol. 3800
सम्वसि पि etc. „ - (com.) fol. 3800 franga etc. up to reta: E as in
No. 1073. This is followed by yi if(0) 28400. N. B.- For other details see No. 1073.
शिष्यहिता
Sisyahita [SCRATE
[ Avaśyakasūtraनियुक्तिविवृति]
niryuktivivrti ] No. 1075
131,
1873-74. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 545 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1o; same is the case with fol. 5456; foll. 14 and 5456 blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 3435
condition very good ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author.-- Haribhadra Súri. For his works see No. 1073.

Page #470

1076. ] 11). 4 Malasätras
433 Subject. This work named as Śisyahită elucidates the Avaśyaka
sútraniryukti. There was a bigger commentary than this composed by Haribhadra Súrias suggested by himself
(see p. 434; “Begins “ V. 2). Begins.- fol. 1 : Hata!
Tratare ftat als etc. as in No. 1076. Ends. -- fol. 546* ffufaqat etc. practically up to geata: 5 as in
No. 1073. This is followed by the line as below:
JAT PP00olly ! etc. Reference.-- Published. See No. 1002.
-
शिष्यहिता
Sisyabitā No. 1076
366.
1880-81. Size.— 124 in. by 4 in. Extent... 213 folios; 15 lines to a page; 72 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanāgarī
characters with genas; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intermediate portion coloured red; all the foll. have at least one disc in the centre; and each verso has two additional ones in the margins; only a few foll, are numbered twice ; foll. 18 and 2136 blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; marginal notes added at times; a piece of paper of the same size as a fol. is pasted to fol. 1a and to fol. 2136 as well; strips of paper are pasted to some foll. ; condition unsatisfactory; complete so far as FIATŪTETTA
is concerned; extent 12383 ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.fol. 16 TA: STATTI
प्रणिपत्य जिनवरेंद्रं वीरं श्रुतदेवतां गुरून साधुन् । आवश्यकस्य विवृति गुरूपदेशादहं वक्ष्ये ॥१॥

Page #471

434
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ro76. यद्यपि मया तथा(5)न्यैः कृता(5)स्य विवृतिस्तथापि संक्षेपात् । ..
तद्रुचिसत्त्वानुग्रहहेतोः क्रियते प्रयासोऽयं ॥२॥ Ends.- fol. 213 स्थितपक्षमुपदर्शयन्नाह सन्वेसि पि गाहा । व्या० सर्वेषा etc.
उभयमेव वाऽनपेक्ष्यमित्यादिरूपां अथवा नामादीनां नयानां कः के साधुमिच्छतीत्यादिरूपं निशम्य श्रुत्वा तत्सर्वनयविशुद्धं सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं यच्चरणगुणस्थितः साधुर्यस्मात्सर्वनया एव भावनिक्षेपमिच्छंतीति गाथार्थः ॥ छ ॥ आचार्यहरिभद्रकृतौ शिष्यहितायामावश्यकटीकायां सामायिकाध्ययनं समाप्त ॥ छ॥
सामायिकस्य विवृति कृत्वा यदवाप्तमिह मया कुशलं । तेन खलु सर्वलोको लभतां सामायिकं परमं । यस्माजगाद भगवान् सामायिकमेव निरुपमोपायं
शारीरमानसानेकदुःखनाशस्य मोक्षस्य ॥२॥ ग्रंथानं १२३८३ ।। छ ॥ etc. N. B.-For other particulars see No. I075.
शिष्यहिता
Sisyahită No. 1077
134.
1873-74. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 248 - 13 - II = 224 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 56 letters
_to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; nos. for foll. entered in a small hand between or near the lines in the right-hand
margin ; edges of the first and the last few foll. worn out; corners of several foll. damaged; foll. 139th and the following are more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair; marginal notes written here and there'; foll. so to 62 and 194 to
214 lacking; extent 12383 ślokas. Age.---- Sainvat ISII. Begins.-- fol. Iअर्ह ॥ सांप्रत सामायिकाध्ययनानंतरं चतुर्विंशतिसूत्राध्ययन
मारभ्यते । इह चाध्ययनोदेशे सत्रारंभेषु etc.

Page #472

1078.]
(निर्युक्ति) fol.1
111.
शिष्यहिताऽन्तर्गत कुमारनन्दिकथा
4 Malasatras
चवीस गच्छस्स उ निक्वेवो होइ नामनिप्पन्नो । चवीसगस्स छक्का थयस्स उक्कओ होइ ॥
Ends. - स्थितपक्ष etc. up to मोक्षस्य ॥ २ ॥ practically as in No. 1076. This is followed by the lines as under:--
ग्रंथाग्रं १२३८३ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ मंपवाछालिखितं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ संवत् १५११ वर्षे माघमासे शुक्लपक्षे १३ दिने श्री ' खरतर गच्छे श्रीसागरचन्द्रमूरिवाचनाचार्यश्री महिमराजगणिभिः स्वशिष्य पं० दया सागरगणिवाचनार्थमलेखि 'श्रीपत्तन 'पुरे । 'श्रीमाल 'ज्ञातीयसं ० चांदाभार्यया सं०गुणराजपुत्री सं० डाली भाविकया श्री मंडपगढ स्थितया लेखिता वा०दयासागरगणिवराणां ॥
N. B.-- For further details see No. 1075.

435
Sisyahitāntargata-Kumāranandikatha
No. 1078
Size.- ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 3 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and yellowish ; Devanagari characters with occasional garais; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin orly; some portions of each of the foll. worn-out; otherwise condition good; lacunas on fol. 34; complete so far as it goes ; fol. 3b blank. Age.— Old.
1130. 1884-87.
Subject. This is a portion of Sisyahita where the life of Kumaranandi, a goldsmith is narrated with a view to explain the orgin of the city of Dasapura. It is also found almost ad verbatim in Avaśyakavṛtti by Malayagiri Süri. Cf. the Cunni (pt. I, pp. 397-398 ).

Page #473

436
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 1078. Begins.-fol. I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं 'चंपा'ए नयरीए कुमारनंदी सुवण्णकारो
इथिलोलो परिवसइ सो जत्थ सुरूवं दारियं पासइ सुणेइ वा । तच्छ(स्थ) पंच सुवण्णसयाणि दाऊण तं परिणेइ । एवं तेणं पंच सया पिंडिया । ताहे सो ईसालुओ एगक्खंभपसायं करिता ताहिं समं ललइ । तस्स य मित्तो नाइलो नाम समणोवासु । अणया 'पंचसेलग दीववत्थाउ वाणमंतरीउ सुरवइनिउएण 'गंदीस्सर'दीवं जत्ताए पत्थियाउ | ताणं च विज्जुमाली नाम 'पंचसेलाधिवई सो चुओ ताओ चिंतितं । किंचि घुग्गीहेमो । जो अम्हं भत्ता भविजइ | नवरं वच्चंतीहिं 'चंपा ए कुमारनंदी पंचमहिलासयपरिवारो उवललयंतो दिट्रो ताहे चिंीतयं एस इत्थिलोलो एतं बुग्गाहेमो ताहे ताहिं
उज्जाणगयस्स अप्पा दंसिउ ताहे सोभइ ।। etc. Ends-fol 3 जंच राय जिमेइ । तं च पजोअस्स वि दिजइ । नवरं पजोसवणाए
सुरण पुच्छिओ । किं अज जिमेसि सो चिंतेइ । अजु मरिजामि ताहे पुच्छामि सो भणइ अज्ज पज्जोसवणारा उववासिउ सो भणइ । अहं यि उववासिउ। मम विं मायापियाणि सावयाणि । ण याणियं । मया जहा । अज्ज पज्जोसवण त्ति रन्नो कहियं । राया भणइ । जाणमि जहा सा धुता किं पुण मम एयंमि बद्धिल्लए पज्जोसर्वेणो येव न सज्झइ ताहे मुक्को मिक्खामिउ य । पट्टो य सोवणो । ताणक्खराणत्थायणनिमित्तं बद्धो । सो वि सुदिन्नो । तप्पभिई पडबद्धरायाणो जाया । पुत्वं मउडबद्धा आसि बन्ने वासारलगत्तो राया।
तत्थ जो धणियवग्गो आगउ सो तहि '----विउ । ताहे 'दसपुरं' जायं छ Reference.-- Published in Sisyahita ( pp. 2966-300" ) and also in
Malayagiri Suri's com. ( pp. 391 -394° ).
आवश्यकसूत्र
Avasyakasutraबृहद्वात्तटिप्पणकगत
bịhadvrttitippaņakagataशय्यातरस्वरूप
sayyātarasvarūpa No. 1079
302 (b).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 9" to fol. 9". Description.- Complete so far as it goes. For other details see
Pindavisuddhi No. 119.
1 Lacunas in the Ms.

Page #474

1980. ]
Begins.fol. 9© श्रीआवश्यक बृहद्वृत्तिटिप्पनकगतं शय्यातरस्वरूपं लिख्यते । शय्यया साधुसमर्पितगृहलक्षणया भवार्णत्रं तरतीति शय्यातरस्तस्य पिंडः शय्यातरपिंडः । अथ को ( s) यं शय्यातरः १ कदा च शय्यातरो भवति २ कतिविधस्तपिंड ३ कदा चाऽशय्यातरः स्यात् ४ केषां च संबंध्यसौ वर्जनीयः ५ के च डिग्रहणे दोषाः ६ कदा च विंडो गृह्यते ७ व शय्यातरो भवती ८ त्यष्टौ द्वाराणि ॥
आवश्यक सूत्रनिर्युक्ति विवृतिसहित
III. 4 Malasutras
Ends.fol. 9 अष्टमद्वारे || स्वस्थाने वसनशय्यातरो भवति देशांतरे तु गतो न भवत्यपि केवलं भद्रकांतदोषात् तत्पिंडस्तत्रापि वर्जनीयः । भद्रको हि मम तावत् स्वगृहावस्थितस्यामी न किंचिद् गृह्णति । यदि तावदिह गृह्णति तथापि शोभनमिति विचित्यऽनेषणीयमऽपि कृत्वा दद्यात् प्रांतस्तु मम स्वगृहस्थितस्थामी न किंचिद् गृह्णत्यत्र तु गृह्णति तत्किमिदानीमन्यः संजातो ( ( ) हं तस्मान्मायावन एवेति विचित्य वसत्फच्छो (?) कुर्यात् एवं शय्यातरसंबंधिना भ्रातृमातुलAarti सपा ( ? )स्था प्रभूणामपि संबंधी पिंडो वर्जनीयो भद्रकप्रांतादिदोषात् । इत्यलं विस्तरेण तदर्थिना तु प्रकल्पतृतीयो देशकोऽन्वेष्यः ॥ शय्यातरपिंडस्वरूपं ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥
437

Avasyakasūtraniryukti with vivrti
No. 1080
Size.— 1o‡ in. by 4 in.
Extent.— 270 + 368 = 638 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.
1168. 1884-87.
Description. Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; nos. for foll. entered only once ; fol. r blank ; white paste used; this Ms goes up to the end of the 2nd khanda ; the first khanda gets completed on fol. 270b and the commercement of the second is not numbered in succession but it is marked afresh; fol. 271a i. e. to say the new folio 1 is blank ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1; edges of the first two foll. and the last as well slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good.

Page #475

438
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ rosof
Age.- Prety old. Author of the commentary— Malayagiri Sūri. For his other works
see Nos. 194, 201, 220, 235, 254 and 619. Subject. -- Avaśyakasūtraniryukti together with its explanation in
Sanskrit. Begins.- (नियुक्ति) fol. I4'
आभिणिबोहियनाणं etc. ,, - (com.) fol. Ib
पातु नः पार्श्वनाथस्य पादपद्मनखांशवः अशेषविघ्नसंघाततमोभेदकहतवः १ जयति जगदेकदीपः प्रकटितनिःशेषभावसद्भावः । कुमतपतंगविनाशी श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो भगवान् (२) नत्वा गुरुपदकमलं प्रभावतस्तस्य मंदशक्तिरपि
आवश्यकनियुक्तिं वितृणोमि यथागमं स्पष्टं (३) यद्यपि च वित्तमोऽस्याः संति विचित्रास्तथापि विषमास्ता
संप्रति च जनो जडधी यानिति विवृतिसंरंभः (४) etc. ( com.) fol. 270° of the first part
कानि पुनर्विंशतिकारणानि यैस्तीर्थकरनामगोत्रं कर्म तेनोपबद्धमित्यत आह अरहंता गाहा सणगाह अपुब्वगाहा नियमागाहा एता ऋषभदेवाधिकारव्याख्यातत्वान्न विनियंते माहणगाहा अस्या व्याख्या पुष्पोत्तराउच्युतो 'ब्राह्मणकुंडग्राम नगरे कोडालसगोत्रब्राह्मण सोमिलाभिधानोऽस्ति
तस्य गृहे उत्पन्नः देवानंदायाः कुक्षाविति गाथार्थः छ etc. - ( com.) fol. 368° of the 2nd part इदानीं शांतिः शांत्यात्मकत्वात्
शांतिः तत्र सर्व एव तीर्थकृत एवंरूपा अतो विशेषमाह छ जातो असिवो वसमो गभगते तेणं संतिजिणो पूर्व महदसिवमासीत् भगवति तु गर्भगते जातो असिवोपशमस्तेन कारणेन शांतिजिनः संप्रति कुंथुः कुः पृथिवी तस्यां स्थितवान कुंथुः पृषोदरादित्वादिष्टरूपनिष्पत्तिः तत्र सर्वे(s)पि भगवंत एवंविधास्ततो विशेषमाह छ शुभं रयणविचित्तं कुंथु सुमिणमि तेण कुंथुजननी. स्वप्ने कुं स्थं मनोहरे अत्युनते जिणो महाप्रदेशे स्तूपं रत्नविचित्रं दृष्ट्वा प्रतिबुद्धवती तेन कारणेन भगवान् नामतः कुंथुजिनः सांप्रतमरः छ ।।
इति श्रीमलयगिरिसूरिविरचितायामावश्यकटीकायां द्वितीयखंडं
समाप्तमिति छ etc. Reference.--- Published. See No. I002, p. 374.

Page #476

III. 4 Mülasutras
1081.] आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
लघुवृत्तिसहित No. 1081
439 Avasyakasütraniryukti
with laghuvetti
1089. 1887-91.
Size.-- Iog in. by 4g in.. Extent.- 210-2 - 15 - 2 - 10 - 34 - 1 -4-9-16 = 117 folios ;
17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear and good hand-wri. ting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1. blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. 4, 5, 9 to 23, 61, 66, 69 to 78,86 to 119, 126, 130 to 133, 136 to 144, and 165 to 180 lacking; this Ms. contains the niryakti and its commentary as well; both complete ; cdges of the first fol. partly worn out; condition good.
fol. 210° gives a sort of a long list of the contents. Age.-Old. . Author of the text.-Bhadrabahusvāmin.
,, ,, ,, com.- Sritilaka Suri. Subject.— The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. 16
आभिणिबोहियनाणं सुयनाणं चेव उहिनाणं च ।
तह मणपज्जवनाणं केवलनाणं च पंचमयं । १॥ etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 1 ए ६०॥ ॐ नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्टिभ्यः ।।
देवः श्रीनाभिसूनुर्जनयतु स शिवान्यंशदेशे यदीये ।
खेलंती कुंतलाली विलसदलिकुशप्रोज्ज्वला शालते स्म । संजाते संयमश्रीपरिणयनविधौ मांगलिक्ये त्रिलोकी
लक्ष्म्या दूर्वोकुराणां ततिरिष पतितो दस्तहस्तवयाग्रात् । १॥ etc. तथाप्यत्यल्पधीहेतोरल्पधीरप्यहं पुनः । रचयिष्याम्य वृत्तित्तानार्थे लधीयसीं ॥१२॥ etc.

Page #477

440
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 108r.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 2109
सम्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्वयं निसामित्ता।
तं सत्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणट्रिओ साहू ॥ ७४ ॥ ,, ~(com.) fol. 210° पूर्वाद्ध स्पष्टं ॥ तत्सर्वनयविशुद्धं यच्चरणगुणस्थितः साधुः यतो यथाख्यातचारित्रिण एव महोदयपदावाप्तिरिति ।। ७४ ॥
इति श्रीश्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचितायामावश्यकलघुवृत्तौ प्रत्याख्यानाध्ययनं समाप्तं ।। छ । अत्र यं. ६९८॥ तत्समाप्ती समाप्ता(ते)यमावश्यक
लघुवृत्तिः ॥ नं. १२३५५ ॥ यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ Reference.- For additional Mss. etc. see G. O. Series rol. XXI
pp. 20, 9 and 40. See also Peterson's Report for 1882-83, p. 58 (1)
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti लधुवृत्तिसहित
with laghuvrtti
1169. No. 1082
1884-87. Size.-105 in. by 49 in. Extent --- 297 - I - I - 78 = 217 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 56
letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, beautiful and legible hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. 2, 97 and 181 to 258 lacking; edges of the 3rd fol. slightly gone ; the first fol. very badly damaged ; about a quarter of it worn
out; condition tolerably good. Age.— Samvat 1535. Begins.- (com.) fol. 10 ए६॥ नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्टिभ्यः ॥
देवः श्रीनाभिसनुः etc. as in No. 108r. Ends.- (text) fol. 2960
सन्वेसि पि नयाणं etc. as in No. 1081.

Page #478

1082.]
Ends. — ( com. ) fol. 2972 Then we have : as under :

III. 4 Malasatras
पूर्वाद्धं स्पष्टं ॥ etc. up to ग्रं. as in No. 1081. १२३२५. This is followed by the verses
तीर्थे वीरविभोः सुधर्म गणभृत्संतानलब्धोन्नतिश्वारित्रोज्ज्वल'चंद्र' गच्छजलधिप्रोल्लाससीतद्युतिः । साहित्यागमतर्क लक्षण महाविद्यापगासागरः | श्री चंद्रप्रभसूरिरद्भुत मतिर्वादी भसिंहो ( ( ) भवत् ॥ १.
तपट्टलक्ष्मीश्रवणावतंसाः श्रीधर्मघोषप्रभवो बभूवुः ।
यत्पादपद्मे कलहंसलीलां
दधौ नृपः श्रीजयसिंहदेवः || २ || तत्पट्टोदयशैलशृंगम भजत्तेजाश्व (स्त्रि) चूडामणिः | श्रीचक्रेश्वरसूरिरित्यभिधया को ( S) प्यत्र भानुर्नवः । संप्राप्ताभ्युदयः सदैव तमसा नो जातु विच्छायितः ।
नैवोचंडरुचिः कदाचिदपि न प्राप्ता (ता? ) परागस्ततः ॥ ३ । विललाम स्वरं तत्पट्टप्रासाद चंद्रशालायां । श्रीमान् शिवप्र (भ) गुरुः संयमकमलाकृतासक्तिः ॥ ४ ॥ श्रीश (शि) वप्रभसूरीणां तेषां शिष्यो ( s)स्मि मंदधीः । नाना श्री तिलकाचार्यः श्रुताराधनगृद्धिभाक् ॥ ५ ॥ एतां वृत्तिं लघुमविषमां सो ( S) हमावश्यकीयां ।
तत्पादाब्जस्मरणमहसा मुग्धधीरण्यकार्षे । तयत्किंचिद्रभसवशतो दृष्टमस्यामशुद्धं ।
तत्संशोध्यं मयि कृतकृपैः सूरिभिस्तत्त्वविद्भिः ॥ ६ ॥ वृत्तिं रचयता चैतां सुकृतं यन्मया (S) र्जितं । भवे भवे (S) हं तेन स्यां श्रुताराधनतत्परः ॥ ७ ॥ शव (?) द्वादशके (S)ब्दानां गति (ते?) विक्रमभूभुजः । संवत्सरे षण्णवते वृत्तिरेषा विनिर्ममे ॥ ८ ॥ शिष्या नः शस्यचारित्राः सर्वशास्त्राब्धिपारगाः । अस्यां साहायकं चक्रुः श्रीपद्मप्रभसूरयः ॥ ९ ॥ fast (S) स्माकमिमां वृत्तिमहिवन्नः शास्त्रतत्त्ववित् । अखि(लि) (ख) प्रथमादर्शे यशस्तिलकपंडितः ।। १० ।। सपादविशत्यस्यां श्लोक द्विषट्सहस्त्रका |
प्रत्यक्षरेण संख्यानादिति निश्वितवानहं ॥ ११ ॥

441

Page #479

442
Jaina Lilerature and Philosophy
[1082.
यावद्विजयते तीर्थः श्रीमद्वीरजिनेशितुः ।
तावदेषा मरालीव खेलतात्कृतिमानसे ॥ १२ ॥
सं. १५३५ वर्षे चैत्रशुदि १५ भौमे । अयेह श्री पत्तन'मध्ये | श्री. 'परतरगच्छे गच्छाधिपे पट्टे श्रीजिनहर्षसूरिराज्ये । पुवतणीसपुण्यलक्ष्मी
श्री। तस्य शिष्यआणंदश्रीगाण स्वयं पठनार्थे श्रीआवश्यकलघुटीका लिखापितं । श्री पत्तन'वास्तव्ये 'उदीच्य ज्ञातीययतिश्रीशंघासतबडूआकेन
लिषितं शुभं etc. N. B.— For further particulars see No. 1081.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti लघुवृत्तिसहित
with laghuvịtti No. 1083
1182.
_1886-92. Size.-- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 297 - 1 - 15 = 281 folios; 17 lines to a page; 40
letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish, Devanagari cha
racters with occasional yarats ; legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; three discs : two in the margins and one in the centre ; nos. for foll. entered twice as usual ; yellow pigment and red chalk used; marginal notes written at times ; fol. I and foll. 56 to 70 lacking; corners of foll. i to 15 and 273 to 282 slightly worn out : foll. 721077 more or less smutty ; but, all the same they are readable ; edges of foll. 177 to 200 somewhat gone ;
condition tolerably good ; fol. 297° practically blank. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 20
आभिणिबोहियनाणं सुयनाणं चेव ओहिनाणं च etc. as in No. 1081,

Page #480

1084.)
111. 4 Malasatras
443
Begins.--( com. ) fol. 2
c9-9169) artigateMITTE ga:
रचयिष्याम्यमूं वृत्तिमुत्तानार्थी लघीयसीं ॥ १२ ॥ Ends.--/ text ) fol. 2979
Haath for natui etc. as in No. 1081. „ –(com. ) fol. 297o gars etc. up to MATEESWAITÀ as in
No. 1082. This is followed by istanta Festa: 11 g: 11 etc. N. B.-For other details see No. 1081.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti लघुवृत्तिसहित
with laghuvrtti No. 1084
630.
1892-95. Size.-- 144 in. by in. Extent.-- 189 folios ; 28 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, tough and white ; Devanāgari
characters; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders unruled; foll. cloih-bound; red chalk and yellow pigment used; nos. for foll. i to 126 and those for 169 to 189 entered twice as usual ; but foll. 127 to 168 not numbered even once; a very thick and black paper preceding fol. 1'; two such papers following fol. 189; fol. 1898 half blank and fol. 1896 completely blank; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both complete ;
extent 12325 ślokas; condition excellent. Age.- Modern. Begins.-( text ) fol. 1a
facraticuato etc. as in No. 1081. » - (com.) fol. 1a FA: VATTÀIFT: 1
a: starta etc. as in No. 108r. Ends.-- (text ) fol. 1898
af fa and etc. up to file as in No. 1081.

Page #481

444
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1084.
Ends.--( com. ) fol. 1894 gav FTÈ etc. up to aih: as in No. 1081.
This is followed by TT 373741 करकृतमपराधं क्षतुमर्हन्ति सन्तः ।
fi: etc. N. B.-- For further particnlars see No. 1081.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति लघुवृत्तिसहित
Avasyakasūtraniryukti
with laghuvrtti
No. 1085
219. 1902-1907.
Size.-- 109 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 352 + 3 = 355 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 47 letters to
a line.
Description.- Country paper thin and white ; Devanāgari cha
racters with qualats; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; out of the 81 foll., the unnumbered sides decorated in the centre with a circular disc whereas the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1a blank ; foll. 83, 110 and un repeated ; the 295th fol. wrongly numbered as 296 in the right-hand margin ; condition very good except that
the last fol. slightly damaged; extent 14000 ślokas; complete. Age.--- Appears to be somewhat old. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2a.
Brufuatiguard etc. as in No. 1081. , - (com. ) fol. 1b go o il FA: SHUTTALEXT: 1
da: stari usaua etc. as in No. 1081. Ends.-- (text) fol. 3510 på fa autu etc. as in No. 1081. -- (com. ) fol. 3510 gaie Frii etc.
up to FAIÀTA125ggaan(f#:)' as in No. 108). This is followed by the lines as under:--

Page #482

1086.]
II. 4 Mulasūtras
(ती) र्थे वीरविभोः सुधर्म गणभृत्संतानलब्धोन्नति ॥ श्री ॥ ग्र. १४००० संखा ( ख्या) ।
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1081.
आवश्यक सूत्रनिर्युक्ति लघुवृत्तिसहित
No. 1086
Age. Samvat 1488 (?).
Begins. (text) fol. 2a
Extent. 282 folios; 17 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, clear and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; nos, for foll. entered once in a corner of the right-hand margin; remarks illustrated at times with figures (vide fol. 103b); foll. 281 and 282 repeat what is already written on the preceding foll; they seem to be added later on, though they bear an earlier date; the work becomes complete on fol. 280b; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; some of the foll. slightly wormeaten; condition good; fol. 1a blank except that a few
lines about the contents are written on it.
33
در
-(com.) fol. rb
efforafari etc. as in No. 1081.
Ends.(text) fol. 280"
Avasyakasutraniryukti with laghuvrtti

'नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्टिभ्यः ।
देव : श्रीनाभिस्नुर्जनयतु etc. as in No. 1081.
445
241.
A.1882-83.
far etc. as in No. 1081.
- (com) fol. 28c4
पूर्वार्द्ध स्पष्टं etc. up to खेलतास्कृतिमानस ॥१२॥ as in No. 1082. This is followed by the lines as under:---

Page #483

446
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1087. छ etc. 'आशापल्लो धास्तव्य प्राग्वाट'ज्ञातीय गी-आकाभार्यामाणिकदेपुच्या 'पत्तन वास्तव्यचांपाभार्या चमकूपुत्र शिवराजपत्न्या श्री.धारू. नाम्न्या श्रीसोमसुंदरसूरीणामुपदेशेन संवत् १४८८ वर्षे श्रीआवश्यकलघु. वृत्तिलेखिता॥ छ etc.
आशापल्ली etc. up to the end seem to be written in a
different hand. Begins.-- ( com. ) fol. 2812 तुर्जग्या प्रथमो भंगः ॥ शुद्धः । द्वयोरप्यजानतो
रंत्योऽशुद्धः। मध्यमयोर्विभाषा etc. - (नियुक्ति ) fol. 282
सव्वेसि पि नयाणं etc. - ( com.) fol. 2824 पूर्वाध स्पष्टं etc. up to खेलतात् कृतिमानसे
as in No. 1082. This is followed by the lines as under:
छ etc. संवत् १४५८ वर्षे फा(ल)गुण शुदि ६ बुधे 'स्तंभतीर्थे' लिखितं । छः।। N. B.-- For further details see No. 1081.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti टीकासहित
with tikā
133, No. 1087
1873-74. Size~ 104 in by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 124 folios; 7 to 15 lines to a page; 35 letters to a line
, -- (com.) ,, , ; 27, 29 , , ,, ,, ; 56 ,, ,, , , Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari cha
racters with पृष्टमात्राs: this is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; the handwriting for the text bigger than that for the commentary ; both legible and good ; each of the columns has its borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with the intermediate portion coloured red; unnumbered sides have a disc in the centre in red colour whereas the numbered ones, in the margins, too ; a blank fol. is affixed to fol. 1a; same is the case with fol. 124°; fol. I'_blank ; red chalk used ; some of the foll. present a very nice appearance. e. g. foll. 196, 245 etc.; illustrative tables pertaining to the Jinas and

Page #484

1087.]
111. 4 Malasairas
447
Cakravations given on fol. 43b ; corners of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition good; this Ms. contains niryukti
as well as its commentary; both complete. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.--- Not mentioned. Subject -- The niryukti along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.--- fol. 1° ए* नमः श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
ॐ नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ etc. ॐ नमः श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥ छ
etc. - fol. 2 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः।
___ नमो अरिहंताणं etc. - (text ) iol. 2' जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. ,, --(com. ) fol. 10 ए ॐ नमः वीतरागाय |
प्रेक्षावतां प्रवृत्त्यर्थमादौ प्रयोजनादिकमुपन्यस्यनीयं etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 1246
सव्वेसि पि नयाणं etc. up to साहू ९० ॥
इति पञ्चक्खाणनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता | समाप्तेदं श्रीआवश्यकं । ,, --- ( com.) fol. 124 सर्वविरतिसामायिकद्वयमेवेच्छति ननु किमत्र तमू (?)
उच्यते ॥७४ !! सब्वे ° तत् सर्वनयवि. सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं यच्चरणगुणस्थितः साधुः । यस्मात् सर्वनया भावनोक्ता प...च्छति ७५ (?)
631.
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryukti अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri No. 1088
1892-95. Size. - IOF in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 96-1+1=96 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 45 letters
to a line. ,, - (com.) 96 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line,

Page #485

448
Jaina Literalure and Philosophy
[ 1088.
Description.- Country paper rough and white ; . Devanāgari cha
racters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms.; the text written in the middle in a bigger hand ; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first fol. lacking ; the second repeated; fol. 2 commencing with the 4th gāthā of Fulêrtrant; about a half of the second fol. worn out ; strips of paper pasted to several foll. ; some of the foll. more or less worm-caten ; condition very fair; heights and life-periods of the 24 Tirthamkaras and 12 Cakravartins tabulated on fol. 58b; diagrams on fol. 82°; both the text and the commentary ending abruptly;
complete up to the नमुक्कारनिज्जुत्ति and its commentary. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the avacāri.-Not known. Subject.....The Niryukti along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 2a
गुणभवणगहण सुअरयणभरिय दंसणविसुद्धरत्थागा ।
संघनगर भदं ते अक्खंडचरित्तपागारा ॥ ४ ॥ etc. __,, -- ( com.) fol. 21
पडिभा अभिग्गहा वि अ उत्तरगुणा मे विआणाहे(हि)॥१॥ गुणा एव भावना......दर्शनं सम्यक्त्वं तदेवासारि मिथ्यात्वादिकचवरहिता विशुद्धाटच्या मार्गाय....नुसारेण दीर्घत्वसूचना दीर्ध
निर्देशो यथा गोयमा । हे संघनगर ० भद्रं ते etc. Ends.-fol. 96° ( text )
जं वत्तणाइरूवो कालो दवाण चेव पज्जाओ। तेण तस्स तंमि निविरुद्धं सव्वहा करणं ॥ ३२॥ अहचेह कालकरणं बचाइ जोइसिअकालकरणेणं ।
सत्तविहं तत्थ चिर चओ वि. This ends thus abruptly. ,, - (com.) fol. 96' बहु° उक्तं कालकरणं । भावकरणमुच्यते etc.
उच्यते इह भावाधिकारात् पर्यायप्राधान्यं श्रुतस्य जीवभावात् । श्रुतभावकरणं नोश्रुतकरणं. This ends thus abruptly.

Page #486

· Ill. 4 Malasatras
449
1089.]
आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्तिचूर्णि
No. 1089
Avasyakasutraniryukticūrņi
1167. 1884-87.
Size.-- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 51 + i = 512 folios; 13 lines to a page; 46 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. rå blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; foll. 100 to 178, 247 to 26r and 389 to 395 have their margins more or less worm-eaten ; a small hole on the last fol.; so two letters are gone; condition tolerably good ; lacunae on fol. 166; red chalk used ; information about the 24 Tirthamkaras tabulated on foll. 1196 and 120* ; fol. 353 repeated; white paste used;
of course, rarely ; complete. Age.- Samvat 1620. Subject.- A commentary in mixed languages viz., Sanskrit and
Präkrit elucidating the niryukii on Avaśyakasūtra. Begins.- fol. 1 नमो अरिहंताणं etc. up to सब्बसाहूणं as in No. 731.
This is followed by the lines as under :
काऊण णमोकारं तित्थकराणं तिलोकमहिताणं ।
आयरियउवज्झायाणं णमिऊण य सव्वसाहुणं ॥१॥ कोति सीसो आयरियकुव(लोला(वा?)सी । जातिकुलरूवसू(सु)यायारसत्त
विणयसंपण्णा(?ण्णो) ण दुरांछओ etc. Ends.-- fol. s11b
एवमादि परलोए । अणुगमो संमत्तो। इयाणि नया ते य जहापुत्वं तत्थ दुवे नया। ते य जहापुव्वं । तत्थ “तया । अज्झयणणतो य (करणणतो य)। अज्झयणणतो। णीयम्मि गिहियब्वे गाथा। करणणतो य । सम्वेसि पि

Page #487

450
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1090.
ri | गाहा । आवस्सगनिज्जुत्तिषुण्णी संमत्ता | छ । संवत् १६२०वर्षे आसो वदि ८ बुधे 'श्रीमाली 'ज्ञाते साहाशंघदत्ततत्सुतसाहाकांहानालिष्यापितं || श्रीअ ( उ ) पाध्या (य) श्रीगज खार पठनार्थे etc.
Reference. This work is published in two parts by Rṣabhdevaji Kesarimalji Śvetämbara samstha, Rutlam, in A. D. 1928 and 1929 respectively.
आवश्यक सूत्रfaying ri
No. 1090
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 351 1 = 350 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
Age. Not later than Samvat 1774.
Begins. fol.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional HITS; sufficiently big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; nos. of most of the foll. written twice as usual; red chalk used; foll. 1a and 3516 blank; the heights and the life-periods of the 24 Tirthamkaras tabulated on foll. 81 and 82; fol. 197 wrongly numbered as 198; for, there is a continuity of matter so far as foll. 196b and 198a are concerned; fol. 279 wrongly numbered in both the margins as 179; some lacunae on foll. 237 and 282b; foll. 341 etc. numbered only once and that too, as it seems in a different hand; complete; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 12; same is the case with fol. 351b; condition excellent.
Avasyakasutraniryukticūrņi
ṁt starımq: | ggest an: ||

129. 1873-74.
नमो अरिहंताणं etc. up to सबसाहूणं as in No. 1089. This is followed by 130 aðmi fawr etc. as in No. 1089.

Page #488

1091.1
III. 4. Malasatras
451
Ends.--fol. 351" एवमादि परलोए etc. practically up to सम्मत्ता as in No. 1089. This is followed by the line as under :--
छ || शुभं भवतु etc. ग्रं. १९ ( ? ) हश्रूः ( २ ) ॥ etc. Then in a different hand we have :--
संवत १७७४ व. पं. दीपविजयगणिना आवकचउण पत्र ३५१ पं.श्री न्यायसागरगणिना प्रदत्ता etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1089.
आवश्यक सूत्रfagian grot
No. 1091
Size.-- 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent.
372-6-7-1 - 3-6 + 1 = 350 folios; 17 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line.

Avasyakasutra
niryukticūrņi
Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with TTS; sufficiently big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; nos. for foll. entered twice as usual; foll. 1a and 372b blank; edges and corners of the first few foll. slightly worn out; some of the foll. more or less damaged owing to their being worm-eaten; fol. 112 partly torn; several foll. have their upper portion somewhat gone; condition fair; names of the Tirthankaras and the Cakravartins along with their heights etc. tabulated on fol. 87b; fol. 258 repeated; foll. 5, 6, 25, 51, 97, 118, 144-150, 168, 205-207 and 341-346 lacking; hence incomplete.
Age. Samvat 1661.
Begins. fol. r.:
engo etc. as in No. 1089.
367. 1880-81.

Page #489

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1091.
Ends.--fol. 372a एवमादि परलोए etc. up to संमत्ता as in No. 1090.
This is followed by the lines as under :--
छ । शुभं भवतु । संवत् १६६१ फाल्गुणशुदि ५ बुधवासरे ओझारुद्र - लिखितं ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १८००० प्रमाणा वाच्यमाना चिरं न ( नं) यादा चंद्रार्के । श्रीर्वर्णभ्रमण संघस्य ॥ छ ॥
(s)
For other details see No. 1089.
452
N. B.
आवश्यकसूत्र
निर्युक्तवचूरि
No. 1092
Size 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 116 folios; 17 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional S; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; nos. for foll. entered only once; unnumbered sides have mostly a small disc in red colour in the centre whereas the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition very good; complete; composed in Samvat 1440.
--
Avasyakasutraniryuktyavacuri
Age.-- Not modern.
Author. Jñanasagara, pupil of Devasundara of the Tapa gaccha. Subject.--A small commentary to the niryukti having for its basis a bigger commentary (No. 1075) by Haribhadra Sūri. Begins. fol. r* जयति इंद्रियविषयक पायघातिकर्मपरीषहोपसर्गादिशत्रुगणपराजयात् स वनिष्यतिशेते यश्व सर्वातिशायी स चावश्यं प्रणामाह (ई) इति तं प्रति प्रणतो (s) स्मीति गम्यते । etc.

1092. 1887-91.

Page #490

1093.]
III. 4 Malasatras
453
Ends.--fol. II6° सव्वे० ॥ तत्सर्व etc. up to निक्षेपमिच्छंति practically as in No. 1093. This is followed by the lines at under :--
॥ ७१ आचार्यश्रीहरिभद्रकृतवृत्त्यनुसारेण श्रीआवश्यकावचूरिः समाप्ता ॥ छ । कूटलिखने दुःकृतं मिथ्याऽस्तु ॥ छ ।। श्रीमत् तपा'गणनभोगणभास्वराभ
श्रीदेवसुंदरयुगोत्तमपादुकानां । शिष्यैजि(जि)नागमसुधांबुधिलीनचित्तैः
श्रीज्ञानसागरगुरु(रू)त्तमनामधेयैः ॥ १॥ खाऽब्धियुगेंदुमिते(5)ब्दे १४४०ऽवचूरिरावश्यकस्य जयनीयं ।
विदधे बृहाद्विवरणात् श्रुतभक्त्या स्वपराहतहतो(:) ॥२॥ छ । etc. ग्रंथानं ९००५. Then we have in a different hand :
श्रीजीवराजशिवराजकोविदाभ्यासमसौ प्रतिर्मुमचे चित्कोशे पुण्यार्थ पंडितनीकार्षिशिष्याभ्यां
आवश्यकसूत्र: नियुक्तयवचूर्णि
Avasyakasūtraniryuktyavacūrņi
577.
No. 1093
1884-86. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.— 83 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and grey; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of the first fol, and those of the last too, slightly worn out; the first three foll. worm-eaten ; condition on
the whole very good ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- fol. r* नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।

Page #491

454
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1093.
प्राणिपत्य जिनवरेंद्रं वीरं श्रुतदेवतां गुरुन् साधून आवश्यकस्य वृत्तिं गुरूपदेशादहं वक्ष्ये ॥ १ यद्यपि मया तथा(s)न्यैः कृता(s)स्य (स्ति) वितिस्तथापि संक्षेपात तद्रुचिसत्त्वानुग्रहहेतोः क्रियते प्रयासो(5)यं ॥२
इहावश्यकप्रारंभप्रयासोऽयुक्तः प्रयोजनादिरहितत्वात् कंटकशाखामईन
वदित्येवमायाशंकापनोदाय प्रयोजनादिपूर्व प्रदर्शित इत्युक्तं च etc. Ends.- fol. 83° सवे० । तत् सर्वनयविशुद्धं सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं यच्चरणगुण
स्थितः साधुः । यस्मात्सर्वनया भावनिक्षेपमिच्छति ॥ ७६ ॥ ॥
इति प्रत्याख्याननियुक्तयऽवचर्णिः ॥ ॥ श्रीआवश्यकनियुक्तयवचूर्णि: आचार्यश्रीहरिभद्रमरिकतवृत्त्यनुसारेण । भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीज्ञानसागर. सूरिविरचिता समाप्ता । छ ॥ ॥ छ । भद्रं ॥ N. B.-For other details see No. 1092.
आवश्यकसूत्र
Avasyakasūtraनिर्युक्तयवचूर्णि
niryuktyavacūrņi 'No. 1094
1183.
1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 118-1 + 4 = 121 folios; 18 lines to a page ; 66
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and grey ; Devanagari characters
with पृष्टमात्राs; small but clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; foll. 5, 15, 64 and 116 repeated; the 64th fol. has an illustrative diagram ; lacunae on fol. 108b; the fol. following the repeated fol. 116
is numbered as 118; complete ; condition very good. Age.-- Saṁvat 1516. Author.- Anonymous. Subject.- A small commentary to Avasyakasutraniryukti.

Page #492

1095.j
Begins. fol. 1 ँ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ||
IlI. 4 Mūlasutr as
आवश्यक सूत्रनिर्युक्तिबालावबोध
No. 1095
Ends. fol. 1174 सब्वे० ॥ तत् सर्वनयविशुद्धं सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं ॥ यञ्चरणगुणस्थितः साधुः ॥ यस्मात्सर्वनया भावनिक्षेपमिच्छति ॥ ७५ ॥
इति प्रत्याख्यानानि (नि) र्युक्तवचूर्णिः सा ( स )माप्ता चेयं श्रीआव श्यकश्रुतस्कन्धनिर्युक्तयवचूर्णिः ॥ छ ॥ ॥ छ ॥ १५१६ वर्षे चैत्र ७ ॥ || शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ मंगलमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ १ ॥ १ ॥
सं०
प्रेक्षावतां प्रवृत्त्यर्थे || आदौ प्रयोजनादिकमुपन्यसनीयमन्यथा न युक्तोऽयमावश्यकप्रारंभप्रयासो निःप्रयोजनत्वात् etc.
455
Avaśyakasutraniryuktibālāvabodha
Size. — 117 in. by 44 in.
Extent.— 311 + 1 = 312 folios; it lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
Begins. fol. rb ॐ नमो श्रीगणेशाय ।

Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the portions between the pairs of lines coloured red; nos. for foll. entered twice as usual ; complete; there is at least a disc in the centre of each fol. in red colour ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank ; fol. 102 repeated; the gathās of the niryukti are written in the margins; edges and corners of the first and last few foll. worn out; condition fair.
1090. 1887-91.
Age.— Sarvat 16100 ( 1610 ?).
Subject. A commentary on Avaśyakasūtraniryukti partly in Sanskrit and partly in Gujarati, the latter being practically the translation of the former.
जय जग | भ( ग )वान् जयति । भगवंत परमेश्वर जयवंत वर्त्तई । किंविशिष्टो भगवान् जगज्जीवयोनिविज्ञायकः । जग विश्व तणा जीव तेहनी योनि उत्पत्तिस्थानकाः [वि.] विशेषिह का जाणई छड etc.

Page #493

456
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1095."
Ends. fol. 3114 यत चरणगुणस्थितसाधुर्भवतीति कथ्यते । यत् जे वचन चरण चारित्र तणा गुणनहं विषइ स्थितः भणीइ रहिउ सावधान साधुभवति महात्मा हुइ । इति रसिउं कथ्यते कहीइ । एतलई गुरे इम कहिउं । सघलाइ न्याय जूजूरं बोलइ । ज्ञानवादी ज्ञान थापड़ | क्रियावादी क्रिया थापइ । पणि सघलां न्याय तणु तत्त्व ए । जं शुद्धचरित्रवंत महात्मा वखाणीइ । जेह कारण सूघउं चारित्र तेहइ जिनई हुइ । जे ज्ञानवंत हुइ । एह कारण ज्ञानवंत शुद्धचारित्री Refreष्ट जाणिवु । ए सर्व न्याय तणुं तत्त्व जाणिवु । इति श्रीआवश्यक सूत्रस्य बालावि (व) बोध समाप्तं । श्रीरस्तु etc. संवत् १६१०[०] वर्षे वैशापवदि ३ शुक्रे म० गोवाल लिखितं श्री' साधुपूर्णिमा' पक्षे मुक्ष ( ख्य) भट्टारकश्री उदय चंद्रसूरि तत्पट्टे पु (पू) ज्याराज्य(ध्य ) श्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरि तत्पट्टे गच्छाधिराजगच्छभारधुरिंधरश्रीश्रीश्रीविद्याचंद्र (?) रिं एषा पुस्तिका लिखापिता || सर्वेषां शश्यानां वाचनार्थं etc.
-
आवश्यक सूत्र नियुक्तिदीपिका
No. 1096
Avasyakasutraniryuktidipika
Size.—rog in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 423 folios; II lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; nos. for foll. entered only once ; foll. ra and 423b blank ; diagrams on fol. 13b ; foll. 65 and 66 damaged in the margin ; condition very good; complete.

373. 1879-80.
Age.—- Sarvat 1633.
Author.- Manikyasekhara Süri, pupil of Merutunga Suri of the Vidhipaksa. For his other works see " Ends " (p. 457 ). Subject.-- Avaśyakasūtraniryukti explained in Sanskrit.

Page #494

1096.]
Ill. 4 Malasatras
457
Begins.- fol. xb नमः श्रीवर्धमानाय । श्रीमद्गच्छेशमेरुतुंगमरिगुरुभ्यो नमः॥
श्रीआवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्तिविषयः प्रायो दुर्गपदार्थः । कथामा नियुक्त्यदाहृतं च लिख्यते । इह श्रीदेववाचकेत्यपरनामा देवद्धिगणिर्ज्ञानपंचकरूपं नि(न)दिग्रंथं वक्तुकामो मंगलार्थ पूर्वमावलिका अभिधित्सुः सामान्य
तोऽहंस्तुतिमाह । जयइ | स्तुतिर्द्विधा etc. Ends.- fol. 4223 अथ प्रमाणमाह । सवे सर्वेषामपि नयानां नैगमसंग्रहादीनां
ज्ञानद्वयसंगृहीतानां बहुविधां वक्तव्यतां निशम्य तत्सर्वनयविशुद्धं सर्वनय संमतं ज्ञेयं । यत्साधुश्चरणगुणव्यवस्थितश्चारित्रक्रियाज्ञानस्थितः स्यात यत्पूर्व ज्ञाते गृहीतव्ये चार्थे यतितव्यमेव । पश्वाक्रियायत्नः कार्य एव ततश्चारित्रं यतः सर्वनया भावनिक्षेपमिच्छंति। भावश्च रत्नत्रया. राधनपरः साधुः । ७०।
___ इति प्रत्याख्याननियुक्तिः समाप्तः ॥ छ ते श्री अंचल'गच्छमंडनमणिश्रीमन्महेंद्रप्रभ___ श्रीमरीश्वरपट्टपंकजसमुल्लासोल्लसद्भानवः । तर्कव्याकरणादिशास्त्रघटनाब्रह्मायमाणाश्वि(श्चि)२
श्रीपूज्यप्रभुमेरुतुंगगुरवो जीयासुरानंददा ॥१॥ तत्शिष्य एष खलु सरिरचीकरत् श्री
माणिक्यशेखर इति प्रथिताभिधानः । चंचद्विचारचयचेतनचारुमेनां
. सहीपिका सुविहितव्रतिनां हिताय ॥ २ एषा श्रीआवश्यकनिर्युक्तेदी(दी)पिका चिरं जयतात् ।
मुनिनिचयवाच्यमाना तमोहरा दीपिका पिंडनियुक्तरोधनियुक्तिदीपिका।
दशवकालिकस्याप्युत्तराध्ययनदीपिके ॥३॥ आचारदीपिका नवतत्त्वविचारणं तथा [य] एककर्तृकतया ग्रंथा अमी अस्याः सहोदराः ॥४।।
इति 'विधिपक्ष्य मुख्याभिधानं श्रीमदंचलं गच्छाधिराजमुगुरुसुविहित. चक्रवर्तिश्रीमन्मेरुसुंगमूरींद्रक्रमकमलमरालशिष्यश्रीमाणिक्यशेखरमूरिविर चिता श्रीआवश्यकनियुक्तिदीपिका समाप्ता[:] ॥ शुभं भवतु etc.
संवत् १६३३ वर्षे भाद्रवा वदि १३ दिने लषितं ॥ यादृशं पुस्तकं etc.
58 LI.L.P.1

Page #495

458
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [ 1097. आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्ति
Avasyakasūtraniryuktiलघुवृत्ति
laghuvitti
167. No. 1097
1866-68. Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 152 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper tough and grey; Devanāgarī:cha
racters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; nos. for foll. entered only once, and that, too, just in the right-hand corner, at the end of the fol. ; almost all foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition poor ; cloth-bound; two foll. preceding the Ist and two following the last blank ; they bear the stamp of the Elphinstone College Library; fol. 1526 blank ; com
plete; extent 13000 ślokas. Age.- Fairly old. Author.-- Not known. Subject.-- A commentary in Sanskrit to the niryukti on Avaśyaka
sútra. Begins. - fol. 1 प्रेक्षावतां प्रवृत्त्यर्थ आदौ प्रयोजनादिकमपन्यसनीयमन्यथा न
युक्तोऽमावश्यकप्रारंभप्रयासो निःप्रयोजनत्वात कंटकशाखामईनवत् निरभिधेयत्वात् काकदंतपरीक्षावत् असंबद्धत्वात् दश दाडिमानि इत्यादि
धाक्यवत् etc. Ends.-fol. 152° सव्वे ० । तत्सर्वनयविशुद्धं सर्वनयसंमतं वचनं यच्चरणयणस्थितः
साधुः यस्मात् सर्वनया भावनिक्षेपमिच्छति ॥ ७५
इति श्रीआवश्यके ना लघुव्रत्तैः। छः । etc. ग्रंथानं १३००० छ etc.
-
1 The opening lines may be compared with those of No. 1094.

Page #496

256.
1098.] III.4 Malasatras
459 आवश्यकसूत्रनियुक्तयवचू]ि Avasyakasutraniryuktyavacurni No. 1098
1883-84 Size.— 104 in. by 45 in. Extent.--83-2=81 folios ; 2r lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanāgari cha
racters; small, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered only once ; foll. I and 2 lacking; this Ms. ends abruptly; it is however complete up to the commentary of the 65th gatha of प्रत्याख्याननियुक्ति ; foll. 25 to 34 and 38 to 82 more or less worm-eaten ; edges of
the 2nd and 83rd foll. worn out; condition fair. Age.- Old. Author.- Not known. Subject.– A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating the niryukti
____of Avasyakasātra. Begins.-fol. 3*सान् । ओघश्रुतं तत् समाचरतीति श्रुतसमाचारकान् ॥ ४० ॥
गोविं० तत्तो० एतद्गाथाद्वयं वृत्तौ नास्ति । ततो गोविंदाचार्येभ्यो नमोऽस्तु । अनुयोगेऽर्धकथने etc. देववाचको वक्ष्ये ॥ ५० ॥ इति स्थविरावल्यव
चूर्णिः
Ends.- fol. 83° तृष्णा विषयच्छा ॥६४ ॥...वच्छेदेन अतुलोपशमो मध्यस्थभावः ।
मनुष्याणां ... ॥ ६५ ॥ तत्तो ततः प्रत्याख्यानात् शुद्ध ... स्फुरिते । ततः कर्मविवेकः कर्मनिर्जरा । ततः क्रमेण पूर्वकरणमपूर्वश्रुताध्यवसाय | ततः
This ends thus abruptly. Reference.— See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report for 1883-84.

Page #497

460
130.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1099. आवश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति
Avaśyakasūtravrttiप्रदेशव्याख्याटिप्पनक
pradeśavyākhyātippanaka No. 10991
1873-74 Size.-- 114 in. by 4.} in. Extent.— 62 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 75 letters to a line.: Description.-- Country paper thin and brittle ; Devanāgari cha
racters with TTATEIS; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment and red chalk, too, used; nos. for foll. entered twice as usual; edges of several foll. worn out; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 285, last few foll. much damaged ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 59 and 60; condition on the
whole poor ; complete ; extent 4600(?) ślokas. Age.-- Not later than the 17th century. Author.-- Hemacandra Súri, disciple of Abhayadeva Sūri. For his
life and works see Ānandasāgara Sūri's introduction ( pp. 9-10 ) of Jivasamāsa. There this Sūri has quoted a few lines from the Viseșāvaśyakavștti. From this we can see that this Hemacandra has composed the following works :
(1) 21:47@qaar, (2) Taurapu, ( 3 ) BUTTERalat', ( 8 ) STRAST, (5) 39€ TARGETÊ, (6) HÜQAAFfaarur, ( 7 ) Harar, ( 8 ) aaraatiatur, ( 9 ) argiewqata * and ( 10 ) fagrastaraTTU ( Samvat 1175 ).
1 Really speaking, this and the following work No. 11oo ought to have been assigned a place after No. 1078.
2 This is the same work as described here. 3 See Nos. 635-641.
4 This work seems to be lost. It is alluded to in Anuyogadväravolt: (p. 26). The pertinent line is as under:

Page #498

1099.1
III. 4 Malasairas
461
Subject. A gloss on the commentary to Avaśykasūtravṛtti composed by Haribhadra Sūri.
Begins.-- fol. ra ँ नमो वीतरागाय ||
जगत्त्रयमतिक्रम्य स्थिता यस्य पदत्रयी । विष्णोरिव तमानम्य श्रीमदायजिनेश्वरं ॥ १ ॥ शेषाना नमस्कृत्य जिनानजितपूर्वकान् । श्रीमतो वर्धमानातान मुक्तिशर्मविधायिनः ॥ २ ॥ समुपासितगुरुजनतः समधिगतं किंचिदात्मसंस्मृतये । संक्षेपादावश्यक विषयं टिप्पनमहं वच्मि ॥ ३ ॥ etc. Ends. fol. 625 सांप्रतं कुल्माषानाभित्याचाम्लं प्रायोग्यं च दिदर्शयिषुराह ॥ कुम्मासा पुण पुत्वमित्यादि । सक्तूनाश्रित्याह । सतुगा जवाणमित्यादि सुबोधं नवरं गोधूमयवभा (? भू ) ज्जिका धाणिकाः शेषं प्रायः सुगमं । यावत्प्रत्याख्याननिर्युक्तिः समाप्तेति ॥ छ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च श्रीमदभयदेवसूरिचरणांबुजचंचरीकश्री हेमचंद्रसूरिविरचित आवश्यकवृत्तिप्रदेशव्याख्याटिप्पनकं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ||
इति गुरुजनमूलादर्थजातं स्वबुद्ध्या यदवगतमिहात्मस्मृत्युपादानहेतोः ।
तदुपचरितमेतद्यत्र किंचित्सदोष
afe कृतगुतोषैस्तत्तु शोध्यं मुनींद्रैः ॥
छद्मस्थस्य हि मोहः कस्य न भवतीहि मोहवशगस्य । बुद्धिविरहितानां विशेषतो मद्विधासुतां ||
इति । छ । ग्रं. ४६...?
This is followed by the lines in a different hand as under:संविग्नेनांलिपदा 'तप' गणपतिविजय सेन सूरीणां । श्रीरामविजयकृतिना चित्कोशे प्रतिरियं मुक्ता ॥ १ ॥
Reference.-Published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 53 in
A. D. 1920.

Page #499

462
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [1001. आवश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति
Avasyakasūtravrttiप्रदेशव्याख्याटिप्पनक
pradeśavyākhyātippanaka No. 1100
140.
1881-82. Size.- 101 in. by 4i in. Extent.-- 97+1=98 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white ; Devanagari chara
cters with occasional A rs; small, legible and very good hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink; nos, for foll. entered twice as usual ; foll. 1a and 97" blank; fol. 73 repeated ; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out ; condition very good ; com
plete; extent 564 ślokas. Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. zB FAT affatrite
TATAIFFT etc. as in No. 1099. Ends.- fol. 97a pista parar etc. up to ghai gfar as in No. 1099.
__This is followed by ग्रंथानं ५६४ । शुभं भवतु etc. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 1099.
आवश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति
Avaśyakasūtra vrttiविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya No. 1101
736 ( 18).
1875–76. Extent.— fol. 17° to fol. 236. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
paryaya No. 1875–76. Author.- Anonymous. Subject.— Difficult words etc. occurring in Avašyakasů travštti
explained in Sanskrit.
paryāya No. 736 (I).

Page #500

1102.] III. 4 Malasatras
463 Begins.--- fol. 17° 9 जिनेत्यादि जिनाः क्षीणोपशांतमोहनीयकर्माणश्छद्मस्थ
वीतरागाः । केवलिनः अष्टमहाप्रातिहार्यादींद्र तत्कारणत्वात् श्रवणकारण
त्वात् तदवाते. ज्ञानक्रियाव्याप्तेः । etc. Ends.- fol. 23 इति हडफउ देशमूलगुण इति श्रावकव्रतानि । वौधगोविंद इति एकविंशतिवारान् । प्रव्रजित इत्याम्नायो द्रष्टव्यः ।
इत्यावश्यकवृत्तिविषमपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
आवश्यकसूत्रवृत्ति
Avaśyakasūtravrttiविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya
789(18). No. 1102
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 26° to fol. 384. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryaya No.,789 (1).
1895-1902. Begins.- fol. 26° 3 जिनेत्यादि जिनाः । क्षीणोपशांत etc. as in No. IION.
- fol. 34° कथं मासेत्यादि । विहाणातीति भेदा । आण त्ति आज्ञा कायविया इति कर्त्तव्या । पूर्व द्रष्टव्यमिति भावः ॥ छ । आवश्यकत्तेविषमपदपर्यायाः समर्थिताः ॥ छ । - fol. 34* मंग्यते अनेनेति मंगं धर्म । संशयत इति संदेहो द्विधा अर्थसंदेहोऽनर्थसंदेहश्च । सूत्रोपदिष्टमिति सूत्रं । नंदी । etc. - fol. 35 अविवेति पूर्वविधः पूर्व । एवमिति वक्खाणविही । दारविही । विरुभइ इति लग्गइ विधान इति भेदतः । लेहवणमिति आवश्यकाटिप्पणकं
Ends.- fol. 38 इति हडफउ । देशमूलगुण etc.
N. B.-For other details see No. 1101.

Page #501

464
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य (विसेसावस्सयभास )
No. 1103
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1103.
Viseṣāvasyakabhāṣya (Visesavassayabhāsa)
Size.-9 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 122 + 2 = 124 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, bold, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too, though very rarely; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; marginal notes on fol. 1; fol. 30 repeated; the last but one line of the last fol. thrice scratched with black ink; edges of the last three foll. and those of the first fol. partly worn out; condition very fair; complete.
Age. Samvat 1458.
Author.
1256.
1887-91.
Jinabhadra Gani Kṣamäśramaņa. He is said to have died in Vira Samvat I115. He is the author of the following works:

(i) Sanskrit commentary of Viseṣāvaśyakabhāṣya, (ii) Bṛhatsangrahani, (iii) Kṣetrasamāsa, (iv) Višeṣaṇavati, (v) Dhyanaśataka, (vi) Jitakalpa and (vii) Niśithabhāṣya. The authorship of the last work is somewhat doubtful. P. 468.
See
Subject. This important work is a metrical commentry in Prakrit elucidating Bhadrabāhusvamin's niryukti on Sāmāyikadhyayana, a part of Avaśyakasūtra. Vasavadatta and Tarangavati are alluded to in this work. That is what strikes me at present.
Begins. - fol. rb नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ॥
bruarणपणामो वोच्छं चर(ण) गुणसंगहं सयलं । आवस्याणुओगं गुरुवएसानुसारेणं ॥ १ etc.

Page #502

1104.]
III. 4 Malasatras
465
Ends.- fol. 1224
इय परिसमापितमिदं सामाइयमि(म)त्थओ समासेणं । वित्थरओ केवलिणो पुत्वविहू(? ओ) वा पभासंति ॥ सव्वाणुओगमूलं भासं सामाइय(स्स) सोऊण ।
होइ परिकम्मियमई जोग्गो सेसाणुओगस्स ॥ ४३१४ इति विशेषावश्यकसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ छ । संवत् १४५८ वर्षे मार्गशर• शुदि ७ शनौ अद्यह श्रीमद(द)णहलपुरे नगरे वाचनाचार्यजयकीर्तिमिश्रावाचनार्थ 'प्राग्वाट'ज्ञातीयमहरामाकेन पुस्तिका लिखिता। लेखक
पाठकयोः ॥ शिवमस्तु ॥ छ ।। छ ॥ छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ५००० माजनइ ॥ Reference.- Published in the Yasovijaya Jaina Granthamala. Publi
shed along with Maladhārin Hemacandra Sūri's commentary in the same series in 7 parts in Vira-Samvats 2437, 2438, 2438, 2438, 2439, 2439 and 2440 (?) respectively. Also published with Koțyācārya's commentary by Rşabhdevji Kesarimalji Svetāmbara-Samstha, Rutlam, in two parts in A. D. 1936 and 1937 respectively. Its Gujarāti translation based upon Hemacandra's commentary has been published in two parts by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1924 and 1927 respectively. This Samiti has also published an alphabetical index of the găthās of this bhāsya in A. D. 1923. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 396 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 9 and 13.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
Višeşāvasyakabhāgyá
1336. No. 1104
1886-92. Size.- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 84 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari charac.
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; neither too big nor too small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank ; yellow pigment used ; numbers

Page #503

466
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ THos.
for foll. entered twice as usual ; the 84th (last) fol. slightly torn ; its edges worn out; condition on the whole good ;
complete. Age.-- Seems to be old. Begins.-- fol. I' जै नमः श्रीजिनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमणेभ्यः ।।
कयपवयणप्पणामो etc. as in No. 1103. Ends.-- fol. 84°३६००॥
इय परिसमापियमियं etc. up to सेसाणुओगस्स as in No. 1103. This is followed by the lines as under :इति समाप्तं श्रीविशेषावश्यकसूत्रं । ग्रंथानं गाहा ३६७२ श्रुतसलिलपाथोधये कुत्राप्यप्रतिहतबुद्धये जगज्जतुसंततिर्विहिते(?) कांतिकात्यंतिक(?) समाधाय | भाष्यरत्नरोहणाय लसद्गुणाय भगवते श्रीजिनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमणाय नमः ॥ छ । ॥ श्रीः॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः ॥छ।। ।। श्रीः॥
लेषकपाठकयो । छ ।।।। N. B.- For other details see No. 1103.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
Viseşāvasyakabhāsya
56.
No. 1105
1880-81.
Size.- 25 in. by 2 in. Extent.-131 (2) leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 124 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish ; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and very good hand-writing : this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but really it is not so since the lines are continuous; borders not ruled ; there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columns; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins as usual ; the first leaf seems to be missing or misplaced ; since the leaves are in a poor condition, with edges worn out in several places, it is not advisable

Page #504

1106. ]
11. 4 Malasätras
467
to make a search for it ; otherwise the work complete ;
two wooden boards encompass the Ms.; 4336 verses. Age.- Fairly old. Begins.— leaf 2a
(नत्थि) विससत्थंतरभावाओ सो खपुष्पं व ॥ जं ऐगमश्वहारा लोयत्ववहारतप्परा सो य ।
पारण विसेसमउ(ओ) तो ते तग्गाहिणो दो वि ॥ Ends.— leaf 1316(?)
___ होइ परिकम्मियमती जोगो(ग्गो) सेसाणुयोगस्स ॥४३३६
Pastaras H16T FATE ... ... Aves AET ... ... N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1103.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
Višesāvasyakabhāsya व्याख्यानसहित
with vyākhyāna
57. No. 1106
1880-81. Size.— 25} in. by 2 in. Extent.- 332 leaves; 5 to 7 lines to a leaf; 120 to 140 letters to
a line, Description.- Palm-leaf brittle and greyish; Devanāgari chara
cters with A TS; big, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns; but really it is not so ; borders not ruled ; this Ms. contains probably both the text and the commentary, some of the leaves broken ; some damaged ; condition on the whole poor ; leaves numbered in both the margins : in the right-hand one as 1, 2 etc. and in the left-hand one as for 4 etc.; red chalk used ; complete; extent 13700 ślokas.
1
This is the latter half of the 36th verse of the printed edition.

Page #505

468
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1106.
Age.- Samvat 1138. Author of the commentary.- Koțyācārya. Some identify him
with Silänka Suri, the commentator of the 1st two angas probably because it is so suggested in Prabhāvakacaritra. But Anandasāgara Sūri refutes this in his Sanskrit introduction (p. 3) to Viseșāvaśyakabhāșya edited by him
along with Koțyācārya's commentary on it. Subject.-Višeşāvaśyakabhāşya explained in Sanskrit. In this Kotyā.
cărya's commentary on the 234th gäthä' of Viseșāvaśyakabhāșya we come across the words “ fatto a&TTA:". Since neither any tradition nor any other evidence seems to suggest that Koțyācārya had composed a bhāșya on Niśithasútra, it may be that this ullekha belongs to the svopajña commentary of Višeşāvasyakabhāşya. If so, Jinabhadra Gaại may be looked upon as the author of the bhāșya on Niśīthasütra.
Kotyācārya's remark " STATUTO TITIFATIAS TX:; canada aic#AUSTETTI a u g gfag gava” made by him while commenting upon the 637th gāthā of Višeśãvaśyakabhăşya on p. 224 leads us to believe that Koțyācārya cannot be a direct pupil of Jinabhadra, and thus it goes against what is suggested in the pațţāvalis of the Kharatara gaccha noted in Indian Antiquary ( vol. XI, pp. 243-249).
For some of quotations which directly or indirectly mention Jinabhata and Jinabhadra see Jinavijaya's intro
duction (p. 15 ) to his edition of Jítakalpasūtra. Begins.--- (com.) fol. 16 ... ... ... ... Ogreaù AMEIBARÀSesarzt
1 ... hier aglasaia wafa ... ... craqumaa: 1 8944TUCGOTIAT Scute i etc. --(com.) fol. 325" acca 50ETITA E Toh rear garefaपुराह । किं पुणरुक्कमिऊणं जोग्गं तिविहं त्ति । तृतीयस्थाने करणस्य व्याख्यान
1 This găthā begins with “ T 1742 " and it is 235th according to the printed edition ( Āgamodaya Samiti Series ).
2 See the Gujarati introduction (p. 9) to Jinavijaya's edition of Jitakalpasūtra.

Page #506

1106.]
III. 4 Malasatras
469
कृतं न तु यथोद्देशं निर्देश इति । न्यायाद्दे (दे)बमस्तु तिविहेणं न करेमि न कारवेमि करेंत etc. कर्मण इति भावार्थः । तथाहि (दे)शि(सि)तमित्यादि । एवं व्यत्यासं कुर्वता सूत्रकारेण दर्शितं यत स योगः। करणवशानियतमप्रधान इति । किं कारणमित्याह । तदभावे करण(भा)वे भावाद्योगस्य तदभावे चाप्यभावात्करणं कर्तुरनर्थान्तरमिति । कृत्वा तथा तस्सेत्यादि । तस्य योगस्य तदाधारत्वात् करणाधारत्वादसौ प्रधान इति तानि कारणमस्येति । तत्कारणस्तस्माच्च करणपरिणतेश्च योगस्य प्राधान्यं तथा परिणतुरनान्तरभावाकरणानां करणमेवासौ योगः आह यद्येवसदेशो(5)प्येवं कस्मान्न कृत उच्यते । योगस्य प्रत्याख्ययत्वेन प्राधान्यख्यापनार्थे यत एव च एवं तस्य तदाधारता(s)तो सर्वो गाथां पठित्वा एतो चिय इत्यादि । अत एतस्यापि तन्मयता करणात्मकता गम्यते । कुत इत्याह । करणयोगपरिणतिरूपत्वात्सा(s)वगम्यते । ह(न)तां(यां)तरात्कदाचित्कथंचित्समये यतो(5)भिहितं । आया इत्यादि । इहात्मैव परमार्थतो(5)हिंसा न बाह्या शुभमनोयोगपरिणामादनन्यत्वाद्विपर्यये विपर्ययतस्तथा च जो इत्यादि एवं कर्ता कर्म करणमिति को(5)यममीषां
विभाग उच्यते । भणितमसकदेतत्तथाहि ॥ तस्यैव पर्याया' ... ... Ends.- ( com.) fol. 332° भाष्यं सामायिकस्य श्रुत्वा सामायिकस्येमा वृत्तिं श्रुत्वा
किंविशिष्टामिमामित्याह सर्वानुयोगमूलं सर्वानुयोगस्य कारणं किमत आह भवति संपद्यते कः योग्यो भव्यः कुत इत्याह परकम्मितमतीति एतत्परिकर्मितमतित्वादेतत्प्रबोधितबुद्धित्वात् । कस्य योग्यो भवतीत्यत आह । शेषानुयोगस्य दशवकालिकाचारायनुयोगस्यति। समाप्तमिदं विशेषावश्यकम् ॥ छ । कृतिर्जिनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमणपूज्यपादानां ।। छ ॥
भाष्यं सामायिकस्य स्फुटविकटपदार्थोपगूढं यदेत
च्छ्रीमत्पूज्यैरकारि क्षतकलुषधियां भूरिसंस्कारकारि । तस्य व्याख्यानमात्रं किमपि विदधता यन्मया पुण्यमाप्तं
प्रेत्या द्राग्लभेयं परमपरिमितां प्रीतिमत्रैव तेन || ॥ लिखितं पुस्तकं चेदं नेमिकुमारसंज्ञिना ।
'प्राग्वाट'कुलजातेन शुद्धाक्षरविलेखिना ।। वि. सं. ११३८ पौष वदि ७॥ कोट्याचार्यकृता टीका समाप्तेति ।। ग्रंथायमस्यां त्रयोदश सहस्राणि सप्तशताधिकानि ॥ १३७०० । पुस्तकं चेदं
विस्र(श्रु)तश्रीजिनेश्वरसूरिशिष्यस्य जिनवल्लभगणेरिति ।। Reference.--Both the text and the commentary published. See p. 465.

Page #507

470
विशेषावश्यक भाष्य वृत्तिसहित
No. 1107
-
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Description.
Size. 12 in. by 42 in.
Extent. 407 212 = 406 folios; 17 lines to a page; 64
letters to a line.

Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with quars; big, bold, beautiful and legible hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between the two pairs coloured red; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1a; same is the case with the 407b (last ) fol. ; unnumbered sides have a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, whereas the numbered, in the two margins also; small strips of paper pasted to foll. 2,5, 56 and 100; edges of the foll. 1-7, 19-20, 53, 115-120, 136, 117-150, 179, 203-211 and 391 more or less worn out; foll. 4 and 188 partly torn; fol. 245 badly burnt and foll. 56, 74, 100, 188 and 264 slightly; condition tolerably good; foll. 115 and 268 repeated; fol. 228 is lacking; fol. 278 etc. up to 399 seem to be mistaken for 378, 379 etc. up to 399; these wrongly numbered foll. 378,379 etc. and the rightly numbered foll. 300 etc up to 403 also numbered in the same margin as 1, 2 etc.; the 300th fol. is rightly numbered; the preceding, of course, wrongly numbered as 399; the fol. 331 also numbered as 332 and 333, the subsequent ones hence numbered as 334, 335 etc.
[1107.
Viseṣāvaśyakabhāṣya with vrtti
(text) fol. 1b
Age. Seems to be fairly old.
Author of the commentary- Maladharin Hemacandra Sūri, pupil of Abhayadeva Suri. For his works etc. see No. 1099.
Subject. The text along with its Sanskrit commentary.
Begins.
¶ etc. as in No. 1103.
1255.
1887-91.

Page #508

111. 4
Malasutras
1107.]
Begins.—(com.) fol. r ॐ नमो भगवते श्रीमहावीराय । श्री सिद्धार्थनरेंद्र विश्रुतकुल व्योमप्रवृत्तोदयः ।
सद्बोधांशुनिरस्तदुस्तर महामोहांधकारस्थितिः दृप्ताशेष कुवादिकौशिक कुलप्रीतिप्रणोदक्षमो जीयादस्खलित प्रताप तरणिः श्रीवर्द्धमानो जिनः etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 405 b
इय परिसमापयमिदं etc. up to सेसाणुओगस्स as in No. 1103. - ( com. ) fol. 406 क्षमो भवतीति चत्वारिंशद्गाथार्थः ७९९ पूर्व चाध्यवसानेह गणितानीत्येषा शिष्यहिता [न] पर्यंतव्याख्यातगाथानां २८८ (१०) ३ उभयं व्याख्यात भाष्यगाथानां ३६८२ शेषाणि तु चतुर्दशाधिकसप्तशतानि अतिदेशेनैव गतानि न तु व्याख्यातानि अतो नेह गणितानीत्येषा शिष्यहिता नाम विशेषावश्यकवृत्तिः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥ etc.
-(com.) fol. 407a
व श्री जिन भद्रगणेः पूज्याः सैतानि भाष्यवचनानि । तर्कव्यतिकरदुर्गाण्यतिगंभीराणि ललितानि ॥ १ विवृतानि स्वयमेव हि का ग्राह्या (ss) चायैश्व बुधजनप्रवरैः संगच्छते व पुनरपि ममापि वृत्तेः प्रयासो ( ( ) त्र ॥ २ ऋजुभणितिमिच्छतामिह तथापि मत्तो ( ( ) पि मंदबुद्धीनां उपकार (:) केषांचित्समीक्ष्यते शिष्टलोकानां ॥ ३ ॥ तेनात्मपरोपकृतिं संभाव्य मया ( s) पि भाष्यवृत्तिरियं विहिता श्रुतेति भक्तिं च (शु) भविनोदं च चिंतयता ॥ ४ चे किमपि वितथं लिखितमनाभोगतः कुबोधाद्वा । तत्सर्वे मध्यस्थैर्मय्यनुकंपा परैः शोध्यं ॥ ५ कृत्वा च विवरणमिदं यत् पुण्यमुपार्जितं किंचित् ॥ तेनाभवक्षयादस्तु जिनमते प्रीत्यविच्छेदः ॥ ६ ॥

ग्रंथाग्रं प्रत्यक्षरगणनया सहस्र २८००० ॥ छ || This is followed by the lines in a different hand as under:
श्रीमत् 'तप' गणगगनांगणगगनमणिप्रभैः स्वपुण्यार्थे । विजयानंदमुनींश्वित्कोशे (७) सौ प्रतिर्मुमुचे ॥ १ ॥
Reference. - Published. See No. 1103.
471

Page #509

472
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1108.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
Višeşāvasykabhāşya वृत्तिसाहित
with vrtti No. 1108
1228
1884-87. Size.— 11 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 440 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Devanāgari
characters with this ; bold, big, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides have a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, whereas the numbered, in the two margins, also ; several foll. horribly damaged ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1a; the second fol. badly torn in three pieces ; the third half torn; fol. 4, 122, 439 and 440 torn in two pieces ; foll. 5-110, 333 and 357-359 very badly damaged ; so they should be handled very carefully; strips of paper pasted to foll. 406, 42*, 469, 466, 47, 482, 499, 509, 51, 569, 59, 614, 64, 656, 76a, 804, 814, 82*, 93, 97", 10rb, and several other foll.; fol. 174 partly torn ; at times nos. for foll. worn out e. g. those of 201, 202 etc.; condition poor; foll. 365-367 also numbered as 1,
2 and 3 in the same margin. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.—(text) fol. rb
Thayer etc. as in No. 1103. -(com.) fol. rb FAT HTTÈ stagratare il
fa fait etc. as in No. 1107. Ends.- (text) tol. 4398 T afhaal etc. up to Foot as in
No. 1107. Then the portion is worn out. -(com.) fol. 4400 stistae etc. up to frizia
as in No. 1107. This is followed by the line as under -

Page #510

i 109. 1
111. 4 Malasatras
473
ग्रंथानं प्रत्यक्षरगणनया सहस्र २८००० छ । छ ।। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1107.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
वृत्तिसहित
Višeşāvasya kabhāsya
with vrtti
No. 1109
625. 1895-98.
Size.- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 673 - 98 - 94 - 2 = 479 folios ; 15 lines to a page;
44 letters to a line: Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari cha
racters with occasional galETS ; neither too big nor too small, clear and fair hand-writing ; red chalk used; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. i to 98, 161 to 254, 429 and 624 lacking ; so incomplete ; edges of foll. 99 to joi slightly worn out; condition fair ; the last two foll. stained with blue ink to a certain extent; extent
28976 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1673. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 992
इह सज्झमोग्गहाईण संसयाइत्तणं तह वि नाम |
अम्भुवगं तु भण्णइ नाणं विय संसयाई य॥ ,- (com.) fol. 99* abruptly FATTATUT olar #qafa starles
(5) maniera dut etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 6716
इय परिसमापियमिदं etc. up to सेसाणुओगस्स as in No. 1103. , -(.com. ) fol. 673" fa sftista (HE) etc. up to torĦSER
as in No. 1108. Then we have : 60 (J.L.P.]

Page #511

474
Jaina Literature and Philosophy inuo.
इति श्रीविशेषावश्यकवृत्तिः ।। २८९७६ ॥ सं० १६७३ माह सु. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1108.
विशेषावश्यकभाष्य
Viseşāvasya kabhāsya वृत्तिसाहित
with vrtti No. 1110
1254
1887-91. Size.-- 101 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 355 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 43 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with occasional CEAITIS ; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four red lines; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. 273 to 291 also numbered in Gujarătī as 1, 2 etc.; fol. 297 wrongly numbered as 197; foll. 1a and 3550 blank ; edges of the first sol. slightly worn out; some of the foll. seem to be exposed to rain; condition tolerably good ; red chalk used ; white paste used as a pigment; incomplete, though the last
fol, is blank. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 1b
*99TUOTTOTIÆÌ etc., as in No. 1103. » - (com.) fol. 1" $ #A: SHPETT 11
A great etc. as in No. 1107. ,, -( text ) fol. 354
31891 alicut etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 355a
महि पच्चकवधम्मतरेण तद्धम्ममेत्तगहणाओ। कयगत्तउपसिद्धी कुंभाणिच्चमेत्तस्स ॥

Page #512

IIII.]
III. 4 Malasatras
Ends. — (com) fol. 355 सर्वचैतन्न लक्ष्यत इति १७००० अथवा अप्रत्यक्षमिंद्रयजं ज्ञानं पूर्वे प्रतिपादितव्युत्पत्त्याऽक्षस्य जीवस्य सू ( ? स्व ) व्यतिरिक्तनिमित्तविशेषाज्जायमानाद् धूमादग्निज्ञानवञ्च व्यतिरिक्तानि च निमित्तान्यक्षस्य जीवस्य करणानींद्रियाणि मंतव्यानि यच्च प्रत्यक्षं न तज्जीवस्य निमित्तांतरात् ज्ञायते किंतु जीवस्तत्र साक्षादेव ज्ञेयं पश्यति यथाऽवधिमनः पर्यायaaf. This Ms. ends here abruptly.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1107.
विशेषावश्यक भाष्य
वृत्तिसहित
No. 1111
475
Viseṣāvasyakabhāṣya with vrtti
Size.-10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 94+38+1+110+3-2+470+7-5+29 + 77+226-3 +4+201+2=1252 folios, 9 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.

768. 1875-76.
Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders unruled; the right and the left edges coloured red; the other two, green; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; fol.
a blank; numbers for foll. 1 to 94 entered twice as usual; then the following foll. 1 to 38 not marked in continuation but only as 1, 2 etc. in the corner; in the second set the fol. 24 blank; in this set foll. 31 to 38 also numberd as 4, 5 etc.; the 39th is not at all numbered; the fol. 39 blank; then again the subseqnent foll. I to 110 numberd in the left-hand corner; in this third set the foll. 63, 83 and 97 repeated; foll. 108 and 109 lacking; in the 4th set the foll. 1 to 470 numberd as in the 3rd set; the foll. 3, 9, 18, 114, 291, 311, and 432 repeated; foll. 50, 53, 91, 157 and 309 lacking the fol. 479 numbered as 39, too; the follow
S

Page #513

426
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
IIII.
ing foll. up to 68 only numbered as 40, 41 etc. in the right-hand corner ; then commences the fifth set; herein foll. numbered as 1, 2 etc. up to 77 ; then we have the 6th set wherein the foll. are again numbered as 1, 2 etc. up to 226 ; in this 6th set foll. 33, 87 and 143 missing ; foll. 92, 120, 216 and 226 repeated ; then follows the seventh set ; herein foll. numbered as 1, 2 etc. up to 201; the foll. 26
and 143 repeated ; condition very good i complete, Age.-- Appears to be modern. Begins.-- (text) fol. 2b
*4929o etc. as in No. 1103, , -(com.) fol. 16 BATTUTTIT AA: 1 FH Hrad HEITTTTTI
vifaguais etc. as in No. 1107. Ends.- (text) fol. 1962
इय परिसामापियमिदं etc. up to सेसाणुउ(ओ)गस्स as in No. 1103. » — (com. ) fol. 2006
क्व श्रीजिनभद्र etc. up to प्रीत्यविच्छेदः ६ as in No. 107. This is followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीविशेषावश्यक समाप्तं ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1107.
शिष्यहिता
Sisyahitā [विशेषावश्यकभाष्यवृत्ति] [ Viseşāvasyakabhāşyavrtti ] No. 1112
58.
1880-81. Size.- 278 in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 345 - 1 = 344 leaves ; § 10 7 lines to a leaf ; 110 to 120
letters to a line.

Page #514

1112.]
III. 4 Mülasutras
477
Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devarāgari characters
with पृष्टमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible and very good hand-writing; leaves 22 to II are mostly written in a smaller hand ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns, but really it is not so, since the lines are continuous ; borders of cach of the columns neatly ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk used; there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columns ; leaves numbered in both the margins : in the right-hand margin as usual ; in the left-hand one as श्री, ३, एक etc ; the Ist leaf missing ; almost every leaf has
its edges slightly worn out ; leaves i to 21 are in a fragmentary condition ; the following few leaves worm-eaten ; condition poor; the Ms. placed between two wooden boards; one extra blank leaf in the beginning; colophon
composed by Aśāditya Age.- Fairly old. Author.-- Maladhārin Hemacandra Suri. For details see p. 46o. Subject.-- A Sanskrit commentary elucidating Viścșăvasyaka
bhāsya. It is styled as Sisyahita and Brhadvrtti as well. Begins.- leaf 2* टादिवस्तुवदिति । एवं प्रस्तुतनामस्थापनाद्रव्यायुद्देशानामपि :
त्यादि भेदानेदो यो etc. अथ समासोदेश विवक्षुराह । संखेवा इत्यादि etc. Fnds.-leaf 345 भवतीति चत्वारिंशद्दाथार्थः ॥ छ । ७९९ पूर्व चाद्यवसानपर्यंत
व्याख्यातानां गाथानां २८२३ उभयं भाष्यगाथानां ३६२२ शेषाणि चतुर्दशा. धिकसप्तशतानि अतिदेशेनैव गतानि न तु व्याख्यातानि अतो नेह गणितानि ॥ छ । इत्येषा शिष्यहिता नाम विशेषावश्यकवृत्तिः परिसमाप्ता ॥ छ ।।
यस्याद्य पूगक्षघ(?)मेत्य शेषा
व्यानादपीहान्यभवेऽपि जातः । रवरिवच्छंतभरः प्रतापात्
भवः प्रदेयाद्दषभो जिनः शं ॥१॥
1
One letter is gone.

Page #515

478
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
III2.
अस्तीह सद्रत्ननिवासाधिष्ण्य
मुक्तप्रपंचात्तभूमिपीठः । श्रीमाननेकांगिगणाश्रयश्च
सम्मोढवंशः सरिदीशतुल्यः ॥ २ तस्मिन्वंशे प्रमृतसुयशःपूरिताशाचतुष्को
दक्षत्वाद्यैर्वरगुणगणैरन्वितः श्रावकोऽभूत् । सम्यक्त्वात्यो वरगुरुगिरा(5)पास्तमिथ्यात्वमोहः
शांत्याद्वानो जिनपतिपदांभोजयुग्मद्विरेफः ॥३॥ शीलालंकृतकाया दानदयोयुक्तमानसा सततं । जिनपूजारतचित्ता यशोमतिस्तस्य वरपत्नी ॥ ४ ॥ ताभ्यामादिजिनेंद्रपूजनविधावासक्तचित्तोऽनिशं
सूनुः सर्वजनोपकारकरणप्रहः कृपामंदिरं । नित्यं सवतिवर्गदाननिरतो मानादिदोषोज्झितो
गांभीर्यादिगुणौघलब्धमहिमा प्रद्युम्नसंज्ञोऽजनि ॥ ५॥
इतश्च ॥ इहैववंशे जिनपादभक्तः
सुश्रावको वोसकसंज्ञकोऽभूत् । सुधर्मकर्मोद्यतमानसा च
तस्याग्रयभार्याऽजनि सेसिकाख्या ।। ६ ।। तस्याः साहडसंज्ञकः सुचरितः सूनुर्महात्मा(s) भव
च्छेष्टा चारुचरित्रलक्षणवती पुत्री च लक्ष्मींगिता । या लक्ष्मीरिव केशवस्य दयिता प्रद्यम्ननाम्नो गृहे
विख्यातात्मगुणोत्करेण जनताचेतश्चमुत्कारिणा ।। ७ ।। अपत्यसप्तकं तस्या बभूव गुणमंदिरम् । सुतास्त्रयो महात्मानश्चतस्रः पुत्रिकास्तथा ॥ ८॥ ज्येष्ठः सूनुरुदारतादिभिरिह प्राप्तप्रसिद्धिर्गुणे
राग्रयराम्रयशो(5)भिधो जिनमहव्यासंगतन्निध्व(?)धीः । स्वच्छंद विचरन् वरेण्यकरिवद्यः कीर्तिग(गा)हतैः
सदानासवलिप्सयाऽर्थिमधुपत्रातैः सदा सेव्यते ।। ९ ।।

Page #516

1112.]

ari fortsखिकार्यभारधूरं सुधरे व स्वपत्रा ।
दस्योऽपि यस्तां वहति स्म धीमान्
विश्रब्धचेताः परकार्यहेतोः ॥ १० ॥ जिनमानरतो नित्यं द्वितीयो धवलाभिधः सद्गुणाकरचक्षुष्यस्तृतीयो जेसलाह्वयः ॥ ११ ॥ यशोमतिर्ज्येष्ठता वरेण्या
तथा पराश्रीरिति चारुपुत्री ।
सुशीलयुक्ताऽथ च रुक्मिणीति राजीमती तुर्यसुता बभूव ।। १२ ।।
ततश्र्व ॥
111. 4. Malasatras
श्री'वर्द्धमाना' ख्यपुरे वरिष्ठे संतिष्ठमानामदधाऽन्यदा ( 1 ) थ |
श्रीदेवभद्राख्यमुनींद्रमूले
तद्यथा ।
शुभाव लक्ष्मीर्वरदानधर्मे ॥ १३
विज्ञाय प्रबलप्रभंजनचलद्दीपांकुरालीसमं
यतः ॥
लोके जीवितयौवनार्थविषया माद्यशेषं सदा । पुण्यसंग्रह कर्मक्षयैकार्थिभिः
कर्तव्यः सुनयाजितात्मविभवैः सद्दानधर्मोद्यमः || ज्ञानोपष्टंभाभयविभेदतस्त्रिविधमुक्तमिह दानं । जिनमतजलधावाद्यं गृहिणां तत्रापि बहुफलदं ॥ १ ॥
मोहांधकाशवृतचित्तदृष्टे
ज्ञानप्रदीपो वृषवदर्शी ।
भवार्णवाज्ज्ञानजले निमज्जन्
नृणां भवेज्ज्ञानमिहायपोतः ॥ १६ ॥ ज्ञानं मुक्तिपुरीप्रतोली परिघप्रध्वंसनाने कपो
ज्ञानं नाकारस्यशिखरप्रारोहसोपानकं । ज्ञानं दुर्गतिदुर्ग कूपपततामालंबनं देहिनां
ज्ञानं संशयपादपोरुविपिनोच्छेदे कुठारः पटुः ॥ १७ ॥

479

Page #517

480
jaina Literature and Philosophy [uri. तस्यैवमाधैर्यतिपुंगवेदो
श्वेचद्वचश्चारुमरीचिभिः सा। संबोधिता कैरविणीव पश्चाद
दुज्जृभमाणा(55)स्यसरोरुहेह ॥ १८ ॥ लेखयित्वा(55) त्मसारेण विशेषावश्यकस्य हि । वृत्तरियं द्वितीयाधं तस्मै सद्गुरवे ददौ ॥ १९ ॥ अपनयति तमिश्र(लं ) यावद दुबिंब । दिनरजनिनिलीनं तीव्रशीतांशुसंधैः । इह जगति वरिष्यं पुस्तकं तावदेतद्विबुधमुनिजनौधैः पठयमानं प्रनंद्यात् ।। २० ॥ श्रीविक्रमा.........वग्रहचंद्रसंख्य.... तस्यां समर्पितं प्रवरगुरुदिवसे । २१ तद्गतात्मा विलिख्येदमाशादित्याभिधो द्विजः ।
निजप्रज्ञानुसारेण प्रशस्तिमकरोदिमां ॥ २२ ॥ References:--Published. See No. 1103. For a Ms. see Limbdi
Catalogue No. 2355.

Page #518

inij.]
IV. 4 Malashtras
THE FOURTH MULASUTRA
पिण्डनियुक्ति (पिंडनिज्जुन्ति)
No. 1113
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent. -- 19 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with garars; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only ; fol. ra blank; complete; condition very good.
Age. - Sarnvat 1560.
Author.

Bhadrabāhusvamin. For details see Nos. 709 and 1002. Subject. A Jaina agama dealing with rules and regulations pertaining to food etc. to be accepted by saints. The entire work is composed in 697 verses in Prakrit. Its main topics are as under :
Begins. - fol. 1 नमो वीतरागाय ||
61 []. L. P.]
481
Pindaniryukti (Pindanijjutti)
(I) पिण्डनिरूपण, (2) उद्गमदोष, (3) उत्पादनादोष, ( 4 ) दोष and (5) ग्रासैषणादोष.
For detailed information the reader is referred to pp. 164-167 of “श्रीनन्दी - अनुयोगद्वार - आवश्यक ओघनिर्युक्ति-दशवैकालिक - पिण्डनिर्युक्ति- उत्तराध्ययनानां सूत्रसूत्रगाथा निर्युक्तिमूल भाष्य भाष्याणामकारादिक्रमः अंकशुद्धिः लघुर्ब्रहश्व विषयानुक्रमः (नन्द्यादिगाथायकारादिक्रमः अंकशुद्धिः लघुर्दृश्व विषयानुक्रमः ) " published by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1928.
पिंडे उग्गमउपायणे सणा संजोयणापमाणे य । इंगाल धूम कारण अट्टविहा पिंड निज्जुती ॥ १ ॥
388.
1879-80.

Page #519

482
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1113.
पिंड निकाय समूहे संपिंडण पिंडणा य समवाए । समोसरण निचय उवचय चए य ज्जुम्मे य रासी य ।। २ ।। पिंडस्स उ निक्खेवो चउक्कओ च्छक्कओ य कायव्वो।
काऊण य निक्वेवं परूवणा तस्स कायव्वा ।। ३ ।। etc. Ends.--- fol. 190
एसो आहारविही जह भाणिओ सवभावदंसीहि । धम्मो(?म्मा बस(स्स)य(ग)जोगा जेण न हायति तं कुज्जा ॥९६ ।। जा जयमाणस्स भवे विराहणा सुत्तविहिसमग्गस ।
सा होइ निज्जरफला अज्झत्थविसोहिजुत्तस्स ॥ ९७ ।। महल्लिया' पिंडनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । संवत् १५६० वर्षे भाद्रपदमासे
शुक्लपक्षे अष्टम्यां तिथौ भौमवारे श्री पत्तन नगरे । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । Reference. The text along with the Präkrit bhāşya and Malaya :
giri's Sanskrit commentary is published in Sheth D. L. J. P. Fund Series as No. 44 in A. D. 1918. For relation of this text with Daśavaikälikasútra see Preface.
पिण्डनियुक्ति
Pindaniryukti
10. No. 1114
1880-81. Size.- 12Tin. by 2 in. Extent.-- 228-167+1=62 leaves ; 3 to s lines to a leaf ; so letters
___to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into two separate columns; but, really speaking it is not so; for, the lines of the first column extend to the second : red chalk used : leaves
1 This word seems to have been used with a view to distinguish this Piņdaniryukti from the smaller Pindaişanániryukti of the fifth adhyayana of Daśavaikālikasūtra. See p. 488.

Page #520

1115.]
IV. 4
Malasutras
483
numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as , etc., and in the left-hand one as etc.; thus
थु घु ग्रहा
this Ms. starts with the 167th leaf; leaves 167a and 228b blank; an extra blank leaf preceding the 167a leaf; complete; condition on the whole good; there is a hole in the space between the columns of each leaf and a string passes through it; the Ms. is placed between two durable wooden boards; this Ms is well-preserved as it is placed in a card-board box lined with oil-cloth.
Age,- Old.
Begins.-- leaf 167 ई0 | नमः सर्वे (र्व) ज्ज्ञा ( े ज्ञा)य ||
पिंडे उग्गमउपायणेसण
Ends. leaf 228a
एसो आहारविही etc. up to अज्झत्थवि से हिजुत्तस्स || as in No. 1113. This is followed by the line as under :छ || पिंडनिज्जुती सम्मत्ता || गा ९९
N. B. For other details see No. 1113.
fquefagin
शिष्यहिता (वृत्ति) सहित
No. 1115

Pindaniryukti with Sisyahita (vṛtti)
Size.-29 in. by 2 in.
Extent.-226 leaves; 4 lines to a leaf; 135 to 140 letters to a line. Description. Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three different columns; but it is not really so; for, the lines of the first

46. 1880-81.

Page #521

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1115.
column extend to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as 3,2,3 etc., and in the left-hand one as %, , , , etc.; leaves 1490 and 1504 not quite legible, ink having faded; the first leaf broken into two parts ; several leaves somewhat worm-eaten ; some have their edges worn out; condition on the whole tolerably fair ; both the text and the commentary complete; extent 7671 ślokas; one extra blank leaf preceding the first leaf as well as one following the last one; this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards; there is a hole between every two columns and a string passes through it; the commentary styled as Śişyahită is composed in Samvat 1160 in Dadhipada ( ? Dadhipadra i. e. Dahod) with the help of Mahendra Súri, Pārsvadeva Gaņi and Devacandra Gaņi, the disciples of Vira Gani's guru Isvara Gani; this was revised by Nemi
candra Sūri, Jinadatta Sūri and others in Aşahillapāțaka. Age. — Fairly old. Author of the commentary.- Vira Gani alias Samudraghoșa Suri,
pupil of Isvara Gani of the Saraväla gaccha. This author was named as Vasanta before he took dikşă. His father's name was Vardhamāna and that of his mother Śramiti(?). They belonged to the families Bhillaväla and Dharkața
respectively. Subject. The text with a Sanskrit commentary. From the latter
(p. 485 ) we learn that Haribhadra Suri had commenced
to compose a commentary on this text. Begins.- (text) fol. 2a
f GTITASCOITOT etc. as in No. 1113. ::- (com.) fol. 16 FA: STATI
नम्रामरेश्वरकिरीटनिविष्टशोण
रत्नप्रभापटलपाटलितांहिपीठाः । afetaret:f$agria(n) /(HI&UTET
निःशेषवस्तुपरमार्थविदो जयंति ॥१॥

Page #522

1325.]
IV. 4 Malasutras
लोकाग्रभागभवना भवती ( भी ) तिमुक्ता ज्ञानावलोकित समस्तपदार्थसार्थाः । श्वा(स्वा)भाविकस्थिरविशिष्टसुखैः समृद्धाः सिद्धा विलीनघनकस्ममला जयंते ॥ २ ॥
आचारपंचकसमाचरणप्रवीणां (णाः) सर्वज्ञशासनभरे(रै )कधुरंधरा ये । तेस्त्व(?) यो दमितदुर्दमवादिवृंदा विश्वोपकारकरणप्रवणा जयंति ॥ ३ ॥
सूत्रयतं नतिपटुस्फुटयुक्तियुक्तं युक्तिप्रमाणनयभंगगमैर्गभीरं । ये पाठयंति वरसूरिपदस्य योग्या
ते वाचकाश्वतुरचारुगिरो जयंति ॥ ४ ॥ सिद्धयंगनासम समागमपट्टवांच्छा: संसारसागरसमुत्तरणैकचित्ताः ।
ज्ञानादिभूषणविभूषितदेहभागा
रागादिघातरतयो यतयो जयंति ॥ ५ ॥
इति विहितपंचपरमेष्टिसंस्तवो गुरु (रू) पदेशेन । वक्ष्ये शिष्यहिताख्यां वृत्तिमिमां पिंडनिर्युक्तेः ॥ ६ ॥ पंचाशकादिशास्त्रव्यूह प्रविधायका विवृत्तिमस्याः । आरेभिरे विधातुं पूर्वं हरिभद्रसूरिवराः ॥ etc.
Ends. - ( text ) fol. 225 b

एसो आहारविsि etc.
( com. ) fol. 226^ इति वीरगणिविरचितायां शिष्यहितायां पिंडनिर्युक्तिवृत्तौ कारणाख्यमष्टमं द्वारं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता पिंडनिर्युक्तिवृत्तिरिति ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ भो भव्या इह हि जन्मजरामरणनीतिकरपूरिते बहुप्रकारपरिभवपातालोल्बणे मोहमद्दावर्त्तसंवर्त्तन दुरुत्तरे कषायवडवानलज्वालाकरालो (ले) रागशोकदारिद्र्यप्रभृति etc. कथमपि महा
प्राग्भारेण दृष्ट्वा मा विलंबध्वं किं तर्हि यथोक्तप्रव्रज्यापालनारोहणेन रिगिततमारुह्य निर्वृत्तिपुरं गच्छत थेन तत्रानंतज्ञानदर्शन सुखवीर्य संयुक्ता निराकुलाः सदैव तिष्टथेति ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
485

Page #523

486
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[HIS.
श्री लाट'देशतिलकश्री वटपद्रक'विशालपुरगतयोः । श्री भिल्लवाल'-'धर्कट यातिव्योमेंदुनिर्मलयोः ॥ १ श्रेष्टिवरवर्द्धमान-श्रमित्योस्तीर्थनाथमुनिनमने । रतयोर्वसंतनाम्ना जन्मोत्पत्तिं समाश्चुत्य ॥२ प्रव्रज्याग्रहणं पुनराश्रृत्य विशुद्धसाधुगुणवान्मां। बसतिविहारिश्री चंद्रगच्छगगनेंदुकल्पानां ॥३ सत्यापि तन्नाम्ना श्रीसमुद्रघोषाभिधानसूरीणां । वीर इति प्राप्तापरनाम्ना(5)त्यंत विमुग्धधिया ।।४ दीक्षायाः परिपालनशाश्वत्यतुसकल वसतितिलकानां । श्री'सरवालक'गच्छस्थवाचनाचार्यवर्याणां ॥ ५ अधिश्वरगणिनाम्नां सुतेन संप्राप्तवीरगाणनाम्ना । एकादशशतोपरि षष्टिकसंवत्सरोदधि(के) ॥ ६ 'पट्ट'ग्रामे 'कर्कशोणके पार्श्ववर्तिनि प्रवरे । घोकाउसारतो(s)कारि पिंडनियुक्तित्तिरियं ।। ७ तेषामेवां चेश्वरगणिनां श्रीमन्महेंद्रसूरिवराः । सकलागमपारगता धर्मकथाकथननिरताश्च ॥ ८ अपरे(s)पि पाश्व(च)देवाभिधानगणिनः प्रधानमंत्रज्ञाः । उचितत्या अभ्यर्थितसूराः संग्रहपराश्च दृढं ।। ९ अन्ये(७)पि देवचंद्राभिधाख्या गणिनः क्रियापराः सरलाः । क्षांत्यादिधर्मनिचयाः परहितरता या विनीताश्च ॥ १० एते त्रयो(ड)पि शिष्याः सकलजनानंददायिनो(5)त्यर्थे । देवानामपि वंज्जानं हंतु चिरंतना वलये ।। ११ येषां भक्त प्रदानमुख्योपष्टंभप्रसादेन । नितरां निराकुलेनाकारि मयैषा स्फुटा वृत्तिः ॥ १२ श्रीनेमिचंद्रसूरि-श्रीजिनदत्ताभिधानसूर्यायैः। श्रीमत्यणहिल्लपाटक पुरे व्यशोधीयमुपयुक्तः ॥ १३ पश्यति तथापि यादे को(5)पि दूषणं किंचिदल्पमितरद्वा । तन्मयि कृतानुकंपः स शुद्धधी(:) शोधयेद्विबुधः ॥ १४ कस्य न छद्मसु स्यानाभोग स्यादतीव विदुषो(s)पि । नितरां विमुग्धबुद्धेः किं पुनरस्मादृशजनस्य ॥ १५

Page #524

1116. ]
IV. 4 Malasatras
यावश्चंद्र यावच्च भास्करो यावदमरगिरिमुख्याः । तिष्ठति जगति तावन्नंदतु सुतरामियं वृत्तिः ॥ १६ इति व्यस्तिमितां कृत्वा यत्किंचिदुपार्जितं मया पुण्यं । तेने तस्या (:) पाठे समुद्यतो भवतु साधुजनः ॥ १७ एवं सप्त सहस्रा शतषङ्का(ट्या) चैकसप्ततिश्वास्याः ॥ द्वात्रिंशदक्षरमितैः श्लोकैः सर्व प्रमाणमिति ॥
पिण्डनिर्युक्ति
विवेचन सहित
25
छ || ग्रंथाग्रं श्लोकसंख्यायां || ७६७१ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
इति वीरगणिविरचितायां शिष्यहिता नाम पिंडनिर्युक्तिवृत्तिः समाप्तेति ॥ छ ॥ छ || शिवमस्तु सर्वजगतः ॥ छ || मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ ॥
No. 1116
Size— ro‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.- ( text ) 1o2 folios; 5 lines to a page ; 27 letters to a line. - (com.)
; IO
535
33 99 33
Description.
در
39

Age.— Pretty old.
Author of the commentary.
""
دو ور
"
487
Pindaniryukti
with vivecana
389.
1879-80.
Country paper rough and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पञ्चपाटी Ms., containing the text and its commentary; the former written in a slightly bigger hand ; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1© blank ; yellow pigment used; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good.
"

Māņikyaśekhara Sūri, pupil of Meru tunga Suri of the Añcala gaccha. For a list of his works see p. 457.
Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit, based upon a commentary by Malayagiri Sūri.

Page #525

488
Begins. -- text ( fol. rb)
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
---
पिंडे उग्गमउपाय सणा etc. as in No. 111 3.
com. (fol. 1' ) श्रीआचारांगे द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधे आयं दशवैकालिके पंचमं पिंडैषणाध्ययनं । अस्थ निर्युक्तिर्महार्थत्वात् श्रीभद्रबाहुणा पृथकृता' सा पिंडनियुक्तिरिति प्रसिद्धाऽस्या अर्थमात्रं कथामात्रं [ कथामात्रं ] च लिख्यते । या पिंडैषणानिर्युक्तिर्दशवैकालिकपंचमाध्ययनास्ति स्तोकार्था एषा तु विस्तृतार्था । पिंडैषणाया निर्युक्तिः पिंडनिर्युक्तिरिति मध्यपदलोपिसमासः । मंगलं तु " वंदितु सव्वसिद्धे” इत्यादिना आचारनिर्युक्तौ शस्त्रं (स्त्र) परिज्ञाध्ययने एव श्रीभद्रबाहुणोक्तं विघ्नशांत्यै । अथावाधिकारसंग्रहगाथामाह || पिंडे उ ० पिंडसंघाते । पिंडनं पिंड: etc.
Ends. (text) fol. 102a
[ ri
एसो आहारविही etc. up to जुत्तस्स || ३६ || as in No. 1113. (com) fol. 102 एसो आ० एष आहारविधिः पिंडविधि (ः) यथा ए (ते) न प्रकारेण भणितस्तीर्ष (र्थ ) करादिभिस्तथा कालानुरूपस्वमतिविभवेन मया व्याख्याता ।
एषा पिंडनिर्युक्तिर्युक्तिरस्था विनिर्मिता । stevia तस्मै नमः श्रीभद्रबाहवे ॥ १ ॥
विषमा पिंड नियुक्तिर्विता येन सूरिणा । तस्मै श्रीमलयगिरिखे प्रणमाम्यहं ॥ २ ॥ शिक्षया तस्य संक्षिप्य विषमार्थविवेचनं
चक्रे श्रीपिंडनिर्युक्तो (क्तेः) सूरिर्माणिक्यशेषरः ॥ ३ ॥ श्री 'अंचल' गच्छनाथाः । श्रीमेरुतुंगसूरयः ॥ शिष्यस्तेषामिमां तेने संशयध्वांतदीपिकां ॥ ४ ॥
इति श्रीपंडनिर्युक्तिदीपिका | छ || संपूर्ण || शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
||

1 Cf.
आह-- निर्युक्तयो न स्वतन्त्रशास्त्ररूपाः किन्तु तत्तत्सूत्रपरतन्त्राः, तथा तद्व्युत्पन्या श्रयणात्, तथाहि-- सूत्रोपान्ता अर्थाः स्वरूपेण सम्बद्धा अपि शिष्यान् प्रति नियुज्यन्ते निश्चित सम्बद्धा उपदिश्य व्याख्यायन्ते यकाभिस्ता निर्युक्तयः भवताऽपि च प्रत्यज्ञायि, 'पिण्डनिर्युक्तिमहं विवृणोमि तदेषा पिण्डनिर्युक्तिः कस्य सूत्रस्य प्रतिचद्धेति उच्यते--इह दशाध्ययनपरिमाणलिका युगलभूषितो दशबैकालिको नाम भूतस्कन्धः, तत्र च पञ्चममध्ययनं पिण्डेषणानामकं, दशवेकालिकस्य च नियुक्तिअतुर्दश पूर्वविदा भद्रबाहुत्वामिना कृता, तत्र पिण्डैण्णाभिधपञ्चमाध्ययन निर्युक्तिरतिप्रभूतग्रन्थत्वात्पृथक् शास्त्रान्तरमित्र व्यवस्थापिता तस्याश्च पिण्डनिर्युक्तिरिति नाम कृतं " -Malayagiri Suri's commentary (p. 1) on Pindaniryukti.

Page #526

1117.1
पिण्डनिर्युक्तवचूरि
No. 1117
IV. 4
in.
Malasairas
Size.- 11‡ in. by 5
Extent. 85 folios; 15 lines to a page; 42 letters to a liue. Description.—Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment profusely used; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank ; condition very good; complete ; this Ms. contains the ass of the text.
Age. — Samvat 1931.
Author.— Kşamāratna, pupil of Jayakirti Suri.
Pindaniryuktyavacuri

489
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit based upon the bṛhadvrtti to Pindaniryukti.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
1
In a different hand we have: ग्र. ३००१.
62 [L. L. P. 1
169.
1873-74.
श्रीपिंडनिर्युक्तिरवचूरिर्लिख्यते पूर्वमधिकारसूत्रं गाथा पिंडे गाहापिंडे
आहारविषये उद्रम १ उत्पादना २ एषणा ३ संयोजना ४ प्रमाण ५ इंगाल६ धूम ७ कारण ८ भेदाष्टविधा पिडनियुक्तिभ ( ) वति etc.
Ends.fol. 85 जा जगाहा यतमानस्य सूत्रोक्तविधिपरिपालनपूर्णस्य अध्यात्मविशोधियुक्तस्य रागद्वेषाभ्यां रहितत्वात् या भवेद्विराधना अपवादप्रत्यया सा भवति निर्जराफला ७० ॥
श्रीबृत्तिमालोक्य गंभीरार्था (थ) विनिश्वितं या श्रीपिंडनियुक्तिः प्रकटार्था विनिर्ममे १
इति श्रीपिंड निर्युक्तिरवचूरिता १
इति श्री विधिपक्ष गच्छ गगनर विमंडल श्री गच्छेश्वर श्रीजयकीर्तिसूरिशिष्यक्षमारत्नेन स्वपरावबोधाय श्री पिंडनिर्युक्तेरवि (ब) चरिरलेखि ॥ १ ॥ यत्किचिन्मया दौर्बल्यादसंगत मिहागतं
तच्छोधने विधातव्या कृपा सद्भिः सुबुद्धिभिः ॥ छ ॥
यावदिदुरवी विश्वे प्रमोदं कुरुतो भृशं ।
तावनंद साधूनां हितैषा ( 5 ) व्यर्थ संततिः ॥ २ ॥

Page #527

490
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1117.
श्रीरस्तु etc. संवत् १९३१ वर्षे मासोत्तममासे प्रथम आषाढमासे कृष्णपक्षे अष्टम्यां रविवारे लिखितमिदं व्यास गोपीदासात्मजेन मलाख्येन नाम्ना || श्री | etc.
पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमपदपर्याय
No. 1118
Pindaniryuktiviṣamapadaparyaya
Extent. - fol. 25b to fol. 262.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar736 (1). 1875-76.
yāya No.
Author. - Not known.
Subject.-- Difficult words etc. occurring in Pindaniryukti explained in Sanskrit.
पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषम
पदपर्याय
Begins. fol. 250 परिसंटियमिति स्वच्छं । पाईण इति प्राचीनः । सरडु फल इति अवद्धास्थि । अमिला इति गडरिका । etc.
736 (21).
Ends. - fol. 262 अथ बुल्लीति अवल्हकः । अइच्छा चि (उत्थावि ) उ इति नास्ति भेदिच्छाः । पिंडनिर्युक्तिविषमपदपर्यायाः ।
-
1875-76.

No.11.19
Extent.— fol, 414 to fol. 41.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar
yāya No.
789 (1). 1895-1902.
Begins. - fol. 414 परिसंठियमिति etc. as in No. 1118. Ends. fol. 41 अथ वुल्हीति अवल्हकः etc.
N. B. • For further particulars see No. 1118.
Pindaniryuktiviṣamapada paryaya
789 (21). 1895-1902.

Page #528

1121.] IV. 4 Malasairas
491 पिण्डनियुक्तिविषम
Piņdaniryuktivisama पदपर्याय
padaparyāya No. 1120
332 (4).
A.1882-83. Extent.- fol. 23° to fol. 23". Description. -- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama
padaparyāya No. 623. Begins.-- fol. 234 परिसंठियमिति etc. as in No. III8. Ends.- fol. 23° अवभुल्लीति अवकः etc.
N. B.-- For additional information see No. 1118.
पिण्डनियुक्तिविषमगाथा
Piņdaniryuktivişamagātheāविवरण
vivarana No. 1121
736 (22).
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 26. to fol. 284. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukapar
yaya No.
736 (1).
1875-76. Author. - Not known: Subject.- Explanation in Sanskrit of difficult gåthås pertaining to
_Pindaniryukti. Begins.--- fol. 26° दसससिहागा गाहा । इह साधर्मिकर्चि(?चिं)तायां प्रवचनलिंग. दर्शनज्ञानचारित्राभिग्रहभावनाक्षणेषु सप्तपदेष्वेकविंशतिर्दिकसंयोगा भवंति
etc. Ends.-- fol. 284 यानुग्रहत्रयमध्ये सा चिरस्थापिता केवलमसौ न परिहार्या(:)
चरितत्वाज धन्यव्याहृतवदित्यर्थः ।
पिंडनियुक्तिविषमगाथाविवरणं समाप्तम् । This is followed by the verse as under :

Page #529

492
पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमगाथाविवरण
No. 1122
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
यावलोक्यशालः कमलपतिवर्मूलजालप्रतिष्ठा
नागेंद्र कंधबंध स्त्रिदशपतिनदीपलत्रश्र्चंद्रगुच्छ । आशाशाखा प्रशाखः शिवसदनशिलासत्फलो धिष्ण्यपुष्पो तात्यामेवय (?) तावद्दालतकले ( लि) मलः पुस्तकः पठचमानः ॥
पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमगाथा
विवरण
[ 1 122.

Pindaniryuktiviṣamagāthā vivarana
Extent.— fol. 4rb to fol. 45.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar
yāya No.
789 (1). 1895-1902.
दसससिहागा गाहा । etc. as in No. 1121.
Begins.-- fol. 4rth Ends.-- fol. 45b यातुगृहत्रयमध्ये etc. up to पुस्तक: पठ्यमानः as in
No. 1121.
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 1121.
789 (22).
1895-1902.
Pindaniryuktiviṣamagāthāvivarana

No. 1123
Extent. fol. 236 to fol. 294.
Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisūtraviṣama
padaparyāya No. 623.
Begins.-- fol. 230 दसससिहागा ग्राहा ॥ etc. as in No. 1121.
Ends. -- fol. 291 यामुग्रहत्रयमध्ये etc.
N. B. For additional information see No. 1121.
332 (5).
A. 1882-83.

Page #530

1124.]
IV. A Malasatras
493
ओघनियुक्ति
Oghaniryukti (ओहनिज्जुत्ति)
(Ohanijjutti)
94. No. 1124
1872-73. Size-104 in. by 4į in. Extent.-- 20 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey ; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; complete ; most of the foll, more or less worm-eaten ; condition rather
unsatisfactory. Age.- Fairly old. Author:- Bhadrabahusvāmin. For details see Nos. 709, 1002
and 1113. Subject. This agama deals with rules and regulations prescribed
for a Jaina saint and is an extract taken out of the 20th prabhţta of Sāmācāri, the 3rd vastu of the ninth pūrva. This work mainly deals with the following topics :- . (1) प्रतिलेखनद्वार, (2) पिण्डद्वार, (3) उपधिनिरूपण, (4) अनायतमवर्जन, (5) प्रतिषेवणाद्वार, (6) आलोचनाद्वार and (7) विशुद्धिद्वार. ____For additional particulars see “नन्यादिगाथायकारादियुतो विषयानुक्रमः” (pp. 149-155) published in the Agamodaya
Samiti Series as No. 55 in A. D. 1928. Begins.--fol. ! ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय
अरिहंले वंदित्ता चउदसपुब्बी तहेव दसपुब्बी।
इक्कारसंगसुत्तस्थधारए सब्बसाहू ऐ(य)॥ १ etc. Ends.-- fol. 206
एसा अणुग्गहट्टा फुडविअडविसुद्धवंजणाइन्ना इक्कारसहिं सरहिं सट्टीअहिपहिं संगहिया ॥ ११६४

Page #531

494
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1124.
श्री ओघनिर्युक्तिसूत्रं ॥ नवमप्रत्याख्यानपूर्वोत ( )र्त्तितृतीयसामाचारी वस्तुगत विंशतितमप्राभृतान्निर्व्यूढं श्रीभद्रबाहु स्वामिप्रणीतं समाप्तं ॥ छ etc.
मंगलमस्तु लिखितं लींबाकेन ॥
Reference.
Published along with the commentary of Droṇācārya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1919. For quotations etc. see Weber II, p. 622 and p. 816. For additional Mss. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 15 and Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 402 and 404. For a portion of this wrok (gathas 1160 to 1164, 1160 beginning abruptly) see p. 108.
enrafagian
No. 1125
Size.-12 in. by 1 in.
Extent. 110 leaves; 4 to 5 lines to a leaf; 50 letters to a line. Description.-Palm-leaf thick, durable and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with frequent qarars; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into two separate columns ; but really it is not so; for, the lines of the first column are continued to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; the central portion of the unnumbered sides and this portion as well as the middle portion of each of the margins of the numbered sides decorated with a red spot; there is a hole between the two columns in each leaf; leaves numbered in both the margins: in the righthand margin with ordinary numerical figures beginning with 57 and the left-hand margin with letter-numerals such as
}, } }, }
525
9

Oghaniryukti
9.
1880-81.
IS, IS, TIS, EIS, &

Page #532

1125.]
495
for 61 to 69 ; for 99 etc., leaf ra blank ; so is the leaf 1668 ; astring passes through the holes ; leaves are placed between two wooden boards; left-hand corners of several leaves gone ; on leaf 59 even some letters are gone; condition on the whole good; the Ms is well-preserved as it is placed in a card-board box lined with oil cloth; complete ; 1162 gāthās in all.
Age.-- Fairly old.
Begins.--leaf 57b
IV. 4 Malasutras
Ends. --leaf 166a
|| ॐ नमः सर्वविदे ||
दुहिक मालो सामायारी अहाउगं चैव ।
सामायारी तिविहा भोह ( है ) दसहा पयविभागो ॥ ११ णवमयपञ्चकखाणाभिहाणं पुव्वस्त तइयवत्थूओ ।
पाहुडाओ ततो इहानीणिया जइया ॥ २ सो उ ओक्कमकालो तयत्थणिश्विग्घ सिइक (कख) णं त्थं च । आयकयं चि पुणो मंगलमारंभये तं च ॥ ३ अरहंते वंदित्ता etc. as in No. 1124.
साम(अ)ग्गहत्था etc. up to संगहिया ॥ as in No. 1124. This is followed by the lines as under:

छ ॥ ॥ छ ॥ गाथा १९६२ ।। छ । छ । ६
॥ छ ॥ * ॥ छ ॥ ल ॥
८.
N. B. — For additional information see No. 1124.
Reference- This Ms. having some special symbols for decoration given on the last leaf has been described by F. Kielhorn in his Report for 1880-81 on p. 9. But the title is given there as “ Ohasāmāyārī [ ओहसामायारी ] "
1 This is not the symbol in the Ms. It differs from this to some extent.
2 This verse is quoted by Drona sūri in his commentary (p. 16 ) on Oghaniryukti.

Page #533

496
ओघनिर्युक्ति
No. 1126
Size. 123 in. by 4g in.
Extent. 26 folios; 16 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description. Country paper somewhat thick, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with gas; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines; the space between these pairs coloured red; fol. 1a blank; unnumbered sides decorated with a disc in the centre ; the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two margins; red chalk used; complete; condition very good; the last gatha numbered as 1154.
Age.-- Pretty old.
Begins.--fol. 1
aga afar etc. as in No. 1124.
Ends. fol. 26b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1124.
siranaifen
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc. up to संगहिया ।। ११५४ as in No. 1124. This is followed by the line as under :--
|| ओहनिज्जुत्तीस (म्म)त्ता ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः etc.
No. 1127
[1126.

Oghaniryukti
17.
1877-78.

Size.-93 in. by 49 in.
Extent. 47 folios; 13 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and whitish; Devanagari characters with as; bold, big, uniform, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black
Oghaniryukti
1212. 1886-92.

Page #534

1128. ]
IV. 4 Mulasutras
ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; numbered sides decorated with three small discs, one in the centre and one, one in each of the two margins; complete ; yellow pigment used; condition very good; the last gäthä numbered as 1164.
Age.--Samvat 1720. Begins. fol. 1b
Ends.-fol. 47a
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc. up to संगहिआ । १९६४ ॥ as in No. 1124. This is followed by the following lines:(3)faģîm: 11 vara égofik¿: 11
fa
यादृशं पुस्तके etc.
Then run the lines as under:--
shafayith
fr etc. as in No. 1124.
संवत् १७२० वर्षे ज्येष्ट (ट) मासे शुक्लपक्षे पूर्णिमातिथौ रविवासरे श्री ' स्थंभ 'तीर्थे ल ( लि) पीकृतः ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री ॥ सा । राघव पापितं परोपकाराय[:] ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 1124.
No. 1128
497

Size.-- 11 in. by 4g in.
Extent. 32 folios; 14 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish in colour; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the edges of the first fol. ruled in two lines; foll. 1 and 326 blank; yellow pigment used; complete; condition very good; the last gatha numbered as 64 i. e. 1164.
63 J. L. P. 1

Oghaniryukti
652. 1892-95.

Page #535

498
Jaina Literalure and Philosophy
[1128. Age.--- Sarivat 1671. Begins.--fol. 10 से ही हो) नमः ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
अरिहंते वंदित्ता etc. as in No. 1124. Ends.-fol. 324
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc. up to संगहिया ॥ ६४( ६४) as in No. 1124. This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीओहनिज्जुत्ती संमत्ता। शुभं भवतु छ संवत् १६७१वर्खे (र्षे) कार्तिकसदि उजवाली ५ तिथौ श्रीवीर(?)वारे श्री मूलचक्रमहानगरे श्री वृहत्खरतरगच्छे श्रीयुगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि तत्पट्टे श्रीयुगप्रधानश्रीश्रीश्रीजिनसिंहमूरिविजइ( यि )राज्ये 'रीहड 'वंशशिरोमाणश्रीयुगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रमरिशाखायां तत्सि(च्छि)ध्यप्रशस्तगुणविशिष्टश्रेष्ट(ट)प(पं)डितात्मतिलककमलमुनीनां तत्सि(च्छिख्य(ष्य)मुक्ष(ख्य)प्रवरवाचनाचार्यश्रीपद्महेमगणिगुणगरिष्टा(ष्टा)नाम् तत्सि(च्छि)क्ष्य(व्य)पं.
नेमसुंदरगणिना लिलेख्य(खि) स्ववाचनार्थे ।। १ कल्याणं भवतु. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. LI24.
ओधनियुक्ति टीकासहित
Oghaniryukti
with tikā
95.
No. 1129
1872-73 Size.--124 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 155 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red rather indifferently; unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in the centre; the numbered with two more, one in each of two margins ; red chalk used ; the yellow pigment, too, in some cases; the numbering of the foll. originally wrong, but corrected later on, e. g. in the case of foil. 112, 113

Page #536

1129.
IV, 4 Malasutras
499
etc. ; small strips of paper pasted to fol. 19; the edges of the 155th ( last ) fol. worn out; a piece of paper pasted to the fol. 1556; condition on the whole very fair ; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well; both com
plete ; extent 7385 Slokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.-- Drona Suri of Nivrtti kula. He had
assisted Abhayadeva Sūri, the navāńgivịttikāra. He had a pupil Sūrăcărya whose life is : narrated in Prabhāvaka
caritra ( pp. 245-261 ). Subject.-- The Prakrit text along with the commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. -- (text) fol. 20
अरहंते वंदित्ता etc. as in No. II24. ,, (com ) fol. 1' नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
नमो अरहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । णमो आयरियाणं । णमो उवज्झायाणं । णमो लोए सव्वसाहणं । एसो पंचनमुक्कारो सव्वपावल्पणासणो मंगलाणं च सज्वेसिं पढमं हवइ मंगलं ॥१ etc. अहं(ई)द्भयस्त्रिभुवनराजपूजितेभ्यः सिद्धेभ्यः । मृ(?)तघनकर्मबंधनेभ्यः ।
आचार्यश्रुतधरसर्वसंयतेभ्यः सिद्धयर्थ सततमहं नमस्करोमि ।। १ etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 155
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc.
इक्वारसहि सएहिं एगुणवन्नेहि सम्मत्ता ॥छ । ,, -- (com.) fol. IS5* सुगमा ओघनियुक्ति टीका समाप्ताः ।। कृतिरियं द्रोणा
चार्यस्येति ।। छ । शुभं भवतुः कल्याणमस्तुः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथायं ७३८५ ॥ छ । श्री श्री श्री ॥ छ । छ ॥ छ । छ ।
'नंदुरबार निवासी भीम संघाधिपो(s)भवद् भविकः । श्रीजिनधर्मधारस्तत्तनयो डुंगरस्सुकृती ॥१ तद्वंशकविलासी 'प्राग्वाटः ' प्रकटजिनमताभ्यासी श्रीगुणराजो गुणवान् पदप्रे(? प्र)दि(? ति)टादिकारयिता ।। २

Page #537

500
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1129.
श्री ' शत्रुंजय' - 'रैवत' - ' जीरापल्ल्य' - (S) 'र्बुदा' दियात्रायु ( ? सु ) वित्तव्य सफलीकृतजन्मा तच लषमाइ ( 2 ) ॥ ३ तनयस्तयो ( : ) सुविनयः कालूनामा कृतानुत्कृत सुकृती । तज्जाया जसमाई ललनादेवी च वीराई ॥ ४ श्री जिनभवनजिनाचयु ( ? ) स्रकसंघादिके सदा क्षेत्रे | वित्तव्ययस्य कर्त्ता दानार्थिजनान समुद्धर्त्ता ॥ ५ युग्म ( म् ) श्रीमत्कालूनाम्ना निजकरकमलार्जितेन वित्तेन | चिकोशे सिद्धांताः ससूत्रका वृत्तिसंयुक्ताः ॥ ६ श्रीमद्वाचक नायकमही समुद्राभिधानमुख कमलात् । लब्धा (ब्ध्वा ) वरोपदेशं नंदतु च लेखितासु र्वि (?) महोपाध्यायश्रीमही समुद्रगणिशिष्यपं कनकजयगाणे लिखापिताः ।।
Reference. Both the text and the commentary are published. See No. 1124. For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 404 and G. O. Series vol. XXI ( pp. 15 and 16 ). There is a palm-leaf Ms. of the commentary written in Samvat 1389. See G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 41.
ओ नियुक्त टीकासहित
No. 1130
Size.— 11‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 121 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgarī characters with gears; small, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. ra and 121' blank ; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; some of the foll. worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both complete.
Age. Pretty old.
Begins-- ( text ) fol. 1 अरिहंते वंदित्ता etc.

Oghaniryukti with tikā

1175.
1884-87.
as in No. 1124.

Page #538

1131.] IV. 4. Malasätras
501 Begins--(com.) fol. 10 FAT PANTATTI
TÆT STERTON etc. up to 9TH THE ÁNOS 11 3 11
BEETLENYHATA etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 1212
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc. up to सम्मत्ता as in No. 1124. ,s --(com.) fol. 121° TTA[ : ] itafagittichai HATH:(H1) liell
grand auaritatât ll 3 11 811 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1124. For an addi
tional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 404.
ओघनियुक्ति
Oghaniryukti टीकासहित
with tīkā No. 1131
1213.
1886-92. Size.- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 362 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari cha
racters with prs; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; the first two and the last few foll. slightly worn out at the corner; condition very fair ; foll. numbered twice : once as 88, 878 etc. and once as ļ, P etc. ; so this Ms. seems to be a part of some other Ms. ; the first fol. is numbered as 433 only ; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too ; both the
text and the commentary complete ; extent 8385 ślokas, Age.-- Samvat 1436. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 2a
surga diatas etc. as in No. 1124. „ --(com.) fol. 1b
नमो सर्वज्ञाणां AĦT sfigarui etc. as in No. 1130,
CTP HTAT etc.

Page #539

502
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[III.
Ends.-- (text ) fol. 162b
एसा अणुग्गहत्था etc. as in No. II24. ,, -- ( com.) fol. I62' सुगमा । ओघनियुक्तिटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
कृतिरिय द्रोणाचार्यस्येति ॥ छ । श्रेष्टी(ष्टी) 'प्राग्वाट'वंशे(s)स्ति सोमः सोम इव प्रियः । दृढसम्यकत्वसद्ब्रह्मगुणग्रहणसाग्रहः ॥ १॥ निजन्यायार्जितं वित्तं मत्वा सारतरं हृदि । सफलीकर्तुमुयुक्तः सप्तक्षेत्रीनिवेशनात् ॥ २ तथा च श्राविकाचारप्रवणा विदुराशया ।। करमीति नाम्ना धर्मकर्मठा(55)सीद् विवेकिनी ॥३॥ गुरूणां श्रीजयानंदसूरीणां गुणशालिनां धर्मोपदेशमाकर्ण्य सादरौ तौ जिनागमौ ॥ ४ ॥ उभाभ्यां लेवितं श्रीमदोघनियुक्तिपुस्तकं । चतुर्दशशते पत्रिंशद्वर्षे शुभं भुवि ॥ ५॥
__ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ श्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ etc.
ग्रंथानं ८३८५ ॥ छ । ससूत्र ॥ छ ॥ छ । छ ।। Then in a different land we have : Sì
N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 1129.
ओधनियुक्ति
Oghaniryukti टीकासहित
with tīkā
____417. No. 1132
1882-83. Size.- II in. by 4 in. Extent.- 134 - 18 = II6 folios ; I7 lines to a page; 48 letters to
___a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with CEASTS ; clear, big and good hand-writing; ink faded at times ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; most of the foll. have their edges more or less worn out; so even the written portion gone

Page #540

1133.1
Age.— Fairly old.
ور
Begins.—( text ) (abruptly) tol. 19 तत्थ पाहाणजलं अञ्चं (कं) तमणकांते
च न etc.
IV. 4
503
in some cases e. g. the beginning of the 19th fol. ; numbers of some of the foll. worn out; so it is difficult to ascertain whether the matter is continuous or not; condition poor ; fol. 1 to 18 seem to be missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary appear to be complete ; total extent 8635 slokas.
--
"
Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 134
Mulasûtras
(abruptly) (com.) fol. 19a
जलपोषणगाहा । 'पाषाणजलं मधुसिक्थ (?) जलवालुकाकु (ज) लं कर्दमजलं चेति ते तत्र पाषाणजलं यत्पाषाणानामुपरि वहति etc.
I
अथ संघट्टादिजल (ल) क्षणप्रणिनीषया भाष्यकृदाह । छ | जंघे (घ) डा(a) गाहा जंघार्थमात्रप्रमाण (णं) जलं etc.
( com. ) fol. 134° सुगमा । ओघनियुक्तिका सूत्रसहिता समाप्ता । टीकायां अक्षरगणनया ग्रंथाग्रं ६०२५ तदा स्त्रगाथाप्रमाणेन
ग्रंथाग्रं १४६० उभयग्रंथाग्रं ८३८५ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For additional particulars see No. 1129.
ओघनिर्युक्तिटीका
No. 1133
एसा अणुग्गह etc. up to संगहिया ॥ as in No. 1124. This verse is rumbered as 1148.

Size.-- 1o‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 144 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, clear, big, uniform and good This occurs on page 32a of the printed edition (Agamodaya Samiti Series)
Oghaniryuktiṭikā
1114. 1887-91.

Page #541

504
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[133.
hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink : numbers for soll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins ; foll 1" and I44° blank ; this Ms. contains the gates of the text ; yellow pigment used ;
complete ; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat 1662. Author.-- Droņācārya. For details see p. 499. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary to Oghaniryukti. Begins.- fol. 16 श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः
नमो अरिहंताणं etc. as in No. 1129. Ends.-fol. 1342 सुगमा ॥ एयं गाहा ॥ छ । इति ओघनियुक्तिटीका समाप्ता
ग्रंथासंख्या ६५४५ वृत्तिसंख्या
याशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं etc. १
तैलाद्रक्षेत etc. २ अद्र(दृष्टिदोषा(?न्मोमतिविभ्रमेण । यदार्थहीनं लिखितं मयेभ्यः । ते(त)न्मार्जनयित्वा परशोधनीयं । कोपं न कुर्यात् खलु लेषकस्य ॥१॥ भग्नपृष्टि(ष्ठिकटिग्रीवा । बद्धमुष्टिरधोमुखं । कष्टेन लिखितं शास्त्रं । यत्नेन परिपालयेत् ॥२॥ संवत् १६६२ वर्षे द्वितीयचैत्र बदि १४ शुक्रे 'ईदल'पुरवास्तव्यपं०
शवसी लिखितं ॥ छ । छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 1124. In “A Descriptive Cata
logue of Manuscripts in the Jaina Bhandars at Pattan ": ( vol. I, pp. 215 and 323) published in the Gaekwad's Oriental Series as vol. LXXVI, two palm-leaf Mss. of the commentary are noted. Out of them, at least one noted on p. 215 is certainly composed by Drona Suri.
-
-
1
This will be hereafter referred to as “The Pattan Catalogue vol. I".

Page #542

1134.]
stanfyin अवचूर्णिसहित
No. 1134
در
-
در
Size. 10 in. by 4 in. Extent. (text) 43 folios; 12 to 15 lines to a page; 40 letters to
a line.
- (com.),, ; 28
a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with gears; this is a qarat Ms.; the text written in a much bigger hand than that for the commentary; quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; this Ms. is lacking in the two verses of the colophon to be found in No. 1135.
22
IV. 4 Mulasūtras
~~~( com. ) fol, 14
در
Ends.-(text) fol. 43b
در در

23
Oghaniryukti with avacārņi
147.
1881-82.
Age. Samvat 1527.
Author of the commentary- Jñanasagara. For his another work see No. 688.
Subject. The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. (text) fol. 1a ए नमो (मः) सर्वज्ञाय ॥
gafar etc, as in No. 1124.
505
; 49
नम ( : ) श्री प्रवचनाय || प्रांतो (S) मावश्यकानुयोग etc. as in No. 1135.

35
""
एस अग्गहत्था up to संगहिया ६४ (१९६४) as in No. 1124, This is followed by the lines as under:
इति श्री शोधनियुक्ति महासिद्धतिसूत्रं ॥ इति श्री ओघ्रनिर्युक्तिमहाfagiaga gara: || daa ?429 að grenfaîą v gù signinska |

Page #543

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1134.
Ends.-(com.) fol. 43b etc. practically up to Я as in No. 1135.
506
Reference. For a Ms. containing the text and an anonymous avacuri see Limbdi Catalogue, No. 403. For palm-leaf Mss. of the text see the Pattan Catalogue Vol. I (pp. 40, 95, 98, 107, 112, 119, 161, 175, 177, 309, 378, 385, 390, 406 and 409).
ओघ निर्युक्तवचूर्णि
No. 1135
Oghaniryuktyavacurņi
Size.-- 101 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 35 folios; 24 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line.
Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; very small, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the first 15 foll. more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; complete; composed in Samvat 1439; fol. 35b practically blank; for, the title is written on it; प्रतीकs of the text given.
1116.
1887-91.
Age. Samvat 1534.
Author.- Jñānasagara Sūri, pupil of Devasundara Suri. Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit to Oghaniryukti. Begins. fol. ra नमः श्रुतधरेभ्यः

प्रकांतो(S)यमावश्यकानुयोगस्तत्र सामायिकाध्ययनमनुवर्त्तते । तस्य चत्वार्य (योग) द्वाराणि उपक्रमौ निक्षेपोऽनुगमो नेयः ॥ etc. तदनेन संबंधन पूर्व नमस्कार माह || अरिहंतेत्यादि । व्याख्या मा संहितामेदेन परिधा भवति etc.

Page #544

1136.]
Ends. fol. 35 आरा० ॥ उकृष्टशब्दोऽत्रातिशयार्थे द्रष्टव्यो न तु भावानंगीकृत्य || १९६२ एसोह० || स्पष्टा० ॥ ६३ ए अंसा० ॥ स्पष्टा० ॥ ६४ एसा अ० ॥ स्पष्टा° ॥। ११६५ ।। इति श्रीद्रोणाचार्यनिर्मित वृत्त्यनुसारेण एदंयुगीन - सुविहितशिरोऽलंकरण कोटीरकरणिभट्टारकप्रभुश्रीज्ञानसुंदरसरिपादविरचिता ओघनियुक्त्यवचूर्णिः समाप्ता || छ || श्री || श्रीमत् 'तपा' गणन भोगण भास्कराभाः श्री देव सुंदरयुगोत्तमपादुकानां ।
1V. 4 Malasutras
शिष्यैर्जिनागमसुधांबुधिला (ली) नचित्तैः
श्रीज्ञानसागर गुरूत्तमनामधेयैः ॥ १

निधिवह्निमनु१४३९मिति (ते)ब्देऽवचूर्णिरेखा (पा) कृतौघनिर्युक्तेः स्वपरोपकृतिकृते तद्विवृतेरुपरि स्फुटा जयतात् ॥ २ ॥
प्रशस्ति || छ || छ || सं० १५३४ वर्षे श्रावणसुदि १२ भौमे ॥ श्री'राणपुर' नगरे देवाकेन लिखितमस्ति छ । शुभं भवतु || This is followed in a very big hand by the lines as under:ओघनियुक्त्यवचूरिः कर्ता ज्ञानसागरमूरिः ।
Reference — See No. 1134.
507
ओघनिर्युक्तवचूर्णि
No. 1136
Size.—– ro‡ in. by 4g in.
Extent.- 37 folios; 21 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgarī characters with occasional gas; very small, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a presented as sssssssss etc., on the 4th fol. perhaps referring to the q; another on fol. 188; complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good; complete. Age.- Fairly old.
Öghaniryuktyavacārņi
1115.
1887-91.

Page #545

508
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1136.
Begins.--fol. I नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय
प्रकांतो(G)यमावश्यकानुयोगस्तत्र etc. Ends.-fol. 37' आरा।। उत्कृष्ट etc. practicaily up to जयतात् ।। २॥
___ as in No. II35. This is followed by the line as under:--
इत्योपनियुक्तयवचूर्णिप्रशस्तिरियं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ etc. N. B. - For further particulars see No 1135.
18
ओघनिर्युक्तयवचूर्णि
Oghaniryuktya vacūrņi No. 1137
1877-78. Size.- 104 in. by 4s in. Extent.-43 folios; 19 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. --- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanägarī
characters with qualats; small, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; this Ms. contains the gafas of the original text; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 436 blank; complete ; extent 3400 ślokas; almost every
fol. awfully worm-eaten ; condition poor. Age.--Fairly old. Begins.-fol. .. नमः श्रुतधरेभ्यः ॥
प्रकांतोऽयमावश्यकाना(नु)योगस्तत्र etc. Ends.- tol. 43* आरा०॥ उत्कृष्टशब्दो(5)जातिशयार्थे etc. up to प्रभुश्री
ज्ञानसागरमरिपादविरचिता श्रीओघनिर्युक्त्यवचूर्णिः समाप्ता(ता) as
in No. 1135. This is followed by jo 3800. N. B.–For additional information see No 1135.

Page #546

1139.] IV. 4 Malasatras
509 ओघनियुक्त यवचूरि
Oghaniryuktyavacur.
1214. No.1138
1886-92. Size.-- 101 in. by 4in. Extent.— 39 + 1 = 40 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper very thin and grcyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 28 repeated ; fol. 39° blank ; some of the last foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition good;
complete ; this Ms. contains the gates of the text. Age.--- Pretty old. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject. -- A small commentary in Sanskrit to Oghaniryukti. Begins.--fol. I प्रकांतो(s)यमावश्यकानुयोगस्तत्र सामायिकाध्ययनमनुवर्तते । तस्य
चत्वार्यनुयोगद्वाराणि । etc. Ends.--fol. 39' आरा० ॥ उत्कृष्ठतोऽतिशयने सम्यगाराधानं कृत्वा बीन् भावान्
गत्वा निर्वाणमवश्यं प्राप्नोति । उत्कृष्टशब्दोऽत्रातिशयार्थे द्रष्टव्यो न तु भवमंगीकृत्य ॥ २९ ।। एसा ॥ ११३० एअं ।। ३१ एसा ॥ ११३२ श्रीओघनिर्युक्तयवचरिः समाप्ता॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ etc.
286.
ओघनियुक्तयवचूरि
Oghaniryuktyavacūri No. 1139
A.1883-84. Size - 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.- 24 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line.

Page #547

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1139.
Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gars; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; a right-hand corner of almost every fol. partly worn out; condition very fair; this Ms. contains only the aes of Oghaniryukti; complete; foll. must have been numbered, but the portions containing numbers have perished, that is way we do not find them now; this is the only paper Ms. dated so early as Samvat 1333 that I have handled up till now. '
S10
Age. Samvat 1333.
Author.
Not known.
Subject. A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Ogha niryukti.
Begins. fol. 1
qæiaìsq¤raz¶ærgoin: || as सामायिकाध्ययने चत्वार्यनुयोगद्वाराणि । etc.
आचार्यो मंगलावर्थे गाथाद्वयमाह । अरिहंते अशोकायष्टमहाप्रातिहार्यादिरूपां पूजामहैतीत्यर्हतः etc.
Ends. fol. 24° आयसंहननमाश्रित्य त्रयस्तु छेवाटिकासंहनने ॥ ६१ ॥ ए० ए० एसा || ११६४ श्री ओघनिर्युक्तयवचूरिः समाप्ता || छ || संवत् १३३३ मार्गशिर शुद्ध १० गुरुदिने || पुस्तकं लिखितं पद्म. This Ms. ends thus.
ओधनियुक्तिपर्याय
No. 1140
Extent. fol. 25a to fol. 25.
Description.--Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar
yāya No.

736(1). 1875-76.
Oghaniryuktiparyāya
736 (20).
1 For a discussion in this connection see my paper "The Jaina Manuscripts" (p. 106) published in "Journal of the University of Bombay "(vol. VII, pt. 2, September 1938 ).
1875-76.

Page #548

1142.]
IV. 4 Malasatras
SII
Author.- Not known. Subject.-- Difficult words etc. occurring in Oghaniryukti explained
in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. 25a Toistaha TTEITT I SITTAI NE À SOUTHAHI
etc. Ends.-- fol. 256 Ha sięATIT (ştizari) ar Tera / a 5713
इति प्रस्तावः । सिंहेति बेहः । ओघनियुक्तिपर्यायाः।
ओघनियुक्तिपर्याय
Oghaniryuktiparyāya
789 (20). No. 1141
1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 409 to fol. 414. Description.-- Complete. For other details sec Pañcavastukapar
789 (1).
yāya No. 1895-1902.
Begins.--fol. 404 Farfa etc. as in No. 1140. Ends.-- fol. 41a à etc.
N.B.-- For additional information see No. 1140.
ओघनियुक्तिपर्याय
Oghaniryuktiparyāya
332 (3). No. 1142
A.1882-83. Extent.- fol. 225 to fol. 234. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Nandisůtravişama
padaparyaya No. 623. Begins.—fol. 22TTTH Trafat etc. as in No. 1140. Ends.-lol. 24* ita etc.
N. B.--For further particulars see No. 1140.

Page #549

512
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1143.
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Pāksikasūtra (1987)
( Pakkhiyasutta ) No. 1143
750 (a).
1892-95. Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 11 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and whitish; Deva
nāgarī characters ; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; edges singly; fol. Ia blank ; red chalk used ; numbers for foll. entered twice: once as usual and once as q ?,9 R, etc.; edges and corners of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good ; complete ; this Ms. contains @ENTATIE. See
No.953. Age.- Saṁvat 1842. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.--- One of the sütras to be recited by Sādhus at the time
of the fortnightly pratikramaņa. It deals with mahāvratas and śrutakirtana thus giving us a list of canonical treatises.
Prof. Winternitz says on p. 471 of pt. II of 'A History of Indian Literature 'as under :
“The Pakkhi or the Pākşika-Sūtra is a liturgy in verse for the Pakkhi-Padikamaņam ( Pakși-Pratikramana), 1. e. the fourteen days' confession. The confession of the “five great vows” ( mahāvrata ), with which the work begins, also includes the worship of the patient ascetics" ( khamāsamaņa ), who are accounted the authors of the “sacred scriptures which stand outside the Angas” (angabāhiram ) and of the the twelve Angas, which gives rise to a solemn enumeration of the sacred writings (suttakittanam)."
The following observation made by him in this very work (pl. II, pp. 429-430 ) may be here noted :--
“The third and fourth Mūla-Suttas are also sometimes given as Ohanjjuiti (Ogha-Niryukti ) and Pakkhi ( Pakşika

Page #550

1143.] IV. 4 Malasūtras
513 Sutra) and sometimes the Pimdanijjutti and Ohanijjutti appear in the list of the Cheya-Suttas.” See Weber, Ind.
Stud. XVII, 85. Begins.-fol. 1' श्रीजिनकुशलसूरिजी सदा सहाय छै ।
तित्थंकरे अतित्थे अतित्थसिद्ध य तित्थसिद्ध य ।
सिद्धे य जिणे रिसी महरिसी य नाणं च वंदामि ॥१॥ etc. -fol. 104 || नमो तेसिं खमासमणाणं जेहिं इमं वाइयं अंगबाहिरयं कालियं
भगवंत तं जहा उत्तरज्झयणाई दसाओ कप्पो ववहारो इसिभासियाई निस्साहं महानिसीहं जंबूदीवपन्नती सूरपन्नती चंदपन्नती दीवसागरपन्नती खुडियाविमाणपविभत्ती महलयाविमाणपविभत्ती अंगचूलिया वंगचूलिया विवाहचूलिया अरुणोववाए वरुणोववाए गरुणोववाए वेसमणोववाए वेलंधरोववार देविंदोववाए उहाणसुए समुदाणसुए नागपरियावलियाओ निरयावीलयाओ कप्पियाओ कप्पवडंसियाओ पुफियाओ पुप्फचूलियाओ वण्हीदसाओ आसीविसभावणाओ दिहीविसभावणाओ चारणसमणभावणाओ महासुविणभावणाओ तेअग्गिनिसग्गाण सव्वेहिं पि एयंमि अंगबाहिरिए कालिए भगवंते समुत्ते सअत्थे सगंस्थे सन्निजुत्तीए ससंगहिणीए
etc. Ends.-fol. IA
सुयदेवयाइ भगवई नाणावरणीयकम्मसंघायं ।
तेसिं खवेओ सययं जेसिं सुयसायरे भत्ती १॥ इति श्रीपाक्षिकसूत्रं । सं० १८४२ रा श्रावणसुदि ९ दिने । पाली'मध्ये ।
पं. विवेककल्याणेन लिखितं । Reference.-- Published along with Yaśodeva Súri's commentary
in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 4 in A. D. 1911. See Weber II, p. 819. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 394, G. O. Series vol. XXI (p. 25) and Līmbdi Catalogue Nos. 1544-1547. Nos. 1545, 1546 and 1547 recorded in this Catalogue contain Ksamanaka, Yasobhadra Sūri's vrtti and tabbā respectively, over and above the text. For description of a Ms. having the bare text see Keith's Catalogue No. 7504. For palm-leaf Mss. of the text see the Pattan Catalogue vol. I (pp. 24, 33, 58, 64, 107, 143, 150, 158, 300, 406, 409 and 4II).

Page #551

514
पाक्षिकसूत्र
No. 1144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent.--fol. 5b to fol. 11.
Description.-- Complete. For other details see Namaskaramantra
No. 735.
Begins.-- fol. 5b
Ends.-- fol. IIb
farfar etc. as in No. 1143.
सुदेवया भगवई etc. up to भत्ती । १ ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 1143.

( 1 ) प्रणिपातसूत्र ( No. 886 ) (2) पाक्षिकक्षामणसूत्र (No. 960) ( 3 ) गुरुस्थापनासूत्र (पंचिदिय) ( 4 ) चरण सप्ततिकरणसप्ततिगाथा 1202 (e). 1887-91.
Age. Samvat 1864. See No.
पाक्षिकसूत्र
No. 1145
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-8-17 folios; 15 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, broad, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the 6th fol. lacking; otherwise complete; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains in addition the following
four works:

as in No. 1143.
Pākṣikasutra
1269 (41)
1887-91.
[1144.
در
fol. 8a
در
در
Pāksikasūtra
1202 (a).
1887-91.
8a to fol. ga
8b
8b

Page #552

145 IV. 4 Malasätras
515 Begins.-fol. ra
facciano a parete etc. as in No. 1143. Ends.--fol. 8a
सुयदेवया भगवई etc. up to भत्ती ? as in No. II43. This is followed by the line as under :- ..
इति श्रीपाक्षिकसूत्रं सम्मत्तं छ.
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Pākşikasūtra No 1146
613 (8).
1884-86. Size.-- 118in. by 4 in. Extent.- 53 folios ; 15 to 16 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and tough ; Devanāgari cha
racters with पृष्टमात्रा ; bold, big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; corners of some of the foll. worn out; condition tolerably good; this work ends on fol. sa ; this Ms. contains over and above this, the following I2 works :-- (1) दशवैकालिकसूत्र ( No. 705) foll. so to 211 (2) यति(साधु)प्रतिक्रमणसूत्र
, 21, 220 (3) उपदेशमाला
,, 22° ,, 360 (4) शीलोपदेशमाला
,, 36",, 39 • (5) पिण्डविशुद्धि ( No. 410)
(6) प्रश्नोत्तररत्नमालिका (7) जीवविचार
,, 43* ,, 44 (8) नवतत्त्व
,, 44 ,, 45 (9) चतुःशरण ( No. 274)
, 45, 478 (10) गौतमपृच्छा
,, 47* ,, 48b (1) विवेकमारी
, 48° ,, 52 (32) पर्यन्ताराधना ( No. 403) , 52 ,, 53b
___, 39° ,, 42
" 42',

Page #553

516
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (1146. Age.-- Old. Begins.--fol. 18
farjat o farão a etc. as in No. 1143. Ends.--fol. 59
great anug etc. up to ufft as in No. 1143. This is followed by gfâ quienes FAH:. N. B.- For additional information see No. 1143.
751 (a).
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Pāksikasūtra No. 1147
1892-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 49 in. Extent. — 4 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tolerably thick and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters ; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment used ; unnumbered sides decorated with a small circular disc in the centre whereas the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two margins; edges of the first fol. slightly torn ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1b; condition tolerably good; complete so far as it goes ; this Ms. contains on fol. 46 an additional work viz. Pākşikakṣāmaņāsūtra which is already described as No. 956 (vide this
very pt., pp. 318-319 ). Age.- Samvat 1540(?) See No. 956. Begins.--fol. ra
fart
31 fare etc, as in No. 1143,

Page #554

1149.] IV. 4 Malasatras
517 Ends.- fol. 4. दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं भगवतं समं कायेण । फासंति पालंति
पूरति तीरंति किटृति संमं आणाए आराहति । अहं च नाराहमि । तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं।
इति श्रीपाक्षिकसूत्रं समाप्त । N. B.--For further particulars see No. 1143.
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Pākşikasūtra No. 1148
1171 (b).
1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 30° to fol. 420. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 708. Begins.--fol. 30%
तित्थंकरे अ तित्थे etc. as in No. II43. Ends.-- fol. 42 संमं कारण etc. up to दुक्कडं as in No. 1147. This is
followed by सुयदेवयाइ etc. up to भत्ती ॥१॥ as in No. II43. Then we have :--
पक्खियपडिक्कमणसुत्तं सम्मत्तं ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 1143.
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Pāksikasūtra
434 (1). No. 1149
1882-83. Extent.- fol. 14. Description.-- Incomplete as it ends abruptly. For further details
see No. 706.

Page #555

518
Begins. fol. 14b
पाक्षिकसूत्र graaika
No. 1150
Ends.--fol. 14b तत्थ खल (लु) पढमे भंते महत्वए पाणाइवायाओ वेरमणं । सव्वं भंते पाणाइवायं पञ्चक्खामि । स (से) सुहमं वा बायरं वा । तसं वा । थावरं ।
वा नेव सणं (यं) पाणे अइ. It ends thus abruptly.
N. B.--For further particulars see No. 1143.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
तित्थंकरे य तित्थे । अतित्थसिद्धे य तित्थसिद्धे य सिद्धे जेणे रिसी महारसी नाणं च वंदामि ॥ १ ॥
Size. 13 in. by 21 in.
1
Extent.
-

[1149.
189 12 177 leaves; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; 45 letters to a line.
Pākṣikasūtra with vṛtti
45.
1880-81.
Description. Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari characters with IS; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two columns; but really it is not so; for, every line of the first column extends to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins: in the right-hand one in numbers as 1, 2, etc and in the left-hand one as af, R, 3, σ, etc.; leaves 22b
१

and 23a illegible, since the ink has faded; leaf 189b blank; red chalk used; last few leaves stuck together; leaves I to 157 are followed by leaves 170 to 189; both the text

Page #556

1150.]
IV. 4 Malasatras
519
and the commentary incomplete; the 189th leaf ends abruptly; condition unsatisfactory; for, edges of almost every leaf partly worn out.
Age.— Old.
Author of the commentary.- Yaśodeva Suri, pupil of Śricandra Suri, pupil of Vira Gani.
Subject. The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. The latter is composed in Vikrama Samvat 1180. See No. 1155. Begins.- ( text ) leaf 64
22
(com.) 1" नमो वीतरागाय ||
तिथंकरे य तिथे etc. as in No. 1147.
"
शिवशम्मानमित्तं etc. as in No. 1151.
Ends—( text ) leaf (?) This cannot be written, since this coresponding leaf has stuck together with another.
~ (com.) leaf 1885 एवं पडिक्कमणकालं etc. up to मानतः as in No. 1155. This is followed by the line as under :
छ ॥ ११ ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ ॥ छ || शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ छ ॥
Then on leaf 189b we have:
योगनिवृत्ताः विभागशो अष्टादशपापस्थानविवर्जकानपि तथापि केचि दनाभोगात्सहसा ... करणात मूलोत्तरगुणातिचार सूक्ष्मेतरविशुद्धयर्थे उभसं. प्राकाले गुप्तसन्निकै राजर्षिशुद्धभावप्रयुक्तालोचना उपर्युपरि विशुद्धशुद्धतरचारित्रस्थान रोहिणः संवेगतः आत्मनिंदा गर्दा प्रयुक्ताः । एवं प्रत्यहं प्रतिक्रमणेन विशुद्धा अपि प्राप्ते पक्षांते विशेषप्रतिक्रमणेन प्रतिक्रमितुमिच्छंतः ॥ इमाणत्तिमपुरिसाण बंदणं करेंति नाणाइसत्यभावभावणं च ॥ छ ॥ तित्थंकरे य गाहा || चोयग आह ॥ चिट्टड ताव गाहत्थो । इमं त बनाउमिच्छामि पइदिणमालोइय पडिक्कत्त (?) कयपच्छित्तविसुद्धिस्स । किं पक्खचउम्मा. It ends thus.

Reference. Both the text and the commentary are published. See No. 1143. For an additional Ms. see No. 1546 of the Limbdi Catalogue.

Page #557

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[HI.
520 पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Pākşikasūtravrtti
No. 1151
1284. 1886-92.
Size.- 114 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 63 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and rough ; Devanāgari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; foll. doubly numbered: once as 1, 2 etc. and once as 766, 767 etc; over and above this, fol. 3 and the following are also numbered as 79, 80 etc.; this work seems to be incomplete so far as the colophon is concerned.
Age.— Pretty old. Author.--- Yasodeva Suri, pupil of Sricandra Suri, pupil of Vira
Gani. Subject.-- A Sanskrit commenrary to Paksikasutra. Begins.- fol. 10 ॐ नमः ॥
शिवशमैकनिमित्तं विघ्नौघविघातिनं जिनं नत्वा ।
वक्ष्यामि सुखविबोधां पाक्षिकसूत्रस्य वृत्तिमहं ॥ १ etc. Ends.-fol. 634
एवं च पडिक्कमणकालं तुलि(ल)ति जहा पडिक्कमंताणं ।
शुइअवसाणे चेव पडिलेहणवेला भवइ ति ॥ समाप्ता चेयं शास्त्रानुसारिणी पक्षप्रतिक्रमणवृत्तिरिति ॥ छ ।
'चंद्र' कुलांबरशशिनो भव्यांबुजबोधनकदिनपतयः । गुणगणरत्नसमुद्रा आसन् श्रीवीरगणिमिश्राः ॥१॥

Page #558

rig2.]
IV. 4 Mulasitras
शुद्धध्यानजलापनीतकलिलाः सज्ज्ञानदीपालया निःसंगव्रतभारधारणरतास्तीने तपस्युयताः ग्रीवातप्रवेदनं गुरुतरं जेतुं सदोपस्थिता ।
हेमंतेषु च शार्वरं हिमभवं (रं) सोढुं सदा निश्वलाः ॥ २ ॥ श्रीचंद्रसूरिनामा तेषां शिष्यो बभूव गुणराशिः । आनंदितभव्यजनः शंसितसंशुद्ध सिद्धांतः ॥ 'काल' कालदुर्लभानां गुणरत्नानां निधाम (न) मनवद्यं । समयावदातबुद्धिस्तथा परो देवचंद्रगणिः । 'श्री[:] २ चंद्रनामसूरेः पादपंकज सेविना ब्धेयं प्रस्तुता वृत्तिः श्रीयशोदेवसूरिणा ॥ ५ ' गंभीत ( र?) मेतदाकर्षे निवोहशक्तिरस्ति मम दक्षा || नापी संप्रदायः सम्यग्बहवश्व पाठगमाः ॥ ६ शास्त्रानुसारात्सुखबोधपाठे (ठै)
रात्मीयशक्त्या विवृतं तथापि ।
यञ्चेह किंचि. It ends thus abruptly.
पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 1152
Reference.- Published. See No. 1143. For additional Mss. see G. O. Series vol. XXI (pp. 8, 18 and 35) and Limbdi Catalogue No. 1546. For a palm-leaf Ms. of the commentary styled as “ पक्षप्रतिक्रमणवृत्तिः” see the Pattana Catalogue (vol. I, p. 310 ) .

Size.-- 11‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 78 folios; 13 lines to a page 48 letters to a line.
Description,
१ ' श्री श्रीचंद्र' इति ।
2 In the printed edition we have:--
521
Country paper thin, grey and brittle; Devanagari characters with as; bold, big, legible and very good
" गम्भीरता न चाहने शक्तिरस्ति मम वृक्षा
33
Pākṣikasutravṛtti
168.
1873-74.

Page #559

522
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1152.
hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. 26-35, 48, 49, 54-66 and 70-75 very grey ; edges of some of the foll. somewhat damaged ; corners of one and all the foll. badly worn out; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1; condi tion fair; complete.
Age. Saihvat 1519.
Begins. fol. 1 ॐ नमः सरस्वत्यै ॥
शिवशमैकनिमित्तं etc. as in No. 1151.
Ends. fol. 77b
एवं च पडिक्कमणकालं तु etc. up to ग्रं० ३१०० as in No. 1155. This is followed by the lines as under :
संवत् १५१९ वर्षे श्रावण शुदि ८ शनिवारे लिषितं । इति श्रीपाक्षी (क्षि)कसूत्रवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ मंत्रिकेला लिखावितं । आंबालिखितं । This is followed by the following lines written in a different hand: 'प्राग्वाट' मंत्रिठाकुरसिंहसृतः पुण्यकृज्जयति मंत्री | झबकूदरखनिरत्नं कर्मादेवल्लभः केल्हः ॥ १ ॥
यो 'गिरिनारे' यद्दरदुर्गा त्तुंगत्रिदेवकुलिकानां । कारयिता चा ('s) हंमद नगरोत्तमधर्मशालायाः । २ ॥ पंडितपदप्रतिष्ठादेवालयपचकादिकारयिता । सकलविबुधयेषार्पणसाधर्मिक समह भक्तिकरः । ३ ॥ श्री. सूरीश्वरोपदशेन तेन सिद्धांतं ।
लेखयता लेखि प्रतिरेषा 'रसशशितिथिमिते (S) ब्दे । ४ ॥
This is followed in a still different hand by the versc as under:—
श्रीमद् 'बृहत्तप'नाथश्रीसूरसुंदरगुरूणां ।
शिष्यो (S) वाचदेतां प्रतिमसमां समयमाणिक्यः । ५ ॥
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1151.

1 Letters are gone since the folio is worn out. 3 1519.

Page #560

113. IV. 4 Malasatras
323 पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Pāksikasūtravrtti
764. No. 1153
1699-1915. Size.- 121 in. by 4t in. Extent.-49 folios ; IS lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanagari cha
racters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; on fol. I we have पत्र ३८ अंतोर्मध्यविचार ॥१, पत्र ४ पाक्षीविचार २ written ; otherwise it is blank ; condition tolerably good;
complete ; composed in Samvat 1180; extent 2700 ślokas. Age.- Fairly old. 3egins.- fol. ib अहे नमः
शिवशर्मैकनिमित्ता(त) etc. as in No. IISI. Ends.-fol. 49 एवं पडिक्कमण etc. up to ग्रंथमानतः ॥ ११॥ as in No.
1155. This is followed by the lines as under :
ग्रंथानं २७०० । आगमिकश्रीअमरसिंहमूरिभिरलिख्यते । पज्जूजसणे चउमासे पक्खि य पव्वद्रमीसु नायव्वा । ताउ तिहिउ जासिं उडयउ सूरो न अन्नाओ ॥१॥
दशाश्रुतस्कंध भाष्यते । इति पाक्षिकसूत्रटीका संपूर्णा.
Then in a different hand we have :इत्याद्या ससूत्रा वृत्तिः) ३१०० । श्रीयशोदेवमूरिभिः कृता । संवत् ११८००
वर्षे 'अणहल्लपाटके' नगरे वृत्ति कृता N. B.-- For further particulars see No. IISI.

Page #561

524
पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 1154
-
Size.-101 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 63 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper whitish and tough; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered twice as usual; fol. 1a blank; foll. 55 to 60 slightly worm-eaten; condition tolerably good; complete; extent 2700 slokas.
Age.- Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 1:
Ends.-fol. 63b
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 1155
etc. as in No. 1151.
एवं च पडिक्क्रमण etc. up to विक्रमागतैः as in No. 1155. This is followed by the lines as under
à agà gàcfìì: æafìdgarza: 11
[1154.
Pākṣikasūtravṛtti
227.
1902-1907.
araʻgan’aysì arasdagaṁiêàì ‘À¤(t:) | यावच्चंद्रादित्यौ तावदिदं पुस्तकं जयतु |
श्री ॥ ग्रंथा २७०० छ । etc.
N. B.--For further particulars see No. 1151.

Pāksikasutra vrtti
Size.
131 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 57 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line.
1203.
1887-91.

Page #562

1155.1
IV. 4 Malasatras
125
Description.-- Country paper thin and tough ; Devanagari cha.
racters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two thick red lines; the interlinear space coloured yellow ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; the first fol. slightly torn ; foll. 6 to 17 somewhat worm-eaten ; so are the foll. 31 to 42; condition tolerably fair ; complete; unnumbered sides decorated with a small pattern in the centre, whereas the numbered, in the margins, too ; extent :3100 slokas ;
composed in Samvat 1180. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.-fol. 10 ॐ नमः सरस्वत्यै ।।
शिवशम्मैकनिमित्तं etc. as in No. IISI. Ends— fol. 57a
एवं च पडिक्कमण etc. up to विवृतं तथापि as in No. IISI. This is followed by the lines as under :पञ्चेह किंचिद्वितथं निबद्धं तत्रास्तु मिथ्या मम दुःकृतं हि ॥ ७ ॥ 'अणहिलपाटक'नगरे सौवर्णिकनोमचंद्रसत्कायां । वरषौषधशालाला(यां) राज्ये जयसिंहभूपस्य । ८ । विशारदैः मूरिवरैविहारिभि
विशोधिता यलपरायणैरियं तथापि यजूनमुताधिकं पदं
तच्छोधिनीयं कुशलैः कृपापदैः ॥९॥ शुभाशयवशाञ्चेह यन्मया सुकृतं कृतं तेन भूयान्ममाभ्यासः सर्वदेव जिनागमे ॥ १० ॥ एकादशशप्त(ते)रधिकरशीत्या विक्रमागतैः । त्रीणि श्लोकसहस्राणि शतकं ग्रंथमानतः ॥ ११॥
ग्रंथाग्रं ३१०० शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. IISI.

Page #563

526
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[rigo.
Päksikasūtravrtti
पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्ति No. 1156
1283. 1891-95.
Size.-144 in. by i in. Extent. — 259-2=257 leaves ; 3 to 4 lines to a leaf ; 44 letters to a
line. Description.- Palm-leaf durable and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ATS; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in two separate columns; but, really speaking, it is not so; for, the lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 8, 4, 6 etc. and in the left-hand one as us, & etc.; the first two leaves missing; the leaf placed before the fourth is taken here to be the third; but since the marginal portions etc. are worn out, it is difficult to ascertain its real number ; almost half the part of several leaves worn out; condition unsatisfactory ; leaf 2596 blank ; leaves : 276 and 128a illegible, ink having faded; an extra blank leaf at the end; a hole almost in the centre of each leaf through which a red string passes ; leaves are placed between two wooden boards.
Age.- Samvat 1275. Begins.-leaf 36 (?) Tafta sintraatan taifa 1 3991 alffa aati ng pala
S ALT at eto ar....... sata v maria etc. Ends.-leaf 2583 एवं च पडि कमण etc. up to विवृतं तथापि as in No. 1151. This is followed by the lines as under :
यह किंचिद्वितथं निबद्ध
तवास्तु मिथ्या मम दुःकृतं हि ॥ ७॥ 'अणहिलपाटक'नगरे सौर्णिणकनोमिचंद्रसत्कायं( यां) घरपौषधशालायां राज्ये जयसिंहभूपस्य ॥ ८॥

Page #564

157.]
IV. 4. Malasatras
527
विशारदैः सूरिवरै :]वि(वि)हारिभि
विशोधिता यत्र परायणरिय
... ... शीलरुपापरैः ॥ ९ ॥ शुभाशयवशाह यन्मया सुकृतं कृतं तेन भूयान्ममाभ्यासः सदैव जिना... एकादशशतैरधिकरशीत्या विक्रमाद्रतैः ।।
द्वे सहस्र शतैरधिके सप्तभिग्रंथमानतः ॥ छ । संवत् १२७५ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि ५ गुरौ अोह श्रीम(5)दणहिलपाटके' पूज्यश्रीकुलप्रभसूरियोग्या ठक्कर आशापाल ठ० सूहदेव्याः सुतया सूमलश्राविकया पाक्षिकसूत्रवृत्तिपुस्तिका लेखिता' ॥ छ ।
शिवाय भवतु ॥ छ ।। etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 1151.
पाक्षिकसूत्रावचूरि
Pāksikasūtrāvacūri
214. No. 1157
1871-72. Size.-- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 6 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 7o letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; edges of the 6th fol. slightly damaged ; con
dition on the whole good ; red chalk used ; complete. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.— A small commentary on the Pākṣikasūtra based upon
the bigger commentary by Yaśobhadrasúri. Begins.- fol. I तित्थं चशब्दादतीतानागतादीन् । तीर्थ विभक्तिव्यत्ययात् ।
पाठांतरतो वा तित्थं ति । etc. 1 If this is to be taken as लिखिता meaning ' written', then this is a Ms. written by a female For a Ms. of Malayagiri Suri's con]. on Avassaya written by a braviki pamed Rupăde, soe Jainacitrakalpadruma (Punyavijayaji's article, p. 53 loot-note 70).

Page #565

528
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 1157.
Ends.-- fol. 1 TE H ALIA ITT: 1 yTao face to factant to hear
निजप्रतिज्ञाया बा पारगाः संसारसमुद्रतीरगामिनो भवत यूयमित्याशीर्वचनं ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीपाक्षिकसूत्रावचूरिः ॥ श्रीचंद्रसूरिशिष्यश्रीयशोभद्र
सूरिकृतवृत्तितो लिखिता ॥ छ । ग्रंथाय ६२१ Reference. - In the Līmbdi Catalogue there are two Mss. of CINE
anaf one of which is anonymous and the other by Bälacandra. Their Nos, are 1548 and 1549 respectively,
पाक्षिकसूत्र
Påkșikasutra अवचूरिसहित
with avacuri No. 1158
1282 (a).
1891-95. Size.-- 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 4 folios ; 13 to 14 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin, rough and white; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with frequent TEATS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this is a quart Ms., the commentary written in a very very small handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; soll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; condition very good ; the text complete ; but the avacúri ends abuptly, on fol 36; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. GITHEPHUT which commences on fol. 46 and ends on the same fol. 4b;
it is described as No. 958. Age.- Fairly old. Author of the avacũri.— Not mentioned. Subject.--- The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--( text ) fol. 12
faciat o faco etc. - (com.) fol, 1 nafargatava: Hraquintare par warraroente el ......farfrancatatea freirvard cic,

Page #566

I159.]
IV. 4 Malasfiras
529
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 4' इमं वाइ दुवालसंग गणिपिडगं भगवंतं संमं कारण
फासंति पालंति पूरंति तीरंति किटृति समं आणाए आराहति अहं व
नाराहामि तस्स मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं ॥ छ । इति पाक्षिकं ॥ ,, -(com.) fol. 30 एवं नञ्चणेण भवियव्वं ति ॥८॥
पृथिव्यप्तेजोवायुवन ......त्रिचतु पंचेंद्रियभेदात् ॥ .
नवबं नवब्रह. This ends thus abruptly. Reference.- For description of a Ms. having the text and an
anonymous avacũri see Keith's Catalogue No. 7505. See also G.O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 35, No. 275 (4).
पाक्षिकसूत्रावचूर्णि
Pāksikasutrāvacūrni No. 1159
1182(b).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 14b to fol. 224. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 728. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.--- A small commentary in Sanskrit on Paksikasutra. Begins.- fol. 34 ॐ नत्वोमः श्रीसुधर्मस्वामिने ।
तित्थंक ० चशब्दो(s)तीतानागतादितीर्थभेदसंग्रहार्थे etc. Ends.---fol. 22 श्रुतदेवतास्तुतिमाह | सुअ० श्रुताधिष्ठात्री देवता श्रुतदेवता भवति च श्रुताधिष्ठात्री || यदुक्तं कल्पभाष्ये
सलं च लकखणोवेयं समहिनंति देवया।
सुत्तं तु लकखणोवेयं तेणं सवन्नभासि ॥१॥
पाक्षिकसूत्रावचूर्णि(:) समाप्ता ॥ Reserence. See Nos. 1157-1158.

Page #567

530
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[I160.
Pāksikasūtrāvacuri
पाक्षिकसूत्रावचूरि No. 1160
1285. 1886-92.
Size.-- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.- Io folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari cha
racters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of foll. 9 and 10 partly torn ;
condition tolerably good ; complete ; extent 1000 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary on the Pākṣikasūtra. Begins.-fol. ! तित्थंकरे तीर्थंकरांश्चशब्दादतीतानागतादितीर्थान् । तीर्थ जिन
प्रवचनं तदाधारत्वाच्चतुर्वर्णसंघश्च । etc. Ends.-- fol. Io" इहाचार्यवचन नित्थारगपारगा होह । निस्तारका संसारसमुद्रात
प्राणानां पारगाः संसारसमुद्रतीरगामिनो भवंतु यूयमित्याशीर्वचनमिति ॥ ४॥ ____ इति पाक्षिकसूत्रस्यावचूरिः समाप्तः । छ । etc. श्रेयोऽत्र श्रीश्रमण
संघस्य ।
यादृशं etc.
लेषकडाहालिषितं । 'सेनापूर वास्तव्यः । लेषक etc. Then in a different hand we have :
ग्रंथांक १०००॥ Reference.-- Sce No. IIS7-II58.

Page #568